Construction & Organization Design
For
*** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project
***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目
施
工
组
织
设
计
目录 Index
1第1部分 施工组织设计总说明
工程概况 Generals
项目情况 Condition
建筑结构概况 General of Building Structure
地质情况 Geological Condition
水纹及周围道路情况 Water wave and peripheral road and underground pipelines
安全文明施工目标 Safety and civilized construction objectives
工程特点、难点及对策 Project difficulty and countermeasure
工程目标 Project Objective
质量目标 Quality Objective
工期目标 Schedule Objective
安全、文明施工目标 Safety, Civilized Construction Goal
施工大型机械的配备
11Preparation of large equipment for construction
工程施工设想 Construction Consideration
编制依据 Reference
1第2部分 施工进度计划
进度计划编制说明 Description of Schedule Preparation
施工流水段划分
2Division of Streamlined Construction Section
施工流水段划分的原则 Principle of the Division of Streamlined Construction Section
流水段划分 Division of Streamlined Section
施工总进度计划 General Construction Schedule
总工期安排 General Schedule Arrangement
主要节点工期 Key Milestone Dates
施工进度计划表 Construction Schedule
工期保证措施 Measures to Guarantee Schedule Time
进度目标体系的要求 Requirement of Progress Objective System
成立工期保证领导班子 Establishment of Leading Team to Guarantee Scheduled Time
设备的保障 Equipment Guarantee
1第3部分 施工机械配备
施工机械的选择及布置 Option and Arrangement of Construction Equipment
主要施工机械设备一览表 Schedule List of Main Construction Equipment
施工机械配备明细表 Deployment Breakdown of Construction Equipment
1第4部分 施工平面布置
施工总平面布置 General Construction Layout Plan
材料堆场及加工场布置 Arrangement of Material Laydown Area and Working Shed
施工用水、用电方案 Construction Water and Electricity Plan
临时用电布置 Temporary Electrical Consumption
临时用水布置 Temporary Water Consumption
施工现场平面布置图（见附图）Construction Site Layout Plan (See attached diagram)
施工现场临时用水、用电布置图。见附图Temporary Water and Electrical Distribution on Jobsite, see attached diagram
1第5部分 施工方案
施工流程 Construction Flow
钢筋混凝土工程施工流程 Construction Process of Reinforced Concrete Engineering
钢结构工程施工流程 Construction Process of Steel Structure Work
施工总体设想方案 General Construction Consideration Plan
工程总体施工组织设想 Consideration for Organization of Overall Construction
基础结构工程施工设想 Consideration for Foundation Structure Construction
主体结构工程施工设想 Consideration for Main Structure Construction
工程测量及测量复核方案 Engineering Survey and Review Check Plan
施工测量方案 Construction Survey Plan
建立固定的观测路线 Establishment of Fixed Observing Route
沉降观测 Settlement Observation
测量复核 Review Check of Measurement
基础及主体工程 Foundation and Main Work
施工准备 Construction Preparation
桩基础施工 Pile Foundation Construction
土方开挖工程 Earth Excavation Work
桩头连接施工 Pile Head Splicing Construction
钢筋工程 Reinforcement Work
模板工程 Formwork
混凝土工程 Concrete Work
后浇带的施工 Post-concreting area construction
外脚手架工程 External scaffolding work
外脚手架的选择 Option of external scaffolding
脚手架搭设施工 Erection of scaffolding
注意事项 Points for Attention
钢结构工程 Steel Structure Engineering
钢构工程概况 Overview of Steel Structure Engineering
本钢构工程特点 Features of the Steel Structure Engineering
施工方法与技术措施Construction Methods and Technical Measures
安装工程Installation Project
通风及空调安装工程 Ventilation and Air Conditioner Installation Project
给水排水工程Water Supply and Sewerage Engineering
消防工程Fire Engineering
电气工程Electric Engineering
通信工程 Communication Engineering
装饰工程 Decoration Engineering
装饰工程施工程序 Construction procedure for decoration engineering
屋面工程 Roof Engineering
抹灰工程 Plastering Engineering
吊顶工程Suspended Ceiling Engineering
墙面、顶棚乳胶漆饰面Emulsion Varnish Surface of Wall and Ceiling
激光整平机施工厂房地坪Factory Terrace Construction by means of Laser Levelling Machine
室外绿化及道路工程 Outdoor afforestation and civil engineer
绿化工程概况 Introduction to afforestation project
工程特点 Project features
主要施工方案和技术措施Main construction program and technical measures
与分包协作和管理 Cooperation with Subcontractors and Management
1第6部分 质量、安全、文明施工保障措施Section 2 Quality, Safety and Civilized Construction Guarantee Measures
质量保证措施Quality Guarantee Measures
总承包质量管理组织机构Institutional Framework of Quality Management Of General Contractor
质量控制过程与阶段Quality Control Process and Stage
质量因素控制Quality Factor Control
质量控制方法 Quality Control Method
工程材料、设备控制Engineering Material and Equipment Control
施工工序的质量控制Quality Control of Construction Procedure
安全保证措施 Safety Guarantee Measures
安全目标 Safety Objective
安全实施依据 Safety Implementation Reference
安全、消防保证总体措施 General Safety and Fire Control Guarantee Measures
安全生产管理组织机构 Organization Chart for Management of Safety in Production
安全设施及其管理措施 Safety facilities and other control measures
各级安全生产责任制 Safety in production responsibility at all levels
各项安全管理措施 Safety Control Measures for Each Work
模板工程安全管理措施 Safety Control Measures for Formwork
施工用电安全措施 Safety Measures for Construction Electricity
施工机具 Construction Equipment and Tools
防台防汛 Typhoon and Flood Control
项目部安全检查制度 Project management safety inspection system
文明施工措施 Civilized construction measures
场容场貌 Field appearance and image
材料堆放管理 Material laydown management
文明建设措施 Civilized construction measures
强化工地卫生建设 Strengthening of field sanitation building
地下管线及周边防护措施 Underground pipeline and peripheral protection measures
1第7部分 项目人员配备
项目组织管理体系 Project organization management system
项目主要管理人员配备 Provision of Key Project Management Personnel
施工队伍的组建和劳动力的配备 Establishment of construction team and mobilization of labor force
施工队伍组建 Establishment of construction team
劳动力人员动态分布图 Labor personnel dynamic distribution chart
劳动力配备 Provision of Labor Force
1第8部分 LEED项目施工实施方案
LEED项目施工实施方案 LEED Project Construction Execution Plan
节水 Water Conservation
节能 Energy Saving
节材 Material Saving
使用绿色建材 Utilization of green building materials
垃圾管理 Rubbish and wastes control
节能型工地实施方案 Energy-saving Site Execution Plan
组织措施Organization Measures
技术措施 Technical Measures
施工组织设计总说明
Section I General Description of Construction and Organization Design
本章内容提要：Headlines of This Section：
工程概况 Generals
工程目标 Objectives
施工大型机械设备 Large Equipment for Construction
工程施工设想 Construction Consideration
编制依据 Reference
工程概况 Generals
项目情况 Condition
工程名称：***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目
Project Name: *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project
建设单位：风力发电叶片***（上海）有限公司
Building Company: *** WIND POWER BLADE (SHANGHAI) Co. LTD.
设计单位：
Design Company:
管理顾问：
Administrative Consultant:
建设地点：上海****新城**园区**路以西、**路以南地块。
Construction site: site locates west to **Road and south to**Road, both roads are within *** Zone of ****， ***District, Shanghai.
工程规模：Project Scale
项目占地总面积为，该工程总建筑面积约为本工程项目由1#、2#生产厂房、卫门喷漆间、垃圾间及自行车棚，室外道路及绿化工程等。
The project has an area of in total and a building area of . The project comprises the constructions of 1# and 2# production buildings, guardhouses, spraying shop, garbage house and bicycle shed, as well as outdoor roads and greening engineering.
建筑结构概况 General of Building Structure
项目名称
Project Name
建筑面积
Building Area
建筑层数及总高度
No. of Building Level and Total Height
结构类型
Structure Type
基础形式
Foundation Form
1#生产厂房
1#Production Building
24108
1（局部partial 2,3）
钢结构
钢筋砼框架
Steel structure
RC frame
桩基承台基础
Bearing platform for pile foundation
2 号生产厂房
Production area 2#
1（局部partial
2 ）
钢结构
钢筋砼框架
Steel structure
RC frame
桩基承台基础
Bearing platform for pile foundation
喷漆间及垃圾房
Paint Shop &
Garbage House
1
钢结构
框架混凝土
Steel structure
RC frame
承台基础
Bearing platform for pile foundation
门卫1
Guardhouse1
1
钢筋砼框架
RC Frame
承台基础
Bearing platform for pile foundation
门卫2
Guardhouse2
1
钢筋砼框架
RC Frame
承台基础
Bearing platform for pile foundation
自行车棚
Bicycle Shed
1
钢结构
Steel Structure
独立基础
Single footing
1号建筑：1号生产厂房 1# building: 1# production building
1号生产厂房占地面积为㎡。生产区为单层钢结构建筑，屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，虹吸式排水，防水等级二级。其中机舱生产区包括大件装配区域和小件装配区域，层高17m，檐口高度17m，占地面积4917㎡，建筑面积为4917㎡，柱网尺寸为（6m×24）×(8m×4)；叶片生产区为完整大空间车间，层高 m，檐口高度 m，占地面积4908㎡，建筑面积4908㎡，柱网尺寸为（6m×24）×(8m×4)；原材料储藏区为单层钢结构，局部二层6m+6m，屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，虹吸式排水，防水等级二级。其中收货区、技术室、装料间层高6m，二层为管理办公区，层高6m，占地面积819㎡，一层面积819㎡，二层面积670㎡，柱网尺寸为（×3）×(8m×4)；原材料储藏单层区域包括机舱仓库、叶片仓库和环氧仓库，层高为 m，檐口高度 m，占地4703㎡，建筑面积4703㎡，柱网尺寸为（6m×24）×(8m×4)。1# production building has an area of . The production area comprises single-storey building with steel structure, the roof uses light steel profiled sheet roof with siphon drainage internal gutter in a Grade II Waterproof. Its nacelle production area includes both assembly shops of big and small parts, of which the floor height is , cornice height is 17m, the area is 4917m2, construction area is 4917m2 and net post size is (6m*24)*(8m*4). The blade production area is a workshop with integral bulk space, of which the floor height is , the cornice height is , the area is 4908m2, the construction area is 4908m2 and the net post size is (6m*24)*(8m*4). The roof of raw material storage area is single-storey structure and its partial 6m+6m roof in the second floor uses light steel profiled sheet roof with siphon drainage internal gutter in a Grade II Waterproof level. The floor height of receiving area, technical room and charging room is 6m, the second floor is used as office area with 6m floor height, the whole building has an area of 819m2 in total including 819m2 for the first floor and 670m2 for the second, as well as (*3)*(8m*4) net post size.
2号建筑：2号生产厂房 2# building: 2# production building
2号生产厂房占地面积为㎡，建筑面积为㎡。其中机舱生产区和叶片生产区为钢结构，屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，虹吸式排水，外排水，层高 m，占地面积为12669㎡，建筑面积为12669㎡，柱网尺寸为（6m×61）×(8m×4)，机舱生产区檐口高度14 m，叶片生产区檐口高度14 m。 2# production building has an area of and construction area of . Its nacelle production area and blade production area comprise steel structure and their roof use light steel profiled sheet roofs with external siphon drainage, including roof height, 12669m2 roof area, 12669m2 construction area and (6m*61)*(8m*4) net post size, as well as 14m cornice height in both nacelle and blade production areas.
3号建筑：喷漆间及垃圾房 3# building: spraying room and garbage house
喷漆间及垃圾房占地面积㎡，建筑面积㎡，屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，外排水。喷漆间为单层钢结构建筑，层高9 m，占地面积为700㎡，建筑面积为700㎡，柱网尺寸为（8m×4）×21m；管理用房、垃圾房和化学品库为单层钢结构建筑，层高为6 m，占地面积为323㎡，建筑面积为323㎡，柱网尺寸为（6m×8）×6m。 Spraying room and garage house have a floor area of and construction area of , their roofs use light steel profiled sheet roofs with internal gutter but external drainage. The spraying room comprises single-storey structure, including 9m floor height, 700m2 floor area, 700m2 construction area and (8m*4)*21m net post size. Management room, garbage house and chemical storage comprises single-storey structure, including 6m floor height, 323m2 floor area, 323m2 construction area and (6m*8)*6m net post size.
4号建筑：门卫1 4# building: Guardhouse 1
5号建筑：门卫2 5# building: Guardhouse 2
门卫1和门卫2均为单层混凝土框架结构建筑，为民用建筑，屋面为混凝土防水卷材屋面，屋面坡度为2%，内天沟，内排水，层高为，建筑高度，占地面积为㎡，建筑面积为㎡，柱网尺寸为（++）×。 Guardhouses 1 and 2 comprise single-storey structure with concrete frame and belong to civil architecture. Their roofs use concrete waterproofing prepared roll-roofing with 2% slope. The buildings contain floor height, building height, floor area , construction area and (++)* net post size.
6号建筑：自行车棚 6# building: bicycle shed
自行车棚为单层钢结构建筑，民用建筑，占地面积㎡，建筑面积㎡，采光板屋面，自由排水，无围护结构，柱网尺寸为（4m×8）×，建筑高度 m。 Bicycle shed comprises single-storey steel structure and belongs to civil architecture. It contains floor area, construction area, plane skylight roofing, free drainage, (4m*8)* net post size and building height, meanwhile it is without outer protective structure.
生产区外墙 m以下水平为深绿色外墙面砖（RAL7016），以上为银灰色（RAL7035）小波纹三明治板，水平铺设。外窗采用银灰色（RAL7035）铝合金窗，深绿色（RAL7016）玻璃，银灰色（RAL7035）金属外门。 The area of outer wall around production area below is built by dark green facing titles (RAL7016), the above part is built by silver gray (RAL7035) sandwich plates with ripple, using level placing. External window uses silver gray (RAL7035) aluminum alloy window with dark green (RAL7016) glass and silver grey (RAL7035) metal external door.
办公区立面采用银灰色（RAL7035）光面三明治板，水平铺设；立柱垂直外包银灰色（RAL7035）光面三明治板；银灰色（RAL7035）铝合金框外门窗、深绿色（RAL7016）玻璃。 Office area elevation is built by silver gray (RAL7035) smooth sandwich plates, using level placing. External door and window use silver gray (RAL7035) aluminum alloy with dark green (RAL7016) glass.
地质情况 Geological Condition
拟建场地位于上海市正常地层沉积区，浅部分布有厚层第②3层粉性土，深部分布有上海市统编第⑥层暗绿色粉质粘土（俗称硬土层）及第⑦层，缺失上海市区常见的第③层灰色淤泥质粉质粘土和第⑧层粘性土层。 The site planned to be built locates in normal sedimentary formation region of Shanghai City. The shallow part contains silty soil of thick layer 2 and 3, the deep part contains dark green silty clay of Layer 6 (commonly referred to as hardpan) and 7, but gray mucky silty clay of Layer 3 and clayey stratum of Layer 8 are lack here.
具体介绍详见工程地堪报告。 Details are attached in the geological prospecting reports.
水纹及周围道路情况 Water wave and peripheral road and underground pipelines
该工程拟建场地地下水和土对混凝土无腐蚀性；地下水对钢结构有弱腐蚀性；在长期浸水条件下对钢筋混凝土结构中的钢筋无腐蚀性。Underwater and soil of the planning building construction site are noncorrosive to concrete. The underwater contains weak corrosion to steel structure, but is noncorrosive to reinforcing steel bars in the concrete under long-term submergerence.
周边环境较空旷，环境安静。工程位于上海南汇临港新城重装备园区妙香路以西、江山路以南地块。The surrounding environment is open and quiet. The construction site locates west to Miaoxiang Road and south to Jiangshan Road which are within Heavy Equipment Zone of Lingang New City of Nan Hui District, Shanghai.
安全文明施工目标 Safety and civilized construction objectives
按照风力发电叶片***（上海）有限公司及招标文件要求，组织施工现场文明施工。根据招标文件要求，本工程文明施工必须严格执行中华人民共和国国务院颁发第393号文件要求和上海市安全和健康管理手册。 Civilized construction is organized on site, according to requirements of *** Wind Power Blade (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. and its bidding document. According to the requirements of bidding document, the civilized construction of this project must strictly follow the Document No. 393 issued by the State Council of PRC and Management Manual of Safety and Health of Shanghai.
施工现场按市级 “文明工地”标准进行施工。确保本工地文明施工，进行文明施工管理考核，实行建设单位和监理单位监督、检查下的责任制。
Construction on jobsite will be performed as per municipal-level civilized site standard. Ensure civilized construction on the site, proceed to evaluation and examination of civilized construction management, exercise responsibility system subject to the supervision and inspection by the building company and supervision company.
施工现场达到文明工地的要求，各级人员的挂牌上岗，工地上主要路口放置盆景花卉等。现场整洁清爽，增添一份环境轻松的工作氛围。
Jobsite will meet the requirement of civilized construction, all level personnel will go on duty with badge carried. On the site, Potted landscape, flowers will be placed at the primary road junctions. The site will be kept clean and neat, thus redoubling a working atmosphere with a relaxing environment.
工地现场成立文明施工综合管理组织，由项目经理亲自带头组织分别落实，具体相关人员管理，设置防火领导小组、治保会、调解会。同时根据本工程所处环境重点作好防噪声、防尘以及排污的控制。
Civilized construction integrated management team will be established on the jobsite. Project manager will take the initiative in person, organize implementation of concrete personnel management, establish fire control supervision group, security meeting, conciliation meeting. At the same time take all necessary measure to control noise, dust and blowdown according to the environmental stresses of the project.
工程特点、难点及对策 Project difficulty and countermeasure
工程特点 Construction features 本工程除具有一般厂房钢结构的主要特点外，由于特定的原因，还具有以下特点： Except for the main feature of common steel structure workshop, the construction also contains the following features due to special reasons: （1）工程量大 Large work amount 本工程钢结构总用量约9000吨，工程量大。施工场地大，构件必须在卸货时尽量保证构件最近放置，免得二次搬运。 Large work amount means about total 9000 tons needed in steel structure engineering. Meanwhile, this construction covers huge site area, so structural elements must be placed to the site as close as possible to avoid second transport.
（2）构件数量多 Large number of structural elements （3）结构整体刚度大，稳定性要求高，节点多 The whole structure remains high stiffness with high requirement in stability and many nodes. （4）土建与钢结构需交叉施工、流水作业 Cross construction and flow operation between civil engineering and steel structure.
工程难点 Construction difficulties 由于以上诸多工程特点及实际情况，故注定该工程存在一系列工程难点。 The construction is bound to a series of difficulties due to above features and practical situations. （1）工程组织难度大 Difficult in construction organization 本工程工期短、工程量大，构件数量多，要在如此短的时间内安装完成这么大工程量的钢结构，施工难度相当大。而土建与钢结构的交叉作业，更减少了钢结构的施工作业面，增大了钢结构的施工难度。同时，钢结构施工期间，屋面施工、水电安装、通风空调、管道安装及其它专业工种的施工也将穿插进行，施工现场必须精心组织、统一协调、合理布置、统筹管理，工程组织难度大。 The construction includes short time limit, large work amount and many structural elements, so that it contains extremely high difficulty to install and finish steel structure in such a short period. However, the cross operation between civil construction and steel structure not only reduces the working plane, but also increases difficulty in steel structure construction. Meanwhile, roof construction, water and electrical installation, ventilation and aircondition, pipe installation and other construction performed by professional work types will be across done during steel structure construction, the site thus must include careful organization, overall coordination, reasonable layout and overall management, increasing construction difficulties. （2）施工平面布置难度大 Difficult in construction plane layout 本工程现场吊车投入量大，施工平面布置、吊机行走路线、构件运输道路、构件临时堆场的布置受到一定程度的限制，而厂房大量的土建工程的同期施工更加大了钢结构施工平面布置的难度。Because of large input amount of cranes on site, construction plane layout, crane operation route and transportation route for structural elements, as well as temporary stock yard arrangement are limited to a certain extent, and the concurrent construction of large amount of civil engineering to workshop even increases the difficulty in construction plane layout of steel structure. （3）材料采购难度大 Difficult in material purchases 本工程中既含有大量的中厚板和厚板，又含有大量的成品H型钢、钢管，规格种类繁多，要在如此短的时间内采购这么大吨位量的材料，难度巨大。 The construction requires not only numerous medium and thick plates, but also numerous finished H steel and steel tubes with various specifications. It is very difficult to purchase such large-tonnage material in so short time. （4）节点复杂，焊接难度大 Difficult in welding due to complex nodes 本工程的节点强度和刚度要求很高，节点构造相对于一般的厂房结构要复杂得多，特别是焊接节点数量较多，所以，无论是厂内组装、制作，还是现场安装，都具有一定的难度，现场焊接工作量相当大，焊接难度大。The construction requires high quality of nodal strength and stiffness, so the nodal structure is more complex than common workshop structure, especially for more nodal quantity. Thus, no matter assembly and production within factory or on-site installation which includes large work amount of and difficulty in on-site welding, they both have certain difficulty. （5）高强螺栓孔精度要求高 High requirement on precision of high strength bolt holes 本工程中，除采用大量的焊接连接外，还存在很多高强度螺栓连接形式。其节点强度和刚度是控制的重点，特别是高强螺栓连接质量和焊接质量，故该工程中高强螺栓的孔位精度要求相当高。同时，高强度螺栓孔的精度也将直接关系到现场安装的质量与进度。Except for large amount of welding work, the construction also contains lots of joint forms with high strength bolts. The key points of control shall be attached to joint strength and stiffness, especially to the quality of high strength bolt joints and welding, so the construction requires extremely high precision of hole positions of high strength bolts. Meanwhile, the precision of high strength bolt holes directly refer to the quality and progress of on-site installation. （6）构件管理难度大 Difficult in management of structural elements 本工程构件数量、规格、种类繁多，而工期短，如构件管理不完善，势必造成现场构件混乱，严重影响现场安装进度，所以必须对构件进行全过程（从加工到安装）的动态管理，以确保加工制作、现场安装有条不紊和严格按计划进行，构件管理难度大。 The construction requires numerous structural elements in various specifications and categories, but includes short time limit, so if the management of structural elements is deficient, it will lead to confusion of on-site structural elements and seriously affect on-site installation progress. Thus, the dynamic management must be performed to structural elements during the whole progress (from processing to installing) to ensure that the manufacturing and on-site installing can be performed strictly and orderly according to the schedule.
对策措施 Countermeasures （1）我公司长期合作钢构公司，拥有大量的施工机械和设备，主要有多头切割机、龙门焊机、行车、龙门吊、数控平面钻等。完全能满足本工程之需求。 Our company has long-term cooperation with steel structure companies and owns lots of construction machinery and equipment, mainly including multi burner cutting machine, gantry welding machine, traveling crane, gantry crane and CN plane drill machine, which can fully meet the requirements of the construction. （2）专业钢构公司有较大的加工场地和构件堆放场地，完全能满足本工程钢构件集中制作和堆放的时间要求。 The professional steel structure company has large processing site and stock yard for structural elements, which is capable to meet the time requirements on centralized manufacture and stock of steel structure elements in the construction. （3）针对该工程的技术难点还有就是焊接质量要求高，专业钢构公司具有较雄厚的焊接技术力量和焊接设备。同时具有专业的，有资质的探伤能力和人员，在焊接质量上可以得到保证，从而可以确保该工程的制作质量要求。 The professional steel structure company owns strong technical advantages and welding equipment for the technical difficulties and high requirements of welding quality. Meanwhile, the company also has senior fault detection capability and staff to ensure the welding quality, such that it can ensure the manufacturing quality requirements of the construction. （4）专业钢构公司先后施工过各种大型钢结构厂房，有一大批钢结构管理和施工经验的管理人员、技术人员及操作工人，能充分满足重型钢结构厂房和民用高层钢结构的施工和管理。 The professional company with rich experience in construction of various large steel structure workshops retains numerous experienced management, technical and operation staff in management and construction, who can fully meet requirements of management and construction of heavy steel structure workshops and civil high-level steel structure.
根据招标文件要求，本工程文明施工必须严格执行国务院颁发第393号文件要求、上海市安全和健康管理手册和环境管理标准GB/T24000idtISO14000的要求来施工。我们将成立专门的小组来实施执行。 According to the requirements of the bidding document, the civilized construction must strictly implement the requirements of Document No. 393 issued by the State Council of the PRC and Management Manual of Safety and Health of Shanghai, as well as Environment Management Standard GB/T24000idtISO14000. we will form a special team for the implementation.
严格执行业主单位及上海申英基建咨询有限公司的安全管理体系的要求。 The requirements of the owner unit and safety management system of Shanghai SIP Engineering Consulting must be strictly followed.
厂房地面的平整度的要求，我司将采用先进设备达到业主要求。 For surficial smoothness, we will deploy advanced equipment to the owner's satisfaction.
工程目标 Project Objective
质量目标 Quality Objective
***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目我司承诺质量目标为：确保各单位工程一次交验合格率100%。 The quality objective of *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project promised by us is: ensuring each unit construction passes the first inspection with 100% acceptance rate.
工期目标 Schedule Objective
我们确保***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目承包工程施工的总工期在259日历天完成。 We ensure *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project will be finished in a total construction time of 259 calendar days.
本工程计划开工日期2009年10月5日，竣工日期2010年7月1日。 The construction is planning to start on 5th October, 2009 and be completed on 1st July, 2010.
安全、文明施工目标 Safety, Civilized Construction Goal
按照招标文件执行国务院发布393号文件要求及上海市安全和健康管理手册执行安全环境健康体系管理要求的施工现场，并达到按文明施工要求施工。 The construction site will be managed by the safety and health system based on the requirements of Document No. 393 issued by the State Council of the PRC and Management Manual of Safety and Health of Shanghai and achieve the requirements of civilized construction.
安全目标：杜绝重大伤亡事故，年度事故负伤频率控制在1‰以下。 Safety objective：put an end to casualties accident，frequency of annual injuries will be controlled at a rate of 1‰ and below.
施工大型机械的配备
Preparation of large equipment for construction
本工程为2栋钢结构厂房和一个喷漆间及垃圾房，为高速、优质低耗、资源最大化利用，安全施工，除各项施工方案的优化和完善外，垂直运输同样是一个关键问题，设备的选用必须考虑整个工程结构、数量、高度、进度、频率，选用质量可靠、性能稳定、效率较高的机械设备，显得十分重要。因此根据以上综合考虑各种机械的相互配套，保证主导施工机械充分发挥作用。并结合我们的机械资源状况和本工程的特点，整个工程砼结构部分采用2台QTZ63固定型塔吊，3台小型井架配合装饰工程施工。砼泵车配备按每次施工砼连续浇筑在15小时内完成的时间进行实际配备，并确保每次浇筑结构砼时不少于2台（其中1台为备用泵）。钢结构部分采用4台25T吊车，满足1#、2#厂房钢构吊装要求。其余施工机械见详第3部分“主要施工机械设备配备表”。 The construction includes 2 steel structure workshops and 1 spraying room, as well as 1 garbage house. In order to maximize the resource utilization in a high speed but low consumption way and to achieve safe construction, vertical transportation is also a key issue except for optimization and perfection to each construction scheme. The whole construction structure, quantity, height, progress and frequency must be taken into consideration when choosing equipments, it is very important to choose the equipments with reliable quality, stable performance and high efficiency. Thus, the mutual complementation of various equipments should be considered according to above factors to ensure major construction machines can be put into fullplay. By combining our machine resource with the construction features, we decide to use 2 QTZ63 stationary tower cranes for the concrete structure parts of the whole construction, and 3 small-sized derricks for decoration construction. The arrangement of concrete pump trucks will be planned based on completing a concrete casting within 15 hours for each time, ,meanwhile, at least 2 trucks (one for backup) will be arranged for one casting. 4 25T cranes will be used for steel structure to meet hoisting requirements of steel structure of 1# and 2# workshops. Rest construction machines are detailed in Section III, Preparation List of major equipment for construction.
工程施工设想 Construction Consideration
根据***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目工程规模（建筑面积40770m2）和建筑物的功能特点、及特殊的工程场地、业主提供的项目时间节点控制、场地和周边环境特点及我司已施工类似工程的施工经验，为确保本工程高效、高质的完成，将施工区域划分为3个区域进行施工，即Ⅰ施工区域为1#生产厂房、Ⅱ施工区域为2#生产厂房、Ⅲ施工区为喷漆间及垃圾房、自行车棚及门卫工程，项目部按照划分的3个区域在施工全过程中实行“分区域”、“分段”、“分层”、“分块”、“分条”进行管理，在施工全过程中，坚持合理的施工顺序，严密组织与计划。在施工全过程中，除了我们将作好自身的统筹安排外，由项目经理统一掌握与协调好各区域的土建结构、钢结构施工阶段与安装预埋工程、配套工程的相互协调配合等，协调配合好才能互相不受干扰而影响工程的整体工期和质量，在项目管理上我司总体施工部署按施工作业、质安控制、协调配合两条线分区域进行施工管理。在施工全过程中，将以技术措施确保管理措施的落实，将思想教育、技术措施、专人看管、奖罚制度有机的结合起来。 According to functions and features of *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project and its buildings, special construction site, project time node control provided by owner, and features of site and surrounding environment, as well as our construction experience in similar constructions, we divide the construction into 3 areas to ensure completing the construction with high efficiency and quality, . construction area I is 1# production building, construction area II is 2# production area and construction area III includes spraying room, garbage house and bicycle shed, as well as guardhouse engineering. According to the 3 divided areas, the project department performs management with different levels, such as “area”, “section”, “floor”, “block” and “segment”, meanwhile, the department shall also keep the reasonable construction sequence by strictly organizing and planning during the whole construction. During the whole construction, except for comprehensive arrangement to our own, the project manager shall be in charge of controlling and coordinating embedded inserts installation and matching engineering in different areas at civil and steel structure construction stages. Good coordination can remove mutual influence which affects the construction period and quality, project management in our general construction arrangement will be performed according to construction operation, quality and safety control, as well as coordination in every area separately. During the whole construction period, the technical measures will be treated as the assurance for implementing management measures, and political education, technical measures, special supervision and system of rewards and penalties will be integrated.
编制依据 Reference
***风力发电叶片（上海）有限公司所提供的招标文件及所有可供参考的资料。
Bidding documents and all information for reference submitted by *** Wind Power Blade Factory, China
***风力发电叶片（上海）有限公司所提供的所有施工图纸。
All drawings released for construction submitted by *** Wind Power Blade Factory, China
答疑纪要及现场勘察情况。
Clarification meeting minutes and site investigation instance.
按照招标文件的技术规程、国家现行有关施工验收规范及上海市有关建筑工程的施工规程编制。
Prepared according to technical regulations of bidding document, relevant national construction acceptance standards currently in effect and construction specifications of Shanghai
公司现有的技术装备、技术素质、工程经历等自身条件。
Current existing technique, technical quality, project experience of the Company.
依据本工程的工地实际条件、工程现场地形地貌、周围环境条件及障碍物情况、水电供应条件、水文、地质、气候等自然条件
Physical condition of the construction site, topography and topographical feasures, ambient environmental condition and obstruction instance, water and electricity supply condition, hydrology, geology, and climatic condition, etc.
我司企业质量、环境、职业健康安全管理体系文件，文件名称：中建四局第五建筑工程有限公司QEHS管理手册；
Our management system documentation for quality, environment and occupational health and safety, its name: QEHS Management Manual of China Construction Fourth Bureau Fifth Engineering Division Co., Ltd
上海市建筑市场行情、材料供应状况、劳动力及生产设施条件、交通运输及机械设备供应条件。
Shanghai building market information, material supply status, work force and production facility condition, transportation and communication and mechanical equipment supply condition.
国家规范National Specifications
名称 Description
编号 Code Name
工程测量规范及条文说明
Code for Engineering Survey and Provision Description
GB50026-93
普通混凝土拌合物性能试验方法标准
Standard for Testing Method of Performance of Normal Concrete Mix
GB/T50080-2002
混凝土强度检验评定标准 Criteria for Test and Evaluation of Concrete Strength
GBJ107-87
地下工程防水技术规范 Technical Specification for Waterproofing of Underground Work
GB50108-2001
建筑地基基础施工质量验收规范 Code for Acceptance of Construction Quality of Building Foundation
GB50202-2002
混凝土结构工程施工质量验收规范 Code for Acceptance of Construction Quality of Concrete Structure Work
GB50204-2002
地下防水工程质量验收规范 Code for Quality Acceptance of Underground Waterproofing Work
GB50208-2002
建筑地面工程施工质量验收规范 Code for Acceptance of Construction Quality of Building Flooring Work
GB50209-2002
机械设备安装工程施工及验收规范 Code for Construction and Acceptance of Mechanical Equipment Installation Work
GB50231-98
建筑安装工程质量检验评定统一标准 Uniform Standard for Quality Test and Assessment of Building Installation Work
GB50300-2001
《钢结构设计规范》 Code for Design of Steel Structure
GB50017-2003
《钢结构工程施工质量验收规范》 Code for Acceptance of Construction Quality of Steel Structures
GB50205-2002
《建筑装饰装修工程质量验收规范》 Code for Construction Quality Acceptance of Building Decoration
GB50210-2001
《建筑电气工程施工质量验收规范》 Code for Construction Quality Acceptance of Building Electric
GB50303-2002
《建筑给水排水与采暖工程施工质量验收规范》 Code for Construction Quality Acceptance of Building Water Supply and Drainage and Heating
GB50242-2002
《通风与空调工程施工质量验收规范》 Code for Construction Quality Acceptance of Ventilation and Aircondition
GB50243-2002
《电气装置安装工程低压电器施工及验收规范》 Code for Electrical Apparatus and Low-voltage Apparatus Installation and Acceptance
GB50254-96
《自动喷淋灭火系统施工及验收规范》 Code for Automatic Fire Sprinkler Installation and Acceptance
GB50261-96
《电气装置安装工程电气设备交接试验标准》 Code for Commissioning Test of Electrical Devices of Electrical Apparatus Installation
GB50150-91
《建筑物防雷设计规范》 Code for Design of Lighting Protection of Buildings
GB 50057-94
《砌体工程现场检测技术标准》 Technology Standard for Witnessed Inspection of Masonry Engineering
GB/T50315-2000
《建筑与建筑群综合布线系统工程验收规范》 Code for Construction Acceptance of Integrated Wiring System of Buildings and Architectural Complex
GB/T50312－2000
《民用建筑工程室内环境污染控制规范》 Code for Control of Indoor Environment Pollution of Civil Construction
GB50325-2001
《城市建设档案著录规范》 Code for Archival Description of Urban Construction
GB/T50323-2001
《建筑工程文件归档整理规范》 Code for Documentation of Construction Files
GB/T50328-2001
《建设工程项目管理规范》 Management Standard for Construction Projects
GB/T50326-2001
行业规范 Industry Specifications
名称 Description
编号 Code Name
钢筋焊接及验收规程 Regulations on Reinforcing steel Welding and Acceptance
JGJ18-2003
建筑机械使用安全技术规程 Technical Norms for Safe Application of Construction Equipment
JGJ33-2001
施工现场临时用电安全技术规范 Safety Technical Specification of Temporary Electrical Utilization on Jobsite
JGJ46-2005
建筑施工安全检查标准 Standard for Safety Inspection of Building Operation
JGJ59-99
施工企业安全生产评价标准 Standard for Evaluation of Construction Enterprise Safety in Production
JGJ/T77-2003
建筑地基处理技术规范 Technical Specifications for Treatment of Foundation Ground
JGJ79-2002
建筑施工高处作业安全技术规范 Safety Technical Specifications of Building Operation at Height
JGJ80-91
建筑工程冬期施工规程 Specifications of Architectural Engineering in Winter Seasons
JGJ104-97
钢筋机械连接通用技术规程 General Technical Specifications of Reinforcing steel Mechanical Connection
JGJ107-2003
《建筑桩基技术规范》 Technical Code for Building Pile Foundations
JGJ94-94
《建筑桩基检测技术规程》 Technical Regulation for Test of Building Pile Foundations
JGJ106-2003
《建筑钢结构焊接技术规程》 Technical Regulation for Welding of Steel Structure Building
JGJ81-2002
《建筑工程大模板技术规程》 Technical Regulation for Large Form Panel of Constructional Engineering
JGJ74-2003
《建筑施工扣件式钢管脚手架安全技术规范》 Technical Code for Safety of Fastening Steel Pipe Scaffold in Building Construction
JGJ130-2001
《混凝土小型空心砌块建筑技术规程》 Technical Specification for Small-sized Hollow Concrete Masonry Building
JGJ/T14-95
《砌筑砂浆配合比设计规程》 Specification for Mix Proportion Design of Masonry Mortar
JGJ98-2000
上海市规范、规程 Shanghai Directives, Specifications
名称 Description
编号 Code Name
地基处理技术规范 Technical Specifications of Foundation Treatment
DBJ08-40-94
上海市工程建设地方标准强制性条文 Shanghai Engineering & Construction Local Standard Compulsory Ordinance
施工现场安全生产保证体系 Jobsite Safety in Production Guarantee System
DGJ08-903-2003
钢管扣件水平模板的支撑系统安全技术规程 Safety Technical Specifications for Supporting System of Steel Tube Fastening Level Formwork
DG/TJ08-016-2004
建筑节能检测评估标准 Standard for Detection and Evaluation of Building Energy Conservation
DG/TJ08-801-2004
施工现场安全质量保证体系 Jobsite Safety Quality Guarantee System
DG/TJ08-1201-2005
临时性建（构）筑物应用技术规程 Applied Technology Regulations of Provisional Buildings (Structures)
DGJ08—114—2005
《园林栽植土质量标准》 Quality Standard of Soils for Landscape and Garden
DBJ08-231-1998
《上海市园林绿化技术规程》 Technical Regulation for Gardening and Greening of Shanghai
（HBL/T002-1999）
《园林工程质量检验评定标准》 Standard for Quality Inspection and Assessment of Garden Projects
DG/TJ08-701-2000
《园林绿化养护技术等级标准》 Standard for Technical Classes of Gardening and Greening Maintenance
DG/TJ08-702-2005
施工进度计划
Section II Construction Schedule
本章内容提要：Headlines of this Section
进度计划编制说明
Description of Schedule Preparation
施工流水段划分
Division of Streamlined Construction Section
施工总进度计划
General Construction Schedule
施工进度计划表
Construction Progress Schedule
工期保证措施
Scheduled Time Guarantee Measures
进度计划编制说明 Description of Schedule Preparation
我司根据自身的施工经验，利用比较科学的工序搭接和流水作业，充分发挥现场机械设备和材料优化配置，选用熟练的操作工人，完全可以在259日历天完成本工程合同范围内的全部的工作内容，保质保量按期给业主一个满意称心的结构工程。 Our division will rely upon our own construction experiences, utilize more scientific procedure and flow operation, give full play to optimization of site equipment and materials, employ skilled operation crews and complete all works specified in the engineering contract within 259 calendar days and deliver a desirable structural work with guaranteed quality and quantity on schedule to the Owner's satisfaction.
施工流水段划分
Division of Streamlined Construction Section
施工流水段划分的原则 Principle of the Division of Streamlined Construction Section
根据本工程施工规模，为确保质量和计划工期的完成，创业主满意工程，我司总体施工部署按照各单位工程特点、施工特点及我们以往施工管理经验，将整个办公区划分成区域进行管理，按所划分的区域分别配备区域综合工长，综合工长下设单位工程栋号长进行管理，各区域按照施工作业、质安控制、协调配合三条线进行组织的原则。施工作业线以项目部区域生产经理→综合工长→栋号长→专业负责人→专业生产班长→生产工人为主线进行管理，各区域的综合工长主要负责是进行直接的施工生产，并在施工生产中发现问题，解决问题，提出建议。质安控制线由项目部专职质量员、安全员组成，主要负责是在各区域施工中进行跟踪检查，及时发现问题，将问题消灭在初始阶段；积累质检资料，提出质量控制方案；进行安全巡视，发现并排除安全隐患；搞好文明施工，进行现场管理。协调配合线由项目经理及项目部相关人员综合负责，项目经理主要协调与总包、指定分包的相互交叉作业工作面，整个工程建设按区域将以三条线相辅相成，互为依托，以项目经理统一指挥，分级管理，责任到人，确保施工计划顺利进行。 Our division, on the basis of construction scale of this project, will make a general construction arrangement according to the unit work features, construction characteristics and our previously-accumulated construct management experience to ensure completion of the project with guaranteed quality on schedule, divide office block into areas for management. It will assign regional foremen according to the divided areas. under the foremen will be provided unit work building headers for management. All areas will be controlled according to the principle of construction quality and safety, cooperative organization. Construction activity will be managed through project management area production manager→ synthetic foremen→ building headers→ specialty superintendent→ specialty production monitor→ production labor. all synthetic foremen will be responsible for direct construction and finding out issues during construction, solving problems, offering suggestions. Quality and safety control will be by full-time quality inspectors and safety officer, who will be in charge of tracing inspection under construction at all areas and eliminating issues at the initial phase, collecting quality inspection information, putting forward quality control plan, proceeding to patrol safety inspecting, finding out and removing potential safety hazard, getting civilized construction well done and managing and controlling the site. Cooperation and supporting will be charged by project manager and relevant management personnel. Project manager will be mainly responsible for coordinating with the General Contractor, appointing working planes of intercrossing activities among subcontractors.
流水段划分 Division of Streamlined Section
主体施工段分别划分为：
Construction section of main body is divided into:
第一施工区域为1#生产厂房
The first construction area is 1# production building
第二施工区域为2#生产厂房
The second construction area is 2# production building
第三施工区域为喷漆间及垃圾房、自行车棚及门卫工程
The third construction area is spraying room, garbage house, bicycle shed and guardhouse engineering
施工总进度计划 General Construction Schedule
总工期安排 General Schedule Arrangement
总工期为225日历天。计划开工日：2009年10月5日；计划竣工： 2010年5月28日。 The total construction period covers 259 calendar days. Project start: 5th October, 2009; completion: 28th May, 2010.
主要节点工期 Key Milestone Dates
楼号
Building No.
节点
Milestone
完成时间
Completion Date
1#生产厂房
1#Production
进场 Mobilization into site
2009年10月5日
5th October, 2009
基础结构完成并通过验收 Complete substructure and pass acceptance
2010年1月10日
10 th January, 2010
上部结构完成并通过验收 Complete superstructure and pass acceptance
2010年4月15日
April 15th, 2010
2#生产厂房
2#Production
进场 Mobilization into site
2009年10月5日
5th October, 2009
基础结构完成并通过验收 Complete substructure and pass acceptance
2010年1月10日
10th January, 2010
上部结构完成并通过验收 Complete superstructure and pass acceptance
2010年4月15日
April 15th, 2010
喷漆间及垃圾房、自行车棚及门卫
Spraying Room, Garbage House, Bicycle Shed and Guardhouse
进场 Mobilization into site
2009年12月16日
Dec. 16th, 2009
基础结构完成并通过验收 Complete substructure and pass acceptance
2010年1月22日
22nd January, 2010
上部结构完成并通过验收 Complete superstructure and pass acceptance
2010年3月25日
25th March, 2010
施工进度计划表 Construction Schedule
施工总进度计划见附表《***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目施工总进度计划》 Aggregate scheduling of construction is attached to Appendix: Aggregate Scheduling of Construction of *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project
工期保证措施 Measures to Guarantee Schedule Time
进度目标体系的要求 Requirement of Progress Objective System
我司将综合考虑业主工期要求、现场情况、设计进度以及其他综合因素确定施工总计划，确定进度控制点。We will take into consideration the Owner’s schedule requirement, site condition, design progress and other factors when we prepare out general construction plan and define progress control point.
采用先进的计划软件编制完善的施工计划，明了施工工序，指导施工，发挥提纲挈领的作用。 We will use advanced planning software to prepare and improve construction plan. Make clear construction procedures, guide construction.
充分利用进度控制目标体系，落实各层次进度控制的人员、具体任务与工作职责。We will take full advantage of progress control objective system, assign progress controller at all levels, detailed tasks and responsibility.
编制旬施工计划和分项工程的细部施工计划，明确每旬应完成任务与分项工程的时间安排，提高劳动生产率。We will prepare ten days’ construction plan and detailed divisional work construction plan, define task and scheduled time, elevate labor productivity.
列出各衔接施工工序的时间控制点，并得到各相关指定分包单位的签字认可，从而监督施工计划的实施。We will list out construction procedure time control point subject to signature and approval by relative subcontractors.
做好施工中的调度工作，协调各指定分包关系，加强薄弱环节的监控，实现动态平衡。We will do our dispatching work in proper manner, coordinate relations with all designated subcontractors, reinforce monitoring for weak link
做好施工进度记录，填好施工进度统计表。We will keep record of construction progress, complete construction progress statistic chart.
加强进度监督，防微杜渐，保证分部分项工程不延误，阶段施工不延误，控制点工期不延误，从而保证工程工期不延误。We will Intensify progress supervision, ensure not to delay divisional and itemized work, stage construction, schedule at control points, thus ensuring not to delay project schedule.
针对延误之工作，及时协调各指定分包，联络建筑师、管理公司快速找出赶工方法和计划，及时补救延误。We will coordinate relations with designated subcontractors, contract architects, management company immediately against the delayed work to find out accelerating method and plan and.
根据现场实际，采用先进的施工工艺和技术措施加快进度。We will adopt advanced construction technique and technical measures to accelerate progress according to the physical site condition.
利用合同的制约关系，采取必要的经济措施保证进度的实施。We will take necessary economical measures to ensure performance of progress.
成立工期保证领导班子 Establishment of Leading Team to Guarantee Scheduled Time
由项目经理牵头，每周组织一次例会，初步拟定在每周三，对项目上周完成和本周计划，给予相应的总结和布署，找出差距和原因，寻找施工工序中可挖掘的工期因素，缩短工期，达到进一步提前竣工。Project manager will hold a routine meeting every week, initially fixed on every Wednesday, to summarize the completed work last week and arrange plan this week, find out causes and shortcoming, seek for accelerating construction procedure factors, shorten scheduled time and obtain completion ahead of time.
制定详细可行的工期保证措施，在施工的全过程中，应用科学合理的技术安排，采用小流水段施工的方案合理调整工序和人员的合理流动。
We will develop detailed and practical schedule guarantee measures, apply scientific and rational technical arrangement during the whole process of construction, adjust construction procedures and personnel in a reasonable manner.
建立可靠的质保体系，依照GB/T 19001(ISO 9001标准，对现场各环节确定相应的质量责任制，责任到人，执行“过程精品、动态管理、目标考核、严格奖罚”的管理理念，保证工程一次验收通过，避免和杜绝质量通病的产生，创无开裂、无渗漏、无质量通病工程，达到保证工期的目的。
We will establish a reliable quality guarantee system, define corresponding quality responsibility according to GB/T 19001(ISO 9001 standard, carry out such management ideology as Good Process, Active Management, Target Audit and Strict Award and Punishment”, ensure the work pass acceptance at once time, avoid and put an end to the occurrence of quality issues, create a project without cracking, without leakage and without quality issues, in order to ensure to achieve schedule objective.
本工程施工时，在可施工的时间内配齐相应的劳动力。发挥管理力量，协调各作业班组，平面分区域同步进行，小流水段施工，立体交叉施工，确保工期目标实现。
We will prepare complete labor force within construction period, bring management into full play, coordinate relations between working teams, ensure accomplishment of schedule objective.
依据以往施工经验，安装预埋件、套管等工作，可以在结构施工阶段与土建紧密配合，交叉作业，做到尽量不占或少占关键工期，缩短施工工期。
Based on our previous construction experiences, Installation of embedded parts, sleeves will be carried out by close combination with civil work during structure construction phase, to occupy lesser key schedule time as much as possible, shorten construction period.
设备的保障 Equipment Guarantee
本工程我司主要配备的设备及其备用情况详见第3部分。垂直机械采用2台塔吊及3台井架，并保证设备供应单位可在24小时内保障提供常用配件。 Major equipments and their backups prepared by our company are detailed in Section III. Vertical machines use 2 tower cranes and 3 derricks and are ensured by supplying units to provide common accessories within 24 hours.
施工机械配备
Section III Deployment of Construction Equipment
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
施工机械的选择 Option of Construction Equipment
垂直运输机械的布置 Arrangement of Vertical Conveyance Equipment
主要施工机械设备一览表 Schedule List of Main Construction Equipment
施工机械的选择及布置 Option and Arrangement of Construction Equipment
从全局出发，考虑施工机械在整个工程中的综合利用，在现有的或可能获得的机械中选择。选用的机械必须满足施工的需要。考虑各种机械的相互配套，保证主导施工机械充分发挥作用。 We take into consideration the integrated utilization of construction equipment during the whole project, choose the equipment from our existing and possible available equipment. The equipment must satisfy construction need. We consider mutual support of different equipment and ensure to bring the leading construction equipment into full play.
根据我司的机械资源状况和本工程的特点，安排1台塔吊和1台井架井负责1#生产厂房3层楼框混结构的垂直运输任务，1台塔吊和1台井架负责1#生产厂房2层楼框混结构的垂直运输任务，1台井架负责2#生产厂房2层楼框混结构的垂直运输任务。确保工程施工的顺利进行。 According to our machine resource status and the construction features, 1 tower crane and 1 derrick are arranged for vertical Conveyance of mixed structure of building frame to the third floor of 1# production building, 1 tower crane and 1 derrick are arranged for vertical Conveyance of mixed structure of building frame to the second floor of 1# production building, 1 derrick is arranged for vertical Conveyance of mixed structure of building frame to the second floor of 2# production building. Above measures ensure the smooth progress of construction.
施工现场布置，结合实际情况，设置2套钢筋机械和2套木工机械。其余机械和设备的选用，详见主要施工机械设备一览表。施工机械进出场必须符合发包方的要求。机械设施的布置情况见施工总平面布置图 Construction site layout, in combination with the actual condition, we provide 2 sets of reinforcing steel equipment and 2 sets of woodworking equipment. For details of other construction equipment selected, please see schedule list of main construction equipment. Equipment moving into and removing from the site must follow Owner’s requirements. For mechanical facility layout pleas refer to general construction layout plan
主要施工机械设备一览表 Schedule List of Main Construction Equipment
描述
Description
制造年份
Manufacture year
自有设备
Owned equipment
租赁设备
Rent equipment
次项目需要
Required for this project
此项目不需要
Not required for this project
塔吊Tower crane
06年
租赁 rent
需要 yes
施工井架 Construction derrick
07年
租赁 rent
需要 yes
混凝土泵 Concrete pump
06年
租赁 rent
需要 yes
挖土机 Excavator
06年
租赁 rent
需要 yes
运土车 Earth moving truck
租赁 rent
需要 yes
交流电焊机 AC electric welder
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
对焊机 Butt-welder
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
电渣压力焊机 Electroslag press welder
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
钢筋切断机 Reinforcing steel cut-off machine
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
钢筋弯曲机 Reinforcing steel bending machine
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
木工圆锯 Carpenter’s disc saw
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
木工刨床 Carpenter’s planer
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
插入式振捣器Insertion-type vibrator
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
平板式振捣器 Platen vibrator
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
小型激光整平机 Small laser leveling machine
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
打磨抛光机 Grinding machine
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
增压泵 Booster pump
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
污水泵 Sewage pump
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
潜水泵 Submergible pump
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
经纬仪 Theologize
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
水准仪 Level gauge
08年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
全站仪 Total Station
07年
自有 Owned
需要 yes
施工机械配备明细表 Deployment Breakdown of Construction Equipment
序号
机械名称
Equipment Name
型号
Type
数量
Quantity
国别产地
Origin of country
额定功率
Rated power
一、测量设备 Measuring equipment
经纬仪 Theologize
J2、JJ2A
各1
1 for each
1
苏州 Suzhou
水准仪 Level gauge
DS3
4
苏州 Suzhou
全站仪 Total Station
GTS-332W
1
苏州 Suzhou
激光垂准仪 Laser vertical gradient
1
上海 Shanghai
二、施工现场排水设备 Jobsite drainage equipment
增压泵 Booster pump
2
上海 Shanghai
3
污水泵 Sewage pump
3
上海 Shanghai
3
潜水泵 Submergible pump
QX-6
6
上海 Shanghai
3
三、土方开挖设备 Earth excavation equipment
挖土机 Excavator
PC-220
4
山东 Shandong
柴油Diesel
运土车 Earth moving truck
15
上海 Shanghai
柴油 Diesel
2
四、垂直运输机械 Vertical Conveyance Equipment
塔吊 Tower crane
QTZ63
2
徐州 Xuzhou
55
施工井架 Construction derrick
WTJ100
3
徐州 Xuzhou
五、混凝土机械 Concrete Equipment
汽车泵(浇砼时用)
Truck pump (used for concreting
DC-S115B
2
柴油 Diesel
插入式振捣器 insertion-type vibrator
HZ(50
15
浙江 Zhejiang
平板式振捣器 Platen vibrator
PZ(500
2
浙江 Zhejiang
六、钢筋及模板加工设备 Reinforcing steel and formwork fabrication equipment
交流电焊机 AC electrical welder
BX2(300(1
2
上海 Shanghai
22
对焊机 Butt-welder
UNB(75
2
上海 Shanghai
75
电渣压力焊机 Electroslag press welder
3
上海 Shanghai
钢筋切断机 Reinforcing steel cut-off machine
GF(40
2
上海 Shanghai
7
钢筋弯曲机 Reinforcing steel bending machine
GJT(40
2
上海 Shanghai
3
木工圆锯 Carpenter’s disc saw
MT(104
2
浙江 Zhejiang
木工刨床 Carpenter’s planer
MB(106
2
浙江 Zhejiang
七、预埋件加工设备 Embedded parts fabrication equipment
氧割设备 Oxygen cutting equipment
2
电焊机 Electric welder
BX-300-2
2
台钻 Bench drilling machine
2
砂轮机 Grinder
S-6
1
八、厂房地坪施工 Floor construction of workshops
小型激光整平机 Small laser leveling machine
Somero轻便型
1
美国 USA
柴油Diesel
打磨抛光机 Grinding and machine
3
柴油 Diesel
施工平面布置
Section IV Construction Layout Plan
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
施工总平面布置 General Construction Layout Plan
施工用水、用电方案 Construction Water and Electricity Plan
施工平面布置图 Construction Layout Plan
施工总平面布置 General Construction Layout Plan
根据现场情况及招标要求，现场设立两个施工出入口，施工道路宽4m，路面碾平压实，做250cm厚道渣，浇筑C20,15cm厚混凝土，道路两侧设明沟排水。 Two gates are built on site according to site situation and bidding requirements, construction road has 4m width and its surface should be flattened and compacted, ballast should be 250cm thick, C20 concrete with 15cm thickness should be coasted and open ditch drainage should be built along both sides of the road.
施工现场条件在大门入口处设置清洗处，并在工地现场大门处设专人进行车辆出入管理。开出工地的车辆须先清洗车轮后，方可允许进入市区，确保不影响厂容、市容卫生。 A washing room may be built up at the entrance according to site situation and special personal should be appointed to manage vehicle access at the gates. Vehicles leaving the site are allowed to run into the city only after cleaning tires to maintain both appearance of the company and city.
在大门口做拦水沟，设沉淀池和高压水泵供车辆出门之前冲洗用，施工污水经沉淀后才能排入城市管网。 Retaining ditch should be built at the entrance, settling tank and high-pressure hydraulic pump for washing vehicles before leaving site are also built. Waste water from construction must be processed with settlement before discharge.
在场区内施工现场沿大门进行现场施工道路的布置；同时在入口位置布置七牌二图及宣传栏。
Site construction road will be arranged along the gate on the construction site within the plant. Also the project bulletin board and publicity column will be set up at the entrance.
在现场出入口门卫旁集中放置消防器材，在其它临时设施，特别是重点防火区域，按规定设置消防器材，并绘制消防器具分布及责任包干图，张贴于明显部位。
Beside the guardhouse at the entrance will be provided with fire control apparatuses. At other temporary facilities, especially at the fire control area fire control apparatuses should be provided as specified and draw up fire control apparatus distribution and responsibility chart.
现场设警卫室，值班室内应制定出有效的门卫管理制度，备好安全帽，并做好进出场登记记录，每天24小时警卫值班。
Guardhouse will be set up on site. Inside the guardhouse will be set up valid management system and have safety helmets prepared. Moving into and removing from the site must be registered. Security service must be on duty within 24 hours every day.
现场施工道路沿主干道道路设置道路出入口标示，作警告告示，以及夜间的标示点等，并设专人进行车辆出入口的管理。
Construction roads set up road entrances and exits marked for warning notices, as well as the marked point of the night, and set up dedicated personnel for the management of import and export vehicles
主要临时设施包括我司、监理、各分包单位在工地的临时办公室，钢筋加工厂、木工厂、以及我局统一布置的材料样品间、仓库、会议室、材料仓库、材料堆场、试块池等。以上各临时设施均在总平面布置图中作了总体布置。
Main temporary facilities include the site temporary office for our division, supervision company and all subcontractors, reinforcing steel processing shop, carpenter’s shop, and our material sample room, warehouse, conference room, material storage, material laydown area, test cube basin, etc. These temporary facilities lay out in the general construction layout plan.
材料堆场及加工场布置 Arrangement of Material Laydown Area and Working Shed
根据建筑物的分布及施工道路、生产设施的布置情况，合理进行材料堆场及加工场的布置。
Material laydown area and fabrication shop will be arranged according to building distribution and construction road, production facility in proper manner.
施工现场准备足够的防雨材料，为防备恶劣天气覆盖和保护所有工程和材料。
Construction site will be prepared with sufficient waterproof materials for coverage against severe weather and protection of all works and materials.
我司确保施工机械、脚手架的进入、离开及存放位置在获得发包方同意后方组织进场。
Our division ensure moving construction equipment and scaffolding into site and removing from the site and placing position subject to the Owner’s approval.
在未征得发包方同意前，在施工期间，我司的人员及机械、材料等绝不进入已使用的建筑物。
Without prior consent of the Owner, our personnel and equipment and material should not be allowed to move into the buildings that have been put into use during construction.
我司将在发包方同意的指定地点搭建材料库房及加工车间，并维护和保持其良好的状态。
Our division will erect material storage and fabrication shop at the places designated and approved by the Owner and maintain them in good condition.
我司确保施工材料的堆放与管理，现场的布置遵守有关政府部门及发包方对工程现场安全管理的规章和要求。
Our division ensures that placing and management of construction materials must observe the rules and regulations and requirements for site safety management set out by relevant governmental authorities and Owner.
为满足整体工程的施工，在施工现场设置两个钢筋加工厂；
In order to meet the main body structure construction, at the second construction block will be set up two reinforcing steel fabrication shops.
施工用水、用电方案 Construction Water and Electricity Plan
临时用电布置 Temporary Electrical Consumption
本工程施工用电甲方提供的临时电力系统，由我单位负责引至各施工机械。For construction electricity, the Owner will provide temporary power system. Our company will be responsible for connecting to all construction equipment.
施工区用电缆设计规格为120mm2，约每40米设置一个2级电箱，电缆线路埋于地下，并在相应地方设立警告标志。办公用电与施工用电分别从这些电箱接出。
Design cable size used at construction block will be 120mm2，every 40 meters will be provided with a 2-class distribution box. Cable line will be buried underground and signboards will be set up on the corresponding places. Electricity used for office and construction will be connected from the distribution box.
施工临时用电竖向布置，选用电缆规格25mm2，每层设置一个三级电箱，该三级电箱除符合上海市建筑施工安全规范条例外，还必须达到是60安培3相5线施工配电箱，箱内装置带漏电保护开关控制的单相220V15A插座6个，漏电保护开关控制的三相380V20A插座3个，30A插座1个，并装置4个10安培单级开关，以供拉设临时照明。
Construction temporary electricity vertical layout, selection of cable size 25mm2, each floor will be set up a 3-class electrical box, which must be 60A 3-phase 5-wire construction distribution box in addition to complying with Shanghai Safety Specification and Ordinance for Construction. Inside the box will be equipped with 6 sockets of single-phase 220V 15A controlled by leakage protection switch, 3 sockets of 3-phase 380V 20A and one socket of 30A controlled by leakage protection switch, and 4 single-pole switches of 10A to be used for temporary lighting.
每一楼层装设临时施工用节能灯。节能灯应平均分布在电梯厅、楼梯口、预留洞口以及疏散通道等地方。
On each floor will be installed energy-saving lamp for construction use. Energy-saving lamps should be evenly distributed in the elevator hall, stairs, holes, as well as reserved places, such as evacuation routes.
塔吊大型机械的用电从专用电箱单独拉出电缆供应，电缆规格为120mm2和120mm2、75mm2。所有电箱的制造和线路布置按照上海市建筑施工安全规范条例规定执行。
Power used for tower crane, derrick and other large equipment will be separately pulled out cable from a dedicated electrical box, cable sizes will be 120mm2 and 120mm2, 75mm2. The manufacture of all electrical boxes and circuit layout will be performed in accordance with Shanghai Safety Specification and Ordinance for Construction
用电平面布置参见附图。
For electricity layout refer to attached diagram
临时用水布置 Temporary Water Consumption
本工程施工用水甲方提供施工所需的工程临时用水Φ50。
The Owner will provide temporary construction water Φ50 used for construction for this project.
水管和电缆沿场地四周布置，每50m设一只水龙头，每40m设一只电源箱，业主提供临时用水管径为(50，由我司将其引至现场。
Pipes and cables will be arranged around the site, every 50m will be set up a tap, every 40m set up a power box. The Owner will provide temporary water pipe size (50, and we will be responsible for connecting to the site.
施工用水在平面上和立面上分开布置，在平面上沿施工场地周边布置，水管用2(管，在施工场地周边的水管每隔40m左右，设一个3/4(水龙头。Construction water will be separately distributed on plane and elevation. Construction water on plane will be arranged around the construction site, use 2” water pipe. Every 40m of water pipe around the construction site will be provided with a 3/4’ water tap.
竖向供水要求每层设1只3/4(施工水龙头，每二层设置一临时消防栓，每消防栓旁设一封闭式手动开关，于火警时能启动临时消防泵。Construction water on elevation will be required to provide a 3/4’ construction water tap every floor, every two floors will be provided with temporary fire hydrant, beside every fire hydrant will be provided with a closed-type manual switch to activate firefighting pump in case of fire alarm.
总承包方成立施工用水和消防用水管理小组，专人负责日常监管和维修工作，保证消防重要救险系统不被滥用及24小时操作性能正常，以及确保施工正常用水。
The General Contractor Party will establish a management group to control construction water and firefighting water, dedicated personnel will be responsible for daily supervision and maintenance to ensure the firefighting rescue system not being abused and the operation maintained in normal condition within 24 hours.
施工平面布置详见附图。
For construction layout plan see attached diagram
施工现场平面布置图（见附图）Construction Site Layout Plan (See attached diagram)
施工现场临时用水、用电布置图。见附图Temporary Water and Electrical Distribution on Jobsite, see attached diagram
施工方案
Section V Construction Plan
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
施工流程 Construction Flow
施工总体设想方案 General Construction Consideration Plan
工程测量及测量复核方案 Engineering Survey and Review Check Plan
基础及主体工程 Foundation and Main Work
外脚手架工程 External Scaffolding Work
钢结构工程 Steel Structure Work
安装工程 Installation Work
装饰工程 Decoration Engineering
室外绿化及道路工程
Outdoor Greening and Road Engineering
与埋管分包商的协作与管理 Cooperation with Pipe Laying Subcontractor and Management
施工流程 Construction Flow
钢筋混凝土工程施工流程 Construction Process of Reinforced Concrete Engineering
钢结构工程施工流程 Construction Process of Steel Structure Work
施工总体设想方案 General Construction Consideration Plan
工程总体施工组织设想 Consideration for Organization of Overall Construction
根据本工程工期紧、质量、安全文明要求高等特点，一旦我公司有幸中标，公司将组织一支强有力的、施工过类似工程的、敢于打硬仗及有拼搏、创新精神的和在安全生产、文明施工中屡创佳绩的项目部管理班子来负责实施本工程的管理和施工。所派项目经理及管理班子常住施工现场。 According to construction features about short time period and high requirements of quality, safety and civilized construction, once our company has the honor to win the bidding, we will organize a strong management team of the project department with experience in similar construction and spirit of hard struggle and innovation, which comprises personals who had repeatedly made remarkable achievements in civilized construction, being responsible for exciting management and construction. The appointed project manager and management team will reside at site.
按照本项目各单体建筑特点，有效组织流水施工，本工程分三块进行流水施工，从而有效缩短工期。按照此要求将在施工中组织砼（砌砖）、钢筋、模板工和钢结构、水电安装预埋管线等专业各两套施工班组，各专业班组交叉作业，流水施工，同时确保各专业必须的技术间歇时间，确保主导工序不窝工，从而确保工程质量和促进施工进度。 According to features of each single building in the construction, the project will be divided into three parts with efficient flow construction to effectively shorten the period. Based on the aforesaid requirement, two construction teams will be formed for concrete (brickwork), reinforcing bars, formwork and steel structure, as well as pre-buried pipelines for water and electricity installation to perform cross operation and flow construction, which can ensure technical intermittence time and no delay of leading procedures, so that the construction quality could be guaranteed and the construction progress could be accelerated.
整体工程分桩基施工期、基础施工期、主体结构钢结构施工期、管道、电气设备等安装工程施工期、竣工扫尾整修施工工期。通过平衡协调及调度，紧密地组织在一起，总体围绕基础和主体结构（钢结构）施工期为主要进度控制区，一切施工协调管理即人、材、物满足该控制区，确保主体结构施工进度计划，为后道工序尽早提供作业面。 The main work includes piles construction, foundation construction period, construction period of steel structure of main structure and installation period of pipelines and electrical equipments installation, as well as period of wind-up refitment before completion. It will be generally organized around the construction period of foundation and main structure (steel structure) through balanced coordination and control, all coordinated management refers to supplying sufficient personals, materials and articles to the control section, so that the schedule plan could be ensured for providing the operation surface with later process as early as possible.
计划组织施工内容主要有土建、水电、钢结构制作安装、设备安装、动力管道安装等工程。 Construction should be organized with civil construction, water and electrify, steel structure manufacture and installation, equipment installation, as well as power piping installation.
基础结构工程施工设想 Consideration for Foundation Structure Construction
根据建设单位提供的工程的施工设计图纸、说明、有关资料，提前安排桩基工程施工。 Foundation construction will be prearranged according to construction design drawings, instructions and relevant informations provided by construction units.
工程施工严格按照管理公司的工程项目要求和国家及上海地区的相关规范要求去执行。 Construction will be performed in strict accordance with project requirements of management company, as well as national and local codes and regulations.
开挖采用4台1m3反铲挖机和配合2台反铲挖机开挖桩间土方。 For excavation, use two 1m3 backhoe excavators and cooperate with a backhoe excavator to excavate the earth between piles.
在土方施工阶段，配合监测单位注意周边市证道路、管线的安全，以确保位移量在容许的范围内。During earth work stage, cooperate with supervision company and pay attention to the peripheral municipal roads and pipeline for safety to ensure displacement within allowable range.
基础结构施工以施工阶段的划分每一阶段连续挖土至基础承台的预留土方标高位置，基底检土、砼垫层、桩头处理随土方开挖同步进行。
Foundation structure construction will be performed according to construction stage segments to excavation till to the reserved elevation of earthwork. Foundation soil check, concrete cushion and pile head treatment will be synchronized along with earthwork excavation.
在后浇带位置上层与下层钢筋间设置一层快易收口钢板网，以确保在后浇带位置承台板侧面不出现表面裂缝和在该位置砼面层的粗超度 On the post-concreting position, between upper layer and lower layer reinforcement will be provided steel screen to ensure the side the post-concreting capping plate will not occur surface cracking and roughness on the concrete surface at such points
砼使用商品砼，采用汽车泵或固定泵接硬管输送浇捣。Concrete will be ready-mixed concrete, adopt truck pump or fixed pump to connect hard tube for conveying, placing and tamping concrete.
模板采用九夹板，钢管扣件排架支撑。
Template uses 9cm plywood supporting with steel bar fasten bents.
主体结构工程施工设想 Consideration for Main Structure Construction
钢筋混凝土结构 Reinforced concrete structure
上部结构施工总承包将协调好各指定分包，以确保整个工程的准点完成。For superstructure construction, General Contractor will coordinate relations with the designated subcontractors to ensure the whole project completed on schedule.
在建筑施工中配备了合理的机械设备来满足材料的运输。Reasonable equipment will be deployed during construction to meet the demand of material transportation.
为确保钢筋砼剪力墙的几何尺寸和外观质量，剪力墙采用优质九夹板和50×100mm木方加工成定型模的施工工艺，该模板体系加工完成后将能承受砼侧压力100KN/m2。 For ensuring physical dimensions and appearance quality of reinforced concrete shear wall, the shear all should be constructed by stock mould which is processed and formed by high quality 9cm plywood and 50*100mm flitch. This mould system can bear 100KN/m2 pressure of concrete side.
后浇带施工时间按设计规定的时间要求、并结合工程实测的沉降变形情况与设计、监理协商决定施工时间，在施工缝的侧面位置附加一层快易收口钢板网，以确保施工缝位置砼面新旧砼更好的接触。Post-concreting construction time will be determined according to the designed time, and combining with settlement deformation and agreement with design, supervisor. At the side of construction joints will be attached a steel screen to ensure the concrete surface at the construction joints a good contact between the old and new concrete.
上部结墙体、楼板、梁用优质九夹板作模板体系，钢管扣件排架支撑。
Formwork system of upper binding wall, slab and beam is manufactured by high quality 9cm plywood, supporting with fasten bents.
砼使用商品砼，采用固定泵接硬管输送浇捣。Concrete will be ready-mixed concrete, use fixed pump connecting to hard tube for conveying, placing and tamping concrete.
钢筋采用现场加工厂加工为成型钢筋，利用塔吊作垂直运输。Rebar will use the reinforcing steel fabricated and formed at the site fabrication shop, tower crane will be used for vertical conveyance.
外架采用落地式脚手架，作为结构和装饰操作脚手架。External scaffolding will use floor-type scaffolding for structure and decoration.
在主体、装饰施工期间采取可靠的砼防裂措施及预防防渗漏措施，以做到本工程为无渗漏。During construction for main body and decoration, adopt reliable prevention measures for concrete cracking and anti-leak measures.
钢结构工程 Steel structure construction
本工程总体施工技术路线确定为：1#、2#生产厂房为先导，喷漆房及垃圾房为辅，分区施工、多点开花、流水作业、平行推进。
General construction techniques of the project are determined as: making 1# and 2# production buildings primary and spraying room and garbage house supplementary, performing simultaneous construction in different sections with flow operation and parallel advance.
工程测量及测量复核方案 Engineering Survey and Review Check Plan
施工测量方案 Construction Survey Plan
测量原则：根据工程测量规范（GB50026-93）和业主提供的施工平面布置图、工地红线范围和水准点高程，确定本工程测量定位方案。
Survey principles: in accordance with Code of Engineering Surveying (GB50026-93) and construction layout plan supplied by the owner, site property line scope and bench mark elevation, determine survey and setting out plan for this project.
按照工程红线和施工平面图，从业主指定的控制桩进行工程轴线的施测。 In accordance with the property line and construction layout plan, perform engineering axis survey work from the control stakes designated by the Owner
根据业主指定的水准点高程，将施工所需标高引测至所需部位，按照设计图纸标高对已完工程标高进行复核检查。
Based on the Owner-designated bench mark elevation, lead the elevation required for construction to the position required, review check the elevation of the finished works according to design elevation.
轴线、标高的检查复核应在征得业主指定代表的同意和监督下进行，检查所用的仪器设备和配备，人员应事先得到业主的同意。
Axis, elevation should be reviewed and inspected with the consent of the representative designated by the Owner and under his supervision, instrument equipment, preparation and personnel employed for inspection should obtain the prior authorization from the Owner’s consent.
轴线、标高检查完毕，及时进行成果整理，汇集成数据资料，送呈业主批示，以判定是否符合国家规范或达到业主所需的精度要求。
After inspecting axis and elevation, timely sort out results, collect data and information, submit to the Owner for approval.
建立轴线控制网点 Establishment of Axis Control Grid
主体结构楼面施工时，应在控制点的相应位置埋设300(300预留孔洞，作为轴线测设通视用途。
When performing main body structure floor, holes of 300x300 will be reserved at the corresponding position of the control point to be used for axis survey.
控制点采用(6(180(180分划板埋设于测量平台上，周边用(75(50(5角钢封闭，顶部用(6(200(200钢盖板保护，未使用时应加锁，以防止破坏。 Control point will adopt (6(180(180 reticule imbedded in the survey platform, use steel angle (75(50(5 to close the periphery, protect the top with (6(200(200 steel cover, lock out when it is not used to prevent from damage.
采用一台激光经纬仪进行控制点的垂直投递，一台J2型精密光学经纬仪进行平面轴线测量，测量方法为天顶仰视法，平面测量采用极坐标法。Adopt one laser theodolite to make vertical transfer of the control point, one precision optical theodolite type J2 to make plane axis survey. Survey method will be zenith upward viewing method, plane survey will be method of polar coordinates.
控制点垂直传递方法 Vertical Conveyance Method at Control Points
激光经纬仪架设于底层控制点处，对中整平，开启激光电源。
Laser theodolite sets up at the ground level control point, align and level, turn on laser power supply.
调整水平度盘指向零度，并固定水平度盘。旋转望远镜使之沿竖直方向大致垂直。
Adjust levelness dial to point at zero and fix the levelness dial. Swivel telescope to form it vertical along upright direction.
操作层用玻璃分划板接收激光束。
Operation layer receives laser beam with glass reticule.
望远镜照准操作层接收孔，调整焦距，使激光束光斑集中于最小最亮点，在分划板上作出标记。
Telescope aims at operation layer receiving hole, adjust the focus to form the laser beam concentrating on the minimum and lightest point, mark out on the reticule.
松开水平度盘，旋转180(，在分划板上再次作出一点标记。两点标记之间距离过大时，应调整望远镜微调螺旋，使发出的激光大致垂直。
Loosen levelness dial, swivel 180(，mark out a point again on the reticule. When the spacing between two marks is over long, adjust vernier screw on the telescope to form the emitting laser vertical.
然后旋转水平度盘，于0(、90(、180(、270(、360(分别于玻璃分划板上对发射的激光斑作出标记，首末两次光斑必须重合。将四个标记划出十字交交叉线，其交点即为轴线控制点。
Then rotate levelness dial at 0(、90(、180(、270(、360(分 on the glass reticule to mark out emitting laser spot, the beginning and ending twice light spots must match together. Mark out cross line for the four markings, the intersecting point is just the axis control point.
控制点复核：Control point review:
轴线控制点测设完毕并固定在楼面后，应复核其精度。
After surveying and setting out axis control point and fixing on the floor, check its accuracy.
光学经纬仪器架设于楼面一个控制点上，望远镜照准另外三点中的一点，按照计算所得的角度旋转水平度盘，分别对其余两点进行校核。
Optical theodolite instrument is installed on one control point of the floor, telescope aims at one point of the other three points, rotate levelness dial according to the angle obtained after calculation, check the remaining two points.
也可采用钢尺量取测设完毕的控制点之间的距离，并与计算所得的尺寸相对照进行校核。
Or use steel tape to measure the distance between control points after survey, calibrate in comparison with the sizes obtained after calculation.
控制点测量精度应达到，边长误差10m距离为1mm，角度误差90(控制在(以内。
Survey accuracy at the control point should obtain:1mm deviation for every 10m of side length,( deviation for 90( angle.
轴线放样 Axis Laying-out
控制点复核满足精度要求后，架设仪器于其中任一控制点，照准长距离方向所在点，并沿视线方向在楼面上作出若干标记，用墨线弹出此条控制线。
After control point checking meets accuracy requirement, install an instrument on any one control point, aims at the long distant direction point, put several markings on the floor along sight line direction, use ink line to mark out this control line.
然后将仪器水平度盘转90(，即测得短距离边的控制线。
Then rotate levelness dial of the instrument for 90(, just obtain the control line of the short distant side.
重新架设仪器于另一点，可测得平面上的另外两条相互垂直的测量控制线。
Reinstall the instrument on the another point, obtain the another two mutually perpendicular survey control lines on the plane.
然后用钢尺沿控制线量出各条轴线所在位置，用墨线弹出，并用红油漆作好标识，以备复查。
Then use steel tape to measure out the positions of all axis along control lines, mark out ink line and identify with red paint for review.
最后分别按照墙、柱、梁等构件的设计图纸所示位置，分别测出墙、柱构件的模板安装边线和模板检查复核线。
Finally, according to the positions shown on design drawing of wall, column, beam members, measure out formwork installation side line of wall, column members respectively and formwork inspection and check line.
轴线测设注意事项
axis Measuring Attention
使用仪器须经鉴定合格，合格后方可使用。
Applied instrument must be subject to verification for quality. Only qualified instruments can be used.
测量期间尽量停止钢筋、支架等施工作业、减少干扰。
During surveying work, stop operation work of reinforcement and support and minimize interference.
测量平台上的控制点加盖上锁，避免损坏。
measurement platform on the control point stamping locked to avoid damage.
各层控制点予留孔必须位置准确，模板支架的搭设和其它构件安装应避开予留范围，确保其竖向范围无障碍物。
Position of holes reserved at every level control point should be correct, erection of formwork support and other members should keep off the reserved range, ensure no obstacles within the scope of vertical direction.
测量过程中，加强复核检查，严格控制测量误差。
During surveying, reinforce check and inspection work, strictly control survey errors.
竖向高程测量 Vertical Elevation Measurement
根据业主提供的水准基点，在受施工影响较小的区域设置临时水准点，作为整幢大楼施工期间的高程引测点，并不定期进行复核校正。
Based on the original bench mark provided by the Owner, set up temporary reference point at the area that will be less influenced by construction, become the reference elevation point during construction of the whole building, and conduct irregular review and calibration.
结构施工时，将临时水准点标高引测到一层结构的柱或墙面位置，测点在四大角均布置，用红油漆作出三角标志，作为施工期间永久基准点。When structure construction, lead the temporary reference point elevation to the column and wall position of level one structure, surveying points distributed at the four large angles, use triangular marks with red paint, used as permanent datum points during construction.
操作层施工时标高测量均采用50m钢尺从一层结构向上量测，测点不少于2个，然后用水准仪对两点标识进行闭合检查，及时消除误差。
During construction of operation layer, elevation survey will use 50m steel tape for measurement from level one structure to the upper side, surveying point will not be less than 2, then use water level gauge to make close-up inspection on the two points and eliminate deviation timely.
用钢尺量取距离时，应考虑季节气候不同时的温度修正值和检定后的尺长改正值。
When using steel tape for distance survey, consider the season and climate condition, correct temperature value and verify corrected value of tape length
建立固定的观测路线 Establishment of Fixed Observing Route
由场区水准控制网，依据沉降观测点的埋设要求或图纸设计的沉降观测点布点图，确定沉降观测点的位置。
Determine settlement observation point according to water level control network, burial requirement of settlement observation point or settlement observation distribution drawing.
在控制点与沉降观测点之间建立固定的观测路线，并在架设仪器站点与转点处作好标记桩，保证各次观测均沿统一路线。
Set up fixed observation route between control point and settlement observation point, put marking stake at the point of instrument station with the corner, ensure observation every time done along the uniform route.
沉降观测 Settlement Observation
根据编制的工程施测方案及确定的观测周期，首次观测应在观测点安稳固后及时进行。
According to the prepared survey plan and determined observation cycle, initial observation should be performed after the observation point is set stably.
首次观测应自基础底板开始，在基础底板的纵横轴线上(基础局边)按设计好的位置埋设沉降观测点（临时的），等临时观测点稳固好，进行首次观测。
Initial observation will start from foundation slab. Insert settlement observation point (as temporary) according to the designed position on the vertical and horizontal axis of foundation slab, wait until the temporary observation point is stable, conduct the initial observation.
首次观测的沉降观测点高程值是以后各次观测用以比较的基础，其精度要求非常高，施测时一般用N2或N3级精密水准仪。并且要求每个观测点首次高程应在同期观测两次后决定。
Elevation value initially observed at the settlement observation point is the basis for the following observations. It has a higher accurate requirement. Generally adopt N2 or N3 level precision water level gauge. The initial elevation at the observation point should be determined after twice observation at the same time.
随着结构每升高一层，临时观测点移上一层并进行观测直到+再按规定埋设永久观测点（为便于观测可将永久观测点设于±标高）。然后每施工一层就复测一次，装饰阶段为一个月复测一次，直至竣工。
Along with the structure rising for one level, the temporary observation point will shift on the upper level and observe till +, then bury permanent observation point as specified (for the sake of observation, permanent observation point can be set on ± Elevation). Then check will be done once every construction of one level, during decoration stage check will be done once every month, till work completion .
测量复核 Review Check of Measurement
本工程测量工作量大，为了配合工期紧，任务重的需求，必须落实完备的测量复核制度。
Survey work for this project has a great workload. In order to meet short schedule and heavy task, survey evaluation system must be fulfilled.
测量工作必须由固定的专业测量工程师负责，并在工地技术负责人的监督指导下开展工作。
A dedicated survey engineer must be assigned and fixed for survey work, and develop work under the supervision and guidance of site technical principal.
每次测量工作开展之前，必须落实详尽的校核方法；即沉降观测和高程测量必须确保闭合差满足规范要求，测量完毕之前必须进行闭合，施工平面轴线测设的点位中误差应符合规范要求，必须在控制点投递完毕和轴线测设完毕，分别进行点位误差复核。
Before every survey work, fulfillment of detailed calibration method is necessary; . settlement observation and elevation survey must ensure close-up difference meet specification requirement. Before finishing survey, close-up is necessary. The set point deviation of construction plane axis should be in conformity with specified requirement.
对施工现场设置的临时水准点应加强保护，若有损坏应重新测设并修复水准点。
Reinforce and protect the temporary bench mark set up on construction site. Survey should be renewed in case of damage and bench mark will be restored.
每次水准测量都必须对多个水准点进行观测复核，确保不致在个别水准点受损的情况下以此为依据进行测量工作。
Every water level survey must be observed and checked to multiple bench marks, ensure not to conduct survey work on the basis of individual damaged bench mark.
测量所使用的仪器设备必须是经上海市指定检测单位校验合格并在规定的校验周期内工作。如仪器因意外原因导致受损应立即送检，不得使用测量误差不能满足要求的仪器。
Instrument and equipment used for survey must be subject to calibration for quality by the designated Shanghai inspection unit and put into use within the specified cycle. In case of instrument damage with unexpected reason, it must be sent for calibration immediately. Instrument that cannot meet requirement will not be used.
当原有仪器设备停用期间启用另外的仪器时，测量人员首先应全面掌握其性能特点后才能在工地技术负责人的许可情况下进行使用。
When the original instrument and equipment is out-of-use and another instrument will be used, surveyor shall firstly have an all-round grasp of its performance feature and put it into use subject to permission by site technical principal.
工地技术负责人对本工程的测量工作负有全权责任，任何阶段的测量工作必须经工地技术负责人审核同意后方可作为施工控制的依据。Site technical principal is responsible for the whole survey work in this project, any survey work must be subject to approval and consent of him and will be considered as reference for construction control.
测量工作的过程或成果应向业主申请复核，最后的测量成果应在内部检查合格的基础上请示项目经理或其指定代表复核认可。
Process or result of survey work should be submitted to the Owner for check application. Final surveying result should be submitted to project manager or other appointed representative for review and approval on the basis of internal qualified inspection.
基础及主体工程 Foundation and Main Work
施工准备 Construction Preparation
作好“三通一平”，即水通、电通、道路通工作，并按安全规定和设备要求布设临时水、电等管路和设施。
Make good the water supply, power supply and road supply, distribute temporary water, electrical piping and facilities according to safety regulation and equipment requirement.
放线定位。水准基点设在不受外界影响处，且要保证不受地基影响下沉，每个施工区水准基点至少设两个。测量完后通知业主方和监理公司进行复核，并做好复核签认工作。
Setting out and locating. Bench mark is set at the point that will not be affected by outside battery limit and ensure no settlement. At every construction area will be provided at least two bench marks. After survey the Owner and supervision company will be informed of review and check and signing.
桩基础施工 Pile Foundation Construction
材料验收：预制管桩进场时，认真做好检验工作。 桩的偏差要控制在规范要求之内。桩的表面应平整、密实， 砼的收缩裂缝深度不得大于20mm，宽度不得大于， 横向裂缝长度不得超过边长的一半，桩顶和桩尖处不得有蜂窝、麻面、 裂缝和掉角等现象。桩进场应有进场合格证
Material acceptance: make good acceptance work when precast pipe pile moves into site. Pile deviation must be controlled within the specified requirement. Pile surface should be smooth, level and dense, Concrete shrinkage crack depth will not be greater than 20mm, width will not be greater than , transverse crack length will not be greater than half of the side length. Pile block and tip will have no honeycomb, pock marking, cracking, etc. Pile moving into site should have quality certificate.
打桩流程（见下图）Piling flow (see the following drawing)
施工重点控制 Construction Key Control
压桩过程中，随时注意使桩保持轴心受压，发生偏移时，及时调整。接桩时保证上、下节桩的轴线一致，并尽量缩短接桩时间。Pressing pile should keep the pile axle center bearing load. In case of displacement, immediately make adjustment. Splicing pile should ensure the axis of the upper pile identical with the lower pile and shorten pile splicing time.
注意保养压力表等仪器，及时检修和定期保养，以减少测量误差。
管桩在吊运过程中应轻吊轻放，避免剧烈碰撞；管桩堆放场地应平整、坚实
Pay attention to maintenance of pressure gauges to reduce survey error. Lifting of pipe pile should be handled with care to avoid acute impingement, pipe pile should be placed on a level, smooth and firm ground.
采用CO2气体保护半自动焊接工艺接桩，其优点是：
Adopt CO2 semi-automatic gas shielded welding method to splice pile. It has the following advantages:
1）焊接速度快、效率高，能大大缩短焊接时间；
fast welding rate, high efficiency, greatly reduce welding time;
2）熔池可见，无熔渣，易进行焊接操作；
melting bath visible, no fused slag, easy for welding operation;
3）焊缝饱满、无缺陷，焊接质量易保证。
Full of welding seam, no defect, welding quality can be assured
焊接作业要求 Welding requirement
1）端面法兰坡口上的浮锈及污物，施焊前应用钢丝刷清除干净，若接口间隙超过规范要求，应加塞铁片并点焊固定。
Remove and clean the floating rust, contaminants remaining on the bevel of end flange with wire brush before welding. In case of joint gap exceeding specified requirement, add shim and position welded.
2）坡口槽应分层对称环缝焊接，并采用后退法连续施焊，应合理选择焊接电流和施焊速度以减小焊接变形。
Groove should be welded in layers for symmetrical and circumferential seam. Adopt backward method for continuous welding, choose reasonable welding current and speed to minimize welding deformation.
3）第一层焊接时应将法兰根部焊透，焊丝外延长度为16～20mm，焊缝接头的连接应在沿焊接的方向超前15～20mm处引弧，然后再回到接头处进行正常施焊。
Welding the first layer should be penetrated to the root of flange. External extended length of welding wire is 16～20mm，for connection of welded joints, striking arc will be at a point of ahead 15～20mm along welding direction, then return to the joint for normal welding.
4）中间层焊接时，焊缝的熔渣必须处理干净，不得产生咬边和溢瘤等缺陷。
For welding the intermediate layer, remove and clean the fused slag on the welded seam, without undercut and overlap defects.
5）每层焊缝接头要错开，焊缝厚度应高出坡口1mm。
Welding joint of every layer must be staggered. Welded seam thickness should be over the bevel.
6）每道接口焊完后自检合格，报监理验收，自然冷却1分钟后方可沉桩，并做好隐蔽工程记录。
After welding of each joint, contractor will conduct his own inspection for quality and inform the supervisor for acceptance. Pile can be sunken only after one minute of natural cooling, and concealed work must be recorded.
管桩拼缝允许偏差表
Allowable Deviation of Pipe Pile Splicing Seam
偏差名称
Description
允许偏差值
Allowable value mm
偏差名称
Description
允许偏差值
Allowable Value mm
节点弯曲矢高
Curve vector height at nodal point
<1/1000L
坡口错位
Bevel misalignment
≤2
管桩两端板之间间隙
Gap between two end plates of pipe pile
≤2
焊逢咬边深度
Undercut depth of welded seam
≤
焊缝外观
Welded seam appearance
无气孔、无焊瘤、无裂缝
No air hole, no overlap, no cracking
焊缝冷却时间
Cooling time of welded seam
>
几种特殊情况的处理 Handling for certain special situations 1、按照设计桩长压力不能达到要求的情况处理 Situation handling according to pressure of designed pile length below the standard 实际施工过程中，经常遇到深度已至设计要求，但压力没有达到设计标高的情况，这时应采用送桩器继续下压，如果仍然不能达到设计要求，应将情况上报监理工程师及设计单位，按照监理工程师及设计单位提出的相应措施比如补桩等执行。 In practical construction, it is often found that the dept reaches the designed requirement, but the pressure does not reach designed elevation, under such situation, the pile follower should keep pressing downward, if the situation remains, then it should be reported to supervision engineer and design unit, subsequently, relevant remedial measures suggested by supervision engineer and design unit should be performed, . pile patching. 2、不能压至 设计标高的处理 Handling for failing to press to the designed elevation 实际施工过程中，有时会遇到个别桩因地质等原因，不能压至设计标高的情况，如果有这种情况出现，应首先查找压桩设备的原因，在确认设备正常后，将情况汇报监理工程师及设计部门， 按照监理工程师及设计单位提出的相应措施执行。 In practical construction, it is sometimes found that few piles cannot be pressed to the designed elevation due to geology or other reasons, under such situation, equipment reasons should be firstly confirmed, after confirming equipment in good condition, then it should be reported to supervision engineer and design department, relevant remedial measures suggested by supervision engineer and design department should be performed. 3、断桩处理 Handling broken pile 桩施工过程难免出现错位，垂直度不好，桩头压烂等，要坚决废桩，重新补桩。当地质不良如淤泥层过厚或软硬土层变化急剧时，容易出现断桩事故，如果出现这种情况必须采用加桩的方法处理。严禁采用混凝土封底的方法进行难以圆其说的处理。而在桩头受到轻微破坏时，可采取混凝土封底的办法 进行防水处理，可以弥补桩头的损伤。 It is unavoidable to find dislocation, poor verticality and squished pile head during pile driving construction, if so, damaged piles must be removed and new piles should be filled. Pile breaking will easily occur, when geology is poor, such as silt layer is too thick or soft and hard stratums rapidly change, if so, the adding stake method must be adopted. It is forbidden to use the method of bottom sealing with concrete which can cause complex results. However, when pile heads are lightly damaged, the bottom sealing method with concrete can be used for waterproof handling to cover the damage of pile heads. 4、管桩与基础底板连接 Connection between tubular pile and foundation mat 为有效防止基础上浮并保证基础和桩基的整体协同工作，土方开挖至设计标高露出管桩后，清理管桩孔内的垃圾及污物，在基础钢筋绑扎前，严格按照设计图纸的作法，保证管桩与基础的连接。待基础底板钢筋绑扎时，管桩锚筋与基础底板钢筋要焊牢，基础底板钢筋与管桩桩头也要焊牢。 For effectively preventing foundation floating up and ensuring entire coordination between foundation and pile foundation, garbage and feculence in pile holes must be cleaned after earthwork excavation reaches the designed elevation and tubular pile expose. Before binding foundation steel bars, the design drawing must be strictly followed to ensure the connection of tubular pile and foundation. Anchor bars of tubular piles should be firmly welded with steel bars of foundation mat by binding foundation steel bars, meanwhile, steel bars of foundation should be also firmly welded with tubular pile head. 对于超过设计标高的个别管桩，超出部分应割除，割除采用切割机直接割断，严禁对设计桩顶标高以下的管桩进行任何形式的破坏。 For few tubular piles above the designed elevation, the above parts should be cut by direct cut of cutting machine. It is forbidden to damage tubular pile parts below the designed elevation of pile top in any form. 5、压桩过程质量控制 Quality control of pressing pile (1) 准确无误的放样数据计算，正确规范的施工放样操作，是确保桩位标准的前提，决不允许出现因测量放样而引起桩位错误的情况发生，所以在放样全过程中一定要反复校核，严禁发生错误。 Accurate calculation on staking out data and correct operation of staking out of construction are preconditions for ensuring stake standard, it is never allowed to raise wrong placement of stake due to inaccurate measurement and staking out, so the whole process of staking out must be repeatly inspected to avoid any mistakes. (2) 严格按已审批的施工方案进行施工，接桩的焊缝一定要由有经验的且的有专业焊工证的焊工按照技术规程的要求认真进行，确保焊缝要均匀、饱满符合设计及规范要求，电焊结束后的停歇时间、上下节平面偏差、节点弯曲矢高均应满足规范的要求。 The construction must be performed in strict accordance with approved construction scheme, pile extension welding must be carefully done by welder with experience and professional qualification based on requirements of technical regulation, to ensure welding lines homogeneous and full. Technical down time, deviation between up and down nodal plane and node bending bilge should achieve requirements of regulations. (3) 最后的成桩要采取长度及压力双控，长度及压力均应满足设计要求。 The final pile-forming is controlled by length and pressure which should meet design requirements. (4) 打桩的次序要合理，一定要坚持先里后外、先中心后边区、先深后浅、先密后疏先近后远（离建筑物近的桩先打，远的后打）的原则施工，尽量降低挤土效应。 Sequence of pile driving should be reasonable, following the principles such as “from inside to outside”, “from centre to side”, “from deep to shallow” and “from thick to thin”, as well as “from close to far” (piles close to building should be derived firstly, then the far distance), to minimize compaction effect. (5) 插桩及接桩应确保中心正确、桩身垂直。桩尖就位、对中、调直。对于YZY型压桩机，通过起动纵向和横向行走油缸，将桩尖对准桩位；开动压桩油缸将桩压入土中1m左右后停止压桩，调正桩在两个方向的垂直度。第一节桩是否垂直，是保证桩身质量的关键。 Pitching pile and extension pile should ensure centre correct and pile shaft vertical. Placing pile tip should follow steps as emplacement, centering and straightening. For YZY pile driver, pile tip should be centered through starting longitudinal and transverse translation cylinder. Pile driving cylinder starts to press pile about 1m into soil then stops, followed by adjusting the verticality of pile in two directions. Whether the first part of pile is vertical or not is the key to ensure the quality of pile shaft. (6) 压桩。通过夹持油缸将桩夹紧，然后使压桩油缸伸程，将压力施加到桩上，压入力由压力表反映。在压桩过程中要认真记录桩入土深度和压力表读数的关系，以判断桩的质量及承载力。当压力表读数突然上升或下降时，要停机对照地质资料进行分析，看是否遇到障碍物或产生断桩情况等。Driving pile. Pile is clamped by clamping cylinder, then pressure is brought to pile by extension stroke of driving pile, press-in force is indicated on gauge. Relationship of pile depth and gauge readings should be carefully recorded during driving pile to judge quality and bearing capacity of pile. When readings of gauge suddenly rise or drop, the machine should stop and analysis should be carried out according to geological data to find out if there is an obstacle or broken pile. (7) 遇到须做断桩处理的情况，决不姑息迁就，坚决做断桩处理，重新补打。 When broken pile occurs, the broken pile must be removed and filled again without any delay. (8) 对打桩过程中的任何异常情况，应向监理工程师和设计单位反映，以便及时作出正确的应对措施，严禁自行解决。 Any abnormal conditions during driving pile should be reported to supervision engineer and design unit to make correct counter-measures timely, self-settlement is strictly forbidden. (9) 施工完成后，要严格按照规范及设计要求，进行各种检测及试验，对不合格桩基坚决进行补桩。 Various tests and inspections should be performed in strict accordance with specifications and design requirements after completion, unqualified pile foundation must be removed and filled again. (10) 压桩过程中的各种数据记录，要详细、周全、标准、规范。 All data records during driving pile should be detailed, complete, standard and normative.
土方开挖工程 Earth Excavation Work
依据并执行施工图纸的技术要求、上海市规范及标准、水泥混凝土路面施工及验收规范GBJ97-87、建筑地基设计规范GB50007-2002、建筑边坡工程技术规范GB50330-2002、建筑地基处理技术规范JGJ97-2002、建筑地基基础施工质量验收规范、土工试验方法标准GB|T50123-1999。
Observe Construction drawings technical requirement, Shanghai specification and standard, Code for Construction and Acceptance of Cement Concrete Road Surface GBJ97-87, Code for Design of Building Subgrade GB50007-2002, Technical Specification of Building Sloping Work GB50330-2002, Technical Specification for Treatment of Building Subgrade JGJ97-2002, Code for Construction and Quality Acceptance of Building Subgrade Foundation, Standard of Geotechnical Testing Method GB|T50123-1999.
关于基坑开挖施工时将提交给业主的文件
Submittals deliverable to the Owner
所有运进来现场材料的的合格证明、测试结果来源及样品 all delivered materials quality certificates, test result, source and sample.
夯实机械出场说明书和性能。
Compaction equipment instruction manual and performance
拟采用的夯实方法、测试方法、测试结果及建议的测试方法。Compaction method, testing method, test result and proposal.
施工过程控制：在施工过程中的动态控制更为重要。施工中的动态控制可归结为：多沟通、勤测量、善调整。
Construction process control: during construction dynamic control is more important. Dynamic control includes more communication, frequent survey and improving adjustment.
勤测量、善调整：在施工中，应勤于测量，掌握工程的质量状况，对发现的问题进行分析，作出必要的调整，并对调整后的情况进行跟踪，持续提高工程施工质量。
Frequent survey and improving adjustment: during construction, frequently survey, grasp work quality, analyze issues, make necessary adjustment, trace the situation after adjustment, steadily improve work quality.
挖土施工 Excavation Work
准备工作：Preparation
依据施工图纸及技术规程实施：挖土前的准备工作施工区域和通道三米范围内的现场，都应清理，移走现场的树，灌木，树桩和垃圾，挖出树根（直径大于25MM）和其他植被，严禁破环现场内需要保留的树，根据国家和上海市规定的处理废物。完成现场清理后要得到管理公司的同意方可退除顶层土。顶层土的去除：开挖和回填之前，要砍断顶层土内树和其他植被的根，不要将顶层土和下层土掺在一起。 According to construction technical drawings and technical specifications: the preparation before excavation includes cleaning construction area and passageways within 3m of the site, as well as removing tress, bush, stumps and garbage on site, digging out roots (diameter greater than 25mm) and other vegetation. It is forbidden to destroy trees required to be left, waste disposal should be according to national and local regulations. After cleaning the site, topsoil could be only removed with approval of management company. Topsoil and subsoil should never be mixed.
开挖采用4台1m3反铲挖机和配合2台反铲挖机开挖桩间土方。和15辆卡车进行运土。
Excavation will be done by two backhoe excavators 1m3 capacity and one backhoe excavator capacity and 15 vehicles are used for moving soil.
场地“三通一平”，即水通、电通、路通，场地平整；挖土时，为防止挖机下陷，在挖机底铺钢垫板。
Field water connection, electricity connection, road connection and grading are finished. During excavation, place steel plate under excavator to prevent it from collapse.
土方开挖：Earth Excavation
基坑开挖程序一般是：测量放线—切线—分层开挖—排降水—整平—留足预留土层等。相邻基坑开挖时，应遵循先深后浅或同时进行的施工程序，挖土应自上而下分层进行。分层为米，每层分段开挖长度不得超过30m。
Foundation excavating procedure” survey and setting out – cutting line – excavation in layers – discharge and lower water – leveling – reserve sufficient soil layer.
本工程土方开挖深度按设计要求；挖至基础底上300mm高承台等局部深处时，采用人工挖土到设计标高。再统一检查坑底宽和标高，要求坑底凹凸不超过。但必须注意土方不能超挖扰动原有土质，因此要求施工测量人员必须时刻注意测量高度，正确指导挖机挖土和人工挖土。According to the design requirement, when earth excavation is deeper to the capping of 300mm high above foundation slab, use manual digging till obtain design elevation. Then inspect bottom width and elevation, unevenness of bottom of foundation pit is required not to exceed . but pay attention not to over excavate and disturb the existing soil quality. Therefore, surveyor is required to attend the measuring height at all times and correctly guide excavator digging and manual digging.
对测量放线，即在土方开挖前，按放线要求将各测量控制点按外延法将测量控点延伸至车辆运输不能损坏的地方，最好在该基坑边缘以外设定控制点做好记录；并做好保护；
For survey and setting out, . before earth excavation, all survey control points extend to the place where vehicles could not damage them according to setting out requirement, it is better to set control point at the outside of the foundation edge and keep record.
基底后浇带土方挖取，在挖至基础底面下标高时，采用人工挖土。挖土时深度比基础底板深100mm；另在后浇带两端头，挖掘深度为400mm，并设砖砌集水井，内用1:2水泥砂浆抹面；
Post-concreting area earth excavation of the foundation base, when excavate to the lower elevation of foundation slab, adopt manual excavation. Excavation depth will be 100mm deeper than foundation slab; in addition, at two ends of the post-concreting area, excavating depth is 400mm, and set masonry sump well, plaster with 1:2 cement mortar inside the well.
人工挖土至设计标高时，需要测量员全程跟踪，并用250mm长竹签按每-2m左右钉设一个，竹签上端标高作为垫层上表面标高控制；
Manually excavate to the design elevation, the surveyor is required to trace all process, and use a 250mm long prod for every -2m. the top elevation of the prod is used to control surface elevation of the bedding course.
当基坑内挖土全部结束时，按设计要求和施工要求，将基坑以各轴线为方格平面图绘出，每隔2-4小时监测基坑土是否有上涌现象，如有发生，及时与公司技术部门或与业主、设计院联系；
After completion of excavation inside the foundation pit, draft grid plan drawing according to design requirement and construction requirement. Monitor foundation soil at intervals of 2-4 hours. If water suring occurs, immediately notify company technical department or contact the Owner and design institute.
基坑挖土完成后，及时请监理、业主、必要时请设计院参与对基坑的验槽，做好基坑验槽的工程资料。
After completion of foundation pit excavation, immediately report supervision, Owner and design institute, if necessary, to witness the trench acceptance and prepare and record foundation acceptance information and data.
基坑开挖对周边环境的监测 Monitoring of Peripheral Environment when Foundation Pit Excavation
监测内容： Monitoring content:
基坑围护及土体水平位移的监测
foundation pit protection, soil body horizontal displacement
地下管线的监测
underground piping
监测设备：Monitoring equipment
设备名称
Equipment Name
监测部位
Monitoring Part
经纬仪
Theodolite
围护结构、土体水平位移的监测 protection structure, soil body horizontal displacement
水准仪
Water level gauge
道路、地下管线 road, underground piping
基坑内和基坑外排水措施 Drainage Measures inside and outside the foundation pit
在基坑施工过程中所有排水均依照《地表排水作业规程》来实施。
During foundation pit construction, all water draining will be done according to the Specification for Operation of Surface Water Drainage”.
基坑挖土从开始起在基坑的各大角挖800(800(800深的集水井，中间每隔30m左右再设置一个集水井，转角处增设集水井，各集水井之间用300(200排水沟相连通，使基坑内排水形成畅通路径。
Foundation pit excavation starts with sump of 800(800(800 deep, in the middle set a sump at intervals of 30m, at the corner add sump. Between all sumps connected with 300(200 drainage ditch, make drainage in the foundation pit unblocked.
在坑周设置贯通的400×400砖砌排水沟，并在沿排水沟隔20－30m设置800×800×800（H）集水井。将地面雨水、污水集中后，视情况设置沉淀池，排入城市下水管网或泄洪渠；
set a through drainage ditch with 400x400 brick masonry, set 800×800×800（H）sump along drainage ditch at intervals of 20-30m. collect the surface rainwater, wastewater, set precipitation tank, drain into the municipal underground piping system or flood channel.
基坑四周的安全围护 Safety Protection around foundation pit
从基坑挖土开始时，为保证基坑四周人员及其他杂物不掉入坑内，基坑四周沿围护结构边应设置安全围护架。围护架高度，每隔4m左右设一固定立杆其余立杆按2m间距设在其中，横杆设三排，立杆埋设于土下50-70MM。钢管外涂黄黑相间油漆。围护架外用安全网封闭；
Start from the foundation excavation, safety protection support set around the protection structure, the protection support height is , set a fixed post at intervals of 4m, other poles set between them at intervals of 2m, cross bar set three rows, poles embed under the earth 50-70mm. steel tube surface coated with yellow-black paint. Protection support will be enclosed with safety net.
为方便基坑内操作人员上下和材料运输，从挖土一开始进行，根据现场实际情况搭设上人跑梯。梯子宽度不小于。
To facilitate the operator up and down and material conveyance inside the foundation pit, from the very beginning of excavation, set an accessible ladder according to site physical condition. Ladder with will not be smaller than .
土方回填注意事项 Points for Attention of Earth Backfilling
回填土按照设计单位提供的技术和国家规程来执行。
Backfilling should be in accordance with techniques provided by design unit and national regulations.
回填材料 Backfilling materials
石块材料回填：所需要石块回填的地方，材料应级配良好干质石块、砖块、混凝土块及其他硬质的材料。碎石最大不能超过50毫米。每层回填不超过150毫米。表面需密实。
Stone backfilling: the stones must be graded dry stones, bricks, concrete and other hard material. Max. gravel size will not be larger than 50mm. backfilling will not exceed 150mm in every layer. The surface will be compacted.
回填材料中不应含有树枝、杂草、有机物及其他有毒物。如回填碎石，碎石应干净、坚硬、耐久、良好级配、细骨料含量适当，碎石最大直径不能超过150毫米。
Backfilling material should not contain branches, weeds, organic matter and other toxic substances. If for gravel backfilling, gravel should be clean, hard, durable, good gradation, appropriate fine aggregate content , maximum gravel size should not over 150 mm
当回填材料为黏土时，土壤最佳含水量和相应的最大干重量要通过夯压测试来定。
When the backfilling material is clay, the best soil moisture content and the corresponding maximum dry weight will rely upon testing of ramming pressure.
为了夯实和回填必须得到业主的同意，方可在离墙体或混凝土结构米的距离内使用机械。夯实靠近混凝土墙体的回填土，应用手工操作设备。
Compaction and backfilling must obtain the Owner’s approval. Equipment will be used within a distance of from the wall or concrete structure. Compaction of the backfilling soil close to concrete wall will be done with manual operating equipment.
对于暗浜区域的回填土及结构地面下的回填土：回填土到指定的深度，每层回填土不可超过250毫米，压实密度不可小于88%,对于顶层填土要留有余地。
Backfilling for the concealed river area and structure subsurface: backfill soil to the designed depth, each layer backfilling will not exceed 250mm, compaction ratio will not be less than 88%, backfilling on the top is required to leave room.
要求每层土回填接近水平，每层的厚度依据土壤的状况来定，但是不能超过200MM。
Each layer backfilling is close to horizontal, the thickness in every layer relies upon the soil condition, but will not be over 200mm.
在夯实期间要对土的含水率加以控制，最佳含水量为正负2％
At the period of compaction, control water content rate in soil. The best water content will be plus or minus 2%
对于夯实设备要进行现场测试，确保达到密度要求。
Conduct site testing on compaction equipment, ensure obtaining compaction requirement.
验收标准的夯实土密度百分比根据GBJ225-97最大干密度规定来定。见下表
For compacted soil density percentage, acceptance standard will rely upon the max. dry density specification in GBJ225-97.
成形层
Formed layer
500MM
成形层
500-1500MM
成形层
1500MM
以下成形层
最大密度
Max. density
95%
93%
90%
夯实土的要经过密度实验测试。
Compacted soil must pass density experimental test.
混凝土垫层施工 Concrete Cushion Construction
基坑土方开挖完毕后，基底土方上表面标高及排水设施施工完成，应尽快浇捣垫层混凝土，基底土方不应暴露过长，最好控制在24h之内。
After excavation of foundation pit, bottom earth top elevation and drainage facility finish construction. Place cushion concrete as soon as possible, bottom earth should be over exposed, control within 24 hours is best.
垫层为C15混凝土，150mm厚。在基底挖土完成的当天，应组织人浇捣混凝土；
Cushion C15 concrete, 150mm thick. On the day completing the foundation bottom excavation, organize crews to place and tamp concrete.
混凝土采用商品混凝土，因此在浇捣混凝土前，应联系好厂家。对商品混凝土生产厂家的要求是：混凝土生产资质，混凝土试配试验报告，混凝土的最终配合比以及混凝土的生产、运输等；
Concrete will be ready-mixed concrete. Before purring concrete, get in touch with the concrete manufacturer. Requirement on ready-mixed concrete manufacturer: concrete production qualification, concrete test report, final concrete mixing ratio and concrete productivity, transportation capacity.
准确放出基坑C15混凝土垫层边线。垫层超出基础底板边100mm宽。用50mm厚100mm宽木枋做模板，模板用短钢筋固定；
Accurately set out side line of foundation pit C15 concrete cushion. The cushion will be over the foundation slab side for 100mm wide. Adopt 50mm thick and 100m wide timber as formwork. The formwork will be fixed with short rebar.
后浇带垫层做法按结施总说明施工。
Post-concreting cushion method according to general structuring construction description.
混凝土浇捣时用振动棒或平板振动器对混凝土进行振捣，再用2m括尺找平，最后用人工木抹子搓毛混凝土表面；测量员需随时测量垫层上表面标高；
use vibrating needle or platen vibrator to vibrate concrete, then use 2m screeder for leveling, finally manually roughen concrete surface with wood trowel. Surveyor will measure the surface elevation on the cushion.
后浇带两端头的垫层宽度，应充分考虑后浇带防水要求、模板安装、混凝土浇筑时围护和操作的空。
Cushion width of the two ends of post-concreting area should fully consider waterproofing requirement, formwork installation, protection during concrete pouring, operation space, etc.
做好混凝土的收料工作，试件试样和基础底板施工的各项工程资料。
Make good receiving work of concrete, test pieces, test cubes and all engineering information and documents for foundation slab construction.
桩头连接施工 Pile Head Splicing Construction
桩基通过验收后，开挖完后对桩头进行处理，按照国家、地方图集要求将桩与承台进行连接。（见下图）
Foundation pile, after acceptance, its head will be treated, connect the pile to the capping according to national and local drawing atlas requirement. (See the following diagram)
参考图 Reference Diagram
钢筋工程 Reinforcement Work
执行施工图纸的要求及国家相关的规程和上海是的要求来制定工作要求。GB1499、GB13013、GB50204-2002。 Work requirements should be built by implementing requirements of construction drawings and relevant national regulations, as well as local requirements. GB1499、GB13013、GB50204-2002.
结合建设单位的要求、混凝土结构工程GB 50204-92。合同要求、及工程图纸及说明。 Combining requirements of construction unit, Concrete Structure Engineering GB 50204-92. contract requirements, construction drawings and instructions.
钢材的进场、检验与标识 Steel delivery, test and identification
我公司将在公司合格供应商名录里挑选几家，进行综合评审，进货时货比三家，选定最后的做为本工程的钢材供应商。严把进货关。
Our company will choose several suppliers from the qualified supplier’s list for synthetic assessment. When importing materials choose the final supplier as our supplier for steel material.
进货验收：钢材在进场时由材料员、专职质检员对钢材进行检验。钢材每捆（盘）上挂有标牌（注明生产厂家、生产日期钢号、炉罐号、钢筋级别、直径标记）并附有质量证明书；
Acceptance on receipt: material controller, dedicated quality inspector inspect steel when moving into site. Steel per bundle (pan) should have index tag (indicating manufacturer’s name, production date, steel number, heat number, steel class, diameter) and attached with quality certification.
检查每批由同牌号、同炉罐号、同规格，同交货状态钢筋组成，重量不大于60t。并从中抽取5%进行外观检查，钢筋表面不得有裂纹，结疤和折叠、钢筋表面允许有凸块，但不超过横肋高度，钢筋表面允许其它缺陷的深度和高度不得大于所在部位尺寸的允许允许偏差。
Inspection per batch is composed of the same brand, same heat number, same size, same delivery steel, weight is not greater than 60t. conduct visual observation at a rate of 5%. Steel surface should not have cracks, scars and wrinkles, but allow projection, the projection will not exceed cross rib height. Other allowable defect depth and height should not be greater than the allowable deviation of the location size.
从每批钢筋中任选两根钢筋，每根取两个试样分别进行拉伸试验（包括屈服点，抗拉强度和伸长率）和冷弯试验。如有一项试验结果不符合要求，则从同一批中另取双倍数量的试样重作各项试验。如仍有一个试样不合格，则该批钢筋为不合格品，需退回厂家。
Choose any two reinforcing steels from the back reinforcing steels for tensile strength test (including yield point, tensile strength and elongation) and cold bending test. If one item test result is not be in accordance with the requirement, choose the test sample in double quantity from the same batch for all items of testing. If one test sample still could not be qualified, that batch of reinforcing steel is considered as non-compliance product and shall remove back to manufacturer.
热轧钢筋在加工过程中发现脆断，焊接性能不良或机械性能显著不正常现象时，应进行化学成分分析或其它专项检验。
Hot rolled reinforcing steel will pass chemical composition analysis or other special testing if finding fracture, bad welding performance or mechanical property during processing.
依照ISO9000的2000标准，执行本公司《产品标识和可追溯工作程序》建立合格钢材堆码区，要求分规格堆码，挂标识牌，注明钢材等级、规格、产地、数量等，钢筋必须检验合格方可进入合格钢材堆码区。此堆码区为该单体工程单独设置。
According to ISO9000 2000 standard, execute our company “Program for Production Identification and Traceability Work” , establish laydown area for qualified steels, place the steels by different sizes, tag out, indicating steel class, size, place of origin, quantity, etc. Reinforcing steel should be subject to qualified test then enter into the laydown area for qualified steel. The laydown area will be individually set up as its unit work.
提供业主的资料：Submittals to the Owner
钢筋地运工地前，提供钢筋的关于钢筋的物理化学性能的轧制试验报告书或出厂合格证。
Mill test reports certifying physical and chemical properties or ex-factory certificate of qualification for reinforcing steel to be delivered to the site.
钢筋施工详图。
Reinforcing steel construction detail
各种焊接焊工的资格证书。
A copy of all welder’s certificates prior to any welding.
有关钢筋铺设检验的钢筋报告。
Reinforcing steel placing test report
钢筋翻样 Reinforcing steel Lofting
我司将由专业工长对图纸钢筋进行翻样，工程技术负责人对翻样单进行审核之后才进行下一步的钢筋制作与加工。
Our division will assign a professional foreman for reinforcing steel lofting according to drawing, engineering technical principal will review the lofting sheet, then the further rebar fabrication and working can be done.
根据本工程的实际情况，翻样时依据图纸结构说明及03G101-1、03G101-2、04G101-4标准图集进行。
Lofting will be done according to the actual work condition, drawing structure description and standard drawing atlas 3G101-1、03G101-2、04G101-4.
主要技术措施：基础钢筋主要受力钢筋B14采用搭接连接，基础梁主要为C18－C25等钢筋采用闪光对焊，柱竖向钢筋采用电渣压力焊焊接。
Major technical measures: main reinforcement of reinforcement foundation uses lap joints, foundation beam comprises C18-C25 reinforcement welded by flash welding, column vertical reinforcement is jointed by electroslag pressure welding.
焊接接头不宜在最大受拉区，且同一断面接头数不超过50%，搭接接头禁止在最大受拉区，且同一截面内不超过1/4（搭接长度为44d）或不超过50%（受压区、搭接长度为48d）。
welding joint will not be set at max. compression area, and the number of the same cross-section joint will not be over 50%, overlap joint will not be allowed to set at max. tensile area and within the same cross section the overlap joint will not be over 1/4 (overlap length 44d) or 50% (compression area, overlap length 48d).
钢筋下料长度的计算：根据图纸尺寸考虑钢筋的锚固长度，接搭长度（如下表）；闪光对焊增加闪光量，电渣压力焊增加钢筋熔化量25mm;钢筋锚固、搭接长度表：
Length calculation of reinforcing steel undercut: according to the size indicated on the drawing, consider reinforcing steel anchoring length, overlap length (see following table); flash butt-welding increases flash capacity, electroslag press welding increases reinforcing steel melting capacity 25mm; reinforcing steel anchoring, overlap length table
钢筋锚固长度
Reinforcing steel anchoring length
受力钢筋搭接长度
Stress reinforcing steel overlap length
非受力钢筋搭接长度
Non-stress reinforcing steel overlap length
35d
44d（同截面不超过25%）same cross section not over 25%
48d（同截面不超过50%）same cross section not over 50%
35d（且不小于250）and not less than 250
箍筋尺寸计算：钢筋弯曲下料时应减去弯曲调整值。
Stirrup size calculation: reinforcing steel bending and laying-off shall decrease bending adjustment value
钢筋弯曲角度
Reinforcing steel bending angle
45(
60(
90(
135(
钢筋弯曲调整值
Adjustment value of reinforcing steel bending
2d
箍筋的尺寸计算考虑梁筋的根数、直径、等分钢筋间距并满足钢筋保护层要求。
Calculation of stirrup size considers number, diameter of beam bar, divide spacing of reinforcing steel equally and meet reinforcing steel covering requirement.
闪光对焊 Flash Butt-welding
本基础工程采用预热闪光对焊，采用三台闪光对焊机。
The foundation work will use preheating flash butt-welding method, adopt three sets of flash butt-welding machines.
对焊操作必须持有证件，在上岗操作之前对其进行考核，方才正式上岗。 Butt-welding operation must have permit. Before welding the welder shall pass welder’s examination.
焊接参数的选择：
Referenc of welding parameters
对焊参数 Butt-welding data
数值 Value(mm)
调伸长度 stretching length
闪光留量 flash allowance
8-10mm
预热留量 preheating allowance
4-7mm
顶锻留量 upset forging allowance
在焊接之前，应在清除钢筋端头的铁锈、污泥等，如钢筋有弯头应先截除。焊接完毕后，不能马上松开夹具，等接头变为红黑色之后才松开夹具，平稳取出钢筋，以免钢筋产生弯曲。焊接好钢筋架空堆放，同时确保焊接场地防风、防雨，以免接头发生骤然冷却，发生脆断。
Before welding remove rust, sludge, on the reinforcing steel end, if reinforcing steel have elbow should be cut off. After welding, should not immediately release the fixture, wait until the joint becoming red and black release the fixture, smoothly remove out reinforcing steel so as not to produce bending. Welding reinforcing steel shall be placed overhead, and ensure that the welding site has weather-proof protected, so as not to happen suddenly cooling joints, brittle fracture happened.
试验：同一台班内由同一焊工完成的300个同级别、同直径钢筋焊接接头应作为一批。当同一台班内，可在一周内累计计算；累计仍不足300个接头，也按一批计；力学性能试验时，试件应从成品中随机切取6个试件；若当出现试验结果不符合要求时，可随机再取双倍数量试件进行复试。
Test: in the same shift, 300 welding joints done by the same welder for same class, same diameter will be considered as one batch. In the same shift, the joints can be accumulated and calculated within one week. If a total of 300 joints is still insufficient, also considered as one batch; for mechanical properties test, 6 specimens shall be randomly obtained from the finished products; if test results do not meet request, may take double the number of specimens to retest
电渣压力焊 Electroslag press welding
据钢筋直径大小选择焊接参数。
Select welding parameters according to the diameter of reinforcing steel
焊接参数的选择： Preference of welding parameters
焊接电流
Welding current
（A）
电弧过程电压
Arc process voltage（V）
电渣过程电压
Electroslag process voltage（V）
电弧过程时间
Arc process time（S）
电渣过程时间
Electroslag process time（S）
钢筋熔化量
Reinforcing steel melting capacity
C16
200-250
40-45
22-27
14
4
20-25
C18
250-00
15
5
C20
300-350
17
5
C22
350~400
18
6
C25
400~450
21
6
质量检查：Quality Inspection
外观检查：检查接头外观焊包是否饱满，有无明显烧伤痕迹，检查钢筋轴线是否偏位，偏位不得超过钢筋直径的，且不得大于2mm，接头弯折处不大于4(，如出现此种情况对接头截除后予以重焊。
Visual inspection: inspect joint appearance for full of welding, burned marks, displacement. Displacement shall not exceed of reinforcing steel diameter, and not greater than bending point shall not greater than 4(，if finding such issue cut off the joint and reweld.
拉伸实验：在一层中同种规格小于等于300个接头作为一批，现场取三个接头进行拉伸试验。试验合格方可使用在工程中，如不合格则取双倍数量的试样进行复验，复验如达不到要求，此批为不合格品，予以截除重新焊接。
Tensile test: at one level, joints of the same size not less than or equal to 300 consider as one batch. Obtain three joints on site for tensile test. Reinforcing steel can be put into use in the work after qualified test. If unqualified, obtain double the number of specimens for retest. If retest can not obtain the requirement, that batch will be deemed as non-compliance and they will be cut off and reweld.
钢筋的辅助配件 Auxiliary reinforcing steel parts
绑扎用铁丝：16号以上退火软黑铁丝
tie wire: 16 gauge or heavier black soft annealed wire.
钢筋垫块根据要求按照不同类型选择合适的垫块
Bar supports: proper type for the intended use in conformance with related requirements.
不允许垫块外露时用标准垫块。
Bright basic supports where the supports do not come in contact with exposed concrete surfaces.
允许垫块外露是用塑料钢筋保护垫块。
Plastic-protected supports where the support come in contact with exposed concrete surfaces.
混凝土浇筑在坡度上或土上，应使用带砂垫板的垫块或预制垫块 Bright basic bar supports with sand plates or precast concrete bar supports in concrete placed on grade or against earth cuts.
敦粗直螺纹机械连接套管，要求连接强度达到钢筋屈服强度的110% Upset threaded mechanical couplers: designed to develop 110% of the yield strength of the reinforcing steel.
熔焊对接套管，要求连接强度达到钢筋屈服强度的100%
fusion mechanical couplers: designed to develop 100% of the yield strength of the reinforcing steel.
端头连接件：要求他们的抗压强度达到钢筋屈服强度的100% End-bearing splice devices: designed to develop 100% of the compressive strength of the reinforcing steel.
钢筋绑扎 Reinforcing steel Binding
钢筋绑扎前，应重点对钢筋上的污染物进行清除，特别是钢筋的锈迹和焊接的地方处理好
before binding reinforcing steel, remove the contaminants on the reinforcement, especially the rust mark and the welded points.
主筋的摆放顺序从下至上为：主梁底1(次梁底1(主梁底2(次梁底2(主梁面2(次梁面2(主梁面1(次梁面1，主筋摆放间距均匀且净距不小于50mm，两层筋之间每用C25作为垫铁保证其净距，在主筋划出箍筋位置，箍筋开口应交错布置,钢筋帮扎用20#铁丝，不能漏扎。
Main bar placing procedure from bottom to top: primary beam bottom 1( secondary beam bottom 1(primary beam bottom 2(secondary beam bottom 2(primary beam surface 2(secondary beam surface 2(primary beam surface 1(secondary beam surface 1. main bar spacing placed evenly and clear distance not less than 50mm. use C25 as shim between two reinforcement layers at intervals of . mark out stirrup position on main bar, stirrup opening staggered arrangement, use 20# tie wire to secure reinforcing steel bar.
柱筋主筋接头当钢筋直径为16≤((25时，采用竖向钢筋电渣压力焊， (<16时采用搭接连接，主筋接头应按50%错开。
Column main bar joint, when reinforcing steel is 16≤((25 in diameter, select vertical reinforcing steel electroslag press welding, if the bar is larger than 16 in diameter use lap connection. Main bar joint shall be 50% staggered.
柱受力钢筋机械连接接头宜相互错开，其连接区段的长度为35d，同一连接区段内受力钢筋接头面积百分率不宜大于50%。
Column stress bar mechanical connection joint shall be mutually staggered, connecting length shall be 35d, area percentage of stress rebar joint within the same connection section shall not be larger than 50%.
梁受力钢筋接头采用对焊连接，板钢筋接头采用绑扎搭接连接。
Beam stress rebar joint use butt-welding, slab rebar joint use lap connection by tie wire.
钢筋的锚固长度为lae=35d；受力钢筋的搭接长度为ll=44d（接头面积百分率25%）；ll=48d（接头面积百分率50%）。非受力钢筋的搭接长度：（即架立分布筋）ll=35d，且不小于200。
Anchoring length of rebar is lae=35d；lap joint length of stress rebar is ll=44d（joint area percentage 25%）; ll=48d (joint area percentage 50%). Non-stress rebar lap joint length (distribution bar) ll=35d，and not less than 200.
同一截面受力钢筋接头面积的允许百分率：除绑扎骨架和绑扎网中的钢筋的搭接接头在受拉区为25%外，其他形式的搭接接头均为50%。Allowable stress rebar joint area percentage of the same cross section: within tensile area, rebar lap joint in the skeleton and mat 25%, other type of lap joint 50%.
钢筋交叉处的附加钢筋，拉结钢筋及箍筋，应带有180°弯钩。
Alternate corner bars at wall intersections and tie and stirrup cap hooks 180°.
螺旋钢筋的搭接长度，取48倍的钢筋直径及300毫米两者之大。
Spiral lap splices shall be 48 bar diameters minimum or 300mm, whichever is greater.
钢筋的垫块间距在任何一个方向上的距离最大不超过1米。
Reinforcing steel shall be supported by use of bar supports at one meter in any direction.
混凝土运送的设备不能直接支撑在钢筋及垫块上。
Concrete conveying equipment, etc. shall not be supported on reinforcing steel or supporting accessories.
剪力墙及暗柱绑扎：
Shear wall and concealed column binding
墙、柱子筋绑扎前，应根据所放的定位线再次校正予埋插筋，位移严重时要按规定认真处理，必要时找设计院、监理共同商定，予埋墙、柱插筋时，为确保位置准确，对予留插筋施工时要求：墙水平筋不少于三道，柱箍不少于三道，并且第一道必须点焊固定与板面筋上。墙板竖向钢筋如图。
Before walls, pillars binding, should be based on the positioning line once again calibrate dowel bar, severe displacement required earnestly treated and, if necessary, request design institute, supervision for agreement, embedding dowels in the wall and column shall ensure the correct position. Requirement: wall horizontal bar shall not be less than 3 courses, column hoops not less than 3 courses, and the first course must be fixed and spot welded on the slab surface bar. Vertical wall rebar see Figure
当柱筋伸到顶后，应将柱顶筋弯入梁内；柱箍间距应正确，特别是加密区箍筋，箍筋接头应错开。
After the post muscle stretches and reaches the summit , should enter the capital hooping in the roof beam curved ; Post hoop interval should correct, especially hoop of density etc., hoop joint should stagger to connect.
箍筋的接头（弯钩叠合处）应交叉布置在四角纵向钢筋上。
Hoop joint (at the overlap of hook) should be fixed up on the vertical reinforcing bar of four corner alternately.
箍筋的接头与纵筋交叉点均应扎牢，箍筋平直部分与纵向钢筋交叉点间隔扎牢。
Hoop joint shall be secured with vertical bar at the intersection point, hoop straight part shall be secured with vertical vertical bar at intersection point at intervals
柱筋绑扎完毕校正后，扎上水泥砂浆垫块控制混凝土的保护层。Column rebar, after calibration, ties cement mortar support to control cement concrete protective layer.
在楼板负筋下设置钢筋撑脚，以保证钢筋位置正确。板上、下层钢筋之间设置钢筋撑脚，每隔1000mm设置一个，撑脚选用 eq \o\ac((,_)10钢筋。
Under negative reinforcement in the slab set up reinforcing supporting leg, in order to ensure the correct location of reinforcing steel. On the upper and lower layer of reinforcing bars set up steel supporting leg at intervals of 1000mm. supporting leg use 10 gauge reinforcing steel.
梁箍筋的接头（弯钩叠合处）交错布置在架立筋上。
Beam Hoop joint (at the overlap of hook) should be staggered on the vertical reinforcing bar.
板、次梁与主梁交叉处，板的钢筋在上，次梁的钢筋居中，主梁的钢筋在下。
Slab, sub-beam and main beam at the cross, slab rebar is on the top, sub-beam rebar is in the middle, main beam rebar is at the lower.
梁、板钢筋绑扎时防止水电管线将钢筋抬起或压下。Binding of beam and slab rebar shall avoid the water and electrical piping raising and pressing the rebar.
板底筋绑扎时，应先绑板底短向筋，再绑板底长向筋；面筋绑扎时，应先绑长向筋，再绑短向筋。上下层钢筋应采用支铁进行支撑。支铁间距应控制在1m以内，且呈梅花式布设。
Binding of sub-slab rebar firstly bind short-direction rebar, then bind long-direction rebar; binding the surface rebar, firstly bind long-direction rebar, then bind the short-direction rebar. the upper and lower rebar shall use support iron. Spacing of support iron shall be controlled within 1m.
板筋接头采用绑扎搭接，其搭接长度应符合设计及规范要求。板筋受拉筋接头应设在离支座点1/3区段内。板筋受压筋接头应设在跨中1/3区段内。Connecting and adopting tie connection to join with slab rebar joint, lap length should accord with and design and standard requirement. Slab stress rebar joint shall set up within the section of 1/3 from the support point. The slab press rebar joint shall set in the mid-span of 1/3 Section area.
板筋伸入支座内的锚固长度应符合设计及规定要求，板筋扎好后，按要求垫好板筋保护层垫块，其间距控制在1m以内。
Anchoring length of slab insertion into the support seat shall be consistent with the design and requirements, after binding of slab bar, place slab support to protect slab rebar covering, the spacing is controlled within 1m.
当板、次梁、主梁钢筋交合在一起时，处理如右图。
When slab, sub-beam, main beam rebars interconnect, make treatment as per the diagram on right hand.
钢筋的质量控制 Reinforcing steel quality control
钢筋铺设后，模板闭合以前要按照ICBO规范检查
after laying rebar, inspect according to ICBO specification before close up of formwork.
须做测试的受力焊缝数量，最少为图纸上所有焊缝的10%
numbers of stress welded seams to be tested, 10% of the welded seams shown on the drawing is minimum.
钢筋工程检查标准 Reinforcing work inspection standard
项 目 Item
允许偏差Allowable deviation（mm）
钢筋的制作与加工
Fabrication and processing
受力钢筋顺长度方向净尺寸
Clear size of stress rebar along lengthwise direction
(10
箍筋内净尺寸
Clara internal size of hooping
(5
钢筋的绑扎
Rebar binding
梁钢筋骨架
Beam rebar frame
Long 长(10
Wide, high宽、高(5
基础底板筋保护层
Foundation slab rebar protective layer
(10
其他墙板
Other wall panel
(5
绑扎箍筋间距
Spacing of binding hoop
(20
基础底板钢筋网
Foundation slab reinforcement mesh
Spacing 间距(10
Row gap 排距(20
模板工程 Formwork
执行施工图纸及国家相关的规程和上海市的要求制定睡支设。 Construction work should be arranged by implementing construction drawings and relevant national regulations, as well as requirements of Shanghai.
结合钢筋、结构混凝土、合同要求、混凝土结构工程GB 50204-92实施。《混凝土结构工程施工及验收规范GB50204-92》 Combining requirements of reinforcement, structural concrete and contract, as well as Concrete Structure Engineering GB 50204-92. Code for Construction and Acceptance of Concrete Structure Engineering GB50204-92
模板选择及设计要求 Option of formwork and design requirement
模板面板选用18mm厚酚醛覆膜木胶合板，并且标有APA等级标示。基本尺寸按结构尺寸辅配其它不规则尺寸补缺面板，板四周用高强树脂封边。 Formwork surface panel select 18mm thick phenolic covered plywood, and indicate APA grade. Basic size is according to structural size.
模板型号选用900mm(1800mm。formwork type select 900mm(1800mm.
模板材料及配件存放时必须与地面隔离，吊运过程中防止污染及损坏。template materials and fittings must be deposited with the ground segregation, prevent pollution and damage during lifting.
模板系统设计执行国家规范《混凝土结构工程施工及验收规范GB50204-92》formwork system will be designed according to Chinese Code GB50204-92.
设计模板系统承载施工期间的一切竖向、水平荷载
Design formwork system load all vertical, horizontal load during the construction period,
模板的配件：Accessories
模板拉杆：选择商品化14的对拉螺杆，并且带有止水片。
Form ties: commercially manufactured metal snapoff type 14 with integral water stops.
模板隔离剂：无色、无污染、不与混凝土表面产生连接。
Form release agent: colorless material, no pollution, not come in contact with concrete surface.
倒角镶条：用木制或橡胶型45°角
Fillets for chamfered corners: wood or electrometric type 45 degree.
预留洞孔模板：采用单独加工。
Form of reserved opening: individually fabricated.
墙、柱、梁模板工程 Wall, column and beam formwork
本工程模板全部选用木质胶合板。木质胶合板质量要求成型好、表面光滑、纹理清晰，强度好，厚薄均匀，能重复利用多次的材质。因此，采购模板时即考虑成本，又要考虑质量；
all formwork selects plywood. The plywood requires good formation, smooth surface, clear texture, good strength, even thickness and may be reused. Therefore, buying of formwork shall consider cost as well as quality.
墙、墙柱模板工程开始安装在墙柱钢筋绑扎完成，并通过验收后进行。梁、板模板的安装在钢筋绑扎完成之前。墙模板、梁板模支撑采用(48，壁厚的钢管；见下图.
Start installation of formwork after wall column rebar binding and pass acceptance. Installation of beam and slab formwork shall be done before rebar binding. Shoring for wall formwork, beam formwork select (48 steel tube of thick; see the following figure:
楼板模板设计：Design of flooring formwork
现浇楼板采用普通覆膜模板，现场散装散拆的施工方法，满堂钢管支撑系统方木龙骨体系。
Cast-in-situ floor slab adopt common formwork, loose installation and removal method, full-framing steel tube shoring system, timber joist system
根据结构施工图列出各块现浇板净面积，结合胶合板规格进行楼板配板设计。楼板模板的安装应由四周向中心铺板，支柱在高度方向所设的水平撑与剪刀撑，应按构造与整体稳定性要求布置。对于模数不够的缝隙可用木模补缝。
According to structure construction drawing, list cast-in-situ clear area, design floor slab formwork in combination with plywood size. Installation of floor slab formwork shall be done from peripheral to center, set horizontal shoring and cross shoring along height direction according to structure and integral stability. For the gap that formwork is insufficient may use wood patter.
梁板柱模板设计；Design of beam column formwork
梁、板、柱模板交接点处理方案。梁底模、侧模、楼板底模与墙模模板接头处制作定型模板。
Treatment plan for the connection points of beam, slab and column formwork. Fabricate shaped formwork at the joints of beam bottom form, side form, floor slab bottom form and wall form (see the following figure).
定型模板采用50mm(100mm方木拼装加工，与墙模连接固定留出梁口位置，确保接头方正，卡固严密。
Shaped formwork shall select 50mm(100mm timber for assembly. Connect with wall formwork securely, leave beam opening position,ensure joint square, secured.
梁、墙接头定型模板在梁、板模板安装前先行校正、卡固方正，保证接头处结构尺寸的正确。
Shaped formwork at beam and wall joints shall be calibrated, secured before beam and slab formwork installed, ensure correct structure size at joints.
柱模板示意图 Sketch map of column formwork
模板支撑系统 Formwork supporting system
本工程所有模板的支撑均采用(48，壁厚的钢管，扣件选用对接、十字和旋转扣件；
All formwork shoring shall use (48, thick steel pipe, fastener select cross and swivel connection.
内外墙体的整体稳定和梁板支撑受力均传给内部架体承担。外部架体只起人员操作作用；
both inside and outside the walls and beams to support the overall stability of the force were to assume the internal frame body. External frame body only play the role of personnel to operate
模板安装施工要点 Formwork installation main points
在模板安装前，确认位置、标高、尺寸的正确性，与混凝土接触面的模板应清除异物。并在表面涂上刷隔离剂。
At the template prior to installation to confirm location, e lavation, size, accuracy, and concrete surface to remove foreign bodies should be the template. And brush on the surface coated with release agent
当模板倾斜面的坡度大于1：时，需要加顶部模板。
When the template is tilted surface slope is greater than 1:, the need to add at the top of the template
模板安装前与混凝土浇筑前，与混凝土接触的面事先涂刷模板隔离剂。template prior to installation and concrete pouring before contact with the concrete surface prior brushing template release agent
设置开孔模板 Provide formed openings
管道、导线管穿越混凝土构件所使用的套管其直径应大于所管道和导线管50MM.套管的长度与构件相同。
Pipes and conduit passing through concrete members shall pass through sleeved holes sized 50mm diameter larger than the outside diameter of the pipe/conduit. Sleeves shall extend the full thickness of the section.
需要埋设的各种配件，应在浇筑前检查埋设好
cast-in-place miscellaneous metals shall be installed and set prior to concrete placement.
梁板模板安装施工要点；beam formwork installation main points
安装程序为：测量放线(满堂支承架(梁、板底模根据复核后的轴线测出墙、柱构件的边线，并弹出模板的边线和外侧控制线，以利于模板安装、校正和复核。将建筑物水平标高引测至模板安装位置。 Installation procedure: survey and setting out ( full-framing shoring ( survey wall, column member side line according to the axis after check of beam, slab form, setting out form side line and external side control like, facilitate form installation, correction and check. Introduce the horizontal elevation of the building to the form installation position.
模板的安装：Formwork installation
柱模板承垫底部预先找平，采用1:3水泥砂浆抹出找平层，以保证模板位置正确并防止模板底部漏浆。
Leveling for cushion bottom of column template should be previously performed, using 1:3 cement mortar for leveling to ensure template in correct position and to prevent mortar leakage from template bottom.
用短钢筋制作成与墙厚相等的长度，并按模板边线位置焊接在墙钢筋上用作模板的定位基准。
Use short steel bar and form into the length equal to the wall thickness, weld wall steel bar according to form side line used for location reference.
安装前作好技术交底工作，模板应涂刷脱模剂。作好机具及材料准备工作。
Before installation, make technical statement, form surfaces shall be treated with a form release agent. Get equipment and materials ready.
每层搭设满堂支撑架作为模板支撑体系，立杆间距不大于1m，离地200mm设置扫地杆，底步步距，以上步距不大于，大横杆间距，小横杆间距。并按规定于纵横方向搭设剪刀撑，以保证商品混凝土施工时模板体系的稳定。
Erect full-frame shoring on every layer used as shoring system for form. Spacing of vertical post shall not be larger than 1m, floor post set at 200mm from ground, step gap shall be , the above step distance is not larger than , spacing of large transverse post shall be , spacing of small transverse shall be . erect cross shoring along horizontal and longitudinal direction as specified, ensure form system stable when ready-mixed concrete construction.
根据梁底标高和轴线位置，拉线找平梁底小横杆，然后铺设底模。梁跨度大于4m时，梁底起拱高度为跨度长度的1‰-3‰。
According to sub-beam elevation and axis position, draw line and level sub-beam small horizontal post, then place sub-form. When beam span is larger than 4m, sub-beam arched height shall be 1‰-3‰ of the span length.
高度大于500mm的梁于梁中部设对拉螺栓一道，纵向间距不大于600mm。
height greater than 500mm of the beam in the beam located on the central bolt pull together, vertical spacing of not more than 600mm
梁、墙、柱结合部位节点均采用异形阴阳角模，不得采用木方嵌填。beams, walls, column-binding site node Kok Yin and Yang are shaped mold, may not be used to fill wooden inlay
安装板模时，先找好标高，将板底小横杆找平，然后上铺50(100木方，间距300-400mm，然后按照配板设计铺设胶合板。板模应逐块编号，使用于固定的位置，不得挪作他用。
install formwork, the first find a good elevation, will board a small bar at the 100 wooden, spacing 300-400mm, then in(end of leveling, and then spread 50 accordance with the allocation of the laying of plywood board design. Formwork should be case-by-block code, used in a fixed location, shall not be diverted
模板安装时预埋管线与预留洞必须位置准确，安设牢固。混凝土浇捣过程应派专人看护，防止模板变形、位移。
Form embedded pipeline installation and set aside the location of holes to be accurate, and install solid. The process of pouring concrete mixes should be sent care, to prevent the template deformation and displacement
基础轴线位移不大于5mm，墙柱梁轴线位移不大于3mm，柱高控制在-5+—2 mm之间，相邻两板高低差控制在2mm内，表面平整度不大于2mm，预留洞口等位移不大于10mm；
Basic axis of displacement is not more than 5mm,墙柱beam axis displacement of not more than 3mm, high control column at -5 + -2 mm between the two adjacent panels to control the level of bad at 2mm, the surface roughness of not more than 2mm set aside the hole, such as displacement of not more than 10mm
所有框架和板，当结构大于4000时，模板应起拱。设计无具体要求时，起拱高度按全跨长度的1－3/1000要求起拱。
All framework and panels, when the structure is greater than 4000, the template should be arch camber. Designed without a specific request, the arch camber height by the length of the entire cross-arch camber 1-3/1000 request
模板拆除 Formwork removal
模板拆除应遵循“先支后拆，后支先拆”的原则，先拆除侧模板部分，后拆除底模部分。
Formwork to be followed for removal of "first branch after the split, after the teams split the first" principle, the first removal of the template side of the mold after the removal of part of the end
侧模拆除时其混凝土强度应大于1MPa，确保混凝土表面及棱角不致受损。Lateral mode dismantled its concrete strength should be larger than 1MPa, to ensure that the concrete surface and edges and corners is not to be jeopardized
梁、板底部模板的拆除应按《混凝土结构工程施工质量验收规范》（GB50204-2002）的要求执行，早拆体系的设置必须符合规范规定。
Beams, plate at the bottom of the template should be dismantled, "Concrete Structural Engineering Construction Quality Acceptance of norms" (GB50204-2002) the requirements of the implementation of early demolition system settings must comply with the norms stipulated
拆下的模板、配件等，应按不同部位注明标记堆码整齐，及时清理、维修和涂刷隔离剂，以备待用。
Removed template, fittings and so on, should be marked with markers in different parts of stacking neatly, timely clean-up, maintenance and brushing release agent to prepare READY
不承重的侧面模板，应在混凝土强度能保证其表面及棱角不因拆模板而受到损坏，方可拆除。
Non-load-bearing side of the template should be able to guarantee the strength of concrete at its surface and edges and corners will not damage the template removed before demolition
承重的模板应在混凝土达到下表强度以后，方可拆除。
Formwork should be load-bearing concrete strength reached after the following table in order to dismantle
底模拆除时的混凝土强度要求Concrete strength when removal of sub-formwork
构件类型
Member type
构件跨度（m）
Member span
达到设计的混凝土立方抗压强度
标准值的百分率（%）
Percentage of standard value up to designed concrete cube compressive strength
板 slab
≤2
≥50
>2 ≤8
≥75
>8
≥100
梁、拱、壳 beam, arch, shell
≤8
≥75
>8
≥100
悬臂构件
Cantilever member
——
≥100
混凝土工程 Concrete Work
执行施工图纸及国家相关的规程和上海市的要求来编制。GB50204-2002《混凝土结构工程施工质量验收规范》、GB175-1999《硅酸盐水泥、普通硅酸盐水泥》、JGJ52-92 《普通混凝土用砂质量标准及检验方法》、JGJ53-92 《普通混凝土用碎石和乱石质量标准及检验方法》、GB8076-1997《混凝土外加剂 》、GB50010－2002《混凝土结构设计规范》。 The work should be prepared by implementing construction drawings and relevant national regulations, as well as requirements of Shanghai City. GB50204-2002 Code for Acceptance of Construction Quality of Concrete Structures, GB175-1999 Portland Cement and Ordinary Portland Cement, JGJ52-92 Technical Requirements and Test Methods of Sand for Ordinary Concrete, JGJ53-92 Quality Standard and Inspection Method for Gravel and Riprap for Normal Concrete, GB8076-1997 Concrete Admixtures, GB50010－2002 Code for Design of Concrete Structures.
混凝土供应商的基本要求 Minimum Requirement of Concrete Supplier
本工程选用与我司有长期合作关系的商品混凝土供应商，确保对本工程商品混凝土的施工要求。
This works with my Board has selected long-term cooperative relations between the concrete merchandise suppliers to ensure that the merchandise on the works of concrete construction
商品泵送混凝土的施工方案 Ready-mixed Pumping Concrete Construction Plan
商品泵送混凝土原材料要求：Raw material requirement of ready-mixed pumping concrete
水泥：配制商品泵送混凝土所用的水泥应符合国家现行的《硅酸盐水泥、普通硅酸盐水泥》、《矿渣硅酸盐水泥、火山灰硅酸盐水泥、粉煤灰硅酸盐水泥》所规定的标准。
Cement: used for merchandise preparation pumping concrete cement should be consistent with the existing national standards, "Portland cement, ordinary portland cement", "slag portland cement, pozzolanic Portland cement, fly ash portland cement," the required standards
粗骨料：粗骨料的最大粒径与输送管的管径之比应符合下列要求：泵送高度在50m以下时，碎石不宜大于1:3；泵送高度在50-100m时宜在1:3-1:4之间；本工程单体高度在34m，因此碎石粒径不宜大于40mm。粗骨料应采用连续级配，针片状颗粒含量不宜大于10%。Coarse aggregate: coarse aggregate particle size and distribution of the largest pipe diameter ratio shall meet the following requirements: a high pumping at 50m below, gravel should not be greater than 1:3; pumping height at 50-100m times At between 1:3-1:4; this project a high degree of monomer at 34m, therefore should not be larger than gravel size 40mm. Coarse aggregate gradation should be used continuously, the needle should not be flaky particles greater than 10% content
细骨料：宜采用中砂、细度模数为；通过筛孔的砂不少于15%；应有良好的级配。
Fine Aggregate: Medium suitable sand, fineness modulus to ; sieve through the sand not less than 15%; there should be a good gradation
水：配制泵送混凝土所用的水应符合国家现行标准《混凝土拌合用水标准》的规定。
Water: preparation pumping concrete water used should be consistent with the existing National Standard "of concrete mixing water standards" requirement.
掺合料：粉煤灰的品质应符合国家现行标准《用于水泥和混凝土中的粉煤灰》、《粉煤灰在混凝土和砂浆中应用技术规程》和《预拌混凝土》的有关规定。
Admixture: the quality of fly ash should be consistent with the relevant provisions oft he existing National Standards "for the cement and fly ash concrete", "Fly Ash in Concrete and Mortar Application of Technical Regulations" and "ready-mixed concrete,"
商品泵送混凝土的配合比要求：Ready-mixed concrete pumping requirements
泵送混凝土配合比设计应符合国家现行标准《普通混凝土配合比设计规程》（JGJ55-2000）、《混凝土结构工程施工质量验收规范》（GB50204-2002）、《混凝土强度检验评定标准》（GBJ107-87）和《预拌混凝土》的有关规定。
Pumping concrete mix design should be consistent with the current standard country "ordinary concrete mix design point of order" (JGJ55-2000), "Structural Engineering Concrete Construction Quality Acceptance of norms" (GB50204-2002), "Concrete Strength Inspection and Evaluation Standards" (GBJ107 -87) and "ready-mixed concrete," the relevant provisions
泵送混凝土的坍落度按国家现行标准《混凝土结构工程施工质量验收规范》（GB50204-2002）的规定选用。对不同泵送高度入泵时混凝土的坍落度可按下表选用：不同泵送高度入泵时混凝土坍落度的选用值
Pumping concrete slump in accordance with the existing National Standard "Structural Engineering Concrete Construction Quality Acceptance of norms" (GB50204-2002) optional provisions. Of different high pumping concrete into the pump when the slump can be selected by pressing table: different pumping high slump concrete into the pump when the choice of value
泵送高度（m）
Pumping height
30以下
30-60
60-100
100以上
坍落度（mm）
Slump
100-140
140-160
160-180
180-200
混凝土入泵时的坍落度允许误差应符合下表规定：
Allowable slump errors when concrete into pump should be in accordance with the following specification
所需坍落度（mm）required slump
坍落度允许误差（mm）
Allowable error of slump
(100
(20
>100
(30
泵送混凝土的水灰比宜为；砂率宜为38%-45%；最小水泥用量宜为300kg/m3。
Pumping concrete advisable for the water-cement ratio ; sand rate appropriate for the 38% -45%; the smallest wish for cement 300kg/m3
泵送混凝土应掺适量外加剂，并应符合国家现行标准《混凝土头送剂》的规定。
Pumping concrete admixture should be mixed appropriately and in accordance with the standards in force in the country, "the first concrete delivery agent" requirement
商品混凝土的拌制：Ready-mixed concrete mixing
混凝土各种原材料的质量应符合配合比设计及规范要求，并应根据原材料情况的变化及时调整配合比。同时应严格按设计配合比对各种原材料进行计量。
Concrete quality of various raw materials should be consistent with the mix design and specification requirements and should be based on raw materials, changes in circumstances promptly adjust mix. At the same time should be strictly in accordance with design than with the measurement of various raw materials
搅拌时其投料次序，除应符合有关规定外，粉煤灰宜与水泥同步；外加剂的添加应符合配合比设计要求，且宜滞后于水和水泥，泵送混凝土搅拌的最短时间，应按国家现行标准执行。
Mixing material when its order, in addition should be consistent with the relevant provisions of, fly ash and cement appropriate synchronization; admixture addition should be consistent with the mix design requirements, and wish to lag behind the water and cement, concrete mixing pumping the shortest time that should be implementation of existing standards by country
总承包方对商品混凝土的拌制情况，进行不定时的抽查监控。General contractor will sampling check the ready-mixed concrete from time to time.
商品混凝土的运送：Transportation of ready-mixed concrete
凝土搅拌运输车行车的线路宜设置成环行车道，并应满足重车行驶的要求。
Concrete mixing truck traffic routes appropriate set to ring the carriageway and shall meet the requirements of heavy vehicles
车辆出入口处，宜设置交通安全的指挥人员。
At the entrance set up traffic safety staff for vehicle entrance.
夜间施工时，在交通出入口的运输道路上，应有良好照明。危险区域应设警戒标志。
Night construction traffic on the entrance and the exit road transport, should have good lighting. Hazardous area warning signs should be located
混凝土运送至浇筑地点，如混凝土拌合物出现离析或分层现象，应对混凝土拌合物进行二次搅拌。
Transport concrete to the pouring locations, such as concrete mixture segregation or stratification occur should the concrete mixture stirring twice
混凝土的试配；Trial mixing of concrete
对选取商品混凝土搅拌站，要求其拿出本工程所有混凝土的初步配合比及其配合比设计的资料，提交给业主和现场监理。
To select ready-mixed concrete mixing plant, requiring that their show of the works of all the preliminary mix of concrete and mix design information submitted to the owners and on-site supervision
C25混凝土最大水灰比，C30混凝土最大水灰比, C35混凝土最大水灰比
Concrete largest water-cement ratio , C30 Concrete largest water-cement ratio , C35 Concrete largest water-cement ratio of
根据其初步配合比，按每种混凝土强度等级制作试块，标养28d后进行试压，以试压结果调整出该混凝土强度等级的配合比。若施工时间需尽早提供配合比，也可多制作试块，供快速检验或较早龄期的试压，确保配合比的试块达到混凝土的试配强度。
Mix according to its preliminary, according to the production of each concrete strength grade test block, after the standard curing 28d pressure test, pressure test results to adjust the strength of the concrete mix grade. As soon as possible if the construction time required to tie in with the ratio test can also block the production of many, for quick testing or earlier age pressure test to ensure that the trial mix concrete block to reach the test with intensity
根据本工程采用泵送混凝土的特点，对配合比提出以下要求：
according to the project feature, adopt pumping concrete, the mixing ratio shall be as follows:
第一：碎石最大粒径与输送管内径之比，宜小于或等于1:3；First: Gravel's largest particle size and distribution of the ratio of tube diameter should be less than or equal to 1:3
第二：最小水泥用量为300kg/m3；Second: the smallest amount of cement 300kg/m3
第三：混凝土的坍落度为14-16cm；Third: the slump of concrete for the 14-16cm
第四：混凝土内宜掺加适量的外加剂。Fourth: concrete mixing appropriate amount of admixture
为保证混凝土工程质量，特编制以下控制措施：To ensure the quality of concrete works, special preparation of the following control measures
混凝土由专业搅拌站生产、运输、泵送，专业厂家具有技术责任能力，是混凝土质量管理的重要组成部分。
Concrete mixing transportation, pumping, by a professional production plant, with technical ability, quality of concrete are an important part of management
混凝土连续浇捣，一气呵成，不留施工缝和出现施工冷缝。Continuous pouring of concrete mixes, at one go, leaving construction joints and cold joints appear Construction
本混凝土由专业搅拌站生产，现场负责浇筑和保温防裂，技术责任划分为：混凝土泵到基坑后的温控防裂措施由现场负责，如因温控不当，引起裂缝，由现场负责。而混凝土因原材料不合格或混凝土水泥用量超过商定的标准等质量原因，引起混凝土裂缝，则由搅拌站负责。双方既要对自己所管辖技术责任严格把关，同时也要对对方责任区作宏观监控，相互制约，形成质量监控机制。
The concrete will be produced by a professional production plant, the site is responsible for pouring concrete and insulation cracking, technical duty is divided into: concrete pump to the Foundation after the temperature control and crack prevention measures from the scene is responsible for, such as due to improper temperature control, causing cracks, from the scene is responsible for . Concrete failure due to raw materials or concrete cement more than the agreed quality standards, etc. reasons, concrete cracks caused by the mixing station is responsible for. The two sides should not only under the jurisdiction of their duty strictly technical, but also of each other's area of responsibility for macro-control, binding to each other, form a quality control mechanism
混凝土技术参数及技术管理 Concrete technical data and technical management
混凝土的技术参数：Concrete technical data
胶结料：用强度等级水泥，按有关规定可使用部分磨细粉煤灰代替部分水泥用量。磨细粉煤灰的质量必须符合有关检测标准，且掺量不得大于20%。胶结料的总用量不得超过上海市预算定额普通混凝土的用量标准。
Cementing material: with strength grade cement, in accordance with the relevant provisions can be used instead of part of ground fly ash cement. The quality of ground fly ash must meet the testing standards, and content not to be more than 20%. The total volume of cementitious material shall not exceed the fixed budget in Shanghai ordinary usage of standard concrete
外加剂：使用高效减水剂作塑化剂，改善泵送效果。使用缓凝剂减少生产运输压力。缓凝效果3-4小时，初凝时间(6小时。同时为减少混凝土裂缝的产生，在混凝土中掺10%
HEA。Admixture: the use of superplasticizer as plasticizers to improve the pumping effect. The use of retarder to reduce the production of transport stress. 6 hours. At the same time(Retarding effect of 3-4 hours, initial setting time to reduce the emergence of cracks in concrete, concrete mixed at 10% HEA
骨料：采用碎石粒径5－40mm。控制含泥量(1%。
Aggregate: The gravel particle size 5-40mm. Control volume containing mud 1%(
填充料：中粗砂，粗细率，控制含泥量(3%。
Filler: Medium grit, thickness rate of , control volume containing mud (3%
坍落度：根据现场并不希望流淌过长的技术要求，控制在12cm±3cm，夏季施工时，为保证正常施工，混凝土坍落度可适当调整为14±2cm。Slump: According to the scene do not want to see the technical requirements for running too long, control at 12cm ± 3cm, the summer of construction, in order to ensure the normal construction, concrete slump can be properly adjusted to 14 ± 2cm
配比设计：Mixing Design
搅拌站根据混凝土技术参数，作混凝土的配比设计，并进行试配。并须将终配合比交现场，供现场经理部总工程师进行热工复核。Concrete mixing plant in accordance with technical parameters, the ratio for the concrete design, and test with. And shall end with the scene than to pay for the site manager of the Department of Public Works chief engineer for review hot
混凝土的检测：Concrete Testing
在现场按规范取样作为混凝土强度验测的依据。搅拌站应有必要对现场抽样实行技术监控。混凝土强度必须满足“数理统计”合格的规定。并按规范制作同条件养护下的混凝土试件；
Sampling test at the site in accordance with norms as the strength of concrete based on measured post-mortem. Mixing plant should have the necessary on-site sampling to monitor the implementation of technology. Strength of concrete must meet the "mathematical statistics" qualified requirements. In accordance with the conditions of conservation norms in the production of concrete specimen
混凝土的生产、运输 Concrete Manufacture and Transportation
到达现场的混凝土的温度范围：10°—38°摄氏度
Arrival at the site of the concrete temperature range: 10 ° -38 ° degrees Celsius
现场浇筑速度和泵送设备数量：根据现场条件布置2台汽车泵或固定泵泵送，每2台承担一段混凝土的浇筑。浇筑北端和南端可同时进行（也可分开浇筑），向中间靠近。按两端同时浇筑时，每台泵按50m3/小时安排泵送量，现场每小时的混凝土泵送量为100m3/小时。
Site pouring speed and pumping equipment Quantity: According to the site layout conditions 2 Units Automobile pump pumping pumps or fixed, each commitment period of 2 Units of the pouring of concrete. And the southern tip of the northern end of pouring can be carried out (also available separately and pouring), near to the middle. Simultaneously press the two ends when pouring each pump according to 50m3 / hour pumping capacity arrangements, on-site concrete per hour pumping capacity of 100m3 / hour
运输：考虑到交通状况、运输车的完好率等，按100(=130m3/小时安排运输车辆。
Transport: taking into account the traffic conditions, vehicles such as the rate 100( = 130m3 / hour arrangements for transport of the vehicles
混凝土的生产能力：为保证车辆一到即可装料出场，搅拌能力必须大于130m3/小时。
Concrete capacity: To ensure vehicles can charge on arrival, stirring capacity must be greater than 130m3 / hour
生产、运输、浇筑的协调：各环节必须保持中荷、均衡、连续的原则安排生产。不管是设备还是现场操作工人，都不得超负荷进行。各环节的设备、人力都应保持到最佳状态，并有应急更换的能力。
Production, transport, pouring coordination: the aspect must be kept in the Netherlands, balanced and continuous production of the principle of arrangement. Regardless of equipment or site operations workers, are allowed to overload. Each aspect of the equipment and manpower should be maintained to the best status, and the ability to have emergency replacement
生产、运输、泵送工程量，搅拌站可根据以上数据作适当调整，但必须通报现场施工单位，得到现场施工单位的认可后才能调整。调整的原则仍然是更好地满足中荷、均衡、连续的原则。
Production, transportation, pumping works, mixing station can be the basis of the above data for appropriate adjustments, but it must be informed of the construction unit at the scene by scene construction unit can adjust recognition. Adjust the principle is still better meet the needs of China and the Netherlands, balanced and continuous principles
振捣、照明设备：振动器2台/泵，；振动棒15根，动力电箱6个，照明电箱4个，碘钨灯8盏或采用其它照明。
Vibrator, lighting equipment: vibrators 2 Units / pump; vibrator 15, Box 6 electric power, lighting, electric boxes 4, 8 iodine-tungsten lamp or other lighting
基础混凝土浇捣 Foundation concrete placing and tamping
本工程基础承台混凝土的浇捣以后浇带为分格线，每段连续进行浇捣或按进度计划安排浇捣；
Foundation works for the Units after ramming pouring concrete pouring for the sub-zone grid, each successive trace or by pouring the progress of plans to trace and pouring.
混凝土的浇捣必须在基础侧模、后浇带定型模板、基础钢筋、墙柱钢筋、轴线复查、标高复查、止水片安装固定完成并请监理验收，做好工程资料之后开始浇捣。浇捣用2台汽车泵或固定泵，将混凝土直接打入基坑内；
Poured concrete foundation must trace lateral mode, the latter poured band shape templates, basic steel, wall column teel, axis reexamination, reexamination elevation, water tablets to complete the installation of fixed and requested the Commissioner of acceptance, do a good job after the project start pouring trace information. Pouring ramming car with 2 pumps or fixed pump, the concrete directly into the inside pit
大面积的混凝土浇筑，要注意温度裂缝的控制。
Mass area of the concrete pouring, it is necessary to pay attention to the control of temperature cracks
混凝土的现场浇筑 Cast-in-place Concrete
现场设生产经理、综合工长统筹生产事务。
Site based production manager, foreman co-ordinate the production of General Services
施工模板、钢筋、放线高程控制，机械、电工、材料、试验、技术、质安、混凝土班、后勤逐一落实人头负责，并实行内部签字认知的制度，以便分别落实责任。
Construction formwork, steel, actinomyces elevation control, mechanical, electrical, materials, testing, technology, quality security, concrete classes to implement the head one by one in charge of logistics and implementation of internal signature recognition system, in order to implement the duty separately
劳务队必须有管理人员值班，以便生产经理现场协调劳务事宜。
Labor force must have managers on duty, so the production manager for the coordination of labor issues at the scene
为保证振捣和布料的中荷、均衡、连续和浇筑质量，宜按8小时三班作业制工作，严禁操作人员连续疲劳作业。保洁配备二班制。
To ensure that vibration and fabric of China and the Netherlands, balanced, continuous and pouring the quality, they are advised by the three operating system for eight hours work, no operator fatigue continuous operation. Cleaning system is equipped with a double shift.
浇筑次序由东端、西端浇捣向中间靠近，以后浇带为分界线分段连续浇筑，循序合拢。集水坑及电梯井落低部分，待底部浇平后停歇1~2小时再浇侧壁及隔墙；外墙高出承台的300高止水部分，待墙底下的承台混凝土浇筑小时后方能浇筑上凸部分，在初凝时间内，对已浇筑的混凝土进行一次重复振捣。
Pouring procedure from the eastern end, between the western end of pouring to trace around, drawing the line after pouring with piecewise continuous pouring, orderly closure. Set puddles and low-down elevator shaft parts, to be poured at the bottom after the stop-ping 1 ~ 2 hours and then poured wall and the wall; the external walls above the cap of 300 high-water part of the wall to be under the pile cap concrete pouring hours before pouring on convex part of the initial setting time of concrete has been poured for a duplicate vibrated
浇筑要点：Points for casting attention
浇筑前一定要确保浇筑的地方清洁。
Before pouring ensure that the place clean
施工者采取保护措施，避免损坏施工缝处止水带
Construction to take protective measures to avoid damage to construction joint water stop
二次浇筑时，应在原构件清理干净并且除去浮动的石子，形成表面5毫米的粗糙度。
Secondary pouring should be cleared at the original components and remove the floating stone to form a surface roughness of 5 mm
若混凝土未达到浇筑的要求或超过38°时，不应浇筑。
If the pouring of concrete does not meet or exceed the requirements of 38 ° should not be poured
同一构件单元的混凝土应连续浇筑，不得间隙，在毗领层或单元间休息时间不应超过30分钟。
The same component units should be continuous pouring of concrete shall not be space in the adjacent layer or unit from rest time should not be between more than 30 minutes
混凝土振捣应密实，振动棒的作用范围控制在其倍作用半径内且不要超过450MM。
Compacting concrete should be vibrated, the vibration of the role of the scope of control rods at times its radius of effect and not to more than 450MM
墙、梁、板最大一次浇筑为24米。混凝土最大水平浇筑层厚度为250MM.
Wall, beam, plate and pouring for the largest 24 meters. The greatest level of pouring concrete thickness of 250MM
除非经过工程师同意，浇筑混凝土时从空中落下的高度不得超过米。当混凝土加入减水剂时，高度不应超过。
Unless engineers agree that pouring concrete from the air Down the height of not more than meters. When the concrete superplasticizer add, the high should not be more than
当天气温度下降低于°要一定确保混凝土的温度在10°—27°C.当夏天气温炎热，要确保混凝土的温度在32°C.以下。加入水冷却或用碎冰达到同样的效果。
When the weather temperature dropped to below ° must ensure that the concrete temperature at 10 ° -27 ° C. When the hot summer temperatures, it is necessary to ensure that the concrete temperature at 32 ° C. below. Add water cooling or ice to reach the same result
根据混凝土泵送时自然形成一个坡度的实际情况，在每个浇筑带的前、后布置两道振动器。第一道布置在混凝土卸料点，主要解决上部混凝土的捣实。由于底皮钢筋间距较密，第二道布置在混凝土坡脚处，确保下部混凝土的捣实。
Under the concrete pumping natural to form a gradient of the actual situation at each pouring with the pre-and post-layout of two vibrators. First arranged in the concrete discharge point, the main settlement of the upper concrete mixes real. Because at the end of skin reinforcement spacing less dense arrangement of the second foot of the slope in the concrete, the concrete mixes to ensure that the bottom is
振动棒操作要做到“快插慢拔”，振捣中，宜将振动棒上下略有抽动，以使上下振动均匀。每点振捣时间一般为20~30秒，同时视混凝土表面呈水平不再显著下沉，不出现气泡，表面泛出灰浆为准。Vibrator operation to achieve "quick plug out slowly", vibration, the vibrator up and down it would be preferable to a slight twitch, so that vibration up and down evenly. Vibrated every point of time is generally 20 ~ 30 seconds, at the same time depending on the level of the concrete surface was no longer a significant sink, there are no air bubbles, surface mortar shall prevail
控制好侧模的振捣时间，下料不得对侧模板直冲。
Control lateral mode of vibration time, under the expected contralateral template shall not be straight
浇筑时，每隔半小时采取在混凝土初凝时间内，对已浇筑的混凝土进行一次重复振捣，以排出混凝土因泌水，在粗骨料，水平筋下部生成的水分和空隙，提高混凝土与钢筋间握裹力、增强密实度，提高抗裂性。同时对已浇筑成型的混凝土表面水泥砂浆较厚，应及时按设计标高用刮尺括平，在初凝前用木抹子抹平、压实，以闭合收水裂缝。
When pouring every half an hour to take in the concrete initial setting time of concrete has been poured for a duplicate vibrated in order to discharge the concrete due to secretion of water, in the coarse aggregate, the level of reinforcement generated by water and the lower part of the gap, improve concrete with the bond between steel bars, and enhanced density, improve crack resistance. At the same time, have been pouring concrete surface forming thick cement mortar should be used promptly in accordance with the design of scratch-foot elevation, including ping, in the initial setting before the smooth wood trowel, compaction, water close to closing the cracks
注意控制混凝土间隔浇捣的时间，下一次混凝土的浇捣需在上一次混凝土未初凝前浇捣，一般不超过2小时，以保证混凝土接缝严密连续成整体，无施工冷缝。Attention control pouring concrete mixes time interval, the next trace to be pouring concrete at initial setting up a pre-poured concrete mixes, there is generally no more than two hours in order to ensure tight joints of concrete into a continuous whole, without the construction of cold joints
收平必须依据标高牵线找平，注意墙柱、墙周边平整度控制在-5mm以内。
Received a go-between level must be based on elevation leveling and pay attention to wall column, walls surrounding flatness control within at-5mm
泌水处理。当混凝土大坡面的坡脚接近顶端模板时，改变混凝土浇筑方向，即从顶端往回浇筑，与原斜坡相交成一个集水坑，另外有意识地加强两侧模板处的混凝土浇筑，使集水坑逐步缩小成小潭，用软轴泵及时排除，采用这种方法排除最后阶段的所有泌水。
Water secretion. When the concrete slope of the foot of the slope close to the top template, change the direction of concrete pouring, pouring from the top back, and the original set into a slope intersection puddles, while there is awareness on both sides of the template to strengthen concrete pouring, so that the catchment Hang gradually narrow into a small lake with a flexible shaft pumps promptly ruled out, this approach ruled out the final stages of all the bleeding
所有止水吊模外墙必须二次振捣密实，间隔1－2小时，以防墙底根部出现裂缝、烂根、蜂窝麻面、狗洞等。
All sealing wall hanging mode to be secondary vibration compacting, interval 1-2 hours to prevent the wall at the end of the roots of cracks, honeycomb, etc
混凝土面层缺陷修补 Concrete surface defect repair
不直接暴露的混凝土表面
Not directly exposed to the concrete surface
补修所有缺陷混凝土Repair all defects in concrete
修理所有深度大于25MM的凹槽 Repair all the depth of the groove is greater than 25MM
当裂缝宽度大于25MM或板表面有防潮时，用水泥砂浆填实缺陷。
When the crack width is greater than 25MM or plate surface when there is moisture, it is filled with cement mortar defects
直接暴露在外的混凝土表面
directly exposed concrete surface
模板安装的尺寸应准确。混凝土的偏差、突起、错位量不超过3MM The formwork size of the installation should be accurate. Deviation of concrete processes, dislocation of less than 3MM
使用5英尺的尺子测量不应超过6MM. Using ruler measurement of 5 feet shall not exceed the 6MM
在任何方向上的气孔或孔洞不应大于1MM，否则需要修理 At any direction on the stomata, or holes should not be greater than 1MM, otherwise in need of repair
直接暴露且要特殊要求的混凝土表面
Directly exposed to the special requirements and the concrete surface
不完整的部位按照以上要求修理 Incomplete repair parts in accordance with the above requirements
表面有水，用粗布擦除 surface water, wipe out with coarse cloth
灰浆由体积比1:2的水泥和砂浆混合而成，有水搅拌，其中砂采用中沙，含泥量不超过3%来修补。
Mortar by volume ratio of 1:2 mixture of cement and mortar, there is the water mixing, one of sand used in sand, mud containing no more than 3% of the volume to repair
砼养护 Concrete curing
施工过程中严禁早拆模、过早施工堆料、喷水式的养护方式、砼表面压光工作不到位而引起的砼开裂现象。
Construction process is strictly prohibited early removing formwork, early construction stacker, water-based conservation approach concrete surface Calendering job is not in place arising from the phenomenon of concrete cracks
混凝土表面找平、抹面、压光或工序大于15分钟都需采取保护处理。Leveling concrete surface, wipe face, Calendering or process more than 15 minutes are required to take protective treatment
砼养护采取保湿保温养护，同时使砼保持良好的潮湿状态，这对增加强度和减少收缩是十分有利。
Take moisture insulating concrete conservation conservation, while the wet concrete to maintain a good status, which increase strength and reduce shrinkage are very favorable
浇水养护至少7天.，从混凝土浇筑起至少3天内不许在上走动。
Watering conservation of at least 7 days., From the concrete pouring at least 3 days are not allowed at Walk on
砼拆模根椐工程实际情况，尽可能多养护一段时间，拆模后砼表面的温度不应下降15°C以上。
Concrete formwork removal according to actual situation, as far as possible the conservation of many for some time, remove formwork after the concrete surface temperature should not drop more than 15 ° C
在混凝土初凝后，在混凝土表面铺设一层薄膜和一层草包，铺设时薄膜与草包搭接铺设，同时上下层搭接相应错位，不得有混凝土露面的部位，确保保温材料对底板的保温养护。
After initial setting in concrete, concrete surface at the laying of a membrane and a layer of gunny bag, when laying gunny bag overlap with the laying of thin-film, while the corresponding overlap on the lower dislocation may not have concrete appearance of the site, to ensure that the insulation material on the bottom heat conservation
为确保混凝土的质量，在底板表面混凝土浇捣结束，待其初凝开始，基本可以上人行走而无脚印时（浇至标高打平不超过6h），即覆盖一层塑料薄膜作养护，上面再盖一层草包起保温保湿作用。由于在塑料薄膜、草包覆盖条件下，保温充分发挥混凝土徐变特性，降低温度应力，减少混凝土降温梯度，控制有害裂缝出现。在一星期后去掉部分塑料薄膜，浇水养护，浇水时间安排在白天有太阳的时候，不至于由于水温低而突然降低草包温度，加强混凝土早期养护，浇水养护时间不少于14d。
To ensure the quality of concrete in the bottom trace and the end of pouring the concrete surface, until initial setting start, the basic can walk without footprints Master (for pouring a draw to an elevation of not more than 6h), that is covered with a layer of plastic film for conservation , above, and then cover a layer of insulation from moisture gunny bag role. Because of the plastic film, covered gunny bag conditions, give full play to the insulation properties of concrete creep, reduce temperature stress, reduce concrete temperature gradient, control of harmful cracks appear. After a week to remove some plastic sheeting, watering conservation, watering schedule during the day when there is sun, not because of low water temperature suddenly gunny bag lower temperature, to strengthen the concrete early conservation, watering curing time of not less than 14d
混凝土浇筑后12小时或混凝土终凝后，复塑料膜一层。块间搭接100以上，上复草包一层，实行保温养护，防热散失大，引起混凝土的心部与表皮间湿差（温差）大于25℃，引起混凝土裂缝。要求温差不大于25℃。Concrete pouring or 12 hours after the final setting of concrete, the complex layer of plastic film. Overlap between the 100 block of more than草包layer of complex on the implementation of heat conservation, heat dissipation, and caused the hearts of the Ministry of concrete between the wet and bad skin (temperature difference) is greater than 25 ℃, caused by concrete cracks. Requested temperature is not more than 25 ℃
终凝后每3-4小时揭开塑半布喷水养护，保持混凝土表面湿润为准。
Final setting every 3-4 hours after the semi-open plastic cloth sprinkler conservation and maintain the concrete surface, whichever is moist
复膜养护期(14天，待测温分析图结果出来以后，由工地总工程师发布拆除保温养护的指令，其余任何人不得擅自发出拆除保温养护的指令。从第4天起，可局部揭盖放线，弹好线随即复盖（不可大面积揭盖）。扎筋后，剪力墙、暗柱部位可局部露出关模，其余部位仍应复盖到解除保温指令为止。
Final setting every 3-4 hours after the semi-open plastic cloth sprinkler conservation and maintain the concrete surface, whichever is moist
施工时注意防火，引燃养护材料，应有灭火措施。
Attention to the construction of fire prevention, fire conservation materials, there should be fire-fighting measures
混凝土的质量检查和评定 Concrete quality inspection and evaluation
混凝土施工中的质量检查：Quality inspection during concrete construction
检查混凝土组成材料的质量，每一工作班至少两次。
Check the quality of concrete composed of materials, each at least two job classes
检查混凝土在拌制地点及浇筑地点的坍落度，每一工作班至少两次。
Inspection of concrete poured in the mixing location and place of slump, job classes at least twice each
在每一工作班内，如混凝土配合比由于外界影响有变动时，应及时检查。
At each job class, such as concrete mix because of outside influence there is change, it is timely to check
混凝土搅拌时间应随时检查。
Concrete Mixing time should be at any time to check
现浇结构尺寸允许偏差表：
Cast-in-place structural dimensions permit deviation table
项目 Item
允许偏差 Allowance
轴线位置
Axis position
基础 foundation
15
独立基础 Independent foundation
10
墙、梁、板 wall, beam, slab
8
剪力墙 shear wall
5
垂直度
Plumbness
层高5米 floor to floor height 5m
8
层高大于5米
Level height greater than 5m
10
全高 full height
H\1000和 30
标高
Elevation
层高 floor to floor height
+-10
全高 full height
+-30
界面尺寸 interface size
+8 -5
电梯井
Lift shaft
井筒长、宽对定位中线 shang depth, width to set centerline
+25 0
井筒全高垂直度 shaft full height plumbness
H\1000和 30
表面平整度 surface levelness
2M 5MM
预埋设施中心线位置
Centerline position for embedded faciltiy
预埋件 embedded parts
10
预埋螺栓 embedded bolts
5
预埋管 embedded pipe
5
预留中心线位置 reserved centerline position
15
试块的制作和养护：Making and curing of test cube
混凝土的抗压强度，应以边长100mm立方体试件，在温度为20(3℃和相对湿度为90%以上的潮湿环境或水中的标准条件下，经28d养护后试压确定。
Compressive strength of concrete should be based on side length 100mm cube at a temperature of 20 ( 3 ℃ and relative humidity of 90% specimens environment or water under standard conditions, after 28d after the pressure test to determine conservation
混凝土试件组数，以每拌制100盘且不超过100m3的同配合比混凝土其取样不得少于一次，每工作班拌制的同配合比的混凝土不足100盘时，其取样不得少于一次。对有抗渗要求的混凝土，需作抗渗试模。
Number of concrete test piece group to 100 per mixing no more than 100m3 of the same mix of concrete shall not be less than the sampling time, each job class mixing with the concrete mix less than 100, the sample shall be not less than once . Impermeability of the requirements there is concrete, the need for permeability test mode
试块制作计划 Plan of Test Cube Making
部位
section
依据
reference
同条件试块计划
Test cube plan
基础承台
Foundation Platform
抗压试块：<1000 m3，每100m3制作一组试块；>1000 m3，每200m3制作一组试块；
Compressive test block: <1000 m3, per 100m3 block the production of a group test;> 1000 m3, per 200m3 block the production of a group test
抗渗试块：每500m3制作一组试块；
Impermeability test block: Each 500m3 block the production of a group test
1组
One group
一层结构
Level 1 structure
抗压试块：<1000 m3，每100m3制作一组试块；
Compressive test block: <1000 m3, per 100m3 block the production of a group test
1组
One group
二层结构 Level 2 structure
抗压试块：<1000 m3，每100m3制作一组试块；
Compressive test block: <1000 m3, per 100m3 block the production of a group test
1组
One group
三层结构
Level 3 structure
抗压试块：<1000 m3，每100m3制作一组试块；
Compressive test block: <1000 m3, per 100m3 block the production of a group test
1组
One group
混凝土强度的测试：concrete strength test
估算：通过混凝土硬化时的平均气温以及混凝土龄期，查相应的混凝土所达到的强度比例，即可估算混凝土强度。
Estimation: Through the concrete to harden when the average temperature as well as the concrete age, check the corresponding concrete strength achieved by the ratio, you can estimate the concrete strength
试块测定：在混凝土取样作试块时，可多取2组作混凝土的拆模强度用，该试件与结构构件处于同条件的环境下养护，在需判断构件强度时，即可试压判定其强度。
Determination of test block: in the concrete sample block for the test, they can get 2 teams for many concrete formwork removal intensity, and the test piece with the structural components in the same conditions of environment conservation in the components required to determine the intensity, they can pressure test determine its intensity
混凝土的评定：Evaluation of concrete
强度等级，依照《普通混凝土力学性能试验方法》（GBJ81-85）的规定，对标准养护条件下，龄期达到28d的试块进行试压，判断其是否达设计要求。
Intensity Level, in accordance with the "ordinary mechanical properties of concrete test method" (GBJ81-85) the provisions of the standard conservation conditions, the age reached trial block 28d to pressure test to determine whether it reached the design requirements
外观检查：混凝土结构构件拆模后，应从其外观上检查其表面有无麻面、露筋、裂缝、蜂窝、孔洞等缺陷情况，其基本项目必须达到优良标准。其允许偏差项目必须达到《建筑安装工程质量验评标准》中优良的要求。Appearance inspection: After formwork removal form concrete structures, we should start with its appearance on the surface to check whether or not Ma Noodles, Lo tendons, cracks, honeycomb, holes and other defects, the project must meet the basic standards of excellence. Deviation of its projects must meet permit "the installation of building inspection engineering quality assessment criteria" in good request
预埋、预留工作 Embedding and reserving work
在结构施工中做好为后期工作安装的预埋件和预留洞孔。互相配合协调管理为业主打造一个精品工程。
Structure at construction job to do a good job for the late installation of the embedded parts and set aside holes. Coordination and management complement each other for the owners to create a quality project
混凝土浇筑前详细检查预埋件、预留洞的正确性。
Concrete pouring before the detailed examination of embedded parts, set aside the correctness of holes
后浇带的施工 Post-concreting area construction
后浇带处理措施 Post-concreting area treatment measures
后浇带混凝土两个月以后浇筑。后浇带浇筑混凝土前，必须将整个混凝土表面的浮浆凿清形成毛面、清除垃圾及杂物，并隔夜浇水润湿。从施工经验来看至少45天的时间。
Post-concreting area after two months after the pouring of concrete. After the pouring of concrete poured to bring before the entire concrete surface of the formation of laitance chisel to remove rubbish and debris, and watering overnight wetting。
Experience from the construction of at least 45 days.
后浇带的预留钢筋应采取措施加以保护，钢筋上的油污、水泥砂浆及浮锈等杂物也应清除干净。
After pouring reserved reinforced belt should take measures to protect the oil on steel, cement mortar, and rust and other floating debris should also be cleared away
从施工缝处开始继续浇筑混凝土时，要注意避免直接靠近缝边下料。机械振捣前，宜向施工缝处逐渐推进，并距80－100cm处停止振捣，但应加强对施工缝的捣实工作，使其紧密结合。
Start from the construction joints Department to continue pouring concrete, it is necessary to pay attention to avoid direct cutting edge near the seam. Mechanical vibration before, they are advised to gradually push forward the construction joints Department, and from 80-100cm stop vibration, but it should be to strengthen the construction joints of the trace and real work closely with them
后浇带节点处理 Post-concreting area point treatment
底板后浇带宽800mm，底板后浇带混凝土侧面铺专用钢板网隔断。Post-concreting slab width 800mm, bottom side after the poured concrete with steel Nets cut off dedicated Shop
地下室结构梁板后浇带后浇带内设置止水带。
After pouring the basement slab structure with set up water stop in post-concreting area
每层结构梁板的后浇带部位，钢筋表面涂刷一层水泥浆，防止钢筋生锈，两侧模板采用L30(4角钢及时层钢丝网。
Beam structure on each floor of the latter poured belt parts, brushing the surface layer of reinforced cement slurry to prevent rusting steel, both sides 4 layer steel mesh(of the template used timely angle L30
后浇带应留设成齿形，梁板钢筋应贯通。
Post-concreting area should remain set to profile, flat-slab should be reinforced through
后浇带封闭前的防护措施
Post-concreting area protective measures before the closure
在后浇带两侧的楼板上，砌200高砖墙，外侧粉刷，使它能有效地挡水，在砖墙上铺20厚木盖板，以保证上部施工对后浇带无污染，并保证施工人员跨越后浇带的安全。
In the post-concreting area on both sides of the floor, block 200 high brick wall, painted the outside, so that it can effectively retaining, upper wall 20 at Atsugi cover to ensure that the upper part of the construction of pollution-free zone after the pouring, and to ensure that construction personnel across the safety zone after the pouring
底板混凝土浇捣时，对涌入后浇带内的水泥浆随时进行清理。
When slab concrete pouring, poured with the influx of water at any time to clean up the mud
后浇带两侧的楼板结构，在后浇带封闭前处于一端悬臂的受力状态，为保证结构的受力情况更合理，结构质量不受影响，在两侧一定范围内用(48钢管搭设排架支撑梁板结构，直至后浇带封闭并养护好以后拆除。
After the pouring of the slab with both sides of the structure before the closure of post-pouring strip at one end of cantilever force status, in order to ensure the force structure more reasonable, and the structure of the quality is 48 erection(not affected, at both sides of the framework must use steel pipe bent beam support structure, until the latter poured belt closure and subsequent demolition of good conservation
后浇带的封闭施工construction for post-concreting enclosure
根据设计要求，后浇带的保留时间不少于1个月。封闭前应采用高压水枪将后浇带内的垃圾清理干净，清除内部污水，凿除混凝土侧面浮浆和疏松混凝土，并将侧面凿毛，隔天浇水湿润，并在后浇带位置设置集水井，将钢筋上的水泥浆除去，对生锈的钢筋进行除锈。According to design requirements, after the pouring of the retention time with no less than a month. Should be adopted before the closure of high-pressure water jets will be poured after the band cleared the trash to remove internal water hammer in addition to the side of concrete laitance and loose concrete, and the side cutting hair, the next day watering moist, and after the pouring position with catchpit will be of reinforced cement slurry on the removal of rusty steel to rust
后浇带采用早强、无收缩或微膨胀混凝土浇注，其强度等级应比两侧混凝土等级提高5MPa，施工时注意浇捣质量，保证新旧混凝土连接良好。
Post-concreting area with the use of morning after the strong, no shrinkage or micro-expansive concrete pouring, and its intensity should be higher than on both sides of Level Concrete improve 5MPa, construction attention to the quality of water mixes to ensure a good connection of old and new concrete
为了减小混凝土的冷缩变形，后浇带混凝土施工温度应低于两侧先浇混凝土施工时的温度，并宜选择气温较低时施工。
To reduce the shrinkage deformation of concrete, after the pouring of concrete construction with temperature should be lower than both sides of the first poured concrete construction at the time of temperature, and should choose a lower temperature when the construction
后浇带封闭施工顺序为由下而上进行。
Construction for post-concreting area procedure shall be done from lower to upper
序号
No.
工 作 内 容
Working Content
1
后浇带的施工60d以后Construction for post-concreting area after 60d
2
使用比原混凝土强度等级高一级的微膨胀混凝土浇筑Use than the original concrete strength grade of high-level micro-expansive concrete pouring
3
后浇带模板修复、调直钢筋After pouring strip template repair reinforced Straightening
4
在凿除松动和不规则的混凝土前，在其两边弹墨线，然后按墨线凿除，使后浇两边整齐成一条直线In addition to cutting loose and irregular concrete ago, in their shells on both sides of ink lines, then by cutting lines in addition to ink, so that after the pouring neatly into a straight line on both sides
5
松动和不规则的混凝土凿除完毕后，再次整理钢筋、定型模板，然后进行安装模板Loose and irregular cutting of the concrete in addition to after finishing once again reinforced shape templates, and then proceed to install the template
6
模板安装前，沿所弹墨线贴单面胶，以封闭模板与旧混凝土之间的间隙，避免混凝土浆从模板底流出，模板的支撑按原施工方法操作Before formwork installed the shells along the ink line single-sided adhesive stickers to close the template and the gap between the old concrete to prevent concrete slurry from a template at the end of the outflow, according to the original construction of the support of the template method
7
后浇带浇混凝土前，润湿模板，使旧混凝土充分吸水before casting concrete for the post-concreting area, wetting formwork, the old concrete fully absorbent
8
混凝土的浇捣按楼层混凝土的浇捣方法和质量要求操作Trace and by the pouring of concrete floors poured concrete mixes methods and quality requirements to operate
外脚手架工程 External scaffolding work
依据国家及地方规范的安全规程。 According to national and local safety regulations.
搭设程序示意 Erection Procedures Hint
外脚手架的选择 Option of external scaffolding
根据工程特点，本工程外架采用落地式脚手架，作为结构操作架。According to the engineering characteristics of the projects using floor-frame scaffolding, as the structure operation of aircraft
外脚手架钢管均为外径φ48壁厚的钢管，扣件形式与管匹配。Outer diameter of φ48 scaffolding steel pipe wall thickness of steel, fasteners and pipe to match the form
脚手架的跳板板用厚50MM的木板。Scaffolding springboard 50MM thick plate with the wooden planks
计算见后附 see below calculation annex
脚手架搭设施工 Erection of scaffolding
落地式脚手架搭设顺序为：场地平整、夯实，场地硬化（100厚C20混凝土）→定位设置通长底座→纵向扫地杆→立杆→横向扫地杆→小横杆→大横杆→（栅格）→剪刀撑→连墙杆→铺脚手板→搭防护栏杆→绑扎安全网
Scaffolding landing the following order: site formation, foundation, site(erection hardening (100 thick C20 concrete) → Positioning settings base length vertical sweeping strokes → → → Pole sweeping horizontal strokes → large → small bar → (grid ) → → scissors even wall bar → Shop →scaffolding plate protective railings erected → Lashing Safety Net
落地式脚手架钢管构造：立杆纵距平均米，横距米，步高米，内侧立杆离墙距离米。两步三跨设置刚性连墙杆，连墙杆采用钢管扣件连墙件。并沿外立面连续设置剪刀撑。
Floor-standing steel pipe scaffold structure: Longitudinal Pole from an average of meters, meters horizontal distance, meters Bugao, medial Pole meters distance from the wall. Two-step three inter-linked set of rigid-wall bar, and even bar the use of steel pipe wall fastener even wall pieces. Facades along a row set scissors shoring
随结构上升架子跟上，立杆顶端高出结构栏杆至少，立杆接头除顶层顶步外，其余各层各步接头必须采用对接扣件连接，立杆与大横杆采用直角扣件连接。接头交错布置，两个相邻立柱接头避免出现在同步同跨内，并且在高度方向至少错开50㎝；各接头中心距主节点的距离不大于步距的1/3。
With the structure to keep pace with increased shelf, Pole structure of the top higher railings at least , Pole connectors in addition to the top of the top step, the remaining steps on each floor of the docking connector fasteners must be used to connect, Pole with the big rectangular bar the use of withholding pieces to connect. Joints staggered arrangement, two adjacent columns to avoid joints in synchronization with the cross inside, and at the direction of at least stagger the height of 50 cm; the joint center distance of the main node of the distance is not more than step 1 / 3
立杆在顶部搭接时，搭接长度不小于1M，必须等间距3个旋转扣件固定，端部扣件盖板边缘至搭接纵向水平杆杆端的距离不小于100㎜。
Pole lap at the top, the lap length is not less than 1M, must wait three rotating fastener spacing is fixed, the end fastener plate to overlap the edge of the vertical distance between the level of client杆杆not less than 100 mm
大横杆置于小横杆之下，立柱的内侧，用直角扣件与立杆扣紧，宜采用6M长的钢管且同一步大横杆四周要交圈。
Large bar placed under small bar inside the column, using right-angle fastener fastens with the Pole, they are advised to adopt 6M long steel tube and bar with a step around the big circle to pay
大横杆采用对接扣件连接，其接头交错布置，不在同步同跨内；相邻接头水平距离错开不小于50㎝，各接头距立柱距离不得大于纵距的1/3（本工程不大于50㎝），大横杆在同一步架内纵向水平高差不超过全长的1/300（本工程不超过50㎝），局部高差不超过5㎝。
Large bar fastener to connect the use of docking, the staggered arrangement of joints, is not synchronized with the cross inside; adjacent joints staggered horizontal distance not less than 50 cm, the joints shall not be greater than the distance from the column longitudinal distance of 1 / 3 (this works not more than 50 cm), large bar in the same plane with the vertical step height difference between the level of full-length does not exceed 1 / 300 (this project does not exceed 50 cm), partial elevation of not more than 5 cm
每一立杆与大横杆相交处（主节点）都必须设置一根小横杆，并采用直角扣件扣紧在大横杆上，该杆轴线偏离主节点不大于15㎝。小横杆间距与立杆纵距相同，且根据作业层脚手架搭设的需要，在两立柱之间等距离设置1根小横杆，最大间距不超过75㎝。
Pole with the big bar of each interface (master node) should have a small bar, and the use of right-angle fastener fastens on in the bar, the rod axis deviated from the master node is not more than 15 cm. Pole small bar spacing with the same vertical distance, and under the operation of the necessary layer scaffold erection, equidistant between the two pillars set a small bar, the largest spacing is not more than 75 cm
小横杆伸出外排大横杆边缘距离不小于10㎝，伸出里排大横杆距离结构外边缘15㎝。上下层小横杆在立杆处错开布置，同层的相邻小横杆在立杆处相向布置。
Small bar protruding big bar from the edge of not less than 10 cm, extending from the bar in row major structural outer edge 15 ㎝. At a small bar on the lower Pole Department staggered arrangement, with the layer adjacent to a small bar opposite layout at Pole Department
纵向扫地杆采用直角扣件固定在距离底座上皮20㎝的立柱上，横向扫地杆则用直角扣件固定在紧靠纵向扫地杆下方的立柱上。对于立杆存在较大高低差时，扫地杆错开，高处的纵向扫地杆向底处延长两跨与立柱固定。
Vertical bar the use of discredited right-angle fastener fixed at 20 cm distance from the base of the epithelial column, the horizontal sweeping strokes using right-angle fastener fixed at close to the vertical sweep stroke on the bottom of the column. Pole exist for a greater level of bad, the sweeping shots staggered, vertical height sweeping strokes to extend to the end of two-span with a fixed column
剪刀撑与横向斜撑相结合的方式，随立柱、纵横向水平杆同步搭设，用通长剪刀撑沿架高连续布置，全部采用单杆通长剪刀撑。
Scissors and horizontal bracing combination, with the column, and vertical and horizontal strokes to the level of erection synchronous with scissors along the length of high continuous frame layout, all single-rod length scissors
剪刀撑每5步5跨设置一道，斜杆与水平杆的夹角在45°～60°之间。斜杆相交点处于同一条直线上，并沿架高连续布置，剪刀撑的一根斜杆扣在立杆上，另一根扣在小横杆伸出的端头上，两端分别用旋转扣件固定，在其中间增加2～4个扣节点。所有固定点距主节点距离不大于15㎝。
Scissors Step 5 5 cross each set together, oblique and horizontal strokes of the rod at an angle 45 ° ~ 60 ° between. Oblique stroke at the same intersection point on a straight line along a row of high frame arrangement, the scissors at an oblique stroke Pole buckle up, buckle another small bar at the end protruding heads at both ends, respectively, with a rotating fastener fixed at one of increased 2 ~ 4 buckle node. All fixed distance away from the main node is not more than 15 cm
为保证剪刀撑的顺直同时充分考虑剪刀撑的安全作用，剪刀撑采用旋转扣件连接，搭接扣件长度不小于，扣件扎点不少于3道，扎点距离钢管端部不小于100mm。
To ensure that the straight scissors scissors at the same time give full consideration to the safety role, scissors rotary fastener connected fastener lap length is not less than , fastening point of not less than 3 bar, bar-point distance pipe the end of not less than 100mm
本过程除在每一拐角处设置横向斜撑外，中间每隔6跨设置一道。横向斜撑在同一节间，由底至顶层呈之字形连续布置，斜杆采用同长杆件，使用旋转扣件固定在与之相交的立杆或横向水平杆的伸出端上。
This process at each corner in addition to setting the horizontal bracing things, at intervals of between 6 cross-set together. Horizontal braces at the same internode, from the end to the top floor was a row zigzag layout, oblique pole pieces of the same pole, the use of rotating fastener fixed at the intersection with the horizontal level of the Pole or rod protruding side up
立杆底层垫木平行于墙面放置。在作业层下部加设一道水平兜网，随作业层上升，结构施工时，只允许一层同时施工，装饰施工时，同时施工的作业层不得超过两层。首层满铺一层脚手板，悬挑脚手架在型钢上也需满铺一层模板作为隔离层，并设置安全网及防护栏杆。
Pole bottom support placed parallel to the wall. Operating at the lower layer together with an additional level of Net pocket, with the operating layer increased, the structure of the construction, only a layer at the same time permit the construction, decoration of construction at the same time the construction operations shall not exceed two-tier layer. Shop脚手layer over the first floor panels, cantilevered steel scaffolding at age also need to shop on the template as a layer of isolation layer, and set up a safety net and protective railings
脚手板应满铺、铺平、铺稳，接缝处设两根小横杆，各杆距离接缝的距离均不大于15㎝。靠墙一侧的脚手板距离结构墙的距离不大于15㎝。拐角处两个方向的脚手板重叠放置，避免出现探头及空挡现象。
Spread scaffolding late should be full-frame, paved, Shop stable seams located two small bar, the rod away from the distance between joints shall not exceed 15 cm.脚手plate against the wall side of the distance from the structural walls is not more than 15 cm. The direction of the corner of two overlapping脚手plate placed to avoid the probe and the gap phenomenon
连墙件采用刚性连接：第一道连墙件从底层第一步结构标高处开始设置，连墙件尽量靠近主节点，偏离主节点不大于350㎜。
Connecting wall pieces using rigid connections: even the wall of the first pieces of the structure from the bottom of the first step in beginning elevation Office settings, and even pieces of the wall as close as possible to the main node, deviation from the master node is not more than 350 mm
连墙件中的连墙杆尽量呈水平设置，当不能水平设置时，与脚手架连接的一端应下斜连接，不得采用上斜连接；当脚手架暂时不能设置连墙件时可搭设抛撑，抛撑采用通长杆与脚手架可靠连接，与地面成45°～60°夹角。
Connecting wall pieces in the wall even par as far as possible the level was set, when the level should not set the time, and the scaffolding should be connected to one end of connecting ramps, on ramps shall not be used to connect; when scaffolding should not set up a temporary wall pieces may even throw up the erection, support the use of parabolic pass scaffolding pole and reliable connections, and form included angle 45 ° ~ 60 ° with the ground.
注意事项 Points for Attention
扣件的紧固程度宜在40-50N/M，并不大于65N/M，对接扣件的抗拉承载力为3KN。扣件上的螺栓保持适当的拧紧程度，对接扣件安装时其开口应向内，以防进雨，直角扣件安装时开口不得向下，以保证安全。
Fastener fastening extent appropriate at 40-50N / M, not more than 65N / M, docking of the tensile bearing capacity of fasteners for 3KN. Fastener on the bolt tightened to maintain the appropriate level, docking fastener should be installed within the openings to prevent the Progressive rain, right-angle fastener installation openings shall be a downward trend, to ensure security
各杆件端头伸出扣件盖板边缘长度不应小于100㎜。
The rod ends protruding fastener plate edge should not be less than 100 mm in length
钢管有严重锈蚀、压扁或裂纹的不得使用，禁止使用有脆裂、变形、滑丝等现象的扣件。
Pipe having a serious corrosion, squash or cracks may not be used to prohibit the use has rattle, deformation, phenomena such as slide fastener wire
外脚手架严禁钢竹、钢木混搭，禁止扣件、绳索、钢丝、竹蔑、塑料混用。
Steel and bamboo scaffolding is strictly prohibited, prohibit use of fasteners, rope, wire, plastic mix
严禁将外径48㎜与51㎜的钢管混合使用。
48 mm and 51 mm steel pipes mixed use will be prohibited
脚手架搭设的安全技术措施
Safety technical measures for erection of scaffolding
脚手架的基础必须经过硬化处理满足承载力要求，做到不积水，不沉陷，顶板基础的混凝土必须达到设计强度的75%以上才能施工。
Basic scaffolding must be hardened to meet the bearing capacity of treatment requirements, do not water, not sinking, the roof of the concrete foundation must meet the design strength of 75% or more to be constructed
搭设过程中划出工作标志区，禁止行人进入，统一指挥、上下呼应、动作协调，严禁无人指挥下作业。当解开与另一人有关的扣件时必须先告诉对方，并得到允许，以防坠落伤人。
Erection job course to draw the marked area, to prohibit pedestrian access, unified command, echoing up and down, movement coordination, no one is prohibited under the command of operations. When untied with another person when the relevant fasteners must first tell the other side, and be allowed to prevent the fall of wounding
开始搭设立杆时，应每隔6跨设置一根抛撑，直至连墙件安装稳定后，方可根据情况拆除。
Starting pole erection should be set at intervals of a parabolic cross-6 up until even the stability of the wall pieces installed only after the demolition according to the circumstances
脚手架及时与结构拉结或采取临时支顶，以保证搭设过程安全，未完成脚手架在每日收工前，一定要确保架子稳定。
Scaffolding timely tie with structure or take temporary roof erection process to ensure the safety of scaffolding at the unfinished call it a day before the day, we must ensure that the shelf stability
脚手架必须配合施工进度搭设，一次搭设高度不得超过相邻连墙件以上两步。
Scaffolding must tie in with the construction progress of erection, erection a height of not more than the adjacent wall even more than two steps
在搭设过程中由应由安全员、架子班长等进行检查，验收和签证。每两步验收一次，达到设计施工要求后挂合格牌一块。
At the course of erection by the security staff, monitor shelf, such as inspection, acceptance and visa. Acceptance once every two steps to the design and construction requirements of a license after passing a piece of hanging.
脚手架上施工作业的安全技术措施
Safety technical measures for operation of scaffolding
结构外脚手架每支搭一层，支搭完毕后，经项目部安全员验收合格后方可使用。任何班组长和个人，未经同意不得任意拆除脚手架部件。Structure scaffold layer of each ride, ride support after the project by the Department of Safety Officer qualified acceptance before use. Any class and group leaders and individuals, without consent shall be subject to arbitrary removal of scaffolding components
严格控制施工荷载，脚手板不得集中堆料施荷，施工荷栽不得大于4KN/㎡，确保安全。
Strict control of working load, shall not be concentrated on scaffolding plate, Construction load shall not exceed 4KN / ㎡, ensure safety
结构施工时只允许一层作业，装修施工时同时作业层数不超过两层，临时性用的悬挑架的同时作业层数不超过1层。
Structure construction permit only one operation, decoration of construction operations at the same time does not exceed two-storey low-rise, temporary use of cantilevered layers operating at the same time frame of not more than one layer
当作业层高出其下连墙件以上，且其上尚无连墙件时，应采取适当的临时撑拉措施。
When operating under higher layer wall pieces even more than , and its not even on the wall pieces, should take appropriate measures to pull the temporary shoring
定期检查脚手架，发现问题和隐患，在施工前及时维修加固，以达到坚固稳定，确保施工安全。
Periodic inspection scaffold and found that the problems and dangers, timely repair at pre-construction reinforcement, so as to achieve robust stability and to ensure construction safety
脚手架拆除的安全技术措施
Safety technical measure for removal of scaffolding
脚手架搭拆人员必须是经过考核的专业架子工，并持证上岗。连墙件应在位于其上的全部可拆杆件都拆除之后才能拆除。
Scaffolding must be erected and demolished by the professional scaffolders after test and obtain certificates. Even pieces of the wall should be located in their rod on all removable parts are dismantled before demolition
拆架前，全面检查待拆脚手架，根据检查结果，拟订出作业计划，报请批准，进行技术交底后才准备工作。
Before removing scaffolding, inspect the scaffold thoroughly to be demolished, according to test results, develop a work plan submitted for approval, after the technical preparation交底job
架体拆除前，必须察看施工现场环境，包括架空线路、外脚手架、地面的设施等各类障碍物、地锚、揽风绳、连墙件及被拆除架体各吊点，附件、电器装置情况，凡能提前拆除的尽量拆除掉。
Before dismantling the frame, we must see the construction site environment, including overhead lines, outside the scaffold, ground facilities, such as various types of obstacles, to anchor, get the wind to justice, even the walls were removed and two pieces and the hanging body, the attachment, electrical device situation, who can advance as far as possible to dismantle
拆除时应划出作业区，周围设绳绑围栏或树立警示标志，地面设专人围护，禁止非作业人员进入。
Dismantling operation should be designated areas, located around the绳绑establish warning signs or fences, ground-based special enclosure, the prohibition of non-operating personnel
拆除时统一指挥、上下呼应、动作协调，当解开与另一人有关的扣件时必须先告诉对方并得到允许，以防坠落伤人。
When dismantling the unified command, from top to bottom echoes, motor coordination, when solved with another relevant person must be told when the fastener and permit each other to avoid falling wounding
拆架时不得中途换人，如必须换人时，应将拆除情况交代清楚后方可离开。
Removing scaffolding shall not be allowed to change personnel, if need to change, the dismantling of the situation should be explained clearly before leaving
每天拆架下班时，不应留下隐患部位。
Removing scaffolding every day after work, we should not leave a hidden location
拆架时严禁碰撞脚手架附近电源线，以防触电事故。
When dismantling scaffolding frame a collision is prohibited near the power cord of the accident against electric shock
在拆除过程中，凡松开连接的杆、配件应及时拆除运走，避免误扶、误靠已松脱的杆件。拆除的杆、配件严禁向下抛掷，应吊至地面，同时做好配合协调工作，禁止单人进行拆除较重杆件等危险性作业。
At dismantling process, where the loose connection rod, the timely removal of fittings should be removed to avoid misuse of Rotary, has been misused by the bar loose. Removal of the bar, throwing down fittings is prohibited, should be hanging to the ground, at the same time do a good job with co-ordination to prohibit a single person to carry out removal of the heavier pieces, such as the risk of stroke operation
所有杆件和扣件在拆除时分离，不准在杆件上附着扣件或两杆连着送至地面。
All bars and fasteners at the time to dismantle the separation, they are not allowed on pole attachment fastener or two attached to the ground
所有的脚手板，应自外向里竖立搬运，以防止脚手板和垃圾物从高处坠落伤人。
All scaffolding board, shall be erected in handling export-oriented in order to prevent脚手boards and garbage objects falling from height wounding
拆除的零配件要装入容器内，用吊篮吊下；拆下的钢管要绑扎牢靠，双点起吊，严禁从高空抛掷。
Dismantle the parts to put into containers under the crane used in hanging baskets; removed steel banding to secure, dual-point lifting, is strictly prohibited thrown from a height
六级风以上（含六级）时停止拆除脚手架施工。
when strong breeze above (including 6) stop the demolition of construction scaffolding
文明施工要求
Civilized construction requirements
进入施工现场的人员必须戴好安全帽，高空作业系好安全带，穿好防滑鞋等。
Enter the construction site must wear safety helmets, high above the seat belts, put on their shoes, such as anti-skid
进入施工现场的人员要爱护场内的各种设施和标识牌，随意拆除和移动标识牌。
Enter the construction site personnel to care at various facilities and logo licensing, dismantled and moved freely licensed logo
严禁酗酒人员上架作业，施工操作时要求精力集中、禁止开玩笑和打闹。Alcohol is strictly prohibited personnel shelf operations, construction operations concentrate on the requirements, the prohibition of jokes and rough
脚手架搭设人员必须是经考试合格的专业架子工，上岗人员定期体检，体检合格者方可发上岗证。凡有高血压、贫血病的、心脏病及其他不适宜高空作业者，一律不得上脚手架。
Scaffolding erection personnel must be professionally qualified by examination架子工, posts regular medical examination to be successful hair appointment card. Where there is high blood pressure, anemia, heart disease and other unsuitable for high altitude operations, and will not be allowed on the scaffolding
上架子作业人员上下均应走人行梯道，不准攀登架子。
Workers from top to bottom on the shelf should walk through gang way, are not allowed to climb the shelves
护身栏、脚手板、挡脚板、密目安全网等影响作业班组支模时，如需要拆改时，应由架子工来完成，任何人不得任意拆改。
When mid-railing, scaffolding board, toe board, safety net affect formwork team operation, necessary for change and removal the work shall be completed by scaffolder.
脚手架验收合格后任何人不得擅自拆改，如需要作局部拆改时，须经过技术部门同意后由架子工操作。
Scaffold after passing the acceptance of any person shall not be changed and removed randomly, such as the need for local removal would be subject to the consent by technical department and operated by the scaffolder
不准利用脚手架吊运重物，作业人员不准攀登架子上下作业面，不准推车在架子上跑动，塔吊起吊物体时不能碰撞和拖动脚手架。
Lifting heavy objects are not allowed to make use of scaffolding, workers are not allowed to climb the shelves up and down operating surface, carts are not allowed to run up at the shelf, tower crane when lifting objects collision and should not drag the scaffold
不得将模板支撑、泵送混凝土及砂浆的输送管等固定在脚手架上，严禁任意悬挂起重设备。
Formwork can not be supported by concrete and mortar pumping pipeline fixed up at the scaffolding, lifting equipment is strictly prohibited arbitrary suspension
在架子上的作业人员不得随意拆动脚手架的所有拉结点和脚手板，以及扣件绑扎等所有架子部件。
At the shelf operating personnel are not free to move down the scaffolding of all scaffolding tie points and boards, and fastening of all shelf components, such as banding
拆除架子而使用电焊气割时，派专职人员做好防火工作，配备料斗，防止火星和切割溅落。
Dismantling the use of welding gas cutting shelf when to send full-time staff in fire prevention work, with a hopper to prevent the Mars and cutting splash
脚手板使用时间较长，因此在使用过程中需要进行检查，发现地基下沉、杆件变形严重、防护不全、拉结松动等问题要及时解决。
Scaffolding board a long time, so necessary in the course of the inspection and found that the sinking of foundation, pole deformation serious protection was incomplete, such as tie loose to solve the problem
要保证脚手架架体的整体性，不得与施工电梯等一并拉结，不得截断架体。
To ensure the integrity of the scaffolding frame body may not be in conjunction with the construction elevators
施工人员严禁凌空抛掷杆件、物料、扣件及其他，材料、工具用滑轮和绳索运输，不得乱扔。
Do not throw rod, materials, fasteners and other, materials, tools and a rope pulley transport,
使用的工具要放在工具袋内，防止掉落伤人，登高要穿防滑鞋，袖口及裤口要扎紧。
Used instrument place in the bag to prevent falling wounding, working at height shall wear non-slip shoes, fasten cuffs and trousers.
脚手架堆放场做到整洁、摆放合理、专人保管，并建立严格领料手续。Scaffold dumps to do clean, placing reasonable person custody and expected to set up strict procedures collar
施工人员做到活完料净脚下清。确保脚手架施工材料不浪费。 Construction workers shall remove materials and wastes after work finish. To ensure that the scaffold is not a waste of construction materials
运至地面的材料应按指定点随拆随运，分类堆放，当天拆当天清，拆下的扣件和钢丝要集中回收处理，应及时整理、检查，按品种、分规格堆放整齐，妥善保管。
Materials shipped to the ground should be designated as the delivery point with the demolition, sorting stacking, the day of demolition the same day clearance, removal of the fastener and wire handle Recycling should be concentrated, it is timely to collate, check, according to species, sub-standard stacked neatly and properly custody
六级以上（含六级）大风、大雪、大雾、大雨等恶劣天气须停止脚手架作业。在冬期、雨期要经常检查脚手板、斜道板、跳板上有无积雪、积水等物若有则应随时清扫，并要采取防滑措施。
More than six grade (including six) winds, heavy snow, fog, rain and other inclement weather scaffolding have to stop operating. In winter, rain period to regular checks scaffolding board, ramps board, on whether or not a springboard for snow, water and other objects at any time if it should be clean, and anti-skid measures to be taken
钢结构工程 Steel Structure Engineering
钢构工程概况 Overview of Steel Structure Engineering
1#生产厂房生产区为单层钢结构建筑，屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，虹吸式排水，防水等级二级。其中机舱生产区包括大件装配区域和小件装配区域，层高17m，占地面积4917m2，建筑面积为4917 m2；柱网尺寸为（6mx24）x（8mx4），叶片生产区为完整大空间车间，层高，占地面积4908m2，建筑面积4908m2，柱网尺寸为（6mx24）x（8mx4）。原材料储藏区为单层钢结构，局部二层。屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，虹吸式排水，防水等级二级。原材料储藏单层区域包括机舱仓库、叶片仓库和环氧仓库，层高为，占地4703m2，建筑面积4703m2，柱网尺寸为（6mx24）x（8mx4）。 Production area of 1# production building is single steel structure building, its roof is light steel profiled sheet roof with siphon type internal gutter in Grade II Waterproof. The nacelle production area thereof includes big and small parts assembly areas with 17m floor height, 4917m2 floor area, 4917m2 building area and (6m*24)*(8m*4) net post size; blade production area is a workshop with holomonic large space, of which the floor height is , floor area is 4908m2, building area is 4908m2 and net post size is (6m*24)*(8m*4). Raw material stock area comprises a single storey steel structure, the partial of the area contains two floors. Its roof is light steel profiled sheet roof with siphon type internal gutter in Grade II Waterproof. Single storey area of raw material stock area includes nacelle storage, blade storage and epoxy storage with floor height, 4703m2 floor area, 4703m2 building area and (6m*24)(8m*4) net post size.
2 #生产厂房钢结构部分由支持动力区、机舱生产区和叶片生产区。占地面积为 m2，建筑面积为。2 号生产厂房生产火灾危险性类别为丙类，耐火等级二级，抗震设防烈度7 度，防水等级二级。 Steel structure of 2# production building comprises supporting dynamic area, nacelle production area and blade production area. It floor area is , building area is . Fire risk of 2# production building belongs to Class III, its fire resistance rating is Grade II, seismic fortification intensity is 7 Degree and waterproofing grade is II.
3 号建筑：喷漆间及垃圾房钢结构，喷漆间及垃圾房生产火灾危险性类别为甲类，耐火等级二级，抗震设防烈度7 度。占地面积，建筑面积。屋面为轻钢压型钢板屋面，内天沟，外排水，防水等级二级。喷漆间为单层钢结构建筑，层高9m,占地面积为700m2，建筑面积为700 m2；柱网尺寸为（8mx4）x21m，管理用房、垃圾房和化学品库为单层钢结构建筑，层高为6M，占地为323M2，建筑面积为323M2，柱网尺寸为（6mx8）x6m。 3# building: spraying room and garbage house comprise steel structure, their fire risk is Class I, the fire resistance rating is Grade II and the seismic fortification intensity is 7 Degree. Their floor area is and building area is . their roofs are light steel profiled sheet roofs with external drainage internal gutter in Grade II Waterproof. The spraying room is single storey steel structure building with 9m floor height, 700m2 floor area and 700m2 building area; net post size is (8m*4)*21m, management house, garbage house and chemical storage are single storey steel structure building, of which floor height is 6m, floor area is 323m2, building area is 323m2 and net post size is (6m*8)*6m.
6 号建筑：自行车棚为单层钢结构建筑，民用建筑，耐火等级三级，抗震设防烈度7 度。占地面积，建筑面积。车棚依道路及流线布置设计，作为员工停放自行车。采光板屋面，自由排水，无围护结构，柱网（4mx8），建筑高度。 6# building: bicycle shed is single storey steel structure building and civil building, its fire resistance rating is Grade III, the seismic fortification intensity is 7 Degree. Its floor area is and building area is . the bicycle shed is designed and arranged along the road and flowline, used as bicycle parking place for employees. Its roof is constructed by daylighting panels, free drainage and no outer protective structure are used, net post size is (4m*8)* and building height is .
本钢构工程特点 Features of the Steel Structure Engineering
工期紧：本工程根据总进度计划，从施工到交工验收共计259日历天，所以钢构分项必须合理安排各阶段的工作时间及相互交接时间，且明确各工序的最迟交接时间，以保证工程如期竣工。 Short period: according to the general schedule plan, the construction totally covers 259 calendar days from starting to completing, so working time and transition time at different stages in subitems of the steel structure must be reasonably arranged and the latest transition time for each procedure must be confirmed, to ensure punctual completion.
施工场地大：构件必须在卸货时尽量保证构件最近放置，免得二次搬运。 Large construction site: structural elements must be unloaded near the building site as closely as possible, to avoid second transportation.
构件种类多：构件种类多，必须对构件进行编号，避免吊装时找不到构件，以及构件吊错位置。 Various structural elements: various structural elements must be numbered to avoid the elements missing and dislocation during hoisting.
施工方法与技术措施Construction Methods and Technical Measures
对已完成的所有基础回土压实，并且地面铺好道渣，满足25T汽吊和运输车辆的要求，为施工面平整整洁，既方便放线，亦可使钢构件在倒运，堆放过程中保持整洁、实施文明施工，所有钢构件均用汽车吊吊装，为减少吊装工作量，屋梁尽量在地面拼装后再进行吊装。 All finished foundations must be backfilled and compacted, the surface should be well paved with ballast to meet the requirements of 25T mobile crane and transportation vouches. Civilized construction should be performed during stacking process for keep the construction plane clean and order. All steel structural elements are hoisted by mobile crane. In order to reduce the hoisting work amount, beams should be assembled on the ground as much as possible before hoisting.
安装前准备工作 Preparation before installation
1）对本工程图纸进行仔细阅读，熟悉业主及设计要求； Carefully studying the construction drawings, to know the owner and design requirements well.
2）根据本工程的工程量编制施工时间计划及资源调配计划。 Construction period plan and resource marshalling plan should be prepared according to the work amount of the construction.
3）复验安装定位所用的轴线控制点和测量标量标高使用的水准点。 Axis control point for reviewing location and installation, and reference point for measuring scalar quantity and elevation.
4）放出标高控制线和吊辅助线。 Releasing elevation control line and hoisting auxiliary line.
5）复验预埋件的轴线、标高、水平线、预埋螺栓位置及露出长度等，超出允许偏差时，做好技术处理。 Reviewing Axis, elevation, level line, position of pre-buried bolts and exposed length of pre-buried parts, technical treatment should be carried out when the data is above allowable deviation.
6）钢尺应与钢结构制造用的钢尺校对，取得计量法定单位检定证明。 Steel ruler should be matched with the steel ruler for steel structure manufacture, to obtain the certificate of legal measures.
预埋件的定位安装 Location and installation of pre-buried parts
1)由于钢柱吊装的要求，预埋件的安装是在钢结构安装之前，即在土建施工过程中就要开始埋设。因此，在土建施工过程中，由控制网对预埋件进行定位。 Due to the requirements of steel column hoisting, the pre-buried parts should be installed before steel structure installation, which means the pre-bury should start during civil construction. Thus, the pre-buried parts will be positioned by control net during the civil construction.
2)根据布设的施工方格网，用钢板制作成的定位框，在浇混凝土之前，将预埋件牢靠地固定在混凝土结构主筋上。 According to arranged construction square grid, the pre-buried parts should be firmly fixed on the main bar of concrete structure with localization frame manufactured by steel plates.
前期预埋： Pre-bury at early stage:
1)钢结构安装分前期预埋与后期集中安装二大工程内容。 Steel structure installation includes pre-bury at early stage and centralized installation at late stage.
2)前期预埋主要指锚栓的预埋工作，锚栓的埋设精度直接影响钢结构工程的安装质量并对提高安装工效有较大的影响。 Pre-bury at early stage refers to the pre-bury of anchor bolts of which the precision has direct affect for installation quality of steel structure engineering and great affect for increasing work efficiency of installation.
钢构件的吊、安装 Hoisting and installing steel structural elements
1)钢结构安装前对建筑物的定位轴线、基础轴线和标高、地脚螺栓位置等进行检查，并进行基础检测和中间交接验收。当基础工程进行交接时，每次交接验收不应少于一个安装单元的柱基基础。 Position axis, basic axis, elevation and stone bolt position of building should be reviewed before installing steel structure, meanwhile, foundation inspection and intermediate transition acceptance should be also performed.
2)基础顶面直接作为柱的支承面和基础顶面预埋钢板或支座作为柱的支承面时，其支承面、地脚螺栓（锚栓）的允许偏差符合下表规定： When top surface of foundation is directly used as supporting surface of column and pre-buried steel plates or support saddles of top surface of foundation is used as supporting surface of column, the allowable deviation of their supporting surface and stone bolt (anchor bolt) should be in accordance with the specifications in following table:
支承面、预埋地脚螺栓（锚栓）的允许偏差表 Table of Allowable Deviations of Supporting Surface and Pre-buried stone bolt (Anchor Bolt)
项 目 Item
允许偏差 Allowable Deviation
支承面 Supporting Surface
标高 Elevation
±
地脚螺栓（锚栓） Stone Bolt (Anchor Bolt)
水平度 Levelness
L/1000
螺栓中心偏移 Bolt Center Deviation
螺栓露长 Exposed Length of Bolt
0~+
螺栓的螺纹长度 Thread Length of Bolt
0~+
预留孔中心偏移 Center Deviation of Prepared Hole
吊装机械 Hoisting machinery
1) 根据此工程钢架的特点，故在钢结构吊装中可采用二台25T汽车吊，其他次构件使用16T汽车吊单机悬吊。因为汽车吊具有移动灵活，快速便捷等优点，这样地构件的卸货、倒运等均可带来很大方便，可以大大加快施工进度。 According to the features of steel frame of the construction, so two 25T mobile cranes will be used in steel structure hoisting and other secondary members will be hoisted by 16T mobile cranes. Because mobile crane is featured with mobility and high speed, it is very convenient for unloading and transporting structural members and increases the construction progress greatly.
吊装顺序： Hoisting sequence:
构件吊装顺序为：钢柱——钢梁（吊车梁）——屋面檩条——屋面支撑系统——其余檩条及墙架。 Hoisting sequence of structural members: steel column —— steel beam (crane beam) —— roof purline —— roof supporting system —— other purlines and wall frame
钢柱的吊装 Hoisting steel column
1)吊装前，根据土建工程基础平面，对基础的轴线以及基础的水准标高进行校核。发现问题，应会同建设单位及设计单位等有关协商解决。 Before hoisting, foundation axis and level elevation should be checked according to foundation plane of civil construction. Once finding out any problem, it should be consulted with construction and design units.
2)基础验收合格后，即开始钢柱的吊装。钢柱应顺序放置于基础边缘，起吊时采用旋转吊装法或者滑行吊装法，注意钢丝绳结钢柱的绑扎点，避免钢丝绳滑动。 As soon as the foundation acceptance is qualified, hoisting steel column starts. Steel column should be placed at the edge of the foundation in the order, rotatary hoisting method or coasting hoisting method should be used during lift, colligation points of steel cable node on steel column should be attached with attention to avoid slippage of steel cable.
3)钢柱经过初步校核后，待垂直度偏差控制在20mm以内方可使起重机脱钩。钢柱的垂直度用经纬仪检验，如有偏差，重新进行校正。在校正过程中，随时观察柱底部和标高控制块之间是否脱空，以防校正过程中造成水平标高的误差。起重机脱钩后，钢柱宜用缆绳临时固定，等到屋架梁吊装完毕后，再次校核柱的垂直度，做好记录。 Crane should only unhook when the verticality deviation is within 20mm, after the initial examination of steel column. The verticality of steel column should be examined with theodolite, if finding deviation, the adjustment must be performed again. During the adjustment, the void between column bottom and control block of elevation should be momentarily observed, to prevent causing deviation of level elevation during adjustment. After the crane unhooks, steel column should be temporarily fixed with cable, the verticality of column should be examined again and well recorded after hoisting roof frame and beam.
项次 No.
项 目 Item
允许偏差 Allowable Deviation
1
轴线结行、列定位轴线的偏移量(△) Offset of axis node and positioning axis (△)
F≤
2
柱基标高：有吊车梁 Elevation of column foundation: with crane beam
≤+3
≥-5
3
挠度矢高 Deflection rise
F≤H/1000
但不大于 but no greater than
4
柱轴线的垂直度 Verticality of column axis
单层柱H≤10m Monolayer column H≤10m
H≥10m
≤
≤H/100
但不大于25mm but no greater than 25mm
吊车梁吊装 Hoisting crane beam
钢柱吊装就位校正固定后，检查牛腿上平面水平标高是否符合允差范围，若超差，检查原因，以最高点为基准做调整垫板，并划牛腿平面十字中心线，吊车梁依十字线吊装就位固定，然后在吊车梁上平面架设一台水准仪，检查各点水平标高，并做好记录，以便安装吊车钢轨时调整其水平度。 Level elevation of upper plane of corbel should be examined whether matching the allowable deviation range, after steel column hoisting is in position and fixed, if it is above the deviation range, checking reasons. The maximum point should be used as the reference for making riser block, and the cross centre line of corbel plane should be made, the crane beam should be hoisted and fixed according to cross line, the a leveling instrument should be set up on the crane beam. Level elevation of each point should be checked and well recorded, to adjust its levelness during installing crane rail.
屋架梁的吊装 Hoisting roof frame and beam
1）吊装前根据《钢结构工程施工及验收规范》GB50205-2001有关规定仔细检查构件的外型尺寸和几何尺寸。 Before hoisting, external and physical dimensions of structural members should be carefully examined according to Code for construction and acceptance of steel structure engineering GB50205-2001.
2）屋架梁根据实际情况，在地面先将一跨屋架梁组装后再进行吊装，这样既可提高吊装效率，也有利于保证吊装稳定性。 According to practical, roof frame and beam should be installed on the ground at first before hoisting. With this measure, not only the hoisting efficiency increases, but also the stability of hoisting is guaranteed.
3）屋架梁根据实际情况，在地面先将一跨屋架梁组装后再进行吊装，这样既可提高吊装效率，也有利于保证吊装稳定性。 According to practicals, roof frame and beam should be installed on the ground at first before hoisting. With this measure, not only the hoisting efficiency increases, but also the stability of hoisting is guaranteed.
4）屋架梁在起吊前，须将钢梁洗刷干净，以减少高空作业，加快施工进度。 Before hoisting roof frame and beam, the steel beam must be washed to reduce high-attitude operation and increase construction progress.
5）屋架梁吊装因为采用悬空吊装，为使起吊后不致发生摇摆，和其他构件碰撞，起吊前在离支座的节点附近必须用缆风绳固定，分别由人员控制，随吊随放松，以保持屋架梁的稳定性，吊装就位后，吊车吊钩松开前，第一榀梁必须梁中部两边用钢绳风缆固定，钢梁线性直线度检查采用拉线测量法或经伟仪，检查钢绳风缆固定牢固后方可松钩；第二榀梁屋架吊装后，用檩条及支撑固定后，才可以松开吊钩，注意屋架梁的扭曲情况；第三榀梁吊装以此类推。 To avoid swing or collision with other structural members, roof frame and beam hoisting uses suspended hoisting. Before hoisting, tighten the string connected strand with hawser cable which is respectively controlled by worker and released at assembly, to ensure the stability of roof frame and beam. Two points near the middle of the first beam must be fixed with steel wind-cable before hoisting is in position and after the crane unhooks. The linear straightness of steel beam should be examined by the tagline survey method or theodolite, the crane can only unhook after examining the steel wind-cable is fixed and tight. After hoisting the second roof beam and frame, it should be supported and fixed with purline before unhooking, pay attention to the distortion of roof frame and beam. The third beam is hoisted by the same way, and so on.
结构吊装注意事项： Precautions on hoisting structure:
(1)钢结构件吊前应进行强度和稳定性的验算，明确起吊点，以防因受力不均而引起构件变形。 To confirm the lifting points, the strength and stability of steel structural member s should be checked before hoisting for preventing deformation of members caused by unbalanced stress.
(2)索具、吊钩和卡具的构造及机械性能，应符合吊装施工要求。 The structure and mechanical properties of riggings, hooks and fixtures should be in accordance with requirements of hoisting construction.
(3)构件吊装就位依次的顺序是：柱、梁（侧梁、吊车梁）、屋架与其构件逐件吊装就位。 The sequence of hoisting structural members: column, beam (side beam, crane beam), roof frame and other members.
(4)钢柱吊装就位时控制的主要项目是：位置、标高、垂直度、水平度、拼接、测量的定位轴线应从地面的控制直线引上。 Main control projects by positioning steel column include: position, elevation, verticality, levelness, splicing and measurement of which the poisoning axis should be strung along control straight line from ground.
(5)钢梁吊装就位时控制的主要项目是：拱度值与支撑面位置的标高。 Main projects by hoisting steel beam include: elevations of camber value and bearing surface position.
(6)钢屋架吊装就位时应控制的主要项目是：屋架的水平度、垂直度、拱度的尺寸值符合设计要求和规范的规定。 Main projects by hoisting steel roof frame include: levelness of roof frame, verticality, camber dimension which meets regulations of requirement and code.
(7)钢结构的柱、梁、屋架、支撑等主要构件在安装就位后，应立即进行校正、固定，使形成空间刚度单元。在作业工作的当天必须使安装的结构构件形成及时形成稳定的空间体系。 When main structural members, such as column, beam, roof frame and support, are installed and positioned, adjustment and fixture should be immediately carried out to form spatial stiffness unit. Installing structural members must form stable spatial system on the day of operation.
(8)设计要求顶紧的节点，其接触面应有70%的接触面紧贴，紧密程度用厚的塞尺检查，插入的面积之和不得超过接触顶紧面积的30%，边缘的最大间隙不应大于。 For tightened nodes required by design, 70% of their interface should hug closely, compactness should be examined with thick proof stick, the sum of inserted areas should not exceed 30% of connecting surface area. The max gap on the edge should not be greater than .
连接作业 Connecting operation
(1)吊装时设置活动脚手架，脚手架与汽车吊相互配合施工，操作人员在脚手架上进行螺栓的连接作业。By hoisting, set up mobile scaffold which cooperates with mobile crane, operational staff perform connecting work on the scaffold.
(2)安装高强度螺栓时，构件的摩擦面应保持干燥，不得在雨中作业。By installing high strength bolts, rubbing surface of members should be kept dry and the work should not be performed under rain.
(3)安装高强度螺栓时，应用尖头撬棒及冲钉对正上下或前后连接板的螺孔，将螺栓自由穿入。 By installing high strength bolts, peen crowbar and nail should be inserted in appropriate position of screw hole on upper and lower or pre and post junction panel, making bolts free through.
(4)在同一连接面上，高强螺栓应按同一方向投入，高强螺栓应顺畅穿入孔内，不得强行敲打。 High strength bolts should be put in with the same direction on the same junction face, and high strength bolts should smoothly through holes without forced beat.
(5)高强螺栓必须使用扭力板手，施工人员安装时必须将扭距控制在规定范围内，高强螺栓必须分二次（即初拧和终拧）进行紧固。 High strength bolts should be screwed by torque spanner, construction staff must control the torque within the specified range and tighten high strength bolts twice (initial and final screw).
楼面钢框架梁的吊装 Hoisting steel frame beam of floor
将具有结构类型大致相同的情况归纳为标准节框架。 Situations with similar structure types should be generalized as standard frame.
1）每节框架吊装时，必须先组成整体框架，暂不校正柱子垂直度，间距偏差，只以能满足楼层梁安装、螺栓能进孔为限（当然对明显偏差大的情况还得进行校正处理），尽量避免单柱长时间处于悬离状态，使框架尽早形成，并增加吊装阶段的稳定度。 By hoisting every frame, the entire frame should be assembled firstly without adjusting the verticality and spacing torlance of column, which is enough to meet limits of floor beam installation and bolt installation (but if the deviation is oberviously above the range, adjustment should be also performed). To quickly form the frame and increase the stability at hoisting stage, the single column should avoid suspension in long time as much as possible.
2）总的吊装顺序应先吊框架柱，后吊框架梁与支撑，先吊主要构件，后吊次要构件。 The general hoisting sequence should be from frame column to beam and support of frame, from main members to secondary members.
3）每节框架在安装高强螺栓和电焊施工时，必须严格执行先顶层梁，其次底层梁，最后为中间层梁的操作顺序，使框架的安装质量得以能相对的控制，每节框架梁焊接时，应先分析框架柱子的垂直度偏差情况，有目的地选择偏差较大柱子部位的梁先进行焊接，以使焊接后产生的收缩变形，有助于减少柱子的垂直度偏差。 By installing high strength bolts and performing electric welding, the work must be strictly carried out from top beam to bottom beam, and the beam of middle layer should be the last, to control the installation quality of frame. By welding every frame, analysis on deviation of verticality should be performed at first, column parts with large deviation should be welded firstly, so that these parts produce deformation after welding to reduce the vertical deviation of the column.
高强度螺栓施工流程图 Construction process diagram of high strength bolt:
4）每节框架内的钢楼梯及金属压型板，应及时随框架吊装进展而进行安装，这样既可解决局部垂直登高和水平通道问题，又可起到安全隔离层的作用。 Steel stair and metal profiled sheet in every frame should be timely installed with the progress of frame installation. This measure can not only solve problems of partial vertical upraise and horizontal channel, but also make the security isolation effective.
5)同一连接面上的螺栓，应由接缝中部向两端顺序进行紧固，两个连接构件的紧固顺序是：先主要构件，后次要构件。 Bolts on the same junction surface should be tightened from the middle to both ends of seam. The tightening sequence of two connecting members is: from main members to secondary members.
6)当天安装的螺栓，应在当天终拧完毕，其外露丝扣不得少于2扣。 Bolts installation should be completed on the installation day and their screw threads should never be less than 2 threads.
7)所有零件安装前必须除污清理，避免吊装后无法清洗或难以清洗。 Dirt of all parts must be cleaned, which is difficult to clean after hoisting.
檩条安装 Purline installation
屋面檩条由吊车成捆送至屋面，人工分散，安装就位，檩条安装过程中需掌握两个原则：一是安装，因为屋架距地面有数米的高度，需注意带好安全带及安全帽，严防任何事故的发生；二是质量，安装中首先精确纠正第二榀钢架位置，并加以固定，用葫芦纠正其它各榀位置，然后安装檩条隅撑及拉杆，循序向前推进，檩条安装完毕后，通过调节拉杆螺栓来控制檩条间距和直线度。 Bundled roof purline should be transported by crane to roof and distributed for installation by manual work. Two principles should be adhered: the first is installation, because roof frame is several meters high above the ground, working staff should fasten safe belts and wear safe helms to prevent any accidents; the second is quality, position of the second steel frame should be accurately adjusted above all and fixed, positions of other frames should be adjusted by calabashes, then knee brace and tension rod of purline should be installed step by step, after completing the installation, spacing and straightness of purline should be controlled by adjusting stay bolts.
钢结构表面涂装 External coating of steel structure
1)施工环境：本防腐系统施工环境要求在5度----38度，相对湿度不大于85%，同时在雨、雾、雪和较大量灰尘条件下，禁止在室外施工。 Construction environment: environmental requirements of the preservative system are: temperature between 5 – 38℃, relative humidity is below 85%, outdoor construction is forbidden under rain, fog, snow and considerable amount of dust.
2)施工准备：在涂装前，先检查钢材表面处理是否达到防锈等级的要求，是否仍有返锈或重新污染的现象，否则应重新处理，同时除锈后要求在12小时以内即喷底漆。对于不需涂装和禁止涂装部位，应事先用胶纸带遮盖起来以免上漆。 Preparation: whether the superficial treatment of steel achieved rating requirements, whether corrosion or pollution is found, whether treatment should be performed again, all above problems should be checked before coating, meanwhile, primer should be made within 12 hours after derusting. For parts which are not required or forbidden to coat, they should be covered with tape in advance, to avoid painting.
屋面、墙面板制作及吊安装措施 Measures for manufacturing and hoisting roof and wall board
屋面板制作及吊装 Manufacture and installation of roof board
屋面板采用组装式彩板专用吊架组装而成，长45米，吊架至吊钩用6道钢丝绳，吊架与屋面板固定采用8道 Roof board should be assembled by special suspension bracket for assembled color board and then hoisted to roof, the bracket is 45 meters long and has 6 wire ropes from the bracket to hook, the bracket and roof are fixed by hoisting belt tightener with 8 floss aramid and both ends are held by wind-cable. As soon as the roof boards arrive the roof, they should be immediately distributed for fixture in position, all hoisted boards should be installed on the same day without overnight installation, to prevent from falling by strong wind.
屋面板安装 Roof installation
(1)按设计要求和彩板安装规范进行安装，特别要注意第一块板必须垂直跨距轴线及板与板之间的搭接和位置，安装顺序，注意固定螺栓拧紧程序，防止密封垫圈而影响效果，尤其是板与板之间接缝的安装，切实做好防渗防漏工作。 Installation should observe design requirements and color plate installation code, the first board must be vertically across axis, as well as related joint and position between boards, which should be pay special attention. In installation sequence, antiseepage and leakage control should be well performed, which means tightening procedures of fixing bolts should be notices to prevent from detrimental effect of unsealed joint washers, especially in seam installation between boards.
(2)收边：对于本公司生产的所有屋面外板，都可以用专用工具对板端进行收边，靠近屋脊处的板端，可以用上撬工具将位于钢板终端肋条之间的底盘向上折，形成止水端，止水端用于所有坡度低于25度的屋面板的上端，以保证在泛水板或盖板下方由风吹入的水不会流入建筑物中，折边操作可以在钢板定位之前实施，也可在钢板安装之后实施，但后一种方法要在钢板的项端留有约50mm的间隙，便于上撬工具的操作，当屋面坡度小于10度时，应将钢板下端的底盘端部向下弯曲，这一过程可用下撬工具来实现，形成滴水线，这样可保证雨水顺着钢板终端被排出，并且不会因毛细或风力作用回流到平底盘的下边，向下折边的操作必须在屋面板被固定以后才能进行，否则这项操作将会受到障碍。 Trims: all external roof boards manufactured by our company could use special tool to trim their ends. For ends close to ridge, the base plate locating between end ribs of steel board could be bended upward by lifting tool to form water stop end, the water stop end will be used at the upper end of all roof boards of which the slope is below 25 degrees, to prevent water blown by wind under flashing or cover board from flowing in the building. Hem operation could be performed before positioning steel plate or after installing the plate, but with the later method, the plate should be reserved 50mm gap on the top of the plate, which makes the operation of lifting tool convenient. When the roof slope is less than 10 degrees, the base plate of lower end of steel plate should be bended downward, this process could be realized by lifting tool and forms water drip, which can ensure the rain could be discharged along steel plate end without refluxing to underneath of flat plate by wicking or wind action. The downward hem must be operated after fixing the roof boards, otherwise, this operation will meet difficulties.
墙面板轧制及安装 Rolling and installing wall board
墙面板轧制：墙面板在工厂加工后直接运至工地，采用单节9米彩板吊架卸车，卸至所用位置附近。 Rolling wall board: wall board will be directly transported to the site after completing process in the factory. Boards will be unloaded by single section 9m suspension bracket for color board and placed near the working site.
安装步骤：用墙面安装专用管架架设于墙面板安装位置，管架单面与墙面檩条分段固定，安装人员约每三档檩条一个就位于管架上，将压型钢板平放在平整干净的地面上，墙面板顶部打一Ф6mm吊板工艺孔，由地面人员将沿墙方向放置，由管架上部人员用绳向上拉，地面人员向上送，安放至安装位置，对准位置，然后用自攻螺丝固定，第二块板准确地搭接在第一块板上，并与第一块压紧再用自攻螺丝固定，随时检查压型板的平行度和垂直度，发现不垂直时，应及时调整。 Installation steps: special pipe frame for wall surface installation should be built up on the installation position, single side of pipe frame and wall surface purline should be fixed in each section, installation staff sands on the frame with the spacing of about three purlines and the profiled steel plates should be placed on flat and clean ground. A Ф6mm fabrication hole of hanger plate should be drilled on the top of wall surface plate and placed along the wall direction by ground staff, the plate will be lifted by staff on frame top and supported by ground staff till to the installation position, after aligning the position, the plate should be fixed with self-tapping screws; the second plate should accurately lapped on the first and fixed with self-tapping screws after tightly compressing with the first one. The parallism and verticality of the profiled plate should be checked at any time, if it is not vertical, adjustment should be performed timely.
竖向搭接：一般当压型板作墙面板时，长度足够覆盖整个墙面，无需进行竖向搭接，但有些特殊结构需要进行竖向搭接。压型钢板的竖向搭接方法与屋面板的纵向搭接相似，安装时上面的板搭接在外，下面的板搭在里面，搭接长度为150mm。 Vertical lap: in general, when the profiled plate is used as wall surface board, its length could cover the whole wall surface so that it is unnecessary to perform vertical lap. By installation, the upper board is lapped outside and the lower board is inside, the lap length is 150mm.
泛水板及收边板的安装 Flashing and trim plates installation
泛水板和收边板的安装是整个围护系统安装的重要部分，直接影响整个工程的质量和效果，所以应该特别重视。 Flashing and trim plates installation is an important part in the whole bounding system installation, which can influence quality and effectiveness of the entire construction, thus special attention should be attached.
纵向泛水板和盖板 Longitudinal flashing and cover plates
纵向泛水板和盖板应在屋面板平底盘和波谷处有一向下弯的翻边，下弯的深度同钢板外形相应，泛水板安装好以后，一般与屋面板的波峰用自攻螺钉进行固定，纵向泛水板之间的搭接可参照纵向压型板的搭接形式，搭接长度为200mm，沿顺坡方向靠近坡顶的泛水板搭接在上面，在搭接处涂上密封胶。 Longitudinal flashing and cover plates should contain downward bending roll flanging edge on flat plate and wave through of roof board, the depth of downward bending should correspond to the shape of steel plate. In general, flashing plate should be fixed to wave peak of roof plate by self-tapping screws, lap between longitudinal flashing plates could refer to lapping form of longitudinal profiled plates, with 200mm lapping length, and could be lapped on the flashing plate lap joint near slope top along the slope direction, the lap joint should be sealed with sealant.
横向泛水板和盖板 Transverse flashing and cover plates
用于屋面的横向泛水板和盖板，沿下方边线有一加工时的裂口，为保证防雨，可使切割裂口使其与波纹相配，也可稍作修改，使其嵌入沟槽之中，对小坡度屋面，最好将裂口切开贴紧波纹，带肋条钢板的横向泛水板和收边板，需要沿着低边缘处开槽或向下弯折，以便与钢板外形相配，这样可防止由风带来的水渗透到泛水板之下。 Transverse flashing and cover plates for roof contain a breach along lower sideline, in order to ensure rain-proof, the cutting breach could be matched with ripple or trimmed a little to make it embed into groove. For roof with little slope, it is better to cut the breach to close ripple, transverse flashing and trim plates with rib steel plate should be grooved or downward bended along low edge to match the shape of steel plate, so that water blown by wind could not leak below the flashing plate.
横向泛水板的固定一般用自攻螺针固定在屋面板的波峰上，横向泛水板和泛水板之间的搭接长度为200mm，在搭接处应使用密封剂来密封，在搭接定位和固定前将上面一片翻转过来，在内面终端12mm处的整个宽度涂上3mm宽的连续的密封剂，并用拉铆将其固定。 Transverse flashing plate should be commonly fixed on wave peak of roof board by self-tapping screws, lapping length between transverse plate and flashing plate is 200mm, the joint should be sealed by sealant, the upper plate should be turned over before positioning and fixing the lap, sealant with 3mm wide brushing range should be applied on 12mm of inner face end without interruption and the inner face end should be fixed with blind rivets.
检查验收 Check and acceptance
用拉线和钢尺检查彩钢板的尺寸偏差，见下表： Dimension deviation of color steel plate examined by pulling wire and steel ruler, see the following table:
项 目 Item
尺寸偏差 Dimension Deviation (mm)
波 距 Wave Distance
±
波高 Wave Height
h≤70mm
±
h＞70mm
±
侧向弯曲 Lateral Bending
在测量长度L1范围内 within the range of measuring length L
注：h为彩板截面高度；L1为测量长度，系指板长扣除两端各后的实际长度（小于10m）或指扣除后任选的10m长度。 Note: h is depth of section of color steel plate; L1 is measuring length, which is the practical length of plate after deducting . of each end (less than 10m) or the optional length of 10m after deducting.
(2)彩钢板制作的允许偏差和检验方法见下表： Examining method and allowable deviation of manufacturing color steel plate, see the following table:
项 目 Item
允许偏差 Allowable Deviation（mm）
检查方法 Inspection Method
彩钢板的覆盖宽度 Cover width of color steel plate
h≤70mm
±
用钢尺检查 With steel ruler
h＞70mm
+
板长 Plate length
±
横向剪切偏差 Deviation of transverse cutting
泛水板尺寸 Dimension of flashing plate
板长 Plate length
±
弯折面宽度 Thickness of bend surface
±
弯折面夹角 Angle of bend surface
2˚
用角尺检查 With angle square
注：h为彩钢板截面高度 Note: h is depth of section of color steel plate
(3)彩钢板和连接件的品种、规格以及防水密封材料的性能符合设计要求和国家现行有关标准规定。 Types, specifications and waterproof seal performance of color steel plate and joint members should be in accordance with design requirements and regulations of national standards in current effect.
(4)彩钢板固定可靠、无松动，防腐涂料涂刷和防水密封材料敷设应完整，连接件数量、间距符合设计及国家有关规定要求。 Color steel plate should be fixed and stable without loose, anticorrosion coatings and waterproof sealing material coatings should be intact, quantity and spacing of joint members should be in accordance with relevant national regulations.
(5)彩钢板安装工程的允许偏差项目和检查方法见下表： Allowable deviation and examining method of installation construction of color steel plate, see the following table:
项 目 Item
允许偏差 Allowable Deviation（mm）
检查方法 Inspection Method
屋面 Roof
檐口与屋脊的平行度 Parallelism of cornice and ridge
用拉线和钢尺检查 With pulling wire and steel ruler
彩钢板波纹对屋脊的垂直度 Verticality of ripple of color steel plate to ridge
L/1000
檐口相邻两块彩钢板端部错位 Dislocation of both ends of two adjacent color steel plates on cornice
彩钢板卷边板件最大波高 Max wave height of curling panel of color steel plate
墙面 Wall surface
墙面板波纹线的垂直度 Verticality of wave molding of wallboard
H/1000
用吊线和钢尺检查 with hange line and steel ruler
墙面包角板的垂直度 Verticality of wrap angle plate of wall surface
H/1000
相邻两块彩钢板的下端错位 Dislocation of bottom of two adjacent color steel plates
用钢尺检查 With steel ruler
注：L为屋面半坡度或单坡长度；H为墙面高度 Note: L is half-slope of roof or length of single slope; H is height of wall surface.
安装工程Installation Project
依据施工图纸技术要求和国家及地方规程编制。Compile the table according to technical requirements of construction drawings and state and local regulations.
本工程机电安装设计新颖，结构合理，系统复杂，用作上海***风电临港500MW 叶片和机舱项目。具体概况如下：The electromechanical equipment installation of the project owns characteristics of novel design, appropriate structure and complicated system and it is used in *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project.
1）通风及空调Ventilation and air conditioner
序号No.
项目名称Project Name
设计概况 Outline of Design
1
空调系统Air conditioning system
风机盘管设置区域 Regional setting of fan coil unit
1、办公区域采用风机盘管+新风系统，将风机盘管分置于各需要的空调区域，以冷冻水/热水流经盘管将空调区域的空气在盘管处作降温/加热后，再经风机输送至该空调区域内。新风由新风空调机组处理后，直接送入房间。Administrative area adopts fan coil unit plus fresh air system. The fan coil units are located in necessary air conditioning areas. The air in air-conditioning area will be cooled down/heated in coil unit by cooling/heating water and then be transmitted back into the air-conditioning area by fan. The fresh air will be directly transmitted into the room after being processed by fresh air conditioner.
二、单冷空调机组设置区域 Regional setting of single cold air conditioner
1、办公楼IT工作室采用单冷空调机组，将空调回风以定风量形式经盘管冷却后处理，调整送风温度至需求状态后，再由空调机组直接送到需要区域。The IT studio in office building will adopt single cold air conditioner, cool down the return air in air conditioner in coil unit in constant volume, adjust the supply air temperature to required state and deliver it to the demanded area by air conditioner.
三、组合式热回收新风空调机组设置区域 Regional setting of combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air
1、1#建筑办公楼区域共设4台组合式热回收新风空调机组，为办公楼一至三层服务，机组均设置于办公楼屋面，每台新/排风量为：12000CMH。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热后，直接送入室内。 There are 4 combined air conditioners with heat recovery of fresh air in 1# office building. They provide services for 1st to 3rd floor and they are located on the floors of the building. The volume of fresh air/exhaust air: fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated by coil unit and then transmitted into the room.
2、1#建筑机舱生产区共设2台组合式热回收新风空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。其中：一台新/排风量为：35000CMH，服务于左半区；另一台新/排风量为：20000CMH，服务于右半区。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热、加湿处理后，送入循环空调机组，与循环空调机组的回风混合后，经循环空调机组进一步处理后送入室内。There exist two combined air conditioners with heat recovery of fresh air in production area of engine room of 1# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. Among them, the volume of fresh air/exhaust air from one air conditioner:35000CMH and it serves left half court and the volume from another air conditioner: 20000CMH and it serves right half court. The fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and humidified, transmitted into the cycling air conditioner, mixed with return air and then transmitted into the room after being processed by cycling air conditioner.
3、1#建筑仓库区设1台组合式热回收新风空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。新/排风量为：27000CMH。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热后，直接送入室内。仓库区域的夹层办公厅区域设1台组合式热回收新风空调机组，新/排风风量为：8000CMH。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热后，直接送入室内。There exists one combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air in storehouse of 1# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of fresh air/exhaust air:27000CMH. The fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and then directly transmitted into the room. There exists one combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air in interlayer office of the warehouse. The fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and then directly transmitted into the room.
4、1#建筑叶片生产区设1台组合式热回收新风空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。新/排风量为：27000CMH。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热后，直接送入室内。There exists one combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air in blade production zone of 1# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of fresh air/exhaust air: fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and then directly transmitted into the room.
5、2#建筑办公区域设1台组合式热回收新风空调机组，设置于办公区屋面，新/排风量为：10000CMH。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热后，直接送入室内。 There exists one combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air in offices of 2# building and the air conditioner is located on roof of the office. The volume of fresh air/exhaust air:10000CMH. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and then directly transmitted into the room.
6、2#建筑机舱生产区设1台组合式热回收新风空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台，新/排风量为：20000CMH，服务机舱生产区的Cell1~3。新/排风进行热交换后，新风经盘管进一步冷却/加热、加湿处理后，送入循环空调机组，与循环空调机组的回风混合后，经循环空调机组进一步处理后送入室内。There exists one combined air conditioner with heat recovery of fresh air in production area of engine room of 2# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of fresh air/exhaust air:20000CMH. This air conditioner serves for Cell1~3 in production area of service engine room. The fresh air/exhaust air will encounter heat exchange. The fresh air will be further cooled down/heated and humidified, transmitted into the cycling air conditioner, mixed with return air and then transmitted into the room after being processed by cycling air conditioner.
四、组合式循环空调机组设置区域Regional setting of cycling combined air conditioner
1、生产厂房大空间生产区域采用循环空调箱，将空调回风以定风量形式经盘管冷却/加热，调整送风温度至需求状态后，再由空调器通过风管送入室内。The big-room production area of the factory adopts cycling air conditioning box. The air conditioning box will cool down/heat return air in air conditioner in coil unit in constant volume, adjust the supply air temperature to required state and deliver it to the room through air pipe.
2、1#建筑机舱生产区设4台组合式循环空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。其中：左半区设2台，每台风量为55000CMH；右半区设2台，每台风量为65000CMH。新、回风混合后经机组进一步处理后，通过风管经风管上设置的喷口送入室内。There are 4 cycling combined air conditioners in production area of engine room of 1# office building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. Among them, there exists two air conditioners in left half court and the volume of each is 55000CMH and two air conditioners in right half court with volume of each station 65000CMH. The fresh air and return air mixed and being processed by the air conditioners and then delivered into the room through nozzle fitted on air pipe.
3、1#建筑叶片生产区共设6台组合式循环空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。每台风量为45000CMH。新、回风混合后经机组进一步处理后，通过风管经风管上设置的喷口送入室内。There exists 6 cycling combined air conditioner in blade production zone of 1# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of each air conditioner is 45000CMH. The fresh air and return air mixed and being processed by the air conditioners and then delivered into the room through nozzle fitted on air pipe.
4、2#建筑机舱生产区设3台组合式循环空调机组，设置于厂房屋面设备平台。每台风量为35000CMH，服务于机舱生产区的Cell 1~3。新、回风混合后经机组进一步处理后，通过风管经风管上设置的喷口送入室内。 There exist 3 cycling combined air conditioners in production area of engine room of 2# building and the air conditioner is located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of each air conditioner is 45000CMH. The fresh air and return air mixed and being processed by the air conditioners and then delivered into the room through nozzle fitted on air pipe.
五、吊挂式室内循环空调器设置区域 Regional setting of suspended interior cycling air conditioner
1、1#建筑仓库区域空调系统的采用新排风空调机组加两管制室内循环空调器的方式，在仓库的屋面下共设10台吊挂式室内循环空调器，每一台风量为8700CMH。 The air conditioning system in warehouse of 1# building adopts new air exhausting conditioners plus two-pipe indoor cycling air conditioners.
There exists 10 suspended interior cycling air conditioners and the volume of each one is 8700CMH.
六、组合式热回收空调机组设置区域 Regional setting of combined air conditioners with heat recovery
1、2#建筑办公右侧的Cutting room及 Practice room设1台组合式热回收空调机组，风量为25000CMH。 There exists one combined air conditioners with heat recovery for Cutting room and Practice room on the right side of 2# building with air volume of 25000CMH.
2、2#建筑叶片生产区共设6台组合式热回收空调机组，均设置于厂房屋面设备平台，每台风量为45000CMH，分别服务于叶片生产区的Cell 1~6。 There exist six combined air conditioners with heat recovery in blade production zone of 2# building and the air conditioners are located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of each air conditioner is 45000CMH and each of them serves Cell 1~6 of blade production zone.
3、建筑机舱生产区共设3台组合式热回收空调机组，均设置于厂房屋面设备平台，每台风量为40000CMH，分别服务于叶片生产区的Cell 4~6。There exist three combined air conditioners with heat recovery in production zone of engine room in the building. The air conditioners are located in the equipment platform of factory’s roof. The volume of each air conditioner is 40000CMH and each of them serves Cell 4~6 of blade production zone.
2
通风系统 ventilation system
变配电站、压缩空气站、给排水机房、消防泵房、卫生间、更衣室等设机械全室通风。有外墙的房间直接侧墙排出，没有外墙的房间排风机设在屋面。There exist ventilation systems for distribution station, air compressing station, engine room for supplying and draining water, fire pump room, toilet and dressing room. The air will be discharged outside from the sidewall for rooms with external walls and air exhausts are kept inside the room with no external walls.
3
防火及防排烟控制 control of anti-fire and anti-smoke
1、办公区域采用自然排烟，设置满足规范要求的开户外窗。Discharge smoke naturally in administrative area and install windows which meet the requirements.
2、生产区也采用自然排烟，在屋顶设置足够的排烟天窗（满足FM要求）Discharge smoke naturally in production area and install enough smoke-discharging dormers on the roof(meet FM requirements).
3、空调调节系统的风管在以下部位设置防火阀：穿越防火分区、空调机房及重要的或火灾危险性大的房间隔墙和楼板处；垂直网管与每层水平风管交接处的水平管段上。风管及管道穿越防火墙及楼板处用防火填料填实。Set fire dampers in the following locations of the air pipe in adjusting system of air conditioners: cross fire compartmentation, air conditioning machine room, partition wall and floor of importance or big fire risk and the areas of horizontal air pipes on each floor which connect with vertical network of pipes. Use anti-fire staff to fill the air pipe and pipeline which pass through firewall and floors.
4
节能 energy conservation
1、空调系统均采用自动控制，根据室内负荷变化自动调节，从而节省能源。The air conditioning systems are all self-regulating. They can automatically regulate based on the changes of indoor load and thus save energy.
2、为了能源，设有显热交换器对排风的能量进行回收。 The heat reader and exchanger will recycle energy of discharged air to save energy.
3、冬季供暖运行时，有外窗的房间、走廊可以吸收太阳辐射来提升室内温度。The rooms and corridor with external windows can absorb radiations from the sun to improve temperature in the room in times of heating in winter.
4、空调水管及空调风管均选用高性能的橡塑材料进行保温，避免能量损。It adopts high-performance rubber plastic materials to make water tube and air pipe in air conditioners to avoid energy loss.
5
环保 environmental protection
1、所有风机均选用高效、低噪声型风机。 All fans own characteristics of high efficiency and low noise.
2、所有空调系统均设有消声器。所有空调、排风用离心风机设减振台座，以减少噪声及振动。All air conditioning systems are equipped with mufflers. All air conditioners and centrifugal fans used for discharging air are fitted with vibration reduction platform to reduce noises and vibration.
5
施工安装 Construction installation
管材：排烟风管采用镀锌钢板，壁厚δ＝，板材间垫片采用3mm厚的石棉橡胶板，排烟系统中所有柔性短管、风口等均采用不燃材料。风管均采用镀锌钢板角钢法兰风管，风管均为底平接。空调冷凝水管采用PP-R管材，与设备采用丝扣连接。Pipes: the smoke exhaust adopts galvanized steel sheet with thickness δ＝. The spacers between sheets are made of rubber asbestos with thickness of 3mm. All the flexible short tubes and tuyere nozzles in smoke extracting system are made of incombustible material. The air ducts are angle steel flange ducts made of galvanized steel sheet. All air conducts vertically joined at the end. The condensed water pipe in air conditioner adopts PP-R pipes and connects with equipment by screw thread.
风管消防保护：如风管穿越楼板、沉降缝及防火分区，需加设防火阀和采取防火封堵措施。排烟风机前后设防火软接头。Fire protection of air conduct: it needs to adopt fire dampers and anti-fire and plugging measures if the air conduct passes through floors, settlement joint and fire prevention divisions. There installs connecting hoses at the front and back of the smoke exhaust fan.
吊架：风管吊架用膨胀螺栓固定，防火阀等设备独立吊架。Cradle: use expansion bolt to fix cradle of the air duct and fire damper to operate the cradle.
保温：除地下车库排烟风管不保温之外，风管保温采用带夹筋铝箔的离心玻璃棉，冷凝水管外用难燃发泡橡塑管壳（板）胶水粘贴双层错缝保温，保温厚度均为20mm。Thermal insulation: the smoke exhaust in underground garage doesn’t own characteristics of thermal insulation. The smoke exhaust uses centrifugal glass wool made of aluminum foil in form of folder bars. The condensed water pipe is made of flame retardant foam rubber using glue to stick with the double staggered joints to preserve heat with thermal thickness of 20mm.
管道坡度：冷凝水干管坡度。Pipe slope: the slope of trunk of condensing water .
油漆：所有支吊架及法兰均应刷防锈漆二度，调和漆一度。镀锌钢板镀锌钢管之脱锌，焊缝处必须清除表面污锈，刷红丹漆二道。室外管道（不保温）外再刷色漆二度。Paint: brush antirust paint on all supports, cradles and flanges for two times and brush mixed paint for one time. Clear rust dirt on the surface in dezincification part and welding joint of galvanized steel sheet and steel pipeline and paint red lead paint for two times. Paint colored paint on outdoor pipeline (no thermal insulation) for two times.
系统试压、清洗和风管气密试验：水管试压以30分钟内不降压且管道内不渗漏为合格。消防排烟、正压风管正压段，静压保持在750Pa时，风管漏风率应近似于零；消防排烟风管负压段，静压保持在-700Pa时，风管漏风率小于额定风量1%。 System pressure test, cleaning and air tightness experiment: the tested pressure of water tube doesn't decrease in 30 minutes and there’s no leakage, then the water tube is qualified. In positive pressure segment of fire control & smoke discharging air duct, the air leakage rate of air duct is near to zero when static pressure is kept at 750Pa. In negative pressure segment of fire control & smoke discharging air duct, the air leakage rate of air duct is less than 1% of rated air flow when static pressure is kept at -700Pa.
排烟管道消防保护：如风管有穿越楼板、沉降缝、防火墙处，除设有防火阀外，还应将防火阀与防火墙之间的风管用2mm厚普通钢板制作，在风管穿越部位用非燃材料密实堵严。Fire protection of smoke exhaust: if air duct passes through floors, settlement joint and firewall, then it should install fire damper, and also the air duct between fire damper and firewall should made of general steel sheet of 2mm and the holes being passed through should be blocked tightly with non-burning materials.
2） 气动工程 Pneumatic Project
序号No.
项目名称Project Name
设计概况Outline of Design
1
冷冻站（冷冻水、冷却水系统）Cooling station (Cooled water, system of cooling water)
1、在动力站二层设置冷冻站（冷却塔设置于屋面），提供空调和空压站冷却用冷。There are cooling station (cooling tower is set on roof)on the second floor of power station and it provided air conditioners and air compression station for cooling.
2、冷冻站系统组成：水冷离心式冷水机组2台，每台制冷量为650RT；双工况水冷离心冷水机组2台，每台制冷量为650RT；蓄冰槽，总蓄冷量为7000RT；乙二醇泵3台，其中1台备用，单台流量450m3/h，功率75KW；水—水板式热交换器2台，单台换热量2500KW，一次侧4/11℃, 二次侧6/13℃；冷冻水一次泵5台，对应于冷水机组，其中1台备用；冷冻水二次泵4台，其中1台备用；冷却塔4台，单台流量480 m3/h，冷却水循环泵5台，其中1台备用；冷冻水定压补水装置、乙二醇定压补液装置、加药装置、管道阀门及附件、保冷材料等。The constitution of cooling station: 2 water-cooling centrifugal chillers with cooling capacity of each chiller 650RT, 2 dual-operation water-cooling centrifugal chillers with cooling capacity of each chiller 650RT, ice storage tank with total storage capacity 7000RT, 3 glycol pumps with 1 pump in serve and flow of each pump is 450m3/h and power is 75KW, 2 water-water plate heat exchangers with heat exhchange capacity of each one 500KW and first part is 4/11℃ and secondary part is 6/13℃, 5 primary pumps for cooling water which correspond with chillers with 1 pump in serve and 4 secondary pumps for cooling water with 1 pump in serve, 4 cooling towers with flows of each pump 480 m3/h, 5 circulation pumps for cooling water with 1 pump in serve, constant pressure and water makeup device for cooling water, constant pressure and fluid makeup device for glycol, dosing device, valves of pipelines, accessories, cooling materials etc.
3、每台冷水机组配带的PLC机组控制模块可对机组的运行参数进行测量监视，并对机组本身和相配的冷冻水一次泵、冷却塔、冷却水循环泵进行连锁控制。The controlling modules of PLC units equipped on chillers will measure and monitor running parameters and control chiller, primary pumps for cooling water, cooling tower and circulation pumps for cooling water.
4、冷冻水、冷却水系统管道材料采用碳钢无缝钢管，阀门及管道附件材质与管道相同。冷管道保温采用橡塑保温管壳。The pipeline of chilling water and cooling water system is seamless steel pipeline made of carbon. The same is with valve and accessories of the pipeline. The rubber thermal insulating frame is used on cooling pipelines.
2
锅炉房系统 System of boiler room
1、热水系统组成：全自动燃气冷凝式热水锅炉3台，热功率1400KW；热水变频循环水泵4台，3用1备；软水装置及软水箱、补水定压装置、水一水板式热交换器1台、管道及阀门、保温材料等 The constitution of hot water system: 3 fully automatic condensing boilers using fuel gas for hot water with thermal power 1400KW, 4 cycling hot water pumps of changing frequency with 3 for use and 1 in reserve, soft water unit and tank, water makeup unit of constant pressure, 1 water-water plate heat exchanger, pipeline, valve and thermal materials etc.
2、燃气系统组成：天然气调压站（箱）、燃气计量装置、锅炉燃气控制系统、管道及阀门附件等。The composition of gas system: pressure regulating station(box) of natural gas, measuring apparatus of burning gas, controlling system of fuel gas in boiler, pipeline and accessories of valves etc.
3、排烟系统组成：烟道、烟囟。The composition of smoke extraction system: flue and chimney.
4、热水锅炉均配备有完善的自动控制及安全保护装置；热水系统的流量采用热水泵变频控制；锅炉间设置天然气浓度报警并与天然气管道紧急切断阀和事故排风机连动控制。The hot water boilers equip with complete devices of automatic control and safety protection. The flow of hot water system is controlled by frequency transformer. There are natural gas concentration alarm in boilers and it controls emergency cutting valve of natural gas pipelines and emergency fan.
5、热水系统管道采用碳钢无缝钢管，阀门及管道附件材质与管道相同。80/60℃热水管道保温采用玻璃棉管壳，铝板保护壳。The pipeline of hot water system is seamless steel pipeline made of carbon. The same is with valve and accessories of the pipeline. The glass wool frmae and aluminum shell is used on pipelines for 80/60℃ hotwater.
3
压缩空气系统 Air compressing system
1、办公区域采用自然排烟，设置满足规范要求的开户外窗。Discharge smoke naturally in administrative area and install windows which meet the requirements.
2、生产区也采用自然排烟，在屋顶设置足够的排烟天窗（满足FM要求）Discharge smoke naturally in production area and install enough smoke-discharging dormers on the roof(meet FM requirements).
3、空调调节系统的风管在以下部位设置防火阀：穿越防火分区、空调机房及重要的或火灾危险性大的房间隔墙和楼板处；垂直网管与每层水平风管交接处的水平管段上。风管及管道穿越防火墙及楼板处用防火填料填实。Set fire dampers in the following locations of the air pipe in adjusting system of air conditioners: cross fire compartmentation, air conditioning machine room, partition wall and floor of importance or big fire risk and the areas of horizontal air pipes on each floor which connect with vertical network of pipes. Use anti-fire staff to fill the air pipe and pipeline which pass through firewall and floors.
4
节能 Energy conservation
1、空调系统均采用自动控制，根据室内负荷变化自动调节，从而节省能源。The air conditioning systems are all self-regulating. They can automatically regulate based on the changes of indoor load and thus save energy.
2、为了能源，设有显热交换器对排风的能量进行回收。The heat reader and exchanger will recycle energy of discharged air to save energy.
3、冬季供暖运行时，有外窗的房间、走廊可以吸收太阳辐射来提升室内温度。The rooms and corridor with external windows can absorb radiations from the sun to improve temperature in the room in times of heating in winter.
4、空调水管及空调风管均选用高性能的橡塑材料进行保温，避免能量损。It adopts high-performance rubber plastic materials to make water tube and air pipe in air conditioners to avoid energy loss.
5
环保 Environmental protection
1、所有风机均选用高效、低噪声型风机。 All fans own characteristics of high efficiency and low noise.
2、所有空调系统均设有消声器。所有空调、排风用离心风机设减振台座，以减少噪声及振动。All air conditioning systems are equipped with mufflers. All air conditioners and centrifugal fans used for discharging air are fitted with vibration reduction platform to reduce noises and vibration.
5
施工安装 Construction installation
管材：排烟风管采用镀锌钢板，壁厚δ＝，板材间垫片采用3mm厚的石棉橡胶板，排烟系统中所有柔性短管、风口等均采用不燃材料。风管均采用镀锌钢板角钢法兰风管，风管均为底平接。空调冷凝水管采用PP-R管材，与设备采用丝扣连接。Pipes:the smoke exhuast adopts galvanized steel sheet with thickness δ＝. The spacers between sheets are made of rubber asbestos with thickness of 3mm. All the flexible short tubes and tuyere nozzles in smoke extracting system are made of incombustible material. The air ducts are angle steel flange ducts made of galvanized steel sheet. All air conducts vertically joined at the end. The condensed water pipe in air conditioner adopts PP-R pipes and connects with equipment by screw thread.
风管消防保护：如风管穿越楼板、沉降缝及防火分区，需加设防火阀和采取防火封堵措施。排烟风机前后设防火软接头。Fire protection of air conduct: it needs to adopt fire dampers and anti-fire and plugging measures if the air conduct passes through floors, settlement joint and fire prevention divisions. There installs connecting hoses at the front and back of the smoke exhaust fan.
吊架：风管吊架用膨胀螺栓固定，防火阀等设备独立吊架。Cradle: use expansion bolt to fix cradle of the air duct and fire damper to operate the cradle.
保温：除地下车库排烟风管不保温之外，风管保温采用带夹筋铝箔的离心玻璃棉，冷凝水管外用难燃发泡橡塑管壳（板）胶水粘贴双层错缝保温，保温厚度均为20mm。Thermal insulation: the smoke exhaust in underground garage doesn’t own characteristics of thermal insulation. The smoke exhaust uses centrifugal glass wool made of aluminium foil in form of folder bars. The condensed water pipe is made of flame retardant foam rubber using glue to stick with the double staggered joints to perserve heat with thermal thickness of 20mm.
管道坡度：冷凝水干管坡度。Pipe slope: the slope of trunk of condensing water .
油漆：所有支吊架及法兰均应刷防锈漆二度，调和漆一度。镀锌钢板镀锌钢管之脱锌，焊缝处必须清除表面污锈，刷红丹漆二道。室外管道（不保温）外再刷色漆二度。Paint: brush antirust paint on all supports,cradles and flanges for two times and brush mixed paint for one time. Clear rust dirt on the surface in dezincification part and welding joint of galvanized steel sheet and steel pipeline and paint red lead paint for two times. Paint colored paint on outdoor pipeline (no thermal insulation) for two times.
系统试压、清洗和风管气密试验：水管试压以30分钟内不降压且管道内不渗漏为合格。消防排烟、正压风管正压段，静压保持在750Pa时，风管漏风率应近似于零；消防排烟风管负压段，静压保持在-700Pa时，风管漏风率小于额定风量1%。System pressure test, cleaning and air tightness experiment: the tested pressure of water tube doesn't decrease in 30 minutes and there’s no leakage, then the water tube is qualified. In positive pressure segment of fire control & smoke discharging air duct, the air leakage rate of air duct is near to zero when static pressure is kept at 750Pa. In negative pressure segment of fire control & smoke discharging air duct, the air leakage rate of air duct is less than 1% of rated air flow when static pressure is kept at -700Pa.
排烟管道消防保护：如风管有穿越楼板、沉降缝、防火墙处，除设有防火阀外，还应将防火阀与防火墙之间的风管用2mm厚普通钢板制作，在风管穿越部位用非燃材料密实堵严。Fire protection of smoke exhaust: if air duct passes through floors, settlement joint and firewall, then it should install fire damper, and also the air duct between fire damper and firewall should made of general steel sheet of 2mm and the holes being passed through should be blocked tightly with non-burning materials.
3） 给水排水工程
序号 No.
项目名称 Project Name
设计概况 Outline of Design
1
室内外给系统 Indoor and Outdoor Water Feeding System
1、本项目给水源为城市自来水,拟从厂区北、东两侧D3和E7路的市政给水管网上分别引入一根DN200的给水管，经水表计量后分别给室外消火栓管网、室内生活给水系统及消防生产合用水池供水。The water of the project is tap water from the city. We plan to install a DN200 feed pipeline from D3 and E7 Rd. Municipal feeding water network on north and east side of the factory. The water is supplied to outdoor hydrant pipe network, indoor house living water supply system and shared pool of hydrant and production after being measured by water gauge.
2、本项目生活给水和冷却塔补水、空调加湿补水由市政自来水直接供水；生产用水（叶片毛边切割喷淋、叶片内部清洗和叶片外部清洗的生产给水）由设置在水泵房内的生产水泵供水；车辆冲洗用水、绿化浇洒用水和道路冲洗用水由回收利用的雨水供给。The house living water, water makeup of cooling tower and humidification of aid conditioner of this project is from municipal tap water. The water in production (production water for cutting and spraying blade edges, cleaning the inside and outside of the blade )is supplied by pump of production water in pumping station. The water for cleaning vehicles, watering the trees and cleaning the street is from the recycled rain.
3、生产区生活热水由电热水器提供，办公区生活热水（包括卫生间洗手盆和淋浴所用热水）由太阳能热水器提供，辅助热源为空压机和锅炉的废热，热水供水温度均为50℃。The domestic hot water in production areas is provided by electric water heater and domestic hot water in offices (including wash basins in toilet and shower) provided by solar water heater. Assistant heat source is waste heat of air compressor and boilers and temperature of hot water is 50℃.
4、室外生产生活给水管采用衬塑镀锌钢管，管径≥DN65采用法兰连接，管径≤DN150采用螺纹连接；室内生产生活冷水给水管和生活热水管采用薄壁不锈钢管，管径≥DN125采用沟槽连接，管径≤DN125采用环压式连接。The outdoor water feeding pipeline of production and living is made of plastic-packed galvanized steel. Use flange to connect for diameter of pipeline ≥DN65 and screw for diameter of pipeline ≤DN150. The indoor cold water feeding pipeline of production and living and hot water feeding pipeline of living adopts thin-walled stainless steel with gouge to connect with diameter of pipeline ≥DN125 and ring compression type to conncet with diameter of pipeline≤DN125.
2
室内外排水系统 Indoor and Outdoor Drainage System
1、室内生产废水、生活污水和雨水分流排放，室外污水、雨水分流排放。Separately discharge indoor production water drainage, domestic sewage and rain. Also separagely discharge outdoor sewage and rain.
2、室内生活污水经管道收集后排至室外化粪池，处理后排至市政污水管网。生活污水排放量为40m3/d。 The indoor domestic sewage is collected and being discharged to outdoor septic tank through pipelines and then discharged to municipal sewage pipe network. The emission load of domestic sewage is 40m3/d.
3、2#叶片生产区的叶片毛边切割喷水废水、叶片内部清洗废水、叶片外部清洗废水和汽车冲洗废水经室外隔油沉淀池处理后排至厂区污水管网，最后排至市政污水管网。生产废水排放量为1040m3/d。The emission load of production water drainage is 1040m3/d. In 2# blade production area, the raw edge of the blade cut sprayed waste water, the waste water is cleaned inside and outsidethe blade, and rinse water of cars will be processed in outdoor oil-filtering settling tank and then discharged into sewage pipe network and finally discharged to municipal sewage pipe network.
4、1#和2#厂房生产区钢屋面雨水采用虹吸压力流排水，1#2#厂房办公区和动力支持区钢筋混凝土屋面雨水采用重力流排水，屋面雨水经雨水斗收集后排至厂区雨水管网和室外雨水排水一起排至市政雨水管网。The rain on roof of reinforced concrete house in production area of 1# and 2# factories is charged by siphonic pressure flow and in administrative areas and driving force support area the rain on roofs is charged by gravity flow. The rain on the roof being collected by rain strainer and discharged into rain pipe network together with outdoor rain is discharged into municipal rain pipe network.
5、室外污水和雨水排水管采用聚乙烯塑钢缠绕（HDPE），卡箍连接，室内排水管采用UPVC塑料排水管，粘接，厂房钢屋面虹吸压力流排水系统雨水斗采用不锈钢雨水斗，虹吸排水管采用进口高密度聚乙烯塑料管，热熔连接。 The outdoor sewage pipeline and rain discharging pipeline is wrapped by polythene plastic steel (HDPE) and conncected with clamp. The indoor drainpipe is made of and connected by UPVC plastic. The drain strainer of siphonic pressure flow drainage system on steel roof of plants is made of stainless steel. The siphonic draining pipe is made of imported high density polythene plastic and connected by means of hot melt.
3
室内消火栓系统 Indoor Hydrant System
1、室内消火栓系统采用稳高压系统，设置两台电动消火栓给水泵，一用一备及两台电动消火栓稳压泵，一用和备；水泵由水泵出水管上的压力开关直接连锁启动或由消火栓箱内的启动按钮直接启动。The indoor fire hydrant system is stable high pressure system. There are two motor-driven hydrant pumps, one for use and another one in reserve. And also there are two motor-driven hydrant stabilized pressure pumps, one for use and another one in reserve. The pressure switch on outlet pipe of water pump will directly start the water pump. The start button inside hydrant box can also directly start the water pump.
2、生产区也采用自然排烟，在屋顶设置足够的排烟天窗（满足FM要求）It adopts natural way to exhaust smoke in production area and sets up sufficient scuttles in the roofs (meet FM requirements).
3、空调调节系统的风管在以下部位设置防火阀：穿越防火分区、空调机房及重要的或火灾危险性大的房间隔墙和楼板处；垂直网管与每层水平风管交接处的水平管段上。风管及管道穿越防火墙及楼板处用防火填料填实。Set fire dampers in the following locations of the air pipe in adjusting system of air conditioners: cross fire compartmentation, air conditioning machine room, partition wall and floor of importance or big fire risk and the areas of horizontal air pipes on each floor which connect with vertical network of pipes. Use anti-fire staff to fill the air pipe and pipeline which pass through firewall and floors.
4
室内自动喷水灭火系统 Indoor Automatic Sprinkler System
1、室内自动喷水灭火系统采用稳高压系统，设置一台电动喷淋给水泵和一台柴油喷淋给水泵及两台电动喷淋稳压泵，水泵由水泵出水管上的压力开关直接连锁启动或报警阀上的压力开关直接连锁启动。喷淋给水泵从水池吸水加压后以两路接至湿式报警阀组，阀组前的供水成环状。本系统在室外设置8套DN150地上式水上水泵接合器，在报警阀前与供水干管相接。 The indoor automatic water spraying and fire extinguishing system is stable high pressure system. Fit one electric water spraying pump, one diesel spraying pump and two electric spraying stable pressure pumps. The pressure switch on outlet pipe of water pump will directly start the water pump. The pressure switch on alarming valve can also directly start the water pump. The water spraying pump suctions the water from the pool, presses it and transports it to alarming valve in two roads and water supply in front of valves takes circular shape. The system installs 8 DN150 ground type water pump adapters to connect with main pipe of feeding water in front of alarming valve.
2、1#和2#厂房生产区采用加大覆盖型喷头，1#和2#仓库区钢屋面下采用加大覆盖型喷头，货架内采用标准型喷头，1#和2#厂房办公区采用标准型喷头。The production area in 1# and 2# factory buildings adopts coverage-increasing nozzles. The steel roof of 1# and 2# warehouses adopts overage-increasing nozzles too. The rack is equipped with standard nozzles. The administrative area of 1# and 2# factory buildings adopts standard nozzles.
5
灭火器配置Configuration of Fire Extinguisher
各建筑按《建筑灭火器配置设计规范》GB50140-2005要求配置灭火器，灭火器均采用3Kg/具的磷酸铵盐干粉灭火器。厂房变配电站的配电柜采用火探管式自动探火灭火装置，灭火方式为局部全淹没，灭火介质为二氧化碳。厂房IT间采用二氧化碳气体灭火，灭火方式为全淹没，灭火介质为二氧化碳。All buildings are equipped with fire extinguishers according to Code for Design of Extinguisher Distribution in Buildings GB50140-2005. Each extinguisher is equipped with 3Kg ammonium phosphate powder. The power distribution cabinet in electricity substation of factory buildings adopts firetrace automatic fire suppression devices with topical total flooding fire extinguishing and carbon dioxide as the medium. And IT room of factory buildings adopts carbon dioxide to extinguish the fire with total flooding and the medium is carbon dioxide.
6
消防工程其他要求 Other Requirements of Fire Fighting
1、室内消防管道≤DN65采用厚型内外壁热镀锌焊接钢管，丝扣连接，消防专用胶密封，≥DN80采用内外壁镀锌无缝钢管，卡箍连接。室外消防管采用K12耐压5MPa的T型接口球墨铸铁管及T型承插柔性接口球墨铸铁管件，室外埋地管消防管90度转变处做混凝土挡墩。
The indoor fire fighting pipeline with diameter ≤DN65 adopts thick welded steel pipe galvanized inside and outside and is connected with screw thread and sealed with glue specially used in fire fighting. The fighting pipeline with diameter ≥DN80 adopts seamless steel pipeline galvanized inside and outside and is connected with clamps. The outdoor fire fighting pipeline adopts K12 anti-pressure 5MPa T-type interface ductile iron pipe and T-type flexible socket type ductile iron pipe. The 90 degree position of outdoor buried underground fire fighting pipeline will be used for block pier of concrete.
2、消防系统室外埋地管（球墨铸铁管）上的阀门采用法兰连接，其它管道（内外热镀锌无缝钢管）上的阀门采用卡箍连接。室内当消防管≤DN65时，阀门与管道采用丝扣连接；管道≥DN80时，阀门（包括信号蝶阀、闸阀、蝶阀、报警阀组、止回阀）与管道采用卡箍连接。 The valves on outdoor underground pipeline(ductile iron pipe) of fire fighting system are connected with flange and valves on other pipelines (seamless steel pipeline galvanized inside and outside) is connected with clamp. The valves and piepelines are connected with screw thread with diameter of fire fighting pipelines ≤DN65 and valves(including signal butterfly valve, gate valve, butterfly valve, alarming valves and check valves) and piepelines are connected with clamps with diameter of fire fighting pipelines ≥DN80.
7
雨水收集系统 Rain Collecting System
厂区雨水经室外雨水管道收集后，排至雨水收集池，经沉淀处理后，用于厂区冲洗地面、浇灌绿化和冲洗汽车。The rain in the factory buildings is collected by outdoor pipelines, discharged to rain pool, being processed by sedimentation and then used for cleaning the ground in plant, watering trees and washing cars.
4）供电及电气工程 Power Supply and Electrical Engineering
序号 No.
项目名称 Project Name
设计概况 Outline of Design
1
供电系统 Power supply system
1、本项目拟由不同区域变电站引来两路10KV专用线路作为高压电源，引入位于PR生产厂房内的变电站，一路由开发区负责专线6000KVA，另一路需向供电部门申请3200KVA变压器总装设容量约9200KVA（3台2000KVA及2台1600KVA变压器）。由变电站低压屏经电力电缆将力送往各用电单位。The project plans to bring in two 10KV private lines as high-voltage supply from substations in different areas and introduce it into substations in PR producing plant. One road is 6000KVA private line in developing zone, another road is 3200KVA transformer assembly applied to power supply department and total capacity is 9200KVA (3 transformers of 2000KVA and 2 of 1600KVA). The power will be transported to each power unit through low-voltage cables.
2、本期工程10KV配电系统为双电源供电，单母线分段的放射式配电系统，10KV市电电源系统为交流50Hz、三相三线、中性点不接地系统。The 10KV power electricity system of this project is supplied by two power supplies of Bus section of radial distribution system of single bus segment. The 10KV municipal power is 50Hz AC, three-phase three-wire system with neutral points not ground connected.
3、本工程低压配电系统（380V/220V）采用三相四线制、中性点固定接地的TN-S系统。生产厂区及办公区、门卫等其它辅助建筑的低压配电电源均由生产厂房建筑内的变电站引来。The low voltage distribution system of this project（380V/220V）is TN-S system with three-phase four-wire system and neutral points fixed to the ground. The low voltage distribution power of producing area, administrative offices and custodian are all from substation in factory buildings.
4、本工程的消防控制室、应急照明、疏散指示和消防设备（如消防风机、消防联运控制系统、火灾报警系统）的用电安全，对上述重要的二级用电负荷，除两路市电电源应急双切供电之外，同时备有应急柴油发电机供电。二级负荷采用双路电源供电，末端自动切换。火灾时，按防火分区切断非消防用电线路的电源。We provide dual cut power supply plus emergency diesel generator to the fire control room, emergency lighting, evacuation instructions, electrical safety of fire-fighting equipment (like fire fans, control system of fire control and transportation, fire alarm system ) of the project. It provides dual power supply to second class load and performs automatic switch at the end. Cut off power supply of non-fire power in fire-protection zone when the fire accident takes place.
5、本工程拟在1号生产厂房内南侧设置高低压变配电站一座，由11台高压柜、3台2000KVA变压器及相应28台低压配电柜，3台应急低压配电柜等组成；在2号生产厂房内南侧设置分变配电站，内设一台1600KVA变压器及相应9台低压配电柜及5台应急配电柜。The project plans to set up a power transformer and distribution station of high and low voltage in the south of #
1 plant and it is made up of 11 high-voltage cabinets, three 2000KVA transformers and 28 corresponding low-voltage power distribution cabinets and 3 emergency low-voltage power distribution cabinets. We also plans to set up a power distribution station in #2 plant and it is made up of a 1600KVA transformer and 9 low-voltage power distribution cabinets and 5 emergency power distribution cabinets.
6、高压10KV配电装置均采用真空断路器手车式金属封闭开关柜，配电变压器均采用干式变压器装设于IP41防护等级的金属柜体内，干式配电变压器柜与高低压配电屏构成组合式成套变配电装置对各类用电设备配电。The 10KV high-voltage power distribution equipment adopts metal closed switch box of vacuum circuit breaker hand truck type. The distribution transformer adopts dry-type transformer which is installed in metal cabinet of IP41 protective class. Dry-type distribution transformer and high-low-voltage distribution panel joined as combinatory set variable power distribution device to distribute electricity to various electrical equipments.
2
防雷与接地Lighting protection and grounding
1、楼内各类低压系统均采用中性点直接接地的TN-S系统。供配电系统工作接地、保护接地、弱电系统的功能性接地以及建筑物的防雷接地采用共用基础接地装置，其共用接地装置的接地电阻不大于1欧姆。Various low-voltage system inside building adopts TN-S system with neutral points directly linked to the earth.
The earthing of power supply and distribution system, protective devices, weak current system and buildings uses a common basic earthing device and the resistors of common earthing device is no more than 1 ohm.
2、拟在建筑物顶明设避雷带、利用屋面板内钢筋网做接闪器，利用建筑物柱内钢筋作引下线，建筑物基础内钢筋作为接地装置，利用地坪楼板内的钢筋作为均压网，室内外适当地点预留接地连接板，可供测量接地电阻、外接人工接地体和做等电位连接用。It is planned to set up lightning belt on roof of the building, use steel fabric under the roof plate as lightning receptor, use steel bars inside the column of the building as down lead, use steel bars in foundations of architecture as earthing device, use steel bars under floors as voltage balancing net and preserve appropriate places outside the room as connecting earthing plate. They can be used to measure earthing resistors, connect with artificial earthed body and for isoelectric level.
3、对建筑物内的电子信息系统及精密设备设置防雷击电磁脉冲保护措施。Set up protective measures against lightning strike and electromagnetic pulse for electronic information system and precision equipment inside the building.
3
配电线路敷设 Laying of distribution line
1、室内一般低压配电线路采用 indoor low-voltage distribution line adopts copper-core cross-linked polythene insulated trichlorethylene jacket A-level flame-retardent cable and BV-450/750V copper-core trichlorethylene insulated wire. The distribution line of the fire fighting equipment adopts ZAN- copper-core cross-linked polythene insulated trichlorethylene jacket A-level flame-retardent cable and ZCN-BV-450/750V copper-core trichlorethylene insulated C-level flame-retardent cable.
2、电缆线路在总变配电站内采用梯式电缆桥架内敷设，上进上出，出变配电站在电缆桥架内敷设，出桥架的线路穿镀锌钢管敷设。电缆桥架采用热镀锌。消防设备的配电线路穿镀锌钢管敷设，并外刷防火涂料。The cables inside the total power distribution station take ladder form cable tray with upper inport and export. The variable station is layed inside the cable tray. The cable outside the cable tray is layed with galvanized steel pipe. The cable tray is heat galvanized. The distribution cable of fire fighting equipment is layed with galvanized steel pipe with anti-fire paint on outside.
3、园区配电线路敷设一般采用入地直埋或埋墙暗敷敷设方式。园区照明包括道路照明，场地照明以及建筑泛光照明等。路灯照明控制一般采用光控或时间控制方式，由变电站值班人员或门卫人员管理。The distribution line of the part is directly buried into the earth or beside the wall. The lighting of the park includes road lighting, site lightting and floodlighting of the building. The road lighting is controlled in form of light control or time control and performed by attendants or guards in substation.
4、生产厂房工艺设备配电系统采用密集型线线槽配电方式。变电站内的低压配电开关柜以电缆形式配电至母线槽电缆终端箱为母线槽提供电源。母线槽上每间隔一定距离设插接箱，箱内配断路器，供工艺设备二次配线电缆连接用。The power distribution system of processing unit in production plant adopts intensive slots to distribute power. The low-voltage distribution switchboard of substation use cables to distribute power to terminal box of cable of bus duct. Install stackers on the bus duct on each interval. Intall circuit breaker inside the box to prepare for connecting second distribution cable of process equipment.
4
照明 Lighting
1、备用及疏散照明配电系统电源由应急配电系统供给，照明灯具的用电电压均为220V。 The power supply of backup and evacuated lighting distribution system is supplied by emergency power distribution system. The voltage of all lighting instruments are 220V.
2、灯具根据不同的环境要求进行选择。生产区有吊顶处采用嵌入式带格栅反射罩荧光灯，无吊顶处采用吊链式金属卤化物灯与控照型荧光灯，动力站和空调机房采用吸顶或吊链式三防荧光灯，门厅、走廊等采用嵌入式节能型筒灯，办公室、会议室等采用嵌入式或吸顶式格栅荧光灯。 Choose different lamps in different environments. The ceiled part of production area adopts embedded grille fluorescent lamp with reflectors. The unceiled part of production area adopts chained metal halide lamp and controlling fluorescent lamp. Power station and air conditioning machine room adopts ceiling or chained tri-proof fluorescent lamp. The entrance hall and corridor has energy-saving down lamps. The offices and conference room adopts embedded or ceiling grille lamps.
3、对于有防火要求的库房及潮湿和有水雾产生的场采用防水防尘密闭型灯具。爆炸性气体危险环境的灯具应根据防爆等级采用相应级别的防爆产品。Adopt waterproof and dustproof closed type lamp in warehouse which has requirements for fire protection and site which could give rise to mist. The lamps surrounded by dangerous explosive gas should bring anti-explosion products based on the classification of anti-explosion.
4、照明控制：大开间的生产车间、库房在配电箱的断路器上直接开断或通过接触器开断，其他小开间采用就地照明开关分散控制。Lighting control: production workshop and warehouse with large space will directly start the circuit breaker on distribution cabinet or by contactor, other ones with small room will be controlled by spot lighting switches separately.
5、在办公室、门厅以及走廊等场，设置人体感应器、光感与手动控制面板开关。照明灯具可以根据室内人员的进出和光照的强弱实现自动控制。The human body sensor and switch of light perception and manual control panel is set up in offices, entrance hall and corridors. The lighting fixture can automatically control according to turnover of personnel and strength of lighting.
5
DDC自动控制系统 DDC system of automatic control
1、DDC控制系统用于监测和控制以下的动力设备：（1）空调系统，包括空调房间的温度、湿度与压力控制以及送风与排风连锁，（2）空调冷热水系统，（3）生产、生活给水系统、消防水箱控制系统，（4）其它自带有单独控制的系统，如压缩空气系统以及工艺设备控制系统，可以通过TCP/IP接口或现场总线接口把相关数据传输至中央管理工作站。中央管理工作站可以显示、记录这些数据并进行报警。DDC controlling system is used for monitoring and controlling the following power equipment: (1) air conditioning system, including temperature, humidity and pressure control of air conditioned room and air supply and exhaust chain, (2) cool and hot water system in air conditioner, (3) feeding system of production water and living water, controlling system of fire water tank, (4) other systems with separate control, like air compressing system and controlling system of processing equipment, these devices can transport relevant data to central processing station through TCP/IP interface or fieldbus interface. Then the central processing station can display and record these data and alarm.
5）通信工程 Communications Engineering
序号 No.
项目名称 Project Name
设计概况 Outline of Design
1
网络/电话系统 Internet/telephone system
1、设全时数字程控用户电话交换机，电话交换机的容量根据厂区最终需求确定。The customer telephone switch with full-time digital program control is set and the capacity of it is finally determined by requirements of the factory.
2、交换机采和直流48V供电，选用专用通信电源。The switch adopts 48V DC and special power supply for communication.
3、在重要及对外联系较多的部门设置市话直拨电话。程控交换机等设备设在厂房二层IT机房。The municipal direct dial is set up in department of importance or with frequent foreign exchanges. The equipments like SPC exchange is located in IT computer room on second floor of the plant.
4、电话及网络系统进线采用市政电话及网络部门引入大对数市电缆和数据光纤的方式。The incoming line of telephone and network system is the same with most cable and fiber optical data by municipal department of telephone and network.
2
火灾自动报警系统 Automatic alarming system for fire
1、采用二总线制区域报警系统。区域火灾报警控制器和专用消防联动控制器设在消防值班室，在厂房适当的区域设火灾报警显示盘。火灾报警及消防联动采用总线编码智能探测系统，在厂房各房间及走道设置光电感烟探测器。在各建筑内部及通道出口按规范设带消防电话插孔的火灾手动报警按钮和声光报警器，变电站等消防重要机房或值班室设消防专用电话。在消防值班室可进行火灾报警部位的显示、报警、打印及进行手动、自动消防联运控制。可对空调、水泵、防火卷帘、非消防电源断电等消防设施进行联运控制。报警及联运系统由专用消防电源，二路供电，并自备蓄电池。火灾报警及消防联动控制均采用耐火线缆。It adopts secondary bus local alarm system. The local fire alarm controller and special hydrant controller is set up in duty room for fire control and display panel of fire alarm is established in appropriate area in factory. The fire alarm and integrated fire control adopts intelligent inspection system with bus coding. There exists photo electronic smoke detector in each room and corridor in each room of the factory. The manual fire alarming button with socket of fire telephone and audible and visual alarm is set up inside each building and on channel exit and fire control dedicated telephone is installed in important engine room like substation and duty room. The fire alarming place can be shown, alarmed and printed out in fire control duty room and we can execute manual and automatic integrated control. We can also execute integrated control of air conditioner, pump and fire control devices like fire curtain, power failure by non-fire power. The alarming and transport system is powered by special fire control power with two circuits and each equipped with battery. The fire alarm system and joint control of fire adopts fire resistant cable.
2、在厂区部分区域由于高度超过了普通感烟探测器的限制，采用了红外对射型感烟探测器或空气采样型感烟探测器。In some areas of the factory the height is out of the limit of normal smoke detector, so it adopts infrared radial smoke detector or air sampling smoke detector.
3、发生火灾的情况下，相应区域的声光报警器鸣响，接收防火阀熔断信号，接收水流指示器及信号阀的信号，相应区域防火门关闭，启动响应区域的排烟风机，打开排烟风防火阀进行排烟，压力开关启动消火栓泵，并接收其运行状态信号。In circumstances of fire, audible and visual alarm in that area will ring and accept fuse signal of fire damper and water flow indicator and signal valve , and fire check door in relevant area will close and smoke exhaust fan will be started to discharge smoke and the pressure switch will start fire hydrant pump to receive signals of running conditions.
3
门禁控制系统 Access control system
1、门禁控制主机自带数据库，设在1#厂房一层安控室内，本系统需要能通过网络与***丹麦风电公司相连通，丹麦公司能对本系统进行部分控制。The host of access control contains database and it is located in security control room in 1# factory. The system will connect with Denmark Wind Power Company of *** with wind and company in Denmark can perform partial control of the system.
2、门禁系统可对相应的建筑或区域的入口进行人员流动的控制及管理，防止非法进入。在紧急状态下，入口处的门均被打开。The access control system can control and manage the person in corresponding building and area and prevent illegal entrance.
3、门禁软件具有如下能力：人员移动的跟踪和分类（姓名、时间、日期），读卡器事件跟踪，进入离开每个区域的移动，状态报告。在特定的工作区对不同的人员进行限制，时间限制，声光报警，禁止反向通过，紧急报警。The access control software own the following capabilities: track and classification of personal mobility(name, time, date), track the card reader, each movement into and out of each area and state report. Control different person in certain working area, control time, sound and light alarm, prohibition of reverse passing through and emergency alarm.
4、门禁系统应与闯入报警系统进行联网和整合。本工程门禁系统设计容量为50门，包括读卡器、出门按钮等。门禁系统线缆选用屏蔽线缆。The access control system should be interconnected and integrated with intrusion alarm system. The capacity of access control system of this project is 50 and it includes card reader and push button etc. Access control system adopts shielding cable.
4
入侵报警系统 Warning system for invasion
1、入侵报警系统由报警中央处理单元、控制盘、移动探测器、声光报警器等组成。Warning system for invasion is composed by warning CPU, control panel, mobile detector and audible and visual alarm etc.
2、入侵报警系统是一个地址系统，所有探测器都需要进行编址，以便在控制室能够明确知道是哪个区域发生报警。Warning system for invasion is an address system and all detectors will be addressed so people in control room can know which region has fire.
3、生产和存储区分为10个分区，办公区分为10区。所有对外的门、窗都安装磁力开关，防止非法闯入，在所有的防护区域设置移动探测器。There are 10 divisions for production and storage area and 10 zones for administrative area. All external doors and windows are equipped with magnetic switch to prevent illegal invasion. Mobile detectors are installed in all protective areas.
4、所有入侵报警系统线缆选用屏蔽线缆。All warning systems for invasion adopt shielding cable.
5
CCTV系统 CCTV system
1、闭路电视监控系统由视频服务器、数据交换机、磁盘阵列、监视器及网络摄像机等组成，控制中心设在1#厂房一层安控室内。Closed-circuit television monitoring system is made up of video server, data exchanger, disk array, monitor and web camera etc. The control center is set up in security control room in first floor in 1# factory.
2、在各建筑内和室外根据环境情况设置快整球型摄像机、半球型摄像机、固定式摄像机、防爆型夜视设施。室外摄像机安装在防水和防尘的外壳中。室内和室外摄像机将配备自动光圈，并安装在可调节的支架上。所有的室外摄像机具备可变焦能力，并能摇摄，倾斜，放大图像（遥控）。 Install spheroidal camera, semi-spheroidal camera, fixed camera and explosion proof night facilities inside and outside each building. The outdoor camera is installed in water-proof and dust-proof covering. All indoor and outdoor cameras are equipped with automatic aperture and installed in adjustable support. All outdoor cameras own zooming capabilities and can pan, tilt and enlarge the image (remote control).
3、所有设备均由集中式UPS系统供电。 All equipments are supplied with electricity by centralized UP system.
通风及空调安装工程 Ventilation and Air Conditioner Installation Project
离心式冷水机组安装 Installation of centrifugal chilling water unit
1机组安装程序 Unit installation procedures
检查验收 Acceptance check
开箱验收→外观检查→建设单位和供应商共同参加开箱检查验收,并完成相关验收记录 Open-case acceptance→ visual inspection → construction unit and suppliers together open box, check the unit and complete record of acceptance.
安装流程 Installation Process
开箱检查→基础放线→支座安装→机组吊装→机组平移→机组就位→机组调整→机组接管 Open-case inspection→ despooling of foundation →installation of support → unit hoisting → translation of unit → uint in place → unit adjustment → connecting pipelines of unit
2基础放线 Despooling of Foundation
基础检查验收→基础顶面凿毛→确定基础和机组的纵横中心线 Inspection for acceptance of foundation→chiseling on top of foundation → identify vertical and horizontal centerline of foundation and uint
3机组弹性减振支座安装 Installation of Elastic Vibration Reduction Support of Machine Unit
将四块弹簧减振支座置于底板及橡胶减振垫板之上，调整穿过底板的膨胀螺栓，使底板与基础的高度为30mm。 Put four vibration reduction supports made of spring on bottom board and rubber vibration reduction bolster. Adjust expansion bolt passing through bottom plate and thus the height of bottom plate and foundation is 30mm.
利用水准仪确定四个底板之间的高度，高度允许偏差不大于，用水平尺检测地板水平度，水平度允许偏差不大于 use of level gauge to measure heights of four bottom boards and tolerance should be no larger than . Use level ruler to inspect levels of floors and tolerance should be no larger than
4机组运输就位 Transportation by Machine Unit in Place
根据吊装口的位置和设备的平面布置确定设备吊装的方案，确定运输的路线和就位的顺序。 Establish hoisting plans, route of transportation and sequence of taking place according to locations of hoisting and layout of equipment.
5机组调整 Adjustment of Machine Unit
机组找平可根据设备的具体外型选定测量基准面，用水平仪测量，拧住地板上的螺栓进行调整，机组纵向、横向的水平偏差均不大于1/1000。 Choose datum for measuring according to actual apperance of the equipment in leveling. Use level gauge to measure. Adjust bolts on floor and vertical and horizontal tolerance of the machine unit are both no larger than 1/1000.
特别注意保证机组的纵向（轴向）水平度。Special attention is given to ensure vertical (axial)level degree of the unit.
6基础二次灌浆 Second grouting on the Basics
机组找正找平后，然后按图所示进行二次灌浆。将基础上的杂物、尘土及油垢冲洗干净，保持基础面湿润，但表面麻面凹坑内不应有积水。灌浆不能间断，须一次完成。灌浆时应随时捣实，灌浆敷设的模板与预埋垫板的距离为80～100mm。灌浆后注意养护。Perform the second grouting according to the diagram after machine unit is leveling and aligning. Clean the miscellaneous objects, dusts and grease stain and keep surface of foundation damp. But the concave pit on the surface should not store water. The grouting can’t stop until being finished. The grouting should be tamped at any time. The distance from template for grouting to the embedded plate is 80～100mm. Please take care of it after grouting.
7设备接管 Adapter
管道应单独设支、吊架进行支撑，机组设备不承受管道、管件以及阀门的重量。The pipeline should separately set up support and cradle. The equipments of don’t bear weights of pipelines, pipe unit and valve.
冷却塔安装 Installation of Cooling Tower
1冷却塔安装程序 Installation Process of Cooling Tower
索取基础图→基础施工验收→安装弹簧→冷却塔支架安装→下塔体安装→填料安装→上塔体安装→风机安装→喷嘴安装→清洗→连续试运行→交工验收 Request drawing of foundation → acceptance of foundation construction → install spring → install lower tower → install filling material → install upper tower → install fan → install nozzle → cleaning → continuously test trial → handing over for acceptance
2基础施工 Construction of Foundation
基础必须按照样本的基础图或由厂方提供的基础图设计施工。基础面的标高应在同一水平面上，标高误差3mm。 The foundation is constructed following its drawings of the sample or drawings provided by factories. The elevation of foundation should be on the same horizontal plane and the tolerance is 3mm.
基础制作好后必须保养15d以后，方可进行冷却塔安装。The foundation must be kept for 15 days after being completed then the cooling tower can be installed.
3安装弹簧减振支架 Installation of Spring Bumper Support
4冷却塔安装 Installation of Cooling Tower
支架安装：塔支架安装在基础上校正找平，与基础预埋件焊牢。Installation of support: the support of the tower is installed on the foundation for leveling and welded firmly with embedded parts of the foundation.
下塔体安装：下塔体按编号顺序固定在塔支架上并坚固，再与底座固牢；要求下塔体拼装平整，拼缝处放有胶片以保证水密封良好。Installation of Lower Tower: the lower tower is fixed on the scaffold tower with numbers and anchored on the base. It is required that the lower tower is leveled and put films on the seam to ensure excellent water seal.
填料安装：安装托架及填料支架，并放上点波片，要求双片交叉推叠，每层表面平整，疏密适中，间距均匀，与塔壁不留空隙。Installation of packing material: install bracket and support for packing material and put point wave plate on them. It is required that two parts intersect and each surface is smooth with suitable spacing and even distance. There is no gap from the tower wall.
上塔体安装 Installation of Upper Tower
风机安装：风机支架安装在风筒上，电机、风机在支架上，风机旋转与塔体轴线垂直，叶端与筒壁间隙均匀，使风机保持平衡，减少振动，风向朝上，保证紧固件无松动，严禁强行装配和敲击玻璃钢构件。 Installation of fans: the bracket of the fan is installed on the blower while motor and fan are installed on the bracket. The fan is perpendicular to axes of the tower in rotation and the gap between blade and wall is even. Keep fan in balance, reduce vibration, keep upward wind and check that fastener aren’t loose. Assembling with force and striking glass steel component is strictly prohibited.
喷头安装：相邻壳体不漏风，布不泛安装面水平，先安装好进入主管再装配水管，校对水平后安装喷头，保证进水洁净，严防残渣污垢杂物堵塞管道及布水孔。Installation of sprayer: there’s no air leakage in adjoining frames. First install main pipe, then install distribution pipe. Check the leveling, and then install nozzles to ensure the inlet water is clean. It is strictly forbidden that residuals and dirt block the pipes and water holes.
单级离心水泵安装 Installation of Single-Stage Centrifugal Pump
1安装流程 Installation Process
基础检查→开箱检查→支座安装→水泵吊装→水泵就位→水泵调整→附件安装→水泵调试 Inspection of foundation → open-case inspection → support installation → pump hoisting → pump in place → pump adjustment → installation of accessories → pump bebugging
2安装要点 Key Points for Installation
项 目 Items
安 装 要 点 Key Points for Installation
安装前 Before installation
应进行水泵基础复核验收工作，基础尺寸、标高、地脚螺栓的纵横向偏差应符合标准规范要求 Check the foundation of pump for acceptance. The size of the foundation, elevation and vertical and horizontal tolerance of anchor bolt should meet requirement of normal standard.
开箱检查 Open-case inspection
按设备的技术文件的规定清点泵的零部件，并做好记录，对缺损件应与供应商联系妥善解决，管口的保护物和堵盖应完善，核对泵的主要安装尺寸应与工程设计相符 Count components of pump following regulations of technical document of the equipment and keep the record. Contact suppliers to negotiate on missing components or defective ones. The protectors and plugs of the nozzle should be complete. Check that mounting dimensions of the pump should be consistent with engineering design.
水泵就位 Pumps in place
应根据标准要求找平找正，其横向水平度不应超过 Level and align according to standard requirements. The horizontal degree should be larger than The horizontal coupling tilts on horizon and radial displacement should not exceed
附件安装 Installation of accessories
在找平找正后进行，安装不锈钢伸缩节时，应保证在自由状态下连接，不得强力连接，在阀门附近要设固定支架 Install acessories after leveling and alignment. Keep stainless expansion joint free in installation. Don’t connect it with force. Set up fixed support near valve.
立式水泵
安装及隔振 Installation of vertical pump and vibration isolation
优选国家建筑标准设计《立式水泵隔振及其安装》图集，选橡胶隔振垫，若水泵型号与图集上不符，按橡胶隔振垫选择方法选用偏大的橡胶隔振垫及钢板，选用4个隔振垫，隔振垫必须与水泵基础固定 Prefer to choose national building standard design Vibration Isolation and Installation of Vertical Pump. Choose rubber vibration isolation cushion. If the pump type isn't consistent with the one on the atlas, then choose larger rubber vibration isolation cushion following the choosing methods. Choose 4 vibration isolation cushions and they must be anchored to foundation of the pump.
卧式水泵
安装、隔振
与防震 Installation of horizontal pump, vibration isolation and anti-shaking
严格按照设计图纸中安装指南施工，优选国家建筑标准设计《卧式水泵隔振及其安装》图集，型钢基础做惰性块，隔振器为弹簧隔振器，与水泵与图集上型号不符，可按弹簧隔振器选择要求套用图集上相对应偏大的型钢与弹簧隔振器，隔振器支承点数为4个，减振垫数量及防水平移动支撑数量为4个或6个 Strictly follow the drawings to construct and priority is given to national building standard design Vibration Isolation and Installation of Horizontal Pump. The steel foundation is used for inertia block and vibration isolator is made of spring. If the pump type isn't consistent with the one on the atlas, then choose the shaped steel and spring vibration isolator of larger sizes following the choosing methods. There are 4 supporting points for vibration isolator and 4 or 6 vibration reducing cushions and anti horizontal moving supports.
水泵的调试 Pump debugging
调试前应检查电动机的转向是否与水泵的转向一致、各固定连接部位有无松动、各指示仪表、安全保护装置及电控装置是否灵敏、准确可靠。泵在运转时，转子及各运动部件运转应正常，无异常声响和摩擦现象。附属系统运转正常；管道连接牢固无渗漏，运转过程中还应测试轴承的温升，其温升应符合规范要 Before debugging, check that the rotational direction of motor is the same with the pump, there’s no looseness of joining parts and each instrument and safety protective devices are accurate, correct and reliable. The rotor and other parts should function well with no abnormal sound and friction. The ancillary system functions well and there’s no leakage in joining parts of the pipeline. Test temperature rise of the bearing and it should meet the requirements.
水泵试运转结束后，应将水泵出入口的阀门和附属管路系统的阀门关闭，将泵内的积水排干净，防止 After test run of the pump, the valve on inlet of the pump and attached pipe system will be shut down and water inside the pump will be thoroughly exhausted.
风机及部件安装Installation of Fans and Components
风机盘管安装分立式和卧式。根据图纸，部分盘管为贴墙落地安装，部分为吊装。其中吊装可采用Φ10或Φ8（根据设备规格）通丝螺杆，可根据实际情况调整盘管标高和水平度。 There are vertical and horizontal installations for fan coil unit. According to the drawing, some coil pipes are installed on the floor close to the wall whereas others are hoisted. Among them, the hoisted pipe can adopt Φ10 or Φ8 harness screw(decided by equipment specifications) and adjust the height and horizontal degree based on the facts.
序号 No.
工 作 要 求 Working Content
1
风机盘管安装前应检查每台电机壳体及表面交换器有无损伤、锈蚀等缺陷。每台进行通电试验检查，机械部分不得磨擦，电气部分不得漏电Check whether there are defects like damage and corrosion on the frame of the motor and surface exchangers before installing fan coil unit. Power up and inspect each fan. There should be no frictions on mechanical parts and no electric leakage on electric parts.
2
风机盘管应逐台进行水压试验，试验强度为工作压力的倍，定压后观察2～3min不渗不漏，同其它空调末端设备一样，风机盘管的接驳待管路系统冲洗完毕后方可进行 Perform hydraulic test on each fan coil unit and the experimental intensity is times than working conditions. Inspcet for 2～3min after the pressure is constant and check that there is no leakage like other terminal equipment of air conditioner. Other pipelines to be connected in fan coil unit should first be cleaned before havign the test.
3
风机盘管同进出风管处均按设计要求设软接头，以防震动产生噪音Set up soft adapter in inlet and outlet air duct of fan coil unit to prevent noises by vibration.
4
吊装支架安装牢固，位置正确，吊杆不应自由摆动，吊杆与托盘相联应用双螺母紧固找平找正 The hoisted support is firmly and correctly installed and boom shouldn’t swing freely. The boom and tray are connected and use double nuts to level and align.
5
冷热媒水管与风机盘管连接应平直，凝结水管采用软性连接，并用喉箍紧固严禁渗漏，坡度应正确，凝结水应畅通地流到指定的位置，水盘无积水现象 The pipeline of air conditioning water will be connected with fan coil unit in a straight way. The pipeline of chilling water is made of soft material and fastened tightly with hose clamps while the slope is correct. The chilling water will smoothly flow to the designated position and there's no stormed water in the water plate.
大
样
Enlarged Details
卧式风机盘管 horizontal coiled tube of fans
立式风机盘管 vertical coiled tube of fans
空调机组安装 Installation of Air Conditioning Unit
安装流程：Installation Process:
1）施工准备 Preparation for Construction
根据所选设备外形尺寸考虑解决吊装和运输通道。校对设备尺寸与现浇混凝土基础尺寸是否相符，基础找平。机组安装前开箱检查清点，核对产品说明书、操作手册等技术文件。 Work out hoisting and transportation channel according to exterior size of the equipment. Check whether the size of the equipment is consistent with the size of casting concrete foundation and level the foundation. Open the case and check the technical documents like product manual and operation manual before installing machine unit.
2）设备运输 Transportation of Equipments
由于大部分空调机组分段组装，组合段外形小，机组垂直运输利用施工电梯进行。水平运输采用液压拖车搬运。The most of air conditioning machine unit is assembled in sections. The contour of assembly section is small. Employ construction elevatro to steeply transport machine unit. Use hydraulic trailer to perform horizontal transportation.
空调机组具备安装条件后，运至现场的临时堆场，由现场设备负责人接受后，被迅速分运至各设备安装部位。 Since the air conditioning unit possesses installation conditions, it will be transported to the provisional yard. If the unit is accepted by the principal of the equipment, then it will be transported to each installation place.
楼层内空调机组通过塔吊运到各层的共用吊装平台，然后再水平运输至安装部位。其中：小型机组可利用施工电梯运输，组合式空调机组先分成各个小组合段，分别运输。The air conditioning machine unit inside the floor will be transported to the common hoisting platform in each floor and then horizontally transported to the installation position. Among them, the small units can be transported by construction elevators. The combined air conditioning unit can be divided into segments and transported separately.
3）机组安装 Units Installation
基础大样 Enlarged Details of Foundation
安装前对各段体进行编号，按设计对段位进行排序，分清左式、右式（视线顺气流方向观察）。从设备安装的一端开始，逐一将段体抬上底座校正位置后，加上衬垫，将相临的两个段体用螺栓连接严密牢固，每连接一个段体前，将内部清除干净，安装完毕后拆除风机段底座减震装置的固定件。Assign numbers to each section, rank them in accordance with the design and distinguish left side and right side(the eyes will go with the direction of airflow) before installation. Start from one end of the equipment, lift each segment to calibrated position of the base and add gasket to it. Fix the adjacent segments by bolts. Clean the inside of each segment before joining them. Dismantle the fixed part of vibration reduction devices on the base of fans after installation.
与系统管线接驳 Connect with System Pipelines
空调机组进出口风管设帆布软接头，并刷防火漆。The air duct of inlet & outlet in air conditioning unit adopts soft joint made of canvas and has fire-retardant paint outside.
通风机安装 Installation of Ventilator
序号 No.
工 作 内 容 Working Content
1
安装前应清点随机配件及文件，详细阅读使用说明书。 Count accessories and files and read instruction manual before installment.
2
整体安装的风机，搬运和吊装的绳索不得捆缚在转子和机壳或轴承盏的吊环上The overall fans and ropes for carrying and hoisting can’t bind rotor, shells or rings on bearing.
3
通风机的进风管、出风管等装置应有单独的支撑，并与基础或其它建筑物连接牢固；风管与风机连接时，不得强迫对口，机壳不应承受其它机件的重量 The inlet tube and outlet tube of ventilator should own isolated support and firmly connect with foundation and other structures; the air duct and fan need not be connected precisely and the shell can’t sustain weight of other components.
4
当通风机的进风口或进风管路直通大气时，应加装保护网或采取其它安全措施 Protection network or other safety measures should be installed when inlet or inlet pipe of ventilators is the air.
5
基础各部位尺寸符合设计要求。预留孔灌浆前清除杂物，灌浆用细石混凝土，强度等级比基础的混凝土高一级，并应捣固密实，地脚螺栓不得歪斜。 The sizes of each component of foundations meet requirements of the design. Get rid of miscellaneous objects in reserve hole before grouting with concrete made of small stones. The strength degree is higher than concrete of foundation and those small stones should be compacted. The anchor bolt can’t tilt.
6
电动机应水平安装在滑座上或固定在基础上，安装在室外的电动机应设防雨罩 The motor should be horizontally installed on sliding base or foundation. The outdoor motors should be covered with rain cover.
7
固定通风机的地脚螺栓，除应带有垫圈外，并应有防松装置。风机与支架间都应设减震垫，或装置减震吊架。安装隔振器的地面应平整，各组隔振器承受荷载的压缩量应均匀，不得偏心，隔振器安装完毕，在其使用前应采取防止位移及过载等保护措施 The anchor bolt of fixed ventilator should have washer and slack-preventing device. There exist vibration reduction washer and cradle between fan and support. The ground for installing vibration insulators should be level. The load on each vibration insulators should be even and no bias is allowed. Adopt protective measures to prevent displacement and overload after vibration reduction is installed.
8
通风机落地安装采用混凝土基础，基础与风机底座之间采用弹簧减震垫，各组减振器承受的荷载压缩量应均匀，不偏心。风机进出口风管设不锈钢丝湿纺玻璃纤维布高温防火软接头 The ventilator is installed on ground with concrete foundation. Put spring vibration reduction cushion between the foundation and base of fan. The load on each vibration reduction devices should be the same and no bias is allowed. The import and export ducts of fans are equipped with high temperature anti-fire connecting hose made of stainless steel wire and wet spun fiber glass cloth.
9
吊装的离心风机选用采取消声减震措施的风机箱；按风机重量选用弹簧减震吊架；风机进出口风管设不锈钢丝湿纺玻璃纤维布高温防火软接头
The hoisted centrifugal fan adopts wind case with silencing and vibration reduction devices and choose spring vibration reduction cradle according to weight of fans. The import and export ducts of fans are equipped with high temperature anti-fire connecting hose made of stainless steel wire and wet spun fiber glass cloth.
通风部件安装 Installing Ventilation Components
风口 Tuyere
风口制作委托专业厂家定做，验收合格后运至现场安装。The tuyere is customized by professional producers and transported to site to be installed after receiving acceptance.
风口与风管的连接应严密、牢固；边框与建筑装饰面贴实，外表面应平整不变形，调节应灵活。水平安装其水平度的偏差不应大于3/1000，垂直安装其垂直度的偏差不应于2/1000。The joint with tuyere and air conduct should be tight and firm. The frame should stick with decorating side of the building and exterior surface should be level with no deformation and adjustment should be flexible. The tolerance of horizontal degree in horizontal installation should be no larger than 3/1000 and tolerance of vertical degree in vertical installation should be no larger than 2/1000.
采用方型散流器、圆形散流器和条形送风口进行送风，在进行安装之前应与装修进行配合，达到完美的装饰。Use square and circular diffusers and bar shaped tuyere to supply air. There should be cooperation with decoration before installation to achieve perfect decoration.
阀门 Valve
阀门安装应单独设吊架，阀门安装在吊顶或墙体内侧时，要在易于检查阀门开启状态和进行手动复位的位置开设检查口，并定期检查。Separately set up cradle in installing valves. When valve is installed on the ceiling or interior side of the wall, set up inspection hole in place which is convenient for inspecting on-state of valve and manual reposition and periodically check it.
风管穿越防火区需安装防火阀时，阀门与防火墙之间风管应用2mm或以上的钢板制作，并用钢丝网水泥或其他非燃性材料保护。When the air duct passes through fire protecting district and fire damper needs to be installed, then the air duct between valve and firewall should be made of steel plate of 2mm or above and ferrocement and other incombustible material will be employed as a protection.
防火阀安装时，注意熔断器应在阀门入气口，即迎气流方向。The fuse should be put before air inlet of valve to face air flow in installing the fire damper.
消声器（静压箱）安装 Installation of Mufflers(Static Pressure Box)
消声器安装前对其外观进行检查：外表平整、框架牢固，消声材料分布均匀，孔板无毛刺。 Inspect appearance of mufflers before installation: smooth appearance, solid structure, even distribution of muffling material and no burr on orifice.
消声器（静压箱）单独设置支、吊架，不能利用风管承受消声器的重量，也有利于单独检查、拆卸、维修和更换。The mufflers(static pressure box) will separately set up support and cradle. Air duct can’t bear weight of mufflers. It is good for inspection, dismantling, repairing and replacing individually.
消声器的安装方向按产品所示，前后设150×150清扫口，并作好标记。The mounting direction of muffler is shown in the product. Set up 150×150 clean-out holes in the front and back of the mufflers and mark it.
风管制作安装 Production and Installation of Air Pipe
制作流程Production
绘制系统分解图 System Decomposition Drawing
对系统进行分类编号Classify and Number the System
结合结构确定各分解节风管制作尺寸Determine the Manufactured Size of All Sections of Decomposing Air Pipe
对分解各节风管进行编号 Number All Sections of Decomposing Air Pipe
下料Blanking
按分解编号进行放样Template according to Decomposition Number
标注尺寸Dimensioning
机械流水制作Mechanical Pipeline Making
钢板开平Steel Plate Opening
压筋Beading
剪切Cut
咬口Seaming
折边Edging
合缝Joint Closing
共板法兰The Tube of Same Board Using Flange
法兰连接Flange Connection
角钢法兰下料Angle Flange Blanking
角钢法兰制作Angle Flange Making
铆接角钢法兰Angle Flange Riveting
翻边Flanging
编号、检查 Number and Check
对应分解图对成型风管进行编号Number Formed Air Pipe according to Decomposition Chart
检查风管平整度、法兰连接的平正度Check Air Pipe for Flatness and Flange Connection
漏光检测Air Leak Check with Lighting
安装流程Installation
工作平台安装Working Platform Installation
搭设支撑架Support Bracket Setting Up
安装平台Platform Installation
组装平台与升降机Platform and Elevator Assembly
风管支、吊架制作安装The Making and Installation of Air Pipe Support and Hanger
确定安装标高Determination of Installing Elevation
支、吊架下料Blanking of Support and Hanger
切割、套丝、焊接Cutting, Threading and Welding
油漆Painting
安装Installation
风管预组装Pre-assembly of Air Pipe
按系统编号组对Pairing according to System Number
分段连接Segments Connection
阀部件连接Valve Assembly Connection
预检连接平整度Pre-inspection of Connection
风管吊装Suspension Setting of Air Pipe
将已组装风管整体提升至合适高度Lift the assembled air pipe to suitable height as a whole
将预留口连接各段风管Connect Reserved Outlets to all Segments of Air Pipe
安装吊架横担Install Hanger and Cross-arm
确定标高、紧固横担Determine Elevation and Tighten Cross-arm
检验标高、平整度Check Elevation and Flatness
检验标高Check Elevation
检验风管整体平整度Check Air Pipe for Flatness as a whole
调整Make Adjustments
复验Re-inspection
风管制作工艺Workmanship of Air Pipe
项 目Item
制 作 工 艺
Workmanship
下料压筋Blanking and Beading
按用料清单选定镀锌钢板厚度，将钢板装入调平压筋机中，开机剪去钢板端部，上料时要检查钢板是否倾斜，检查切口线是否与边线垂直，对角线是否一致
Determine the thickness of galvanized sheet steel according to the material bill, put the steel into leveling beading machine and cut its end when start the machine. Check whether the steel tilts, cutting line remains vertical to sideline and diagonal lines are consistent when blanking.
倒角咬口Chamfer Seaming
板材下料后用冲角机进行倒角作业，采用咬口连接的风管其咬口宽度和留量根据板材厚度而定
Use incidence machine for chamfering edges after planks blanking. The seaming width and allowance of air pipe for seaming connection depends on the thickness of planks.
法兰加工Flange Processing
划线下料时应注意使焊成后的法兰内径不能小于风管的外径，下料调直后放冲击铆钉孔及螺栓孔、孔距不应大于150 mm
Be careful to have the inside diameter of flange no less than the outside diameter of air pipe when marking and cutting. Attack the rivet holes and bolt holes with the hole pitch no more than 150mm after blanking and straightening.
折方
Folding
咬口后的板料按画好的折方线放在折方机上，置于下模的中心线，操作时使机械上刀片中心线与下模中心重合，折成所需要的角度。
Place the seamed panel on the folding line of the folding machine and under the centerline of lower mould. Make sure the center line of top blade coincide with the lower mould center for the required angle during the operation.
风管缝合
Air Pipe Seaming
完成咬口的风管采用手持电动缝口机进行缝合，缝合后的风管外观质量应达到折角平直，圆弧均匀，两端面平行，无翘角，表面凹凸不大于5mm
Use handed electric stitching machine for sewing of the seamed air pipe which after sewing should have straight angle, even circular arc, parallel faces with no rake angle and surface imperfection no more than 5mm.
上法兰
Top Flange
风管与法兰铆接前先进行技术质量复核，合格后将法兰套在风管上，风管折方线与法兰平面应垂直，然后使用液压铆钉钳或手动夹眼钳用5×10铆钉将风管铆固，并将四周翻边，翻边应平整，不应小于6mm，四角应铲平，不应出现豁口，以免漏风
Technical quality re-inspection should be carried out before riveting air pipe and flange. When the inspection is passed, cover air pipe with flange and make sure the folding line of air pipe is vertical with the plane surface of flange. Then rivet the air pipe with 5×10 rivet in hydraulic riveting clamp or hand eye clamp folder and turn up flat edges of no less than 6mm to have even four corners with no breaches to avoid air leak.
风管安装Air Pipe Installation
支架和吊架制作The Making of Support and Hanger
按照深化后的设计图纸并参照建筑基准线确定风管标高。按风管系统所在的空间位置，参照标准图集确定风管支、吊架形式。支架斜撑、吊架的横担采用镀锌角钢制成；吊杆采用圆钢；扁铁用来制作圆风管抱箍。
Determine the air pipe elevation according to the deepened design drawings and construction baseline. Decide the form of air pipe support and hanger referring to spatial location of the air pipe system and standard drawings. And the result is as follows: galvanized angle steel should be used for support diagonal bracing, hanger cross-arm; round steel for suspender; flat iron for round air hose anchor ear.
支架和吊架安装Support and Hanger Installation
支、吊架位置错开风口，风阀、检查门和测定孔等部位。管整根管每20m设1个固定支架，每根立管固定支架不少于二个。水平管支架与保温层之间设置金属板；立管与支架接触的地方垫橡胶垫，橡胶垫厚度与保温层厚度相同。
Place support and hanger far away from draught, air valve, inspection door and determination holes etc. Set one mounting bracket every 20m along the whole pipe and every vertical pipe must have no less than 2 mounting brackets. Put the metal sheet between horizontal support and thermal insulation; put rubber mat at the joint of vertical pipe and support with rubber mat as thick as the thermal insulation.
风管安装时，应在每系统的主干管上加装固定支架，防止风管通风时出现摇晃偏位。竖向风管整根管每20m设1个固定支架，每根立管固定支架不少于二个。
Add mounting brackets to head pipes in every system when installing air pipe to prevent it from shaking and displacement during ventilation. Set one mounting bracket every 20m along the whole vertical air pipe which must have no less than 2 mounting brackets.
风管组对连接Pairing Connection of Air Pipe
将成品运至安装地点，按编号进行排列，风管系统的各部分尺寸和角度确认准确无误后，开始组对。
Transport the finished products to installation site and arrange them in numbers. Begin to pair after the checking of size and angle of all parts in air pipe system is correct.
各段连接后在法兰边四周涂上密封胶，连接螺母置于同一侧；空调风管角钢法兰垫料采用4mm厚阻燃闭孔海绵橡胶条，排烟风管垫料法兰垫料采用石棉板榫形连接，法兰压紧后垫料宽度与风管内壁平齐，外边与法兰边一致。
Cover the surrounding edges of flange with sealant after all sections connection and set linking nuts on the same side as flange; use 4mm thick flame-resisting closed cell expanded rubber for connection of angle steel flange pad of air conditioner pipe and asbestos board for tenon-shaped connection of smoke evacuation air pipe pad and flange pad. After compression of flange, make sure that pad width remains parallel and level with inner wall of air pipe and exterior pad is consistent with flange edge.
水平风管吊装Horizontal Air Pipe Hoisting
将已组装好的水平风管采用电动液压式升降机或手提式升降机提升至吊架上。安装图如下：
Lift the assembled horizontal air pipe onto the hanger with electric hydraulic elevators or hand elevators. The installation drawing is as follows:
组装风管置于手提式升降机上，提升风管至比最终标高高出200mm左右，拉水平线紧固支架横担，放下风管至横担上，确定安装高度。
Place air pipe on the hand elevator and lift it to the height which is about 200mm higher than final elevation. Pull the level line for tightening hanger cross-arm and put air pipe onto cross-arm for determining the installation height.
垂直风管吊装Vertical Air Pipe Hoisting
采取自下而上逐节安装、逐节连接、逐段固定的方法。立管安装要注意的是与水平管接口处需在安装水平管时即考虑预留出1～的水平安装距离。
Adopt the method of bottom-up link-by-link installation, connection and fixation. One important thing in vertical air pipe installation is that horizontal mounting distance of 1~ should be left in advance at the joint of horizontal pipe when installing horizontal pipe.
风管穿楼板 Air Pipe Penetrating Floor Plate
矩形风管：Rectangular Air Pipe
木方（浸过沥青）：Flitch (immersed in asphalt)
铆钉：Rivet
铝箔保温棉：Aluminum Foil Insulation Cotton
楼板：Floor Plate
穿楼板风管处理：Air Pipe Penetrating Floor Plate Processing
保温软管安装Insulation Pipe Installation
帆布柔性短管的制作应符合设计要求，其长度为150～250 mm，不得扭曲，与法兰接缝处严密、连接牢固；两端面应采用同一规格法兰，不得作为变径管使用。
Flexible canvas short pipe should be made in conformity with the design requirement that the pipe should be 150~250mm long without twist and should have tight and firm linkage with the flange seam; moreover, the pipe should have flanges of same specification at its two surface ends and it couldn’t be used as reducer pipe.
为配合装饰要求，在不便使用铁皮连接的情况下，风管与风口之间可采用软管连接，用软管专配的尼龙扎带或不锈钢软卡将软管箍紧。需要注意的是软管长度不宜太长，水平位移不宜过大，以免影响送风效果。
For the convenience of decoration, flexible pipe could be used between air pipe and draught when it is not convenient to use sheet iron and the flexible pipe should be tightened with matching nylon cable tie and stainless steel hose clamp. The important thing is that the flexible pipe should not be too long and horizontal displacement should not be too large in order to prevent influence on air circulation.
导流叶片制作
Guide Vane Making
矩形弯头导流叶片
Rectangular Bend Guide Vane
弯管宽度A（mm）
Bend Width
片数
Pieces
a（mm）
L（mm）
500
4
130
510
630
4
150
610
800
6
160
880
1000
7
165
1140
1250
8
180
1420
1600
10
196
1940
2000
12
211
2500
内弧形、内斜线矩形弯管，A≥500 mm，应设置导流片；导流片、连接板厚度与弯管壁厚相同；B＜1000mm连接板与风管也可用拉铆钉连接。
Rectangular bend of concave and internal oblique line, A≥500 mm, should set guide vane; guide vane and connecting panel are as thick as bend wall; B＜1000mm, rivets could be also used to link connecting panel and air pipe.
风管的严密性测试Tightness Test of Air Pipe
风管安装完毕，且在风管保温之前，首先进行风管的检漏。
漏光法检测是采用光线对小孔的强穿透力，对系统风管严密程度进行定性检测的方法。其试验方法在一定长度的风管上，在黑暗的环境下，在风管内用一个电压不高于36V、功率在100W以上的带保护罩的灯泡，从风管的一端缓缓移向另一端，试验时若在风管外能观察到光线，则说明风管有漏风，并对风管的漏风处进修补。
After the installation of air pipe, leak detection should be carried out before heat insulation of air pipe.
Leak detection is a method which uses high penetration of lighting against holes for qualitative detection of the tightness of air pipe system. The method goes like this, slowly move electric bulb in protective cover with no more than 36V voltage and no less than 100W power from one end to the other inside the air pipe of certain length in the dark. Any light outside the air pipe in the detection proves that the pipe has air leak problem and where it leaks should be mended and repaired.
保护罩：Protective Cover
灯泡：Electric Bulb
电线：Electric Wire
漏光法检测示意图：Leak Detection Diagram
风管保温Heat Insulation of Air Pipe
工艺流程Process Flow
保温钉安装Installation of Insulation Supporting Pins
风管表面除污Decontamination of Air Pipe Surface
绘制保温线、确定保温钉粘接点Draw Insulation Line and Determine Bonding Point of Insulation Supporting Pins
涂胶水Cementing
粘接保温钉Cement Insulation Supporting Pins
离心玻璃棉安装Centrifugal Glass Wool Installation
下料Blanking
铺设棉板Wool Board Laying
固定保温钉压板Fix Binder Plate of Insulation Supporting Pins
检验平整度Check the Flatness
胶带粘结Adhesive Tape Bonding
按保温后风管周长及预留塔接量裁剪胶带Cut adhesive tape according to perimeter of air pipe after insulation and reserved lapping length.
粘接Bonding
保护层安装Protective Cover Installation
下料Blanking
敷设Laying
检验平整度Check Flatness
检验整体平整度Check Flatness as a whole
修整Trimming
施工方法Construction Method
保温棉接头处用保温胶带粘结，在进行了保温周长的计算后将胶带一次性截取，避免出现多个接头，胶带搭接重叠宽度为20mm，胶带与风管粘结严密、平实。
Use insulation tape for bonding at the bonding point of insulation cotton. Cut the tape one-time after calculating the insulation perimeter to avoid more than one joints. The overlapping width of adhesive tape is 20mm and the bonding is tight and firm between tape and air pipe.
保温棉采用保温压板穿入保温钉固定，压板直径为40mm。
Insulation cotton penetrates into insulation supporting pins for fixation by way of insulation binder plate of which the diameter is 40mm.
保温棉接头处用保温胶带粘结，在进行了保温周长的计算后将胶带一次性截取，避免出现多个接头，胶带搭接重叠宽度为20mm，胶带与风管粘结严密、平实。
Use insulation tape for bonding at the bonding point of insulation cotton. Cut the tape one-time after calculating the insulation perimeter to avoid more than one joints. The overlapping width of adhesive tape is 20mm and the bonding is tight and firm between tape and air pipe.
保温棉铺设以大边包小边，如需拼缝，则设于顶面，并保证纵横缝错开铺设。
Insulation cotton is laid with broad edge covering small edge. And the edge joint, if any, should be set top and make sure the NT-joining are staggered in laying.
保护层安装Protective Cover Installation
保护层采用涂层铁丝网。首先进行保温周长的计算，然后进行一次性截取，铁丝网采用骑马钉固定，合缝处采用 mm的细镀锌铁丝进行缝合
Coating wire netting is used as the protective cover. Insulation perimeter is calculated before one-time cut of protective cover. The wire netting is fixed with saddle stitching and thin galvanized iron wire is used for sewing at the commissural.
尼龙打包带：Nylon Pack Belt
铝箔面层：Aluminum Foil Surface
保温层：Insulation Cover
涂层铁丝网：Coating Wire Netting
铝箔胶带：Aluminum Foil Tape
包角：Wrap Angle
保护层施工示意图：Construction Diagram of Protective Cover
系统调试System Debugging
准备工作：Preparation
系统的电器设备及其主回路的检查：Check on Electric Equipment of the System and its Main Circuit
空调设备调试：Air Conditioner Equipment Debugging
风机性能的检测：Fan Performance Test
系统风量的测定与调整：Measurement and Adjustment of Air Flow in System
空调机组性能的测试：Air-conditioning Unit Performance Test
自动调节与检测系统的检查：Check on Automatic Adjustment and Detection System
调节器及检测仪表的校验：Verification on Regulator and Instrumentation
自动调节与检测系统联运：Combined Transport of Automatic Adjustment and Detection System
室内气流组织的测定与调整：Measurement and Adjustment of Indoor Airflow Organization
室内调节性能的试验与调整：Test and Adjustment of Indoor Regulating Function
系统综合效果的测定资料的整理：Cleaning- up of Measurement Data of System Integral Effects
其他项目的测定与调整：Measurement and Adjustment of Other Items
给水排水工程Water Supply and Sewerage Engineering
给水系统施工工艺流程图Construction Technology Diagram of Water Supply System
施工准备：Construction Preparation
材料检查：Material Inspection
管道放线：Pipe Alignment
支架预制：Support Prefabrication
样板件施工：Sample Panel Construction
支架安装：Support Installation
管道安装：Pipe Installation
样板洁具安装：Sample Sanitary Appliance Installation
洁具安装：Sanitary Appliance Installation
冲洗排污：Flushing Sewage
调试交验：Debugging and Verification
管网通水试验：Pipe Network Water Test
管道消毒：Pipeline Sterilization
水压试验：Hydraulic Test
给排水预埋 Embedded plumbing
给排水工程包括给水预埋、消防水预埋、污水预埋、雨水预埋。材质主要有：UPVC排水管、HDPE管等。连接形式有承插连接、粘接等。
Drainage works including give embedded water, fire water embedded, embedded sewage, rainwater embedded. The main material have: UPVC pipes, HDPE pipes and so on. Socket connection has the form of connection, bonding, etc
材料准备及验收 Material preparation and acceptance
按计划核对进场材料设备数量，并且检查与设计要求的规格、尺寸、型号、质量是否符合。工程所用的主要材料、设备和制品符合国家或部颁现行标准的技术质量鉴定文件或产品合格证。
Planned approach to check the number of materials and equipment and to check the specifications and design, size, model, quality meets. Works with the main materials, equipment and products in line with the national or ministerial technical quality of the current standard identification documents or product certification
管道预制
Pipe prefabrication
一、为确保工期，进场后，加大管道的预制深度。管道预制严格根据图纸设计要求，并结合现场实际情况，绘制单线图，确定可提前预制的工作量。
To ensure that the construction period, the standard approach, the greater the depth of the prefabricated pipeline. Pipe prefabrication Strict design requirements in accordance with the drawings, combined with the actual situation at the scene, drawing one-way map, determine in advance of prefabricated workload
二、预埋套管及预留孔洞的施工
Embedded casing and setting aside funds for the construction of holes
1、 根据施工图纸及有关规定规范，由专业工长绘制套管、预留孔洞图；图上应标明预埋套管的规格、预留孔洞的大小及相应的标高；
In accordance with the relevant provisions of the construction drawings and specifications drawn by professional foreman casing set aside holes map; map embedded casing should be marked on the specification, set aside the size of holes and the corresponding elevation
2、组织一个专门的预留埋施工作业组，负责该工程的所有预留预埋工作； Organizations set aside a special buried construction operations group, responsible for the engineering job of all the reserved embedded
3、根据土建、钢结构施工进度要求及时向施工作业组交底，同时与土建、钢结构协调好安装时间，做到及时、准确；
4、 每完成一个预埋套管、预留孔洞，施工作业组必须进行自检（主上检查坐标、标高、规格大小是否符合设计要求），同时作好标记，并进行有效的保护；
Embedded in each casing to complete a reserved hole, construction operations must be carried out self-test group (the main check on the coordinates, elevation, size specifications with the design requirements), while well marked and effective protection
5、 施工作业组自检合格后，由作业工长会同甲方代表、工程监理共同进行检查，同时作好隐蔽记录，三方签字认可；
Construction of self-operation group after passing by the Party on behalf of Council operations foreman, project supervision jointly carry out inspections at well concealed records, the tripartite signature recognition
6、及时向土建、钢结构办理移交手续；
7、为了保证预埋套客的安装质量，在坐标、标高及规格检查无误后，用钢筋将套管焊接在土建主筋上，防止套管移位；同时用牛皮纸或软物将套管塞满，避免水泥砂浆进入。如果是柔性套管，还必须对螺丝孔进行保护。
Embedded sets in order to guarantee the installation of passenger and quality, at coordinates, elevation and specifications to check accuracy, the use of steel will be welded casing construction at主筋up to prevent the casing displacement; simultaneously with kraft paper or casing filled with soft material to avoid cement mortar to enter. If you are flexible casing, it is also necessary to protect the screw hole
管道安装的基本要求
Minimum requirement on piping installation
熟悉图样，充分领会设计意图，了解生产工艺概况及其对施工的要求，严格按照设计图样进行施工。
Familiar with the drawings, to fully understand the design intent, know the production profile and its impact on the construction process the request, in strict accordance with the construction design
安装在同一房间内的同类型管道、设备及管道附件，在没有特殊要求下，分别安装在同一高度。
Installed in the same room with the same type of pipe, equipment and piping attachment, in the absence of special request, separately installed at the same level
管道和设备安装前，严格清理内部污物和杂物，安装中断或完毕时敞口处，加临时封闭，避免异物进入管道内。
Piping and equipment installation before strict internal clean-up dirt and debris, the installation interrupted or the end of exposure, the add the temporary closure to prevent the entry of foreign matter in pipelines
明装管道成排安装时，保证直线部分互助平行。曲线部分：当管子水平或垂直并行时，保证与直线部分保持等距；管道水平上、下并行时，曲率半径相等。
Open installed loaded pipeline in rows , to ensure a straight line parallel to part of mutual aid. Curve in part: When the horizontal or vertical parallel tubes, to ensure and maintain a straight line equidistant part; pipeline level of the upper and lower parallel, the equivalent radius of curvature
多根管道纵横交错在一起时，按照如下原则：小口径管让大口径管，给水管让排水管，有压管让无压管，管件少的管道让管件多的管道。Multiple pipelines intersection together, in accordance with the following principles: small-bore tube to allow large-diameter pipes, to allow drainage pipes, there is pressure to allow non-pressure pipes and tubes, pipe fittings small pieces of pipe for the management of many pipelines
排水管道安装就位时，承口朝向水方向，同时用测量工具检查管段的坡度，确保管道的坡度符合设计及规范要求。
Installation of drainage pipes in place, the principal direction of the mouth towards the water, at the same time measuring instrument used to check the slope of pipe sections to ensure that the pipe slope with the design and specification
其中与卫生洁具连接的给排水管道安装还需注意以下几个问题：Plumbming pipe connection with sanitary ware needs to be some attention to the following questions:
排水管道的安装位置应依据图纸设计要求，结合所安装卫生洁具的排水口实际尺寸，根据土建对隔断的弹线，同时在考虑人员使用方便的基础上，确定排水管道预留口坐标后进行安装。Installation of drainage pipes should be based on drawings of the location of the design requirements, combined with the installation of sanitary ware actual size of the outlet, according to construction of the bombs cut off line, at the same time easy to use in considering the basis of staff to determine the coordinates of pipes after I set aside installation
给水管道出于美观上的考虑，管道要做埋墙处理，因此管道敷设完后应作好标识，避免其他分包商在作墙面处理时，破坏管道。Water supply pipeline for aesthetic considerations, pipeline deal to be done against the wall, the pipeline should be ready after the logo, to avoid the other subcontractors at the wall for treatment, the damage to pipelines
管道安装的工艺流程
Pipeline installation process
一、虹吸式雨水系统施工工法
1. Construction Method of siphon drainage systems
虹吸式雨水系统自诞生于欧洲以来，凭借其泄流量大、耗费管材少、节约建筑空间和减少地面开挖等突出优势，在全球范围内得以迅速发展和不断改进。在中国，随着大跨度、大面积的建筑日趋增多、对建筑空间的要求不断提高，在一些机场和展览馆等建筑上成功地应用后，虹吸雨水系统也得到迅速发展。
Siphon drainage systems has been since its birth in Europe, with its large volume, low cost pipe, saving space and reducing construction and other ground excavation prominent advantages develop rapidly in a global scale and continuous improvement. In China, with the increasingly of large-span, large number of buildings, requirements of building space is increasing, at the success on lots of airports and the exhibition hall, the siphon drainage systems have been developed rapidly.
特点Characteristic
A、虹吸式雨水斗采用机械固定的方式，能确保雨水斗与屋面连接的密封，具有优异的抗腐蚀性能，安装时无需做防锈处理。
Siphon rain bucket fixed by mechanical method, ensure the rain water bucket sealed connection with the roof, has excellent corrosion resistance, rust-proof installation without doing to deal with.
B、管道排水实现满管流，从而节省材料、节省空间、减少了各专业之间的交叉作业，使建筑外形美观，节约资金。
Drainage pipe achieve on full pipe flow, saving materials, space-saving, a decrease of the cross between the professional operation, so that construction pleasing in appearance, save money.
C、虹吸式雨水系统机械强度高，施工简单。而且是有压流，管道不易堵塞。
Siphon high mechanical strength, drainage systems, construction simple. There is a pressure and flow, not easy to plug the pipeline.
D、本工法规定了雨水斗、水平悬吊管、排出管的施工工艺，确保虹吸式雨水系统施工质量符合《建筑给排水与采暖卫生施工质量验收规范》(GB500243-2003)及CECS标准《虹吸式屋面雨水排水系统应用技术规程》的要求。
This method provides bucket rain, the level of suspension of pipes, exhaust pipe construction process to ensure that the construction of drainage systems syphonic quality in line with the "construction to the drainage and heating norms for Construction Quality Acceptance of Health" (GB500243-2003) and CECS standards "syphonic Roof Drainage System Technical Specification "requirements.
适用范围The scope of application
适用于大面积、大跨度屋面的排水。Applicable to large area, large-span roof drainage.
工作原理Working Principle
普通雨水斗都会产生气旋，带进管道中，雨水靠自身重力流向地面，速度较慢。Common rainwater will have air whirl and bring it into pipes. The rainwater flows to the ground slowly under its gravity.
虹吸雨水斗增加反气旋强制虹吸挡板，当斗前汇水深度达到一定时，就会产生虹吸。并且这一深度是固定的，可控的。Add anticyclone force siphon baffle to siphon rainwater outlet which will bring forth siphon when there is certain depth of water. And this depth is fixed and controllable.
虹吸式雨水系统依靠虹吸式的雨水斗在天沟水深达到一定的深度时实现气水分离，利用建筑物的高度和雨水所具有的势能，在雨水连续流经过雨水悬吊管转入雨水立管跌落时形成虹吸作用，并在该处管道内形成最大负压。从而进入虹吸状态，整个管道呈现满流，实现其迅速、高效的排水功能。该系统一般由虹吸式雨水斗、管材(悬吊管、立管、排出管)、管件、固定件组成。
Siphon Siphon drainage systems rely on the rain bucket up to a certain water depth in the Gutter realize the depth of water and gas separation, the use of the height of the building and have the potential of rainwater in the rain after rain suspended continuous flow of rainwater into the riser pipe siphon when the role of the formation of drop, and the formation of the largest vacuum tube. To enter the siphon, and a full flow of the pipeline, to achieve its rapid and efficient drainage function. The system generally Siphon rain bucket, pipe and tubes (suspended tubes, riser, exhaust pipe), pipe fittings, fixed pieces of the composition.
工艺流程及操作要点The main points of process and operation
虹吸雨水斗安装节点详图Siphon Rainwater Outlet Installation Node Drawing
符号说明：1-可调金属支架 2-金属格栅 3-C20混凝土 4-空气挡板 5-不锈钢夹圈 6-细石混凝土层 7-防水附加层 8-双层防水层 9-不锈钢底盘 10-细石混凝土层 11-水泥砂浆找平层 12-压型钢板混凝土屋面
Symbol Explanation: metal support grill 3. C20 concrete 4. air damper 5. stainless steel clamp ring 6. finger stone and concrete layer 7. waterproof extra layer double-layer 9. stainless steel chassis 10. finger stone and concrete layer 11. leveling course of cement mortar 12. profiled sheet concrete roof
A、施工准备：. Preparation of construction:
认真审查图纸，在管道穿过楼板和剪力墙处预留孔洞。在屋面结构施工时，配合土建预留符合雨水斗安装孔洞，或直接将雨水斗座连同保护螺丝预埋在屋面混凝土中，预埋时应留出屋面找平层厚度(预留位置应参照土建施工图，根据轴线、标高以及水施图准确定出预留洞口的位置)。
Exam the drawings carefully, reserve the holes in the pipeline across the floor and wall. The roof construction’s structure, construction reserve with the installation holes in line with the rain bucket, or directly to the protection of the rain bucket seat, together with screws embedded in the concrete roof, the roof to stay should embedded leveling layer thickness (the location should be reserved for civil construction plans, according to the axis, elevation and water set aside Sturzenegger accurate hole location).
B、支架制作安装：The installation and manufacture the support:
对应管材按照规范、设计要求进行支架制作安装，应注意：
Accordance to the design requirements and spec of pipe material do the installation, should be noted:
(a)管道安装时应设置固定件，固定件必须能够承受满流管道的重量以及高速水流所产生的冲击力。对于HDPE管道系统，固定件还应吸收管道热胀冷缩时产生的轴向应力。. Set the fix parts when the pipeline installation, fixed pieces must be able to bear the full weight of pipe flow and flow generated by high-speed impact. For HDPE pipe systems, fixed pieces of pipe should be absorbed when temperature leads to the axial stress.
(b)固定件应根据各种管材要求设置，位置准确，埋设平整，与管道接触紧密，但不得损伤管道表面。. Fixed pieces of pipe in accordance with requirements of a variety of settings, the location is accurate, laid flat and in close contact with the pipe, but not damage the surface pipe.
(c)固定件宜采用与虹吸式屋面雨水排放系统配套的专用管道固定系统。其使用寿命不低于虹吸式屋面雨水排放系统的使用寿命。
Fixed pieces of suitable roof and siphon drainage systems dedicated fixed pipeline system. Its useful life not less than siphon roof drainage system life.
(d)管道支吊架应固定在承重结构上，位置正确，埋设牢固。
Pipe Supports and Hangers should be fixed in the load-bearing structure, the position is correct, firmly planted.
(e)管道的支、吊架间距及设置要求要满足规范要求。
Branch pipe, hanger space and the setting up of the requirements to meet regulatory requirements
(f)HDPE悬吊管采用方形钢导管进行固定。方形钢导管的尺寸如表的规定。方形导管沿HDPE悬吊管悬挂在建筑物结构上，HDPE悬吊管则采用导向管卡和锚固管卡连接在方形钢导管上。
HDPE suspension pipe use a square steel tube. The size of the square steel tube as Table . Square tube alongs the HDPE tube hanging in the building structure, HDPE pipe is used suspension-tube cards and card connected to the anchor tube catheters on a square steel.
方形钢导管尺寸 表
HDPE管外径Outside diameter of HDPE pipe
方形钢导管尺寸(mmxmm) The size of square steel duct (mmxmm)
DN40~DN200
30x30
DN250~DN315
40X60
(g)HDPE 管悬吊管的固定支架一般设置在横管的始端、末端和三通的两端及支管处；当 HDPE悬吊管管径大于DN250时，每个固定点应采用两个锚固管卡c
HDPE pipe tube’s suspension fixation generally installed in the beginning of horizontal pipe, and three at the two ends of the end and support office; when larger than diameter HDPE pipe DN250 suspension, each fixed-point anchoring tube should be used two cards.
(h)HDPE管立管的锚固管卡间距最大为5m，导向管卡间距最大为15倍管外径。当虹吸式雨水斗的下端与悬吊管的距离大于等于750mm时，在方形钢导管上或悬吊管上，增加两个侧向管卡。
HDPE pipe riser card spacing of the anchor tube up to 5m, card-tube spacing of 15 times the largest diameter pipe. When syphonic the bottom of the buckets of rainwater and suspended from the pipe greater than or equal to 750mm, in a square steel tube catheter or suspension, the addition of two lateral tubes cards.
C、雨水斗安装：Installation of rain water funnel:
基本要求：The base requirement:
（a）虹吸式雨水斗应设置在屋面或天沟的最低点，每个汇水区域的雨水斗数量不少于2个。两个雨水斗之问的间距不超过20m。雨水斗距屋面边缘的距离不小于im，并不大于lOm。
a. Siphon rain bucket should be set up in the roof or the lowest point Gutter, each of the rainfall catchment area of not less than the number of the Big Dipper 2. Asked two of the rain bucket spacing not exceeding 20m. Bucket of rainwater from the roof away from the edge of not less than im, is not greater than lOm.
(b)虹吸式雨水斗与屋面或天沟和管路系统应可靠连接。
Siphon rain bucket or Gutter and roofing and piping system should be reliable connection.
(c)系统接多个虹吸式雨水斗时，雨水斗排水连接管应接在悬吊管上，不得直接接在雨水立管的顶部。
When the system connect with more than 1 syphonic rain bucket, the bucket of rainwater drainage pipe connected to the access control in the suspension should not directly access in the rain at the top of the riser.
(d)接入同一悬吊管的虹吸式雨水斗宜在同一屋面标高。
Access to the same suspension Siphon tube bucket rain water elevation should be in the same roof.
(e)天沟起点深度应根据屋面的汇水面积、坡度及虹吸式雨水斗的斗前水深确定。天沟坡度不宜小于。
Gutter should be the starting point of the depth of the roof catchment area, slope and rainfall syphonic fight before the fight to determine water depth. Gutter slope of not less than .
(f)要注意雨水斗内不得遗留杂物、充填物或包装材料等，清除流入短管内的密封膏，再安装其他部件，以免堵塞。
Pay Attention to that debris, filling or packaging materials should not be left in bucket, eliminate the inflow of short pipe sealant, and then install the other components, to prevent blockage.
E、雨水斗安装在屋面防水施工完成，安装时旋掉保护螺丝，将表面清洗干净，安装上雨水斗配套的螺杆，装上密封胶圈。雨水斗的进水口高度，要保证天沟内雨水能通过雨水斗排净且雨水斗要水平安装。屋面铺设柔性防水卷材时，将卷材在螺杆位置处钻孔。用螺帽将卷材压环，空气挡板、雨水整流栅固定在雨水斗座上。根据要求，调节好空气挡板上部的调节螺杆，并固定螺杆。如为混凝土屋面，宜在雨水斗周围铺设lm2(长宽各lm)、厚50mm、直径大于12mm的卵石。
Rain water bucket installed on the roof to complete the construction, installation screws at the protection of spin off to clean the surface, the installation of the rain bucket supporting screw, fitted with rubber ring seal. Buckets of rain water intake high to ensure that days of rain through the rain trench fighting net emission to the level of fighting and the installation of rainwater. The laying of flexible roof waterproofing membrane, it will roll in drilling screw position. Nut Roll with the pressure ring, air baffle, gate rectifier rain bucket seat fixed in the rain. In accordance with the requirements of a good air-conditioning upper baffle adjustment screw, and screw fixation. Such as concrete roof, should be laying around in the rain bucket 1m2 (the lengh and the width is 1m separately), thickness 50mm, diameter greater than 12mm of gravel.
F、 钢板或不锈钢板天沟(檐沟)内雨水斗安装(如图)：
Gutter steel or stainless steel plate (groove canopies) fight with the installation of rainwater(as pic. ):
安装在钢板或不锈钢板天沟(檐沟)内的雨水斗，可采用氩氟焊与天沟(檐沟) 焊接连接。雨水斗与雨水管道连接时，如材质不同，可采用法兰转接或不锈钢卡箍连接。
Installation of steel or stainless steel plate in the Gutter (canopies groove) of the rain bucket, to be used in welding and Gutter argon fluoride (canopies groove) welded connection. Stormwater and rainwater pipes to connect fighting, such as different materials, to be used in stainless steel flange adapter or clamp connections.
管道安装：Pipeline Installation:
G、（一）基本要求：) Base requirement:
（a）雨水管道应按设计规定的位置安装，悬吊管不设坡度、要水平安装。
Stormwater pipeline design requirements should be the location of installation, suspension control is no slope to the level of the installation.
(b)雨水立管上应按设计要求设置检查口，检查口中心距地面。当采用高密度聚乙烯(HDPE)管时，检查口的最大设置间距不大于30m。
Rain on the riser design requirements should be set up checkpoints to check population centers from the ground . When using high-density polyethylene (HDPE) pipe, the inspection interval I set up the largest not more than 30m.
(c)雨水横管与立管、立管与排出管的连接弯头采用两个45°弯头或R≥4D的90°弯头。
Horizontal rain and riser pipe, riser pipe from the connection with the use of two 45 ° elbow bend of R ≥ 4D or 90 ° elbow.
(d)雨水管穿过墙壁和楼板按要求设置套管。
Rain water pipe through the walls and floor in accordance with the requirements set casing.
(e)安装过程中，管道及雨水斗的敞开口应采取封堵措施。
The installation process, the buckets of rain water pipes and open closure measures to be taken by mouth.
(f)悬吊系统应避免穿越建筑沉降缝伸缩缝。当因现场情况无法避免时，应根据系统管材的特点，考虑不同管材的挠度，采取相应措施。
Suspension should be avoided through the construction joints settlement joint. As a result of the situation can not be avoided, the pipe should be based on the characteristics of the system, taking into account different pipe deflection, to take corresponding measures.
(二) HDPE管安装 The installation of HDPE pipe:
热熔连接Hot Melting Connection
断管：Pipe break 清理：Cleaning 加热：Heating
冷却：Cooling 调直：Straightening对接或插接c：Contact Joint or Cutting Grafting
电熔连接Electric Melting Connection 插接：Cutting Graftin 电热熔：Boost Melting
（a） HDPE管采用热熔对焊连接或电熔套管连接。
HDPE pipe to connect the use of hot-melt or fused welded casing connection.
(b) HDPE管采用管子切割机切割，切口垂直于管中心,在悬吊的HDPE水平管上使用电熔管箍，与固定件配合安装。
The use of HDPE pipe cutting machine pipe cutting, incision perpendicular to the pipe center, the level of suspension of HDPE pipe on the use of fused pipe hoop, with the installation of fixed items.
(c) HDPE管热熔对接连接：将需安装连接的两根PE管材同时放在热熔器夹具上(夹具可根据所要安装的管径大小更换夹瓦)，每根管材另一端用管支架托起至同一水平面。用电动旋刀分别将管材端面切平整，确保两管材接触面能充分吻合。将电加热板升温至210°C，放置两管材端面中间，操作电动液压装置使两端面同时完全与电热板接触加热。加热达到要求后，抽掉加热板，再次操作液压装置，使已熔融的两管材端面充分对接并锁定液压装置(防止反弹)。加热时管材卷边厚度、对接时间均要满足材料工艺要求，一般可参照厂家提供的技术参数及规范要求。
Butt Fusion HDPE pipe connection: will need to install the PE pipe to connect two devices at the same time fixture on the hot-melt (Fixture to be installed in accordance with the diameter size of the replacement tile folder), the other end of each pipe tube stent to hold the same level. Electric rotary knife cutting, respectively, the formation of pipe-end to ensure that the two tubes can be fully in line contact. Electric heating panels will heat up to 210 ° C, place the middle of the two end pipes, electro-hydraulic device to operate at both ends at the same time fully face contact with the electric heating plate. Meet the requirement of heating, the heating plate removed, re-operation of the hydraulic device so that the two have been fused pipe butt-end and fully hydraulic locking device (to prevent the rebound). When the thickness of the heating pipe crimping, butt time technology to meet the material requirements, manufacturers generally refer to the technical parameters and specifications.
(d)电熔连接：将PE管材完全插入电熔管件内，将专用电熔机两根导线分别接通电熔管件正负两极，接通电源，将预埋在电熔管件内的电热丝加热，使电熔管件与管材接触处材料在加热后熔接成一体。
Fused Connection: PE pipe will be completely fused tube inserted, the machine will be dedicated fused two wires were connected to positive and negative poles of fused pipe, connected to power, will be embedded in a fused tube filament of electric heat so fused pipe fittings and pipe materials in contact with heated Department weld into one.
H、 埋地管安装：
The installation of buried pipe:
(a)由于系统压力较大，排出管宜采用能承压管，并在出户口管道管径加大二级，以便泄压，从而不会冲坏与其连接的雨水井。
As the system pressure is large, discharge pressure control should be used to control and increase the diameter of the pipe 2 accounts in order to relief, which will not be washed out of the rain water wells connected.
(b)埋地雨水管的埋没深度应在冰冻线以下，应考虑管线上部的荷载。
Buried depth of rain water pipe should be buried in the frozen line, consideration should be given to the upper part of the load pipeline.
(c)铸铁管可直接铺设在未经扰动的原土地基上；当不符合要求时，在管沟底部应铺设厚度不小于100mm的砂垫层。
Cast iron pipe can be installed directly, without the disturbance of land based on the original; when not in conformity with requirements, at the bottom of the trench should be installed not less than 100mm thickness of the sand cushion.
(d) HDPE管铺设在-般土质的管沟内铺一层厚度不小于100ram的砂垫层，在穿入检查井与井壁接触的管端部位涂刷两道粘结剂，并滚上粗砂，然后用水泥砂浆砌入，防止漏水，雨水立管的底部弯管处，应设混凝土支墩或采取牢固的固定措施。
The laying of HDPE pipe in - like a soil layer of the pipe trench Shop 100ram not less than the thickness of the sand cushion, in the inspection wells penetrated through contact with the wall of the pipe end 2 parts binder brushing and rolling on the sand , and then water into the sand mortar to prevent leakage of rainwater at the bottom of the riser pipe, the concrete buttress or should be fixed firmly to take measures.
I、灌水、通水试验：
I. The test of irrigation and water
(a)埋地部分管道隐蔽前必须做灌水试验，试验合格后方可隐蔽。
Some hidden underground pipeline irrigation must be done before the trial can be hidden after passing.
(b)雨水斗安装后，必须对屋顶或天沟做灌水试验。试验时堵住所有雨水斗，向屋顶或天沟灌水。水位应淹没雨水斗，持续lh，雨水斗周围屋面或天沟应不渗漏，为合格。
After fighting the installation of rainwater must be done on the roof or water test Gutter. Test bucket rain blocked all of the roof or Gutter water. Bucket rain water should be submerged, continuous lh, Rainwater Gutter fighting around the roof should not leak or for the qualified.
(c)雨水管道安装后应做灌水试验，灌水高度必须到每个系统上部的雨水斗。高层建筑灌水可分段进行。满水15min，水面下降后，再灌满观察5min，液面不降，接口无渗漏为合格。
Rainwater pipes should be done after the installation of water testing, water height of the upper part of each system must be to fight the rain. Irrigation sub-high-rise buildings can be carried out. Water over 15min, drop in the water and then filled observation 5min, level did not fall, leak-free for qualified interface.
(d)雨水主立管、水平管及干管均应作通水试验，排水应畅通，无堵塞。
材料Material
A、管材： The material of pipe:
应采用铸铁管、钢管(镀锌钢管、不锈钢管)及HDPE管材料。用于同一系统的管材和管件及虹吸式雨水斗的连接短管应采用相同材质，各种管材的验收详材料标准。
Should be cast iron pipe, steel pipe (galvanized steel, stainless steel pipe) and HDPE pipe material. For the same system of pipes and pipe fittings and rainwater syphonic short tube connecting the buckets should be used the same materials, all kinds of pipe material acceptance criteria are set.
B、雨水斗：Bucket rain:
（a）雨水斗应采用经水力测试的虹吸式雨水斗，且带有防涡流装置。
Rain bucket should be tested by hydraulic bucket siphon rain, and with the anti-eddy current device.
(b)设置于屋面上的虹吸式雨水斗，其接触片材质应和屋面防水材料相对应。对于采用沥青作为防水材料的屋面，可采用不锈钢的接触片。设置于天沟内的虹吸式雨水斗应带连接片，连接片材质应根据天沟材质确定。
Set up on the roof Siphon rain bucket, the contact piece of roofing material should be and the corresponding material. For the use of asphalt as a waterproofing roofing material, to be used in contact with stainless steel film. Set in the days of trench fighting rain syphonic tablets should be connected with connecting material film material should be determined in accordance with Gutter.
机具设备Equipment
电熔焊机、对接型热熔机、角磨机、电焊机、切割机、水平尺。
Electric welding machine, butt-type hot-melt machine, angle grinder, welding machine, cutting machine, horizontal ruler.
灌水试验Water Test
埋地管道、管井内立管、吊顶内横支管及有防结露要求的管道在隐蔽前需进行灌水试验。
其灌水高度不应低于底层卫生器具的上边缘或底层地面高度，灌水15min后，再灌满观察5min，液面不下降，管道及接口无渗漏为合格。
卫生间支管灌水试验，如果每层需要作闭水试验，气囊的安放有两种办法：一种是边安装边作，安装完成一层排水横支管，从三通甩口处放下气囊;一种是最后统一作，该层有检查口的，将气囊安设在检查口上方；该层无检查口的，将气囊接出一根5m长的气管(可用氧气带子)，将气囊从上层检查口慢慢往下放，估计气囊位于三通下方即可。
试压前通知有关人员，合格后验收签字，办理工序交接手续。然后把水泄净，再进行下道隐蔽工序工作。
Buried pipeline, within the riser tube, ceiling with horizontal branch pipe and the requirements of anti-condensation pipes in irrigation need to be hidden before the test.
Should not be lower than its high water sanitation equipment on the ground floor or the bottom edge of the high ground, water after 15min, and then filled observation 5min, liquid does not drop, no leakage of pipelines and qualified interface.
Toilet water test tube, each needs to be closed if the water tests, the installation of airbags in two ways: one is the installation of edge for edge, a layer of drainage installation is complete horizontal branches, from three to lay down their balloon off the mouth Department; one is for the final unification of the layer to check the mouth to check the airbags installed in the top of the mouth; the story without checking I would take out a balloon of the tracheal length 5m (available oxygen tape), will air from the upper mouth to check the slow down the release, it is estimated that air bags can be located in the bottom of three direct links.
Pressure test before informing the staff, signed after passing inspection, the procedures for the handover process. China's net and then the water and then cover the next process.
满水排泄试验
Full of water excretion test
卫生器具交工前应100%做满水排泄试验。将卫生器具放满水，达到溢水口处，检查溢水口是否畅通，拔出塞堵，检查排水点的通畅情况、管路及各连接件有无堵塞及渗漏现象。合格后填写“灌(满)水试验记录”，报请项目监理部验收。
Sanitary ware hand over a completed project should be a full 100% test water excretion. Sanitary ware will be full of water, reached the mouth spillway, the spillway mouth to check the flow, pull out the block plug to check the patency of the drainage point, the pipe and the connector and plug the leakage of any phenomenon. Qualified to fill "irrigation (full) water test records", reported to the Commissioner of the Department of acceptance of the project.
通球试验Pass-the-ball test
A．项目划分及试验内容：一般按规范和设计要求分部位、分系统进行。排水水平干管、主立管应进行100%通球试验，并做记录。通球试验应在室内排水及卫生器具等安装全部完毕，通水检查合格后进行。管道试球直径应不小于排水管道管径的2/3，应采用体轻、易击碎的空心球体进行，通球率必须达到100%。
And test the contents of the project divided into: General design requirements in accordance with norms and sub-parts, sub-systems to carry out. The level of drainage pipe, the main riser should be 100% pass the ball test, and take notes. Test should pass the ball indoors sanitary ware, such as drainage and installation of all finished water after passing inspection. Test pipe should be not less than the ball diameter pipes diameter 2 / 3 should be used in weight and easy to crushing of the hollow spheres, and pass the ball to reach the 100 percent rate.
B。主要试验方法：B. The main test method:
排水立管应自立管顶部将试球投入，在立管底部引出管的出口进行检查，通水将试球从出口冲出。
a. Drainage riser pipe should be self-reliant in the ball at the top of the test, in the riser pipe at the bottom of the export of lead inspections, water will test the ball out from the export.
横干管及引出管应将试球在检查管管段的始端投入，通水冲至引出管末端排出。室外检查井(结合井)处需加临地网罩，认便将试球截住取出。
Wang dry tubes and pipes should be led to try to check the ball before the end of pipe section of input water to pass from the end of extraction tube. Outdoor inspection wells (combination wells) would need to increase network temporary cover, try to identify the ball will be stopped out.
C．通球试验以试球通畅无阻为合格。若试球不通的，要及时清理管道的堵塞物并重新试验，直到合格为止。
Pass-the-ball Test is passed when the ball don’t meet stop. If the ball makes no sense to try to clean up in time to plug the pipe material and re-testing until qualified so far.
（三）薄壁不锈钢管道安装Thin-walled Stainless Steel Pipe Installation
1工艺流程Process Flow
施工准备 → 材料检查验收 → 测量下料 → 管件组对 → 支架制安 → 管道连接及法兰连接 → 试压冲洗 → 管道验收及保温 → 设备碰头 → 系统调试
Construction Preparation - Material Acceptance Inspection – Measurement and Blanking – Pipe Fittings Pairing – Support – Pipe Connection and Flange Connecton – Flushing and Pressure Test – Pipe Acceptance and Insulation – Equipment – System Debugging
2施工工艺Construction Technology
室内生产生活冷水管、热水管全部采用薄壁不锈钢管；管径≥DN125采用沟槽连接,管径≤DN100采用卡压连接，不锈钢管进场后，应对管件进行认真检验，表面纵向应无明显划痕，管端平整无毛刺、裂缝、结疤、气孔。管件、材质、规格型号应与要求一致，并与其它金属材料分开堆放，防止其表面被砂石或其它金属等硬物划伤。
Cold water pipe and hot water pipe for indoor production and living are all produced with thin-walled stainless steel pipe: groove coupling when pipe diameter is ≥DN125 and compression connection when pipe diameter is ≤DN100. After the entry of stainless steel pipe, pipe fittings should be carefully examined to make sure that there is no obvious scratch on the vertical surface and the pipe end should be flat without burrs, crack, scars and stoma. Pipe fittings, material and specification should be as same as required. And pipe fittings should be separated from other metal materials to prevent scratch on the surface by something hard like sandstone or other metals.
管道切割应用砂轮切割机（砂轮片为专用砂轮片）切,切割后用专用锉刀将管口内外的杂物和毛刺清理干净.夹持不锈钢管时，两侧应用木板或橡胶板衬垫，以免夹伤管壁。不锈钢管不得用气割进行切割和坡口。
Abrasive cutting machine (of which the grinding wheel should be particular) should be used for pipe cutting. After the cutting, use special file to clean sundries and burrs inside and outside the pipe orifice. Stainless steel pipe should have wood plank or rubber plate as pad on its two sides to prevent damage to the pipe wall when being helded. Gas cutting must not be used for cutting and bevelling of stainless steel pipe.
不锈钢管安装前将不锈钢管切成所需之长度，注意断面必须与管道轴线垂直，并用专用锉刀将端面毛刺锉平和修光
Cut stainless steel pipe in required lengths before installing and make sure the cross section must remain vertical with pipe axis. And use special file to file away and dress smooth burrs at the end face.
不锈钢管敷设时，不得有轴向扭曲，穿越墙体和楼地板时不得强制校正。安装完毕，不得有塌腰、拱起的波浪现象和扭曲的蛇弯现象
Stainless steel pipe must not have axial twist problem when laying and must not be forcefully regulated when penetrating wall and floor. Never allow to have contracted waist, arched waves and twist phenomenon after the installation.
管道嵌墙时，热水管（除保温管道外）必须保证有一定伸缩余量，在其拐弯处，管件和墙体之间可设置发泡塑料或其他软性材料，且用水泥砂浆使其紧贴管件
When embedding pipes into the wall, make sure hot water pipes (except insulation pipes) have extend-retract allowance to some degree. Expanded plastic or other soft materials could be put between pipe fittings and walls at the corner and be made cling to pipe fittings with cement mortar.
薄壁不锈钢管支、吊架安装位置应正确、平正、牢固。固定支架间距不宜大于15m，热水管固定支架的间距应根据管线热胀量、膨胀节允许补偿量等确定。固定支架宜设置在变径、分支、接口及穿越承重墙、楼板的两侧、立管底部、管道配水点、设备接管处。明装不锈钢管道的活动支架宜采用不锈钢支架或管卡，公称直径不大于25mm的管道安装时，也可采用塑料管卡，如选用其他金属（除铜外）支架或管卡时，两者接触面应采用木质或橡胶等软物隔垫
The support and hanger of thin-walled stainless steel pipe should have correct, even and firm installation position. The distance between mounting brackets should be no more than 15m and the distance between mounting brackets of hot water pipe should be determined according to thermal expansion volume of pipeline and compensation dosage of expansion joint allowed. Mounting brackets should be set at reducing nipples, branches, interfaces, penetrating loading bearing walls, two sides of floor, buttom of vertical pipe, pipe distribution points and where the equipment is to be taken over. Stainless steel pipe should have stainless steel support or pipe clamp as its movable support for unfold installation. Plastic pipe clamp could be also used for pipe installation when the nominal diameter is no more than 25mm. When other metals (except copper) are used as support or pipe clamp, soft shock insulators like wooden materials or rubber should be used at the interface.
冷热水管安装完毕应进行试压冲洗，试压时应分段缓慢升压至试压值，冷水管道试验压力为管道系统工作压力的倍，但不得小于,热水管道试验压力为管道系统顶点的工作压力加，但系统顶点的试验压力不得小于，并保持10分钟无渗漏为合格，并做好记录
Flushing and pressure test should be carried out after the installatio of cold water pipes and hot water pipes. Pressure test should be done with pressure slowly raised to pressure test value segment by segment. The pressure for cold water pipe test is times that of working pressure of pipe system and no less than MPa, whereas the pressure for hot water pipe test is the working pressure of systme apex (which can not be less than ) plus . Keeping the pressure for 10 minutes without leakage means the test is passed and at the same time take down records.
饮用水管道在试压合格后宜采用低氯离子消毒液灌满管道进行消毒。消毒液在管道中应静置24h，排空后，再用饮用水清洗至符合《生活饮用水卫生标准》GB5749的要求后方可使用
Pipe for potable water should be sterilized in full pipe of low chloride disinfectant after pressure test is passed. Disinfectant should be left for rest of 24 hours in the pipe which after emptying of disinfectant is rinsed in potable water until it conforms to the requirements of Sanitary Standard for Drinking Water GB5749.
不锈钢管安装、试压完后，要进行管道保温工作，保温材料采用橡塑，不同规格管道保温厚度如下 Pipe insulation is carried out after installation and pressure test of stainless steel pipe. The insulation material should adopt rubber and plastic. Insulation thickness for pipes of different specifications is as follows:
管 道（mm）Pipe
DN50以下
DN50 below
DN70～150
DN200以上
DN200 above
保 温 厚 度（mm）Insulation Thickness
30
40
50
管道穿墙，楼板时，根据所穿构筑物的厚度及管径尺寸确定套管规格、长度，下料后套管内刷防锈漆一道，管道安装时，把预制好的套管穿好，套管应当高出地面50mm，下端与楼板面平，预埋上下层套管时，中心线需垂直，凡有管道煤气的房间，所有套管的缝隙均应按设计要求做填料严密处理
Determine the size and length of casing pipe according to the thickness of penetrated structure and pipe diameter during penetrating of pipes into walls and floors. Paint anti-rust varnish inside the casing pipe after blanking and prepare the prefabricated casing pipe with casing pipe 50mm higher than ground and its bottom at the same level as floor surface. Make sure their center lines remain vertical with each other when embedding upper and lower casing pipes. Deal with the gap of all casing pipes strictly following the stuffing operation as required by design in the rooms where there are gas pipes.
（四）钢管法兰连接Steel Pipe Flange Connection
1焊接式法兰连接Welded Flange Connection
焊接法兰安装工序Flange Welding Installation Process
法兰装配→焊接→制垫→加垫→穿螺栓→坚固Flange Assembly – Welding – Pad Making – Cushioning – Bolt Invasion - Fastening
焊接法兰的安装要点Installation Points for Flange Welding
工 序Items
安 装 要 点Installation Points
装配与焊接Assembly and Welding
选好法兰装在相连接的两个管端，将法兰套在管端后要注意两边法兰螺栓孔是否一致，先点焊一点，校正垂直度，最后将法兰与管道焊接牢固。平焊法兰的内外两面都必须与管道焊接。如图示管端不可与法兰密封面平齐，要根据管壁厚留出余量
Connect flange to pipe ends of two adjacent pipes and check whether the bolt holes on both sides of flange are consistent. Spot weld, correct verticality and finally weld flange firmly with pipes. Both interior and exterior flange should be sealed with pipes for flat welding. As shown in the picture, the pipe end should not be parallel and level with flange sealing face, instead margin should be left based on pipe wall thickness.
制垫、加垫
Pad Making and Cushioning
现场制作的法兰垫圈用凿子或剪刀裁制。法兰点片的内径不得大于法兰内径而突入管内，垫片的外径最好等于法兰连接螺孔内边缘所在的圆周直径，并留有一个“尾巴”，便于拿放。垫片上忌涂抹白厚铅油，不允许使用双层垫片
Flange gasket made on site is cut with chisel or scissors. The interior diameter of flange gasket should be no more than flange interior diameter to avoid intrusion into pipes. Its exterior diameter should be better equal to the diameter of circle formed by flange connecting screw inner edge and the “tail” left makes for handling. No white lead oil on gasket and no double-layer gasket are used.
穿螺栓及紧固
Bolt Invasion and Fastening
法兰穿入螺栓的方向必须一致，拧紧法兰需使用合适的扳手，分2～3次进行。拧紧的顺序应对称、均匀地进行拧紧。螺栓长度以拧紧后端部伸出螺母长度不大于螺栓直径的一半，且不少于两个螺纹。
Keep consistent direction in bolt invasion and the fastening of flange with suitable wrench is finished in 2~3 times. Fastening is done in symmetrical and uniform order. After fastening, the length of nut extending out of the end is no more than half bolt diameter and no less than two threads.
为便于拆卸法兰，法兰和管道或器件支架的边缘与建筑物之间的距离一般不应小于200 mm
For the convenience of flange dismantlement, the distance between flange and pipes or the distance between devices support edge and buildings should be no less than 200mm.
（五）管道螺纹连接Pipe Thread Connection
1管道螺纹连接流程Pipe Thread Connection Process
断管→套丝→配装管件→管段调直→安装Breaking Pipe – Threading Chasing – Pipe Fittings Assembly – Pipe Section Straightening - Installation
2管道螺纹连接注意事项Cautions for Pipe Thread Connection
加工管螺纹的套丝机必须带有自动度量设备，加工螺纹时，使用螺纹量规检查螺纹是否符合管道螺纹锥度的标准（JIS B 0203）The threading machine for thread processing must have automatic measurement devices so as to check whether threads comply with the standard of thread taper (JIS B 0203) in threads processing.
管道螺纹连接采用电动套丝机进行加工，加工次数为1～4次不等。管径15～32mm套2次；管径40～50mm套3次；管径70mm以上套3～4次
Use electric pipe threading machine for processing of pipe thread connection for 1~4 processing times. 2 times for 15~32mm of pipe diameter, 3 times for 40~50mm of pipe diameter and 3~4 times for 70mm of pipe diameter.
螺纹的加工做到端正、清晰、完整光滑，不得有毛刺、断丝，缺丝总长度不得超过螺纹长度的10%
The processing of threads should be done to make threads upright, clear, complete and smooth without burrs, broken ends and the total length of short of wire should be no more than 10% of the length of threads.
螺纹连接时，填料采用白厚漆麻丝或四氟乙烯生料带，一次拧紧，不得回拧，紧后留有螺纹2～3圈
Fillers for thread connection should be white hemp thread or PTFE raw material belt. Threads should be fastened tight one-time with 2~3 circles of threads left and re-fastening is not allowed.
管道连接后，把挤到螺纹外面的填料清理干净，填料不得挤入管腔，以免阻塞管路，同时对裸露的螺纹进行防腐处理
Clear the fillers outside of threads after pipe connection. Fillers could not be squashed into the pipe to avoid block. At the same time, antiseptic treatment should be done to the naked threads.
喷淋支管应分两次安装，第一次必须在吊顶前将水平横管安装到位，开出三通口。第二次必须在吊顶装饰吊龙骨时穿插安装支管
Spray support should be installed in two times: install horizontal pipe well before suspended ceiling and open three openings at the first time and insert support when decorating ceiling joist to suspended ceiling at the second time.
（五）给水管道冲洗、压力试验Water Supply Pipe Flushing and Pressure Test
1试压水源Water Supply for Pressure Test
试压水源为工程临时用水水源，利用每层临设用水点。Water supply for pressure test is taken from construction water for temporary purpose and set temporary water use sites in every floor.
为确保管道一次性试压成功，现场成立试压组。把管道系统按照设计的系统竖向分区分成若干段，分段分区单独试压， 系统全部完成后整体试压。Establish pressure test team on site for the success of one-time pressure test of pipes. Divide pipe system into several sections according to designed vertical division block and have individual test of every section and block and final pressure test for the system as a whole.
2试压一般要求General Requirements for Pressure Test
管道在隐蔽前做好单项水压试验，系统安装完后进行综合水压试验Take individual hydraulic tests before covering up pipes and have a comprehensive hydraulic test after the installation of system.
试压前要先封好盲板，认真检查管路是否连接正确，有无管内堵死现象Seal the blind plate and check carefully whether the pipeline is correctly connected and block phenomenon in the pipe before pressure test.
管路上的各种阀门在安装前要拆开清洗，检查阀柄是否灵活，并经试压不漏后方可安装Take apart all valves along the pipeline for washing before installation, check whether valve handles are flexible. The valves can be installed after passing the pressure test.
压力管道试压注水要从底部缓慢进行，等最高点放气阀出水，确认无空气时再打压，打至工作压力时检查管道以及各接口、阀门有无渗漏，如无渗透漏时再继续升压至试验压力，如有渗透漏时要及时修好，重新打压。如均无渗漏，持续规定时间内，观察其压力下降在允许范围内Water for pressure test of pressure piping is injected slowly from the bottom until there is water from deflation valve at the top and suppress when there is no air. Continue to raise pressure to testing pressure when there is no leakage from pipes, all joints and valves after checking. Repairment should be done in time if there is leakage and resuppress. Obeserve pressure decline to allowed range within continuous set time if there is no leakage.
压力管道试压设备采用电动打压泵或手动打压泵，试压用的压力表不少于2只，精度不得低于级，量程要为试验压力值的～2倍The equipemnt for pressure test of pressure piping should be electric pressure pump or manual pressure pump with no less than 2 pressure gauges and with precision no less than grade and measuring range should be ~2 times that of pressure testing value.
试压时要设多人进行巡回检查，严防跑水、冒水现象Parol inspection is necessary to prevent metal breakout and sweating phenomenon during pressure test.
3管道试压Pipe Pressure Test
与水泵连接的管道，试压按加压泵净水头的2倍进行，但不得小于
Pressue test should be twice that of pressure pump net head and no less than for the pipe connected to water pump.
高位水箱连接的管道，试压按水箱静水头的2倍进行，但不得小于
Pressue test should be twice that of water tank static head and no less than for the pipe connected to high level cistern.
金属给水管道系统在试验压力下先观测10分钟，压力降不得大于 MPa，然后降到工作压力进行检查，要不渗不漏
Metal feedwater pipe should be first observed for 10 minutes under testing pressure. Decrease pressure of no more than and then decrease to working pressure and check to make sure there is no leakage.
管道承压测试时间最少为60min
The time for pipe pressure-bearing test is 60 minutes.
4管道冲洗Pipe Flushing
在系统试压合格后，交付使用前进行冲洗试验，冲洗要以有压生活用水进行冲洗，直至水中不带泥沙、铁屑等夹质，且出口处水的颜色、透明度与入口处水的颜色基本一致时方为合格。After passing pressure test, flushing test is carried out for the system before taking over to use. Flush the system in confined water for life until there is no impurities such as silt and scrap iron in water and water at the outlet has almost the same color and transparency as that of water at the inlet.
管路要分段分区进行冲洗。冲洗进水口及排水口要选择适当位置，各区的冲洗顺序按主干管、立管、支管的顺序，由上往下进行冲洗Have individual flushing of pipeline for every section and block. Choose suitable positon as water inlet and water outlet for flushing and have up-town flushing in the order of principal pipes, vertical pipes and branch pipes.
清洗前要将管路上的减压阀、滤网、温度计、止回阀等阻碍污物通过的部件拆下，对管道支架、吊架进行检查，必要时要采取加固措施。同时在各条管路上装设法兰盲板，并在盲板上接临时给水或排水管道Dismantle parts which will block the flow of dirt such as relief valve, filter gauze, thermometer and check valve along the pipeline before flushing. Check pipe support and hanger and take measures to reinforce them if necessary. At the same time set blank flange in every pipeline and connect temporary feedwater pipe or drainage pipe on the blank.
向管路内注满水保持系统内一定压力Inject pipeline with water for full and keep the system at a fixed pressure.
冲洗直径大于100mm的管道时，要对其焊缝、死角和底部进行敲打，但不得损伤管道Tap the welding line, blind angle and the bottom when washing pipes of more than 100mm diameter and take care not to damage pipes.
对不能经受冲洗的设备和冲洗后可能存留脏物、杂物的管道段，如过滤器及除污器等，要进行清理Clean devices which cannot stand washing and the pipe section which may have dirt and sundries left after washing such as filters or dirt separators.
清洗合格后再装上拆下的部件Reinstall the parts which are dismantled after enough washing.
5管道消毒Pipe Sterilizaion
饮用水管道在试压合格后交付使用前，宜采用%高锰酸钾消毒液灌满管道进行消毒。消毒液在管道中要静置24h，排空后，再用饮用水冲洗。After pressure test is passed, pipe for potable water should be sterilized in full pipe of % potassium permanganate disinfectant before it is taken over for use. Disinfectant should be left for rest of 24 hours in the pipe which after emptying of disinfectant is rinsed in potable water.
饮用水的水质要达到现行的国家标准。Potable water should be up to the existing national standards for its water quality.
6管道泄水Pipe Drainage
试压后泄水关系到电气安全、成品保护和地下室干燥问题，必须加以重视，要单独编制泄水方案，对于较大的水量，要考虑回收重复利用的方案。Pay great attention to pipe drainage after pressure test as it concerns electrical safety, finishd products protection and dryness of basement. It is necessary to make plans against pipe drainage and consider recovery and reuse for larger water volume.
建筑内各区各段试压后的泄水可考虑加装临时排水管道，排至邻近楼层的较大的水箱（池）内暂时贮存，以便重复利用；或者可用水龙带接至新的试压管道二次利用。Consider to add temporary drainage pipeline for drainage after pressure test in the sections and blocks of buildings. Lay the pipeline to larger water tank of adjacent buildings for temporary store and reuse or connect pipeline to new pressure test pipes with water hose for reutilization.
系统泄水根据现场实际情况，加装临时管线，排至地下室消防及杂用水合用的砼水池，设临时水泵，重复利用以供应现场临时生产用水。Lay temporary pipeline for drainage in view of the practical situation on site to concrete pools shared for firefighting and miscellaneous water in the basement and set temporary water pump for reuse and provide water for temporary production on site.
排水系统施工工艺流程图Construction Technology Flow of Drainage System
施工准备工作：Construction Preparation
灌水试验：Water Filling Test
洁具安装：Sanitary Appliance Installation
通水试验：Water Test
熟悉图纸资料：Get familiar with Drawings and Data
排污管安装：Discharge Pipe Installation
排粪管安装：Defecation Pipe Installation
透气管安装：Vent Pipe Installation
集水排灌系统管道安装：Pipe Installation for Catchments and Irrigation-drainage Network
潜水泵安装：Submersible Pump Installation
排灌系统试运行与调整：Commissioning and Adjustment of Irrigation-drainage Network
样板施工：Sample Construction
管线放线：Setting-out of Pipeline
支架制安：Support
室外管道安装：Exterior Pipe Installation
竣工验收：Completion and Inspection
排水系统试验：无压管道灌水试验Drainage System Test
生活污水管、废水管道在隐蔽前必须做灌水试验，其灌水高度要以一层楼的高度要不低于底层卫生器具的上边缘或底层地面高度，满水最少30min。满水15min水面下降后，再灌满观察15min，液面不下降，管道及接口无渗漏为合格。Water filling test should be done before covering up sanitary sewer and waste pipe with watering height of one storey higher than the upper edge of sanitary ware at bottom layer or the height of ground floor and keep injecting water for at least 30 minutes. When there is fall of water surface after 15 minutes of injection, continue to inject to full and observe for another 15 minutes with no drop of water surface and no leak from pipe or joints meaning qualified.
序 号
Serial No.
作 业 要 求
Operation Requirements
1
将胶管、胶囊等按图所示组合后，并对工具进行试漏检查，将胶囊置于水盆内水盆装满水，边充气，边检查胶囊、胶管接口处是否漏气Combine rubber hose and capsule as shown by the picture and have leak test to tools. Place capsule in basin full of water for inflation and at the same time check whether there is leak at the joint of capsule and rubber hose.
2
地漏灌水至水面离地表面5mm以上Fill water until the water surface is 5mm above the ground.
3
打开检查口，先用卷尺在管外大大测量由检查口至被检查管段的距离，然后量出胶囊到胶管的相应长度，并在胶管上作好记号，以控制胶囊进入管内的位置Open inspection hole, measure the distance between inspection hole and inspected pipe section with flexible rule outside the pipe and then corresponding length from capsule to rubber hose and make marks on rubber hose for control of capsule position into the pipe.
4
将胶囊由检查口慢慢放入，至放到所测距离，然后向胶囊充气并观察压力值上升到为止，最高不超过，从而将下部管道堵严Slowly put capsule into inspection hole and stop at the measured distance. Inflate capsule and observe until pressure value rises to and the maximum should not exceed so as to shut the lower pipes tight.
5
用胶管从方便的管口向管道内灌水，边灌水边观察卫生设备水位，直到灌水水面高出地面为止，停止灌水，记下管内水面位置和停止灌水时间，并对管道、接口逐一检查。从开始灌水时即设专人检查监视易跑水部位，发现堵盖不严或管道出现漏水时均要停止向管道内灌水Inject water into pipe with rubber hose from pipe orifice and meanwhile observe the water level of sanitary equipment. Stop injection until water surface is higher than ground, make marks at water surface of interior pipe and the time of stopping injection and check pipes and joints. It is necessary to appoint some persons to check and watch over parts that are easy for metal breakout and to stop injection of water when discovering loose block or when there is leak from pipes.
6
停止灌水15min后在未发现管道及接口渗漏的情况下再次向管道内灌水，使管内水面回复到停止灌水时的位置后第二次记下时间when there is no leak from pipes or joints 15 minutes after stopping injection, continue to inject water into pipes until water rises to the level where injection is stopped and take down time again.
7
在第二次灌满水15min后，对管内水面共同进行检查，水面位置没有下降则管道灌水试验合格15 minutes after the second injection, have a joint check of water surface of interior pipes with the result of no drop of water surface meaning pipe filling test is passed.
8
试验合格后，排净管道中积水，并封堵各管口Empty standing water in pipes after passing the test and block all pipe orifices.
室外埋地排水管线施工工艺流程Construction Technology Flow of Exterior Buried Water Discharge Line
施工准备 → 材料检验 → 管沟开挖 → 管沟清理 → 管道连接 → 管道防腐 → 管道敷设前检查 → 管道敷设 → 管道验收 → 分层回填夯实。
Construction Preparation – Materials Examination - Trench Excavation – Trench Cleaning – Pipe Connection – Pipe Preservation – Check before Laying Pipe – Pipe Laying – Pipe Acceptance Inspection – Refilling and Tamping layer-by-layer
卫生洁具安装Sanitary Appliance Installation
1工艺流程Process Flow
安装准备→管道预制→污水干管、立管、支管安装→通水通球试验→洁具安装→灌水试验Installation Preparation – Pipe Prefabrication – Installation of Main Pipe, Vertical Pipe and Branch Pipe for Sewage – Water Test and Ball Passing Test – Sanitray Appliance Installation – Water Filling Test
2安装一般要求General Requirements of Installation
．按图纸要求的平面坐标，找准地面线，按器具的尺寸在地面、墙面栽好膨胀螺栓（并在螺栓上涂上密封胶，以免破坏防水），卫生器具的支托架必须牢固、平整，与器具结合必须严密；Choose ground line according to the plane coordinate as required by drawings and place expansion bolt well in the ground and wall based on the size of equipment (cover bolt with sealant to prevent damage to its waterproof property). Make sure the support of sanitary appliance is firm and tidy and it must be tightly connected with appliance.
．所有器具安装前必须将排水口覆盖物等管堵摘掉，将承口内清理干净方可安装；Take away pipe plug like coverings at outlet before installing appliance and install the appliance after faucets are cleaned clear.
．卫生器具的支、托架必须防腐良好，安装平整、牢固，与器具接触紧密、平稳；The support and bracket of sanitary appliance must be good at antisepsis. They should be installed tidy and tight with close and stable connection with appliances.
．卫生器具的给水配件应完好无损伤，接口严密，启闭部分灵活；Water supply fittings of sanitary appliance should be complete with no damage, tight joint and be flexible to open and close.
．卫生器具安装质量要求严格按施工验收规范的要求；Installation quality of sanitary appliance should strictly follow the specification of construction and acceptance.
．大便器排水口与排水管之间的缝隙均匀，缝间填满油灰，确保不渗漏。安装时，用比量法定位，即将便器底盘上抹满油灰，下水口抹油灰，插入下水管口，直接挂在墙面上，压实抹去底盘挤出油灰即可；The crack between outlet of water closet and drainage pipe should be even and filled with putty to prevent leak. During installation, to locate with rough measurment method, that is to cover chassis of water closet and outlet with putty and insert outlet into sewer pipe orifice, all of which is then directly hung onto wall. Finally press off the chassis and squeeze out putty.
．小便器采用挂墙式自动感应一体型小便器，后排水。可脱卸存水弯易于清扫。安装前后检查给、排水预留管口是否在一条垂线上，间距是否一致。符合要求后按照管口找出中心线，将下水管周围清理干净，将小便器稳装找平、找正，将小便器挂在挂钩上；Use wall-hung auto sensing urinal for drainage. The trap of urinal could be dismantled, which makes it easy for cleaning. Before and after installation, check whether reserved feedwater and drain pipe orifices are in the same perpendicular line and whether they have same space length. Find out center line based on pipe orifice after meeting the requirements and clean the surrounding areas of sewer pipe. Finally fit urinals straightly and level and hang urinals onto hangers.
．卫生洁具的安装尺寸可按具体规格选用。Choose assembly dimensions of sanitary appliance according to specfic size.
3卫生器具安装允许偏差Permissible variation in sanitary appliance installation
项目Item
允许偏差（mm）Permissible variation
坐标Coordinate
单独器具Individual Appliance
10
成排器具Appliance in rows
5
标高Elevation
单独器具Individual Appliance
±15
成排器具Appliance in rows
±10
器具水平度Degree of level of Appliance
2
器具垂直度Verticality of Appliance
3
4满水与通水试验Water Full Test and Water Test
卫生洁具、地漏及地面清扫口等安装完成于交工前，应分系统（区、段）进行满水与通水试验After installation of sanitary appliance, floor drainage and clean-out opening , water full test and water test should be carried out for every system (section and block) before taking over.
室内给水系统按设计要求同时开放的最大数量的配水点是否全部达到额定流Check whether the maximum quantity of distribution points in interior water supply system all achieve rated current as required by design.
室内排水系统，按给水系统的1/3配水点同时开放，检查各排水点是否畅通，接口处有无渗漏Interior drainage system has its distribution points opened simultaneously as many as 1/3 that of water supply system. Check whether all drain points are smooth and whether there is leak at the joint.
具体的检验方法：满水15min水面下降后，再灌满观察5min，液面不降，各连接件如角阀、软管等不渗不漏，给、排水畅通，为合格Specific inspection method: when water surface drops after 15 minutes of injection to full, re-inject water to full and observe for 5 minutes with the result of no drop of water surface, no leak from various fittings like corner valves and flexible hoses and smooth water supply and drainage meaning the test is passed.
消防工程Fire Engineering
预留预埋Preformed and Embedded Stage
1）工艺流程Process Flow
熟悉图纸：Get familiar with drawings
深化设计：Deepen the design
绘制预留预埋图：Draw Preformed and Embedded Drawings
材料准备：Material Preparation
加工制作预留预埋件：Preformed and Embedded Parts Processing and Making
复核检查确定预留预埋点：Back checking and Determination of Preformed and Embedded Points
预留预埋施工：Preformed and Embedded Construction
2）工作要点Key Points for the Work
工作内容
Work Contents
工 作 要 点
Key Points for the Work
预留预埋准备Preformed and Embedded Preparation
专业施工员认真熟悉施工图纸，找出所有预埋预留点，并统一编号，在预留预埋图中标注清晰，便于各专业的预留预埋。同时与其他专业沟通，避免日后安装冲突Professional builders get familiar with construction drawings and find out all preformed and embedded points which are then uniformly numbered and marked clearly in preformed and embedded drawings for the convenience of pre-forming and embedding of various fields. The builders should communicate with workers of other fields to prevent later conflict in installation.
预埋件制作
Preformed Parts Making
严格按图纸要求或标准图集加工制作防水套管、穿墙套管Make and process water strong pipes and penetrating-wall casing pipes strictly as required by drawings or standard collection.
穿楼板
孔洞预留Preformed Penetrating-Floor Holes
预留孔洞根据尺寸做好木盒子或钢套管，确定位置后预埋，并采用可靠的固定措施，防止其移位。由总包预留预埋的孔洞要及时复核，发现问题及时沟通并修正Make wooden case or steel thimble for preformed holes based on its size. Perform after determining the position and take reliable measures for reinforcement to prevent displacement. Preformed and embedded holes for general contract should be rechecked in time for prompt communication and correction if there is any problem.
穿墙套管安装Penetration-wall Casing Installation
土建专业在砌筑隔墙时，按专业施工图标高、几何尺寸将套管置于隔墙中，用砌块找平后用砂浆固定，然后交给土建队伍继续施工Architecture field workers lay casing pipes in the partition wall based on elevation in professional construction drawing and geometry when forming the partition wall. They make pipes flat with building blocks and make pipes firm with mortars, all of which are left for ongoing construction of civil work team.
刚性套管安装Rigid Casing Pipe Installation
主体结构钢筋绑扎好后,按照给排水施工图标高几何尺寸找准位置，然后将套管置于钢筋中，焊接在钢筋网中，如果需气割钢筋安装的，须经业主或现场监理同意，安装后必须用加强筋加固，并做好套管的防堵工作Choose correct position according to elevation and geometry in water supply and drainage construction drawings after binding main structure steel bars. Lay casing pipes in steel bars and weld it in steel fabric. Installation of gas cutting steel bars, if necessary, after getting approval from the proprietor or on-site supervisors, should be reinforced with reinforcement ribs. Moreover, the block preventing job of casing pipes should be done well.
套管安装方法Casing Pipes Installation Method
套 管 安 装 方 法 示 意 图Casing Pipes Installation Method Diagram
刚性防水套管Rigid Water Strong Casing
1-钢管Steel Pipe
2-钢套管Steel Casing Pipe
3-翼环Wing Ring
4-挡圈Retainer Ring
5-石棉水泥Asbestos Cement
6-油麻Batched Jute
柔性防水套管Flexible Water Strong Casing
1-钢管Steel Pipe
2-法兰套管Flange Casing Pipe
3-密封圈Sealing Ring
4-法兰压盖Flange Gland
5-螺柱Screw Stud
6-螺母Nut
7-法兰Flange
8-密封膏嵌缝Sealant Joint
9-建筑外墙Outside Wall
10-内侧Inner Side
11-柔性填缝材料Flexible Joint Sealing Material
支架安装Support Installation
Single Steel Bar Hanger Vertical Pipe Shockproof Mounting Bracket
序 号
Serial No.
作 业 要 求
Operation Requirements
1
管道支架加工制作前应根据管道的材质、管径大小等按标准图集进行选型。支架的高度应与其它专业进行协调后确定，防止施工过程中管道与其它专业的管线发生“碰撞”Type selection should be done before processing and making pipe support based on pipe material and size of diameter according to standard collection. Determine the height of support after coordination with other fields to prevent collision of pipe with pipelines of other fields during construction.
2
管道支架采用工厂化制作，制作质量必须符合规范要求，制作成形后应进行除锈和防腐处理Choose batch production for pipe support with the quality comply with standard and antisepsis and embalmment treatment after its production.
3
管道支架必须满足管道的稳定和安全，允许管道自由伸缩并符合安装高度Make sure that pipe support meets the requirement of safety and stability for pipes. Pipe support is installed in the way that pipes can free expand and the support conforms to the mounting height.
4
临近阀门和其他大件管道须安装辅助支架，以防止过大的应力，临近泵接头处亦须安装支架以免设备受力。对于机房内压力管道及其他可把震动传给建筑物的压力管道，必须安装弹簧支架并垫橡胶垫圈以达到减震的目的Auxiliary support should be installed near valves and other large pipes to prevent excessive stress and support near joints of pump to avoid stress for devices. For pressure piping in the machine room or other pressure piping which can pass vibration to buildings, spring support should be installed with rubber ring for vibration damping purpose.
5
垂直安装的总（干）管，其下端应设置承重固定支架，上部末端设置防晃支架固定。管道的干管三通与管道弯头处应加设支架固定，管道支吊架应固定牢固There should be load bearing mounting bracket at the bottom of vertically installed main pipe and anti-shaking support at the end of its top. Support should be added at the main pipe tee and the turn of pipes and the support and hanger of piping should be fastened firmly.
6
喷淋系统管道支吊架安装时，支吊架与喷嘴间距不宜小于300mm，与末端喷嘴间距不宜大于750mm
When installing pipe support and hanger for spray system, the distance between support/hanger and nozzle should be no less than 300mm and no more than 750mm between support/hanger and the end of nozzle.
7
配水支管上每一直管段相邻两喷嘴间至少设置一只支吊架，喷淋及气体灭火系统管道的防晃支架的设置，当管径大于等于DN50时，每段管道至少应设置一个防晃支架There should be at least one support/hanger between two adjacent nozzles in each straight length of water distribution pipe. As for the setting of anti-shaking support for piping in spray system and gas fire-fighting system, there should be at least one anti-shaking support in each section of piping when the pipe diameter is no less than DN50.
8
当管道改变方向时应加置一个防晃支架One anti-shaking support should be added when there is direction change in the piping.
防晃支架Anti-shaking Support
管道沟槽式卡箍连接Pipe Grooved Clamp Connection
沟槽式卡箍管件安装图Installation diagram of grooved clamp pipe fittings
1、安装检查沟槽是否符合标准，去掉管道和密封圈上的毛刺、铁锈、油污等杂质。
Install and check whether the groove conforms to standard and remove impurities like burrs, rust and grease of pipes and sealing ring.
在管道端部和橡胶圈上涂上润滑剂。
Apply lubricant to pipe end and rubber ring.
3、将密封橡胶垫圈套入钢管的密封部位。
Lay rubber gasket adhesive into the sealed parts of steel pipe.
4、将另一根加工好沟槽的钢管靠拢，将橡胶圈套入管端，使橡胶圈刚好位于两根管道的密封部位。Pull close another steel pipe with groove processed and lay rubber ring into the pipe end so that the rubber ring is at the sealed part of two pipes.
5、确认管卡已经卡住管道。Check pipe clamp has locked the piping.
6、拧紧螺栓，安装完成。Screw the bolt and complete the installation.
钢管开孔及安装机械三通的方法Method of Steel Pipes Opening and Mechanical Tee Installation
1、开孔定位，锁紧钢管
Locate opening and lock steel pipe
钻头定位，开孔机钻孔
Locate drill bit and drill of tapping machine
3、去除毛刺并作防腐处理
Remove burrs and have preservative treatment.
在橡胶密封圈涂上润滑剂
Apply lubricant to rubber sealing ring.
5、将密封圈放入机械三通的密封槽内
Put sealing ring into seal groove of mechanical tee.
6、将机械三通卡入孔内
Embed mechanical tee into the hole.
7、连接机械三通的下片
Link to the lower tablet of mechanical tee.
8、用扳手拧紧螺栓
Tighten bolts with wrench.
钢管焊接Steel Pipe Welding
工艺流程Process Flow
管子切断：Pipe Cutting
管口清理：Pipe Orifice Cleaning
打坡口：Beveling
对口并检验平直度：Contra-aperture and Flatness Check
检验焊缝、防腐： Welding Joints and Preservation Examination
施焊：Welding
校正平直度：Flatness Regulation
对接处点焊固定：Spot Welding of joints for Fixation
管道坡口加工Pipes Edges Processing
坡口机加工管道坡口示意图Pipes Edges Processing Diagram of Bevelling Machine
1、调整坡口机固定器
Adjust fixer of beveling machine
使用固定器将坡口机在管道上固定牢固
Use fixer to fasten firm beveling machine in the pipes.
3、启动电源，开始切削坡口
Start the power and begin to cut divided edges.
坡口切削完成，取出坡口机
Take out the beveling machine after the cutting.
管道焊接要点
工 序
Procedure
安 装 要 点
Installation Points
管道切断
Pipes Cutting
管道使用砂轮切割机或切管套丝机断管Use abrasive cutting machine or tube-cut wire-sleeving machine for pipes cutting.
管端坡口
Divided edges of pipe end
施焊前要检查管口圆度与端面垂直度，并对壁厚大于4mm的管道需按规定作坡口。钢管端面与管道轴线的垂直度可按图8测量，端面与角尺的间隙a允许为管径的1%，但不得大于2mm。Check and make sure that circularity of pipe orifice is vertical with end face before welding and make divided edges of pipes with wall thickness of more than 4mm as required. The verticality of steel pipe end face and axial line could be measured as shown in figure 8. The gap between end face and angle square indicated as “a” could be 1% of pipe diameter but no more than 2mm.
管端坡口形式依壁厚而定。但两个管道壁厚不等焊接连接时，薄壁管道端应位于厚壁管道端面内，若内外壁错边量大于3mm时，应对管端进行加工。管道坡口采用坡口机加工The form of divided edges at end face depends on wall thickness. When welding two pipes which are not same in wall thickness, the pipe end of the thinner one should be in the pipe end face of the other one. Processing to pipe end is necessary when the variation between inner wall and outer wall is more than 3mm. Beveling machine is used for the processing of pipe divided edges.
管道对口
Pipe Contra-aperture
对口是保证管道焊接质量及安装平直度的重要环节。壁厚、直径相等的管道对接应使内壁、外壁平齐、中心线一致，用肉眼观察或用角尺检查，不得有错边现象。若壁厚相同直径稍有不同，内壁允许的错边量不应超过壁厚的10%，且不大于2mm。壁厚不同，直径相同的管道对接，要保持中心线一致Contra-aperture is an important step to make sure pipe welding quality and installation flatness. The inner wall should be parallel and level with outer wall with both center lines consistent for butt joint of pipes with equal wall thickness and diameter. And there should be no dislocation from visual study or angle rule inspection. If the pipes are same in wall thickness but different in diameter, the permissible variation of inner wall should not exceed 10% of wall thickness and should be no more than 2mm. The center lines should be uniform for the butt joint of pipes with same diameter and different wall thickness.
管道对口要注意清除内外表面铁锈、泥垢、油污，直到露出金属光泽Clean the rust, dirt and grease on inner and outer surface for butt joint of pipes until there appears metallic luster.
点焊
Spot Welding
管道对口并固定好后用点焊初步固定，用卡具点焊在管壁上固定时应注意拆除卡具时不能损坏管道Use spot welding for preliminary fixation of pipe butt joint and take care not to damage pipes when dismantling clamp during spot welding on pipe wall with clamp.
施焊
Welding
管道焊接时，焊缝位置除设计有规定之外，要注意遵守以下规定：Apart from requirements stated in design, the position for welding should be decided following the rules below:
同一直管段上两个对接焊缝间的距离当DN≥150mm时，不应小于150mm，当DN＜150mm时，不应小于管道外径；The distance between welding lines of two butt joints on the same straight pipe section should be no less than 150mm when DN≥150mm and when DN＜150mm, the distance should be no less than the outer diameter of pipes.
管道对接焊缝距管道的弯曲起点不应小于管道外径，且不应小于100mm；The distance between welding line of butt joint and the turn of piping should be no less than the outer diameter of pipes and no less than 100mm.
管道对接焊缝与支、吊架边缘之间的距离不小于50mm；The distance between welding line of butt joint and support/hanger edges should be no less than 50mm;
不宜在焊缝及其边缘上开孔，当不可避免时，应对开孔直径倍或开孔补强板直径范围内的焊缝进行无损检验。确认焊缝合格后方可开孔。补强板覆盖的焊缝应磨平There should be no openings at welding line and its edge. But if this is unavoidable, undestructive inspection of welding line which is times as long as opening diameter or within the diameter range of opening reinforcement plate should be carried out. There can be holes after confirming the welding line as qualified and the welding lines covered by reinforcement plate should be rubbed flat.
消火栓（箱）安装Hydrant Installation
室内消火栓安装，其位置应符合设计要求，不得擅自改动。室内消火栓其栓口应朝外，且不应与门框相碰。阀门中心距地面为，距箱后内表面为100mm。The position for exterior hydrant installation should conform to design requirements and cannot be altered. The interior hydrant should be installed with hydrant mouth outwards without touch with door frame. The center of valve is from the ground and 100m away from inner face of back case.
消火栓水龙带与快速接头连接，应用专门夹头，并根据箱内构造将水龙带挂在箱内的挂钩或水龙带盘上。消火栓必须密封严实，不得有渗漏，且开启容易。Connect water hose of hydrant to quick coupling with special collet and hang water hose onto the hanger or hose tray inside the case according to the inner case structure. The hydrant should be sealed tight without leak and flexible in opening.
对于安装在消防保护区域内的任何消防栓柜均对其内壁进行防火层处理。Have fireproof treatment of inner wall of any hydrant cabinet which is installed in the fire protection zone.
室外消火栓安装Exterior Hydrant Installation
地上式消防水泵结合器Ground Fire Pump Adapter
消防水泵结合器用于连接消防车机动泵向建筑物的消防管网送水，结合器从送水入口依次设置接口、止回阀、安全阀、闸阀，并连接有放水管、弯头等，为检修方便都设在消防井中，上面加有井盖。Fire pump adapter is connected to engine driven pump of fire truck for water carrying to fire pipe network in buildings. Beginning from water inlet, there are interface, non-return valve, safety valve and gate valve in the adapter which is also connected with relief pipe and trap etc. For the convenience of overhauling, all this is set in hydrant well with well lid on it.
消防水泵安装Fire Pump Installation
水泵安装工艺流程Water Pump Installation Process Flow
基础施工及验收：Foundation Construction and Acceptance
机座安装：Base plate Installation
测定底座水平度：Base Level Determination
地脚螺栓安装：Anchor Bolt Installation
平垫铁安装：Flat Pad Iron Installation
水泵及电机吊装：Water Pump and Motor Hoisting
水泵找平：Leveling of Water Pump
水泵找正：Water Pump Alignment
检测安装偏差：Installation Deviation Checking
水泵试运转：Water Pump Commissioning
水泵安装效果示意图：Water Pump Installation Diagram
电气工程Electric Engineering
变配电工程施工方案Construction plan for Power Distribution Project
变配电工程安装流程Installation Flow of Power Distribution Project
变压器安装Transformer Installation
安装流程Installation Flow
变压器与变电室的高、低压配电柜安装同期进行。安装前，变电室内环境应具备条件，所有的内装饰施工已完成，室内洁净干燥。The installation of transformer and high & low voltage switch boxes in transformer house should be carried out simultaneously. Before installation, the transformer house should have qualified environment in that all internal decoration work is completed and the house is clean and dry.
具体安装工艺流程图如下：The specific installation process flow is as follows:
变压器吊装运到现场：Transformer lifting transported to the site
设备开箱检查验收：Open Package Inspection
变压器安装固定：Transformer Installation and Fixation
电气试验：Electrical Test
空载运行测试：No-load Running Test
负载运行测试：On-load Running Test
减震基础制作安装：Vibration Foundation Making and Installation
高低压配电柜安装完成送电：Power Transmission after Installation of High and Low Voltage Switch Boxes
现场转运On-site Transit
变压器的垂直吊运与同变电室的其他高、低压配电柜同期进行，吊装前对吊装方案进一步论证和优化。地下室变压器用汽车吊从首层预留洞吊运，塔楼设备利用塔吊吊运设备层临时平台。变压器在楼层的水平移动按下图的方法进行。Vertical swinging of transformer and other high & low voltage switch boxes should be carried out simultaneously. Have further argument and optimization of hoisting plan before hoisting. Swing basement transformer with mobile crane from first floor openings and swing scaffold on device layer with tower crane. The horizontal shift of transformer on floors is carried out as shown in the picture below.
变压器在移动过程中确保设备和人身安全。变压器运至安装位置后采用门型架、倒链就位。Make sure the equipment safety and human safety during the move of transformer. The transformer is fixed with door fixture and chain block after being transported to installation position.
安装接线Wiring
变压器基础采用型钢，并安装弹簧减震器。变压器高压侧采用电缆连接，低压侧母线连接，均采用上进上出接线方案。Shaped steel is used for the foundation of transformer which has spring shock absorber installed. Use cables to connect at high voltage side of transformer and generatrix at low voltage side, both connection of
单体试验Monomer Test
变压器特性值测量报告Measuring Reports of Transformer Characteristic Value
a、绕组电阻Winding Resistance b、变比和矢量组Ratio and Vector Group c、组抗电压Impedance Voltage
d、负载损耗Load Loss e、空载损耗No-load Loss f、空载电流No-load Current
绝缘试验Insulation Test
a、工频耐压试验Power Frequency Withstand Test b、感应耐压试验Induced over Voltage Withstand Test c、局部放电测量Partial Discharge Measurements
变压器安装就位前要对它进行绝缘电阻测试，绝缘电阻值大约为：高压对地=250MΩ，低压对地=50 MΩ，高压对低压=250MΩ。如果检测值明显低于前述，则检查变压器是否受潮。Insulation resistance test should be carried out before installation of transformer with insulation resistance value is about: high voltage versus ground =250MΩ, low voltage versus ground =50 MΩ, high voltage versus low voltage=250MΩ. If detection value is obviously less than the above, check whether the transformer is exposed to moisture.
变压器空载噪音测试。该测试试验在变配电系统通电（或临时通电）后进行，现场环境相对安静，建议在寂静深夜、门窗封闭的条件下进行。在离空载运行地变压器1m处选3~5点测试声压值。Transformer no-load noise test. This test is carried out after transformer system is electrified (or temporarily electrified) in relatively quiet on-site environment. The test is suggested to be done in silent deep night with doors and windows closed.
在送电前，按中国电力部门的相关行业规定，还必须对变压器进行绕组直流电阻测试、绕组绝缘电阻测试、空载电流测试、短路试验、变比组别试验、交流耐压试验、额定电压下的冲击合闸试验、调压切换装置检查试验、检查相位等试验，以上试验按相关行业规定委托上海市电力公司实施。Before power transmission, as required by related policies in China Electric Power Department, a series of tests should be carried out for transformer such as winding direct current resistance test, winding insulation resistance test, no-load current test, short circuit test, transformation ratio and type test, AC withstand voltage test, shock closing test under rated voltage, voltage regulation shifter checking test, phase check etc. All the above tests are carried out according to related policies in Shanghai Municipal Electric Power Company entrusted.
其它相关要求Other Related Requirements
变压器在拆箱后，在投入运行前的大楼施工期间，要用塑料薄膜外裹保护，防潮和防止灰尘甚至金属屑的可能进入。Wrap the transformer after unpacking with plastic film for protection from moisture and possible entry of metal fillings during the building construction before the transformer is to be used.
在进行电缆或母线与变压器连接施工操作时，必须使用人字梯或临时搭架子保证施工人员足够靠近接线端子，不得由变压器本体的任何部位承担施工人员得全部或部分重量。接线搭接面确保清洁，涂抹导电膏，螺栓紧固力矩符合设备接线要求说明。During the connection operation of cables or generatrix with transformer, use step ladder or temporarily set stand to make sure construction crew can get to the terminals closely enough. It is not allowable for any part of transformer body to bear whole or part height of construction crew. The junction of bonding jumper should be clean and covered with conductive paste. And the tightening moment for bolt must fit with equipment wiring requirements.
高压变电系统调试的内容、要求等见下表。The debugging contents and requirements of high voltage transformer system are as follows.
测试
对象名称Test Subject Name
测 试 要 求
Test Requirements
调试仪器
Debugging Instrument
10KV/400-230V
变压器
Transformer
1、变压器的绕组的直流电阻符合规范要求；The winding DC resistance of transformer conform to norms
2、变压器所有分接头的变压比，与制造厂铭牌数据相比应无明显的差别，且符合变压比的规律；The transformer ratio of all taps of transformer bears no obvious difference with the value on manufacturers product plate and it confirms to the laws of transformer ratio;
3、变压器的三相结线组别与设计要求及铭牌上标记和外壳上的符号相符；The type of transformer three-phase line is consistent with design requirements and marks on plate & symbols on shell;
4、绕组的绝缘电阻、吸收比或极化指数符合规范要求；The winding insulation impedance, absorptance and polarization indexes comply with norms;
5、变压器绕组的交流耐压试验应符合规范要求；The AC withstand voltage test of transformer winding should conform to norms;
6、与铁芯绝缘的各坚固件及铁芯接地线引出套管对外壳的绝缘电阻应符合规范要求；The insulation resistance of fasteners insulated to iron core and iron core earth wire for casing pipe to shell should conform to norms;
7、在额定电压下对变压器的冲击合闸试验，应进行5次，每次间隔时间宜为5min，The shock closing test to transformer under rated voltage should be carried out for 5 times at 5 minutes intervals,
8、变压器相位应与电网相位相一致。The transformer phase should be consistent with networking phase.
绝缘电阻
测试仪
变压器性
能综合试验台
相序表等
Insulation Resistance Tester, Transformer Performance Synthesis Test-bed Phase-Order indicator etc.
10KV
配电柜
（switch）Power Distribution Cabinet
1、柜内断路器的绝缘拉杆的绝缘电阻值，10KV的断路器应不低于1200 MΩ；The insualtion resistance value of breaker insualtion rod in the cabinet should be no less than 1200 MΩ with 10KV of breaker;
2、断路器每相导电回路的电阻应符合产品技术条件规定；The resistance of galvanic circle in eash phase of breaker should conform to produce form of specification;
3、应在断路器合闸及分闸状态下进行交流耐压试验，合闸时10KV的断路器的试验电压分别为27KV，分闸时试验电压应按产品技术条件的规定；AC withstand voltage test should be carried out in the opening and closing of breaker. The test voltage should be 27KV for 10KV of opened breaker and the voltage in the closing of breaker should refer to produce form of specification.
4、断路器的分、合闸时间应符合技术条件的规定；The opening and closing of breaker should conform to produce form of specification;
5、断路器的分、合闸速度测试数值应符合产品技术条件的规定；The speed test value for opening and closing of breaker should conform to produce form of specification;
6、断路器分、合闸线圈绝缘电阻不应低于10 MΩ，直流电阻值与产品出厂试验值相比无明显差别；The insulation impedance for opening and closing loops of breaker should be no less than 10 MΩ. And direct current resistance value should bear no obvious difference with manufacturing trial value of products.
绝缘电阻
测试仪
交流工频
试验台等
Insulation Resistance Tester, AC Power Frequency Test-bed etc.
配电箱安装 Distribution Box Installation
1工艺流程 Process Flow
2定货验收 Ordering and Acceptance
配电箱定货对应严格按图纸要求，应充分考虑箱内进出线的位置及预埋空间，相邻配电箱外形尺寸应尽量统一。配电箱进场时须进行检查验收，检查配电箱的外观、尺寸、规格型号、合格证、技术文件。箱内元件安装牢固，导线排列整齐，压接牢固，根据系统图，检查配电箱内的元器件是否完整，接线是否正确。The corresponding ordering of distribution box shall be in strict accordance with the requirements of the drawing, giving full consideration to the position of access wires and the embedded space and ensuring the dimensions unity between the adjacent distribution boxes as far as possible. When the distribution boxes approach, acceptance checks shall be exercised to their appearances, dimensions, specifications, quality certificates and technical documents, checking whether the inside components are mounted, lines are neatly arranged and firmly crimped, the components inside the distribution boxes are complete and also the wiring is correct.
3配电箱安装 Distribution Box Installation
挂壁明装 Surface Mounted Wall Hanging
根据进出电缆电线的方向及桥架的规格，在配电箱的顶部或底部开孔。配电箱的所有开孔处须用。橡胶皮保护孔的边缘，以防止损坏电线电缆。配电箱采用膨胀螺栓在墙上固定。Open poles at the top or bottom of the distribution box according to the cable or wire direction and the cable tray specification. Rims of holes shall be protected by rubber to avoid any damage. The distribution box shall be mounted with expansion screw bolts on the wall.
隔墙上安装配电箱需要安装对拉螺杆固定。Pull screws shall be mounted to fasten the installation of distribution box on the partion wall.
落地明装 Surface Pedestal Mounting
落地配电箱安装用槽钢做支架固定，支架在打垫层以前安装并调整平整，支架的顶部距垫层表面4cm。Pedestal mounting of the distribution box shall be fixed with support which should be adjusted leveling before the bedding layer is prepared and have a distance of 4cm to the surface of the bedding layer.
箱内接线 Wiring inside the Distribution Box
箱内接线包括分回路的电线与配电箱元器件的连接，弱电消防等控制回路导线的压接。箱内接线总体要求为接线正确、配线美观、导线分布协调。同一接线端子最多允许压接两条导线。Wiring inside the distribution box consists of connection of wires of sub-loop and components of the distribution box and wire compression of control loop for weak current fire protection, etc. Wiring inside the distribution box generally requires correct wiring, aesthetic distribution as well as coordination of wiring arrangement. One terminal block shall allow no more than two wires at the same time.
电线与配电箱元器件的连接，根据导线的功能、线径及连接器件的种类采用不同的连接方式，共分为与母排连接、与断路器出线孔连接两种情况。与断路器连接的电线插入断路器的出线孔后，通过压紧螺丝固定，多股线搪锡后才能连接。与母排连接的电线通过接线端子连接。According to the function, diameter of wires as well as the types of the connection pieces, there are two ways of connection of wires and components of the distribution box: busbar connection and connection with the wire holes of circuit breaker. Wires after inserting the wire holes shall be fastened with pressing bolts and tin lining strands before connecting the circuit breaker. And wires shall be connected to busbar through the terminal block.
线路绝缘测试 Line Insulation Test
箱内接线之后，对对配电箱内线路进行测试，主要包括进线电缆的绝缘测试、分配线路的绝缘测试、二次回路线路的绝缘测试。线路绝缘测试前，应断开电缆两端的空气开关，照明开关、设备连接点等，以保证绝缘测试结果准确无误。Insulation test shall be exercised to the lines inside the distribution box after wiring, mainly including inlet cable insulation test, distribution line insulation test and secondary circuit line insulation test. Before the insulation test, air switches, light switches and equipment connection points on both sides of the cable shall be disconnected to ensure accuracy of the insulation test.
配电箱进出电缆处封堵Cable Access Plugging of the Distribution Box
电缆电线绝缘摇测后，配电箱进线处需进行封堵处理。Access of the distribution box shall be plugged after cable insulation shake test.
桥架安装 Installation of Cable Tray
1安装工艺流程 Installation Process Flow
2定货及验收 Ordering and Acceptance
根据本工程情况，所有桥架连接件及固定件采用生产商配套产品。桥架运到施工现场后，需要对桥架的外观、尺寸、桥架板厚、数量、技术文件等进行检查验收。According to the project situation, all the cable tray connectors and fixed parts shall apply the matching products from the manufacturer. After the cable trays have been delivered to the construction site, checks shall be performed to them before acceptance on their appearance, dimension, thickness, quantity and technical document, etc.
3桥架支架安装 Installation of Cable Tray Support
水平桥架支架采用φ12镀锌通丝圆钢作吊杆，镀锌角钢作横担，为了防止桥架摇晃，每隔及在桥架的转角处用型钢支架固定，支架采用膨胀螺栓在顶板上固定。支架吊杆的直径应根据桥架的宽度来选择，如下下表。The horizontal cable tray support shall applyφ12 galvanized round steel harness as the booms and galvanized angle steel as the arms. Furthermore, in order to prevent shaking, the cable tray shall be fixed by steel support each at the corners and the support shall apply expansion bolts to fix on the roof. The diameters of the booms shall correspond to the width of the cable tray, which is shown in the following table.
序号No.
桥架的宽度(mm) Width of cable tray (mm)
吊杆直径(mm) Diamter of boom (mm)
1
600及以下 600 or below
9 mm及9 mm以上 9mm or above
2
600以上 above 600
12及12m以上 12m or above
竖向桥架支架采用型钢制作，固定件应与桥架配套。支架固定在墙体或楼板上，采用膨胀螺栓固定。竖向桥架穿楼板时，需考虑防震的要求，使用弹簧支架。支架安装时，还应根据投标书要求，对有需要的部位安装减震支吊架。The vertical cable tray shall be made of steel, and the fixed parts shall match with the cable tray. The support shall be fixed by expansion bolts on the wall or floor slab. For the consideration of shock-proof, spring bracket shall be applied when the vertical cable tray penetrates the floor slab. Shock absorbing supports and hangers shall be installed to the necessary parts in accordance with the bidding book when installing supports.
4桥架安装 Installation of Cable Tray
水平桥架在变配电室采用梯架，其余地方采用封闭式托盘桥架。电缆桥架连接时，应使用生产厂家配套的配件，桥架的三通、弯头处应满足桥架内所敷设电缆弯曲半径的要求。 Ladder shall be used for horizontal cable tray in electricity distribution room. In other places, the closed tray-type cable support can be applied. In connecting the cable trays, matching accessories from the manufacturer shall be applied, and the tee and bending of the cable tray shall meet the requirements of the bending radius of the cable laying inside the cable tray.
支架与楼板及墙体采用膨胀螺栓固定，桥架与支架之间采用圆头螺栓固定，螺栓的圆头在梯架的内侧。桥架与配电箱（柜）连接处采用橡胶板连接，以保护导线和电缆。The support, floor slab and wall shall be fixed by expansion bolts, while the connection between the cable tray and the support shall be fixed by round-head bolts with the head at the inner side of the ladder. To protect wires and cables, the joint of cable tray and distribution box (cabinet) shall be connected by rubber sheet.
5桥架穿防火分区处理 Treatment of Cable Tray Crossing the Fire Compartment
桥架在穿防火分区时，必须对桥架与建筑物之间的缝隙做防火处理，防火材料须能防火3小时以上。Fireproofing treatment must be carried out to the gap between cable tray and building when cable tray crosses the fire compartment. And the fire proof materials shall be capable of resisting fires for more than 3 hours.
6桥架支架及桥架接地 Capable Tray Support and Cable Tray Grounding
为了桥架的使用安全，桥架支架必须进行可靠的接地。桥架敷设完后，在配电房内对桥架进行接地，线槽上设置接地端子，通过金属软铜带与配电柜的接地母排连接。非镀锌桥架连接处应用铜芯线做导电连接，铜芯线截面不小于4mm^2。For the safety use of cable tray, the support must be stably grounded. After the cable tray has been laid, they shall be grounded in the distribution room, and the the trunking should be set with ground terminal which is to connect with ground busbar on the distribution cabinet through soft copper strip. For non-galvanized cable tray, copper core wire shall be applied for conductive connection in the junction, the cross-section being no less than 4mm^2.
电缆敷设工艺流程 Cable Laying Process Flow
电缆进场检查验收 Site acceptance check of cables
电缆敷设准备 Preparation for cable laying
电缆敷设 Cable laying
电缆头制作安装 Fabrication and installation of cable ends
电缆标识 Cable identification
电缆敷设防水保护 Water proof of cable laying
法兰盘 （1）Flange (1)
穿墙套管 Wall casing
法兰盘与电缆推向 Pushing direction of flange and cable
焊接 Welding
绕油浸黄麻绳 Winding oil-immersed jute rope
法兰盘 （2） Flange (2)
电缆 Cable
电缆穿墙套管密封 Sealing of cable wall casing
电气预埋 Electrical embedment
电套管安装
Electrical casing pipe installation
A、电管管口的螺纹长度，不宜过长或过短，与原管子的螺纹标准长度相等，一般的螺纹长度为15—20mm。
The thread length of the electric tube mouth should not be too long or too short. It shall be equal to the standard thread length of the original tube, the general thread length being 15-20mm
B、管子安装前必须清除管内毛刺和铁屑，电管接头应用束节。管子必须用钢锯或砂轮切割机切断，断口应用锉刀锉平，并锉掉毛刺，保证管口光滑，严禁用火焰切割。
Tubes must be removed prior to installation of glitches and iron scraps, and section beam shall be used for electric tube connection. Tubes shall be cut off by hacksaw or grinding wheel cutter, and the fracture shall be filed smooth and removed of glitches to ensure smooth nozzle. Flame cutting is strictly prohibited.
C、电管与电管连接之处，尽量避免用长螺纹接头，在特定情况下需要采用时，应将束结旋在电管螺纹长的一端，电管管口的螺纹与束节平，而束结前端要装一个钠子。当与另一根螺纹配管相接时，将束节退后旋，使束结在两端各旋上一半，最后使用钠子后退来压紧束结，这样管子不易折断。
Long thread should be avoided at the junction of electric tubes. If it is needed under specific circumstances, the beam section should be rotated at the tube side with the longer thread, and the thread at the tube mouth shall be at the same level of beam section, while a node shall be installed at the front end of the beam section. When it is connected to another thread tube, the beam section shall be back spinned so as to screw on both half ends of the beam section, and finally the beam section shall be compressed by backfordwarding the node so that the tube will be not easy to break.
D、电管与金属配电箱或过路箱连接，都要使用钠子拧紧，开孔均要用开孔器，开孔尺寸应与电管尺寸相匹配，且严禁用气割开孔。Electricity pipes and metal distribution box or boxes to connect crossings should be tightened using sodium son, are to use opening hole, and hole size should match the electric tube size, and is strictly prohibited to use gas cutting openings
E、电管在地平面弯上的管口应用塑料封口护卷。
Electric tube bending in the plane of the nozzle on the application of plastic seal retaining vol
F、灯头箱、过路箱浇捣在混凝土内的，管口要用封口护卷封好，箱子用不易腐烂的东西塞住，防止混凝土或灰浆进入管子内或箱子内。
Lamp box, crossing at ramming me pouring concrete, and retaining possession of the mouth to use sealing closure volume, and a box with something non-perishable stuff to prevent the concrete or mortar into the tube or box
G、电管的弯头应用符合要求的弯管或现场弯制，弯曲处不得产生皱裂现象，椭圆度不得超过管径的+10%，弯曲半径应符合下列要求：Application of electric pipe bend to meet the requirements of the pipe or field bends the system may not have a wrinkle bend cracking phenomenon, ovality must not exceed +10% diameter, bending radius shall meet the following requirements
H、当敷设转角处的暗管时，应不小于管外径的6倍。
When the laying of underground pipe corner should be not less than 6 times the pipe outside diameter
I、当敷设在平地下或混凝土楼板内时，应不小于管外径的8倍。
When laying flat at the ground floor or concrete floor when it should be not less than 8 times the pipe outside diameter.
J、在土建砌砖墙前先做好砖墙内的配管工作，如果个别管子未放进砖墙内，或图纸修改增加的管子需凿墙面的，不得大范围破坏墙体，可用开槽机开槽，管子及箱盒敷设后应用100#水泥砂浆固定，保护层不应小于15mm。
At block brick wall construction brick wall before they do a good job within the piping job, if not into the brick walls of individual tubes, or drawings to be modified to increase the hammer and the wall of the tube, it may not be large-scale destruction of the wall, slotting machine can be used to open chutes, tubes and boxes after the laying of the application of 100 # cement mortar fixed, protective layer should be not less than 15mm
K、所有暗敷配管和明敷配管的跨接均应牢固可靠。
Concealed tubing and open tubing shall be secured and reliable.
开关灯具安装 Switch and Lamp Installation
1室内开关灯具安装 Indoor switch and lamp installation
开关灯具定货 Swith and lamp ordering
本工程灯具为甲供。根据施工图中开关的大样图及招标技术规范，确定开关器具生产厂商并对开关灯具进行选型。制订每种灯具技术参数表。 Lamps used in this project are provided by party A. Switch manufacturer and switch models shall be selected according to the full-size drawing of switches and the technical specifications of bidding in the work drawing. And then the technical parameter table for each kind of lamp shall be established.
进场验收 Site acceptance check
灯具进场之后，必须严格对灯具进行检查验收，检查灯具与设计要求的安装方式是否一致；检查灯具的外观、要求涂层完整，无损伤，附件齐全；查验灯具的合格证；对灯具的绝缘电阻、内部接线等性能进行现场抽样检测。After the lamps have arrived, strict acceptance check shall be exercised to them so as to examine whether the installation method consists with the requirements of the design, the appearance including coating and accessories are complete, and whether there are quality licenses. And site sample test shall be carried out to examine the performance of insulation resistance and inside wiring, etc.
嵌入式灯具安装 Installation of embedded lamps
嵌入式安装灯具包括一般照明系统中的荧光灯、筒灯、应急系统中的荧光灯、部分走廊安全出口灯、应急筒灯，嵌入式安装的荧光灯用φ9的圆钢做灯具的吊杆。办公区部分嵌入式荧光灯与风口等配合安装，需与各专业协调、配合安装。 Lamps embedded installed include fluorescent lamps and tube lamps of normal lighting system, fluorescent lamps of emergency system, part of the corridor exit lamps and emergency tube lamps. Installation of embedded fluorescent lamps shall applyφ9 round steel as the boom. Installation of embedded fluorescent lamps and air inlets in working area requires coordination of various specialized engineers.
当灯具在风管的下方，不能直接安装灯具的吊杆时，应设置独立的支架，不能直接固定在风管等支架、法兰上。 If the lamp is below the air duct and lamp boom cannot be directly installed, an independent support shall be set up instead of directly fixing on the support or flange of the ari duct, etc.
嵌入式筒灯用筒灯的卡具在装饰龙骨上固定，如果筒灯的重量超过，则需用φ6圆钢吊杆固定筒灯，镇流器与灯具的本体分开的筒灯，镇流器需要单独固定。 Embedded tube lamps shall be fixed on the decorative keel by their fixtures. If the tube lamp is over in weight, it needs to be fixed byφ6 round steel booms. For tube lamp whose ballast is separated from the lamp body, the ballast needs to be solely fixed.
墙上安装灯具 Installation of lamps on walls
墙上安装的灯具用膨胀螺栓固定，在灯具的位置预留接线盒，灯具的底部开孔从接线盒内引进电源线，灯具开孔处用塑料护套保护电线。墙内嵌入式安装的灯具，在结构施工阶段预留灯具孔洞，装饰施工阶段安装灯具，安装安全出口指示灯。 Lamps installed on the wall shall be fixed by expansion bolts, and connection box shall be reserved in the lamp position. Open holes at the bottom of the lamp and lead power wires in through the connection box. Plastic sheath shall be used to protect the wires. Lamps that are to be installed embedded in walls shall be reserved with holes at the structure construction phase, and installed at the decorative construction phase together with exit lamps.
吸顶灯具安装 Installation of ceiling lamps
吸顶荧光灯采用φ6的膨胀螺栓直接在顶板上固定，预留时，在荧光灯的位置安装接线盒，灯具的电源线从接线盒内引出。 Ceiling fluorescent shall be fixed on the roof byφ6 expansion bolts. Install connection box in the position of fluorescent when reserving, and bring out the power wires of the lamp from the connection box.
开关插座安装 Installation of switch and socket
安装前应先清理开关、插座盒内的杂物，先将盒内的导线留出维修长度后剥去线头，不要碰伤线芯，连接到开关、插座接线端子上，然后将开关或插座推入盒内，暗装开关、插座面板应紧贴墙面。开关、插座接线盒内导线连接采用接线帽，用专用压力钳压紧。 Switch and socket boxes shall be cleared prior to installation. Firstly set aside the length of wire for repair, strip the thread heads without damaging the wire core and connect it to the terminal block of the switch or socket. Then push the switch or socket into the box, the flush-mounted switch and socket panel being closely sticked to the wall. Wire connection inside the switch and socket box shall apply connection cap and pressed with special pressure clamp.
单相二孔插座横装时，面对插座的右孔接相线，左孔接零线；竖装时，面对插座的上孔接相线，下孔接零线。单相三孔插座、三相四孔插座的接地线应在上方。 For horizontal installation of single-phase two-hole socket, the right hole facing the socket shall be connected to phase line and the left hole to zero line; for vertical installation, the upper hole facing the socket shall be connected to phase line and the lower hole to zero line. Ground wire of single-phase three-hole socket and three-phase four-hole socket shall be in the upper position.
开关、插座接线盒内并后接头后套上铝合金套管，再用压线帽压力钳压实，导线插入压线帽内，如填不实，再用1～2根同材质同线径的线芯插入压线帽内填补，然后用压力钳压实。 The switch or socket box shall be connected to aluminum alloy casing of the rear joint and casing inside the box, and then compacted by pressure cap and pressure clamlp to insert the wire into the pressure cap. If it is not filled, 1~2 wire cores of the same material and the same diameter shall be used to fill in the pressure cap and then compacted by pressure clamp.
同一室内成排安装的开关、插座的高差不应大于，开关距门框150～200mm。 Switches or sockets that are installed in rows in the same room shall be no more than in height, and the distance to the door frame shall be in the range of 150~200mm.
器具试电 Power test of equipment
灯具、开关插座试电，必须先对线路的绝缘进行摇测，检查配电箱内的元器件正常后才能进行。灯具送电时，应逐一进行，以检查照明开关是否控制灵活、正确。灯具送电后，用照度计在各区域测试照明照度，检查实际照度是否符合设计要求。插座送电时，用测相仪检查相线、地线、零线是否接线正确，漏电保护开关是否动作灵敏、可靠。 Insulation test shall be performed prior to power test of the lamp, switch and socket to check whether the components inside the distribution box are at normal conditon. Before power transmission to the lamps, there shall be checks conducted to each lamp to find out whether the lighting switches can be flexibly and correctly controlled. After power transmission, illumination intensity shall be determined in each area by illuminometer to check whether the actual intensity complys with the design requirements. Before power transmission to the socket, there shall be checks conducted to the phase line, ground line and zero line to find out whether they have been correctly wired, and whether leakage protection switch can be flexibly and reliably controlled.
接地避雷预埋
Embedded lightning protection grounding
基础施工阶段 Foundation construction period
利用桩基接地点引上Pile foundation point turning up
基础接地环网连接焊接 Welding connection of fundamental grounding ring network
基础接地电阻测试 Fundamental grounding resistance testing
主体结构施工阶段 Main structure construction period
接地引上线连接 Ground up lead connection
接地等电位环焊接 Ground equipotential ring welding
预留接地引出点 Ground lead-out point reservation
幕墙接地（幕墙公司完成） Curtain wall grounding (by curtain company)
配电设备安装阶段 Power distribution equipment installation period
接地铜引出线敷设 Ground copper lead-out wire laying
电气室、机房接地母线敷设 Ground busbar laying for electric control room and equipment room
接地专用盘安装 Special grounding plate
变压器中性点接地 Neutral grounding of transformer
配电设备外壳接地 Distribution equipment shell grounding
调试阶段 Debugging period
避雷针安装 Lighting rod installation
接地电阻测试 Ground resistance testing
接地验收 Acceptance of grounding
避雷引下线敷设
Laying of the lightning protection down lead.
避雷引下线需要装设断接卡子或测试点的部位、数量按图施工设计,无要求时按以下规定设置:
Install lightning protection down lead disconnect or test point location, quantity by construction design plans, no demands set by the following provisions:
引下线扁钢截面不得小于25mm×4mm；圆钢直径不得小于12mm。
Flat steel down lead section shall be not less than 25mm × 4mm; bar diameter shall be not less than 12mm.
建、构筑物只有一组接地体时,可不做断接卡子,但要设置测试点。Building, structure, only one group of grounding, they can not disconnect Nagarze, but to set up test points.
建、构筑物采用多组接地体时,每组接地体均要设置断接卡子。 Building structures using multiple sets of grounding, the grounding in each group had to set up Nagarze disconnect.
断接卡子或测试点设置的部位应不影响建筑物的外观且应便于测试,暗设时距地高度为,明设时距地高度为；以下部位应用竹管或镀锌角钢保护。断接卡子所用螺栓直径不得小于10mm,并需加镀锌垫圈和镀锌弹簧垫圈。
Disconnect or test points settings should not affect the parts of the appearance of the building and that it should be easy to test, conceal-based time-distance to a height of , located at the prescribed distance and height of ; below the application site Penny protection of galvanized pipe or angle iron. Disconnect Nagarze diameter bolts used shall be not less than 10mm, and the need to add zinc galvanized spring washers and washers.
避雷引下线暗敷设的有关规定:
Concealed lightning down lead laying the relevant provisions:
利用主筋作暗敷设引下线时,每条引下线不得少于两根主筋,每根主筋直径不能小于φ12mm。每栋建筑物至少有两根引下线(投影面积小于50m2的建筑物例外)。防雷引下线最好为对称位置,例如两根引下线要做成“一”字形或“乙”字形,四根引下线要做成“I”字形,引下线间距离不应大于20m,当大于20m时应在中间多引一根引下线。
Use main bar for dark down lead when laying, each down lead not less than two main bars, each main bar should not less than the diameter of φ12mm. Each building has at least two down lead (projected area of the building less than 50m2 exception).down lead lightning protection the best location for the symmetry, such as 2 down leads to make "one" shaped or "B"-shaped, 4 down leads to make "I"-shaped, should not be greater than the distance between down leads 20m, when more than 20m should be cited in many a middle down lead.
现浇混凝土内敷设引下线不做防腐处理。
Down lead laying in the cast-in-place concrete do not need anti-corrosion treatment.
主筋搭接处按接地线要求焊接,当主筋连接采用压力埋弧焊、对焊、冷挤压、丝接时其接头处可不焊跨接线及其他的焊接处理。Main bar lap joint welded according to earthing requirements, when use of pressure welding, butt-welding, cold extrusion, wire connection to connect main bar, junction wire, and other welding treatment may not be necessary.
避雷引下线暗敷设做法:the laying of the practice of dark lightning down lead:
首先将所需扁钢(或圆钢)用手锤(或钢筋扳子)进行调直或扳直。将调直的引下线运到安装地点,按设计要求随建筑物引上、挂好,及时将引下线的下端与接地体焊接,或与断接卡子连接,随着建筑物的逐步增高,将引下线敷设于建筑物内至屋顶并出屋面一定长度,以备与避雷网连接。如需接头则应进行焊接,焊接后应敲掉药皮并刷防锈漆(现浇混凝土除外)及银粉,最后请有关人员进行隐检验收,做好记录。
first flat steel required (or bar) hand hammer (or reinforced wrench) to straighten or straight plate. Will be transferred straight to the installation location down lead, according to design requirements as cited on the building, linked to good, timely down lead the bottom with the grounding welding, or with the disconnect Nagarze connection, with the buildings gradually increased will down lead laying in the building to the roof, and the length of the roof must in order to keep the lightning protection network. For joints should be carried out welding, welding and coating should be removed. Antirust Paint brushes (except for cast-in-place concrete), and silver, and finally request the staff implicit admission test, do a good job records.
利用主筋作引下线时,按设计要求找出全部主筋位置,用油漆做好标记,距室外地面处焊接断接卡子,随钢筋逐层串联焊接至顶层,并焊接出屋面一定长度的引下线镀锌扁钢40×4或φ12的镀锌圆钢,以备与避雷网连接。每层各引下点焊接后,隐蔽之前,均应请有关人员进行隐检,同时应填写隐检记录。
When making use of main bar as down lead , according to design requirements to find out all main bar location, marked with paint from outdoor ground welding disconnect, with the reinforcement layers to the top tandem welding and welding of roofing length must down lead galvanized flat steel 40 × 4 or φ12 galvanized round steel, and lightning protection for Net connections. Each point of the primer after welding, before concealed, should request the personnel seized implicit, should be completed simultaneously seized Record implicit.
避雷引下线明敷设的有关规定:
Relevant provisions of lightning protection down lead:
引下线应躲开建筑物的出入口和行人较易接触到的地点八以兔发生危险。
Down lead should avoid building entrances and pedestrian access to locations easier to eight rabbits dangerous.
引下线必须调直后方可进行敷设,弯曲处不应小于90°并不得弯成死角。
Down lead must be straightened before laying, bend should be not less than 90 ° and shall not be bent dead corners.
引下线除设计有特殊要求外,镀锌扁钢截面不得小于48mm2,镀锌圆钢直径不得小于8mm。
In addition to specific design of down lead, galvanized flat steel sections shall be not less than 48mm2, galvanized round bar diameter shall be not less than 8mm.
避雷引下线明敷设做法:
lightning protection practices for down lead:
引下线如为扁钢.可放在平板上用手锤调直；如为圆钢可将圆钢放开,一端固定在牢固地锚的机具上,另一端固定在绞磨(或倒链)的夹具上进行冷拉直。
Down lead, such as flat steel, can be placed on the plate and use hammer for straightening; such as round reinforcing steel can be open, one end fixed firmly anchored at the equipment on the other end fixed in the cutter mill ( or inverted-chain) on the fixture for cold straightened.
将调直的引下线运到安装地点。
Transfer straightened down lead to the installation location.
将引下线用大绳提升到最高点,然后由上而下逐点固定,直至安装断接卡子处。如需接头或安装断接卡子,则应进行焊接。焊接后清除药皮,局部调直,刷防锈漆(或银粉)。
Use large rope elevate the down lead to the highest point, then fixe top-down point by point until the installation of disconnector. For joint or the installation of disconnect Nagarze, welding should be carried out. After the removal of welding coating, partial Straightening, Antirust Paint Brush (or silver).
将引下线地面以上2m段套上保护管,卡固、刷红白油漆。
Install protective tube for down lead ground at 2m sectioin, secure and brush red-white paint.
用镀锌螺栓将断接卡子与接地体连接牢固。Use galvanized bolts disconnect with a solid grounding connections.
避雷网安装 Installation of lightning protection Net
避雷网安装的有关规定:the lightning protection installation of the relevant provisions of Nets:
避雷网卡固时应加镀锌弹垫、平垫。the lightning protection network card should be solid shells add galvanized pad, flat pad.
避雷线弯曲处不得小于90°,弯曲半径不得小于圆钢直径的10倍。Ground Wire bend shall be not less than 90 °, bending radius of not less than 10 times the diameter of round steel.
避雷线如用扁钢,截面不得小于48mm2；如为圆钢直径不得小于8mm。Ground Wire such as using flat steel, cross-section shall be not less than 48mm2; such as for the round bar diameter shall be not less than 8mm.
遇有变形缝处应做煨弯补偿。In the event of deformation joint should make simmer bending compensation.
避雷网安装做法:Net installed lightning protection practices:
避雷线如为扁钢,可放在平板上用手锤调直；如为圆钢,可将圆钢放开一端固定在牢固地锚的夹具上,另一端固定在绞磨(或倒链)的夹具上,进行冷拉调直。
Ground Wire such as for flat steel can be placed flat on hand hammer Straightening; such as for the round bar, round bar can be open at one end fixed firmly anchored on the fixture, at the other end of the fixed cutter mill (or inverted chain) on the fixture, for cold-drawn Straightening.
将调直的避雷线运到安装地点。
Transfer straightened lightning protection to the installation location.
将避雷线用大绳提升到顶部,凋直、敷设、卡固、焊接连成一体,同引下线焊接。焊接的药皮应敲掉,进行局部调直后刷防锈漆及银粉。Ground Wire rope rose to the top of large, wither straight, laid KAKU, welding fused with down lead welding. Welding peeling should be removed.
建筑物屋顶上有突出物,如金属旗杆、透气管、金屑天沟、铁栏杆、爬梯、冷却水塔、电视天线等,这些部位的金属导体都必须与避雷网焊接成--体。顶层的烟囱应做避雷带或避雷针。
Building has extruded objects on the roof such as metal flagpole, air tube, the cuttings Gutter, iron railing, ladder, cooling towers, television antennas, etc., these parts of the metal conductors and lightning protection must be welded into a Net - body . The top of the chimney should be to do with lightning, or lightning.
在建筑物的变形缝外应做防雷跨越处理。
Outside deformation joint of the building make across treatment for lightning protection
避雷网分明网和暗网两种,暗网格越密,其可靠性就越好。网格的密度应视建筑物的重要程度而定。重要建筑物可使10m×10m的网格；一般建筑物采用20m×20m的网格即可。如果设计有特殊要求应按设计要求去做。
lightning Net distinct two dark grid more dense, and its reliability, the better. Grid density should be as important building degree. Key buildings will enable the 10m × 10m grid; general building using 20m × 20m grid can be. If you have special requirements for the design of the design requirements should be done.
通信工程 Communication Engineering
火灾报警系统施工流程 Construction process of fire alarm system
（1）选择导线→扫管→放线及断线→带护口→穿线→导线接头涮锡→包扎→线路检查→绝缘摇测 Select wires duct paying off and breaking retaining mouth threading wire joint tin rinsing binding line inspection insulation rolling test （2）测定设备位置→探测器安装→手报、模块安装→扬声器安装→端子箱安装→联动设备压接线→消防控制设备安装→系统调试开通→验收 Equipment location determination detector installation manual alarm button and module installation amplifier installation terminal box installation linkage equipment wire jointing fire control equipment installation system debugging and commissioning acceptance
1）配管布线 Piping and wiring
火灾自动报警系统的布线，应符合现行国家标准《电气装置工程施工及验收规范》的规定。 Wiring of fire alarm system shall comply with the provisions of the current national standard Code for Construction and Acceptance of Electric Device.
． 火灾自动报警系统布线时，应根据现行国家标准《火灾自动报警系统设计规范》的规定，对导线的种类、电压等级进行检查。When wiring, checks shall be executed to the wire types and voltage grades in accordance with the provisions of the current national standard Code for Design of Automatic Fire Alarm System.
．在管内或线槽内的穿线，在建筑抹灰及地面工程结束后进行。在穿线前，应将管内或线槽内的积水及杂物清除干净。 Threading inside pipes or trunkings shall begin after completion of building plastering and surface project. Water and sundries inside pipes or trunkings shall be cleared prior to threading.
．导线在管内或线槽内，不应有接头或扭结。导线的接头，应在接线盒内焊接或用端子连接。 Wires inside the pipe or trunking shall be free of any joint or kink. Wire joints shall be connected inside the connection box by terminal.
. 敷设在多尘或潮湿场所管路的管口和管子连接处，均应作密封处理。Sealing treatment shall be conducted to nozzles and pipe junctions in the pipeline layed in dusty or damp places.
. 管路超过下列长度时，应在便于接线处装设接线盒： Connection box shall be equipped in the convenient wiring part when the pipeline exceeds the following lengths:
（一）管子长度每超过45ｍ，无弯曲时；(1) Each pipe section exceeding 45m in length and with no bendings;
（二）管子长度每超过30ｍ，有1个弯曲时；(2) Each pipe section exceeding 30m in length and with 1 bending;
（三）管子长度每超过20ｍ，有2个弯曲时；(3) Each pipe section exceeding 20m in length and with 2 bendings;
（四）管子长度每超过12ｍ，有3个弯曲时。(4) Each pipe section exceeding 12m in length and with 3 bendings.
. 管子入盒时，盒外侧应套锁母，内侧应装护口，在吊顶内敷设时，盒的内外侧均应套锁母。When the pipe inserts into the box, lock nut shall be fixed in the outer side of the box and retaining mouth shall be mounted in the inner side. When laying inside the ceiling, lock nuts shall be fixed on both sides of the box.
. 在吊顶内敷设各类管路和线槽时，宜采用单独的卡具吊装或支撑物固定。 When laying various pipelines and trunkings inside the ceiling, it is appropriate to fix by separate lifting fixtures or supports.
. 线槽的直线段应每隔～ｍ设置吊点或支点，在下列部位也应设置吊点或支点： Hanging or supporting points shall be set up each ~ in the straight section of the trunking. In the following parts, hanging or supporting points should also be set up:
（一）线槽接头处；(1) Trunking joints;
（二）距接线盒ｍ处；(2) Position at a distance of from the connection box;
（三）线槽走向改变或转角处。(3) Position where the trunking direction changes or corners.
. 吊装线槽的吊杆直径，不应小于6ｍｍ。 The boom diameter of the hoisting trunking shall be no less than 6mm in length.
. 管线经过建筑物的变形缝（包括沉降缝、伸缩缝、抗震缝等）处，应采取补偿措施，导线跨越变形缝的两侧应固定，并留有适当余量。 Compensatory measures shall be taken to the deformation joints of building where the pipeline crosses (including settlement joint, expansion joint and seismic joint, etc). Both sides of the deformation joints where the pipe crosses shall be fixed and with appropriate margin left.
. 火灾自动报警系统导线敷设后，应对每回路的导线用500Ｖ的兆欧表测量绝缘电阻，其对地绝缘电阻值不应小于20ＭΩ。 After the wire laying of fire automatic alarm system, insulation resistance shall be measured by 500V megger to wires in each circuit, and the insulation resistance value shall be not less than 20ＭΩ.
2火灾探测器的安装 Installation of fire detector
点型火灾探测器的安装位置，应符合下列规定： The installation position of point fire detector shall comply with the following regulations:
（一）探测器至墙壁、梁边的水平距离，不应小于ｍ；(1) The horizontal distance from the detector to wall and beam side shall be no less than ;
（二）探测器周围ｍ内，不应有遮挡物；(2) No shelter objects exist around the detector within a radius of ;
（三）探测器至空调送风口边的水平距离，不应小于ｍ；至多孔送风顶棚孔口的水平距离，不应小于ｍ；(3) The horizontal distance from the detector to the air inlet of air-conditioner shall be no less than ; and the horizontal distance to the air inlet of porous air roof shall be no less than ;
（四）在宽度小于3ｍ的内走道顶棚上设置探测器时，宜居中布置。感温探测器的安装间距，不应超过10ｍ；感烟探测器的安装间距，不应超过15ｍ。探测器距端墙的距离，不应大于探测器安装间距的一半。(4) Detector to be fixed on the roof the corridor which is less than 3m in width is suitable to placed in the middle. The installation space for thermal detector shall not exceed 10m; the installation space for smoke detector shall not exceed 15m. The distance from the detector to the end wall shall not exceed half of the installation space of detectors.
（五）探测器宜水平安装，当必须倾斜安装时，倾斜角不应大于45°。(5) Installation of detectors should better be horizontal. When inclined installation is a must, the angle of inclination shall not exceed 45°.
线型火灾探测器和可燃气体探测器等有特殊安装要求的探测器，应符合现行有关国家标准的规定。 Linear fire detectors and combustible gas detectors as well as other detectors having special installation requirements shall comply with the provisions of the current national standards.
探测器的底座应固定牢靠，其导线连接必须可靠压接或焊接。当采用焊接时，不得使用带腐蚀性的助焊剂。 The detector base shall be solidly fixed and the wire shall be reliably connected through press-fit or welding. When welding is applied, corrosive flux is strictly prohibited.
探测器的“＋”线应为红色，“－”线应为蓝色，其余线应根据不同用途采用其它颜色区分。但同一工程中相同用途的导线颜色应一致。In the detector, “+” indicates red wire, while “-" indicates blue wire. The rest wires shall be distinguished by their functions, but wires with the same function in one project shall be of the same color.
探测器底座的外接导线，应留有不小于15ｃｍ的余量，入端处应有明显标志。 The external wire of the detector base shall be left with an allowance of at least 15cm in length, and the access end shall be clearly marked.
探测器底座的穿线孔宜封堵，安装完毕后的探测器底座应采取保护措施。 The threading hole at the detector base shall be blocked off. Protective measures shall be implemented to the detector base after installation.
探测器的确认灯，应面向便于人员观察的主要入口方向。 The indicating lamp of the detector shall face the main entrance director to facilitate observation.
探测器在即将调试时方可安装，在安装前应妥善保管，并应采取防尘、防潮、防腐蚀措施。 Detectors shall not be installed until debugging has been finished. They shall be under protection against dust, damp and corrosion before being installed.
3手动火灾报警按钮的安装 Installation of manual fire alarm button
. 手动火灾报警按钮，应安装在墙上距地（楼）面高度ｍ处。 Manual fire alarm button shall be installed on the wall at a height of above the ground (floor).
. 手动火灾报警按钮，应安装牢固，并不得倾斜。 Manual fire alarm button shall be solidly mounted without inclination.
. 手动火灾报警按钮的外接导线，应留有不小于10ｃｍ的余量，且在其端部应有明显标志。 The exterior wire of manual fire alarm button shall be left with an allowance of at least 10cm in length, and the ends shall be clearly marked.
4火灾报警控制器的安装 Installation of fire alarm controller
. 火灾报警控制器在墙上安装时，其底边距地（楼）面高度不应小于ｍ；落地安装时，其底宜高出地坪～ｍ。 When installing fire alarm controller on the wall, the distance from its lower edge shall be at a height of at least above ground (floor); for floor installation, its lower edge shall be ~ higher than the floor.
. 控制器应安装牢固，不得倾斜。安装在轻质墙上时，应采取加固措施。 The controller shall be solidly mounted without inclination. Reinforcement measures must be taken if it is installed on light walls.
. 引入控制器的电缆或导线，应符合下列要求： Leading in cables or wires of controller shall meet the following requirements:
（一）配线应整齐，避免交叉，并应固定牢靠；(1) The wiring shall be in order without crossing and shall be reliably fixed;
（二）电缆芯线和所配导线的端部，均应标明编号，并与图纸一致，字迹清晰不易退色；(2) Ends of the cable core and the matching wires shall be marked with numbers which consists with the drawing. The words shall be clear and not easy to fade;
（三）端子板的每个接线端，接线不得超过２根；(3) Each wiring end of the terminal strip shall allow no more than 2 wires;
（四）电缆芯和导线，应留有不小于20ｃｍ的余量；(4) Cable cores and wires shall be left with an allowance of at least 20cm in length;
（五）导线应绑扎成束；(5) Wires shall be branded into a beam;
（六）导线引入线穿线后，在进线管处应封堵。(6) The lead-in pipe shall be blocked off post to threading of lead-in wire.
.控制器的主电源引入线，应直接与消防电源连接，严禁使用电源插头。主电源应有明显标志。 The lead-in wire of the controller’s main power shall be directly connected to fire power. Power plug is strictly prohibited. The main power shall be clearly marked.
.控制器的接地，应牢固，并有明显标志。 The grounding of controller shall be stable and with clear mark.
5系统的调试 System debugging
. 调试前应按设计要求查验设备的规格、型号、数量、备品备件等。 Checks shall be executed prior to debugging to equipment specification, model, quantity and spare parts according to design requirements.
. 应按本规范第二章的要求检查系统的施工质量。对属于施工中出现的问题，应会同有关单位协商解决，并有文字记录。 Checks shall be executed to the construction quality of the system in accordance with requirements in the chapter 2 of this code. Problems occurred during the construction period shall be settled through negotiation with related companies, and a record shall be kept.
. 应按本规范第二章要求检查系统线路，对于错线、开路、虚焊和短路等应进行处理。 Checks shall be executed to the system lines in accordance with the requirements in chapter 2 of this code, and if wrong line, open circuit, dry welding or short circuit happens, treatment is needed.
. 火灾自动报警系统调试，应先分别对探测器、区域报警控制器、集中报警控制器、火灾警报装置和消防控制设备等逐个进行单机通电检查，正常后方可进行系统调试。 Fire automatic alarm system debugging shall be at the end of normal result of electricity inspection to detector, regional alarm controller, central alarm controller, fire alarm device and fire control device.
. 火灾自动报警系统通电后，应按现行国家标准《火灾报警控制器通用技术条件》的有关要求对报警控制器进行下列功能检查： After the fie automatic fire alarm system is electrified, inspections shall be implemented to the following functions of the alarm controller in compliance with requirements of the current national standard General Technical Conditions for Fire Alarm Controller.
（一）火灾报警自检功能；(1) Fire alarm self-test;
（二）消音、复位功能；(2) Sound absorbing and resetting;
（三）故障报警功能；(3) Failure alarm;
（四）火灾优先功能；(4) Fire priority;
（五）报警记忆功能；(5) Alarm memory;
（六）电源自动转换和备用电源的自动充电功能；(6) Power automatic switching and stand-by power autocharging;
（七）备用电源的欠压和过压报警功能。(7) Stand-by power under voltage and overvoltage alarm
. 检查火灾自动报警系统的主电源和备用电源，其容量应分别符合现行有关国家标准的要求，在备用电源连续充放电3次后，主电源和备用电源应能自动转换。 Inspect the main power and stand-by power of fire automatic alarm system. The capacity of them shall comply with the requirements of the current national standard. After three times of continuous charging and discharging, the main power and stand-by power shall be able to automatically switch with each other.
. 应采用专用的检查仪器对探测器逐个进行试验，其动作应准确无误。 Special inspection equipment shall be used to test the detectors one by one, and the action shall be accurate.
. 应分别用主电源和备用电源供电，检查火灾自动报警系统的各项控制功能和联动功能。 The main power and stand-by power shall be used separately as power supply so as to check the different control functions and linkage functions of the fire automatic alarm system.
. 火灾自动报警系统应在连续运行120ｈ无故障后，按本规范附录一填写调试报告。 Debugging report shall be filled out according to appendix 1 in this code after the fire automatic alarm system has been continuously running for 120h without any failure.
综合布线系统施工方案 Construction plan for comprehensive wiring system
（一）双绞线传输通道施工 I Construction of twisted pair transmission channel 1. 配线设备的安装 Wiring devices installation （1）机架安装要求 Installation requirements of rack a．机架安装完毕后，水平、垂直度应符合生产厂家规定。若无厂家规定时，垂直度偏差不应大于3mm； The horizontal and vertical degrees of rack after installation shall comply with requirements of manufacturers. If there are no requirements from manufacturers, the vertical deviation shall not exceed 3mm; b．机架上的各种零件不得脱落或碰坏。各种标志应完整清晰。 Parts of the rack shall not fall off or be damaged. All marks shall be complete and clear. c．机架的安装应牢固，应按施工的防震要求进行加固。 Racks shall be stably fixed, and reinforcement is needed in accordance with shock-proof requirements. d．安装机架面板，架前应留由空间，机架背面离墙面距离视其型号而定，便于安装和维护。 When installing the rack panel, a space of shall be reserved in front of the rack, while the distance from the back side to the wall shall depend on the model so as to facilitate installation and maintenance.
（2）配线架安装要求 Installation requirements for distribution frame a．采用下走线方式时，架底位置应与电缆上线孔相对应； In down lining, the position of the rack bottom shall correspond to cable on-line hole; b．各直列垂直倾斜误差应不大于3mm，底座水平误差每平方米应不大于2mm； The linear, vertical and inclining deviation shall not exceed 3mm, and the base horizontal deviation shall not exceed 2mm each sqm; c．接线端子各种标记应齐全； Marks for terminal block shall be complete; d．交接箱或暗线箱宜设在墙体内。安装机架、配线设备接地体应符合设计要求，并保持良好的电器连接。 The switching box or wall box shall be set up inside the wall. Rack installation and wiring equipment grounding shall comply with the design requirements, maintaining a good electric connection.
（二）双绞线线缆布线 II Twisted pair cable wiring 1. 线缆布放的一般要求 General requirements for cable laying （1）线缆布放前应核对规格、程式、路由及位置是否与设计规定相符合； The specification, program, routing and position shall be checked prior to cable laying in order to find out whether they comply with design requirements; （2）布放的线缆应平直，不得产生扭绞、打圈等现象，不应受到外力挤压和损伤； Cables layed shall be straight, free of any twist or circle, and shall not receive any extrusion or damage from external force; （3）在布放前，线缆两端应贴有标签，标明起始和终端位置以及信息点的标号，标签书写应清晰、端正和正确； Cables prior to laying shall have labels on the two sides, identifying the start and end point as well as the information point. Writings on the labels shall be clear, decorum and correct; （4）信号电缆、电源线、双绞线缆、光缆及建筑物内其它弱电线缆应分离布放。 Signal cable, power wire, twisted pair cable, fiber optical cable as well as other weak current cables inside buildings shall be separately layed. （5）布放线缆应有冗余。在二级交接间、设备间双绞电缆预留长度一般为3-6m，工作区为。特殊要求的应按设计要求预留。 Space shall be reserved when laying cables. Generally, the length reserved of twisted pair cables in secondary cross-connect room and equipment room is 3-6m, and in working area. Reservation shall comply with the special design requirements. （6） 布放线缆，在牵引过程中吊挂线缆的支点相隔检举不应大于。 When laying cables, the distance to each two support points hanging cables in the traction process shall not exceed . （7） 线缆布放过程中为避免受力和扭曲，应制作合格的牵引端头。如果采用机械牵引，应根据线缆布放环境、牵引的长度、牵引张力等因素选用集中牵引或分散牵引等方式。 Qualified traction terminals shall be made in the process of cable laying in order to avoid stress or distortion. If mechanical traction is applied, ways of concentrated traction or distributed traction shall be selected according to cable laying environment, traction length, traction tension and other factors.
2. 放线 Paying off （1）从线缆箱中拉线： Pulling cable through the cable box: a．除去塑料塞；Remove the plastic plug; b．通过出线孔拉出数米的线缆； Pull out cable of a few meters through the outlet hole; c．拉出所要求长度的线缆，割断它，将线缆滑回到槽中去，留数厘米伸出在外面； Pull out length of cable required, cut off it, and slip the cable back to the trunking, leaving the length of several centimeters outside; d．重新插上塞子以固定线缆。 Re-insert the plug to fix the cable. （2）线缆处理（剥线）： Cable handling (stripping); a．使用斜口钳在塑料外衣上切开“1”字型长的缝； Open a crack of “1” shape on the plastic coating by oblique clamp; b．找出尼龙的扯绳； Find out the pulling rope of nylon; c．将电缆紧握在一只手中，用尖嘴钳夹紧尼龙扯绳的一端，并把它从线缆的一端拉开，拉的长度根据需要而定； Clench firmly the cable in one hand, clamp one end of the pulling rope by sharp nose plier, and pull it away from the cable end, the pulling length depending on needs; d． 割去无用的电缆外衣。（另外一种方法是利用切环器剥开电缆。） Cut off the useless cable coating. (An alternative is to strip off cable by central cutting device.)
3. 线缆牵引 Cable traction 用一条拉线将线缆牵引穿入墙壁管道、吊顶和地板管道称为线缆牵引。在施工中，应使拉线和线缆的连接点尽量平滑，所以要采用电工胶带在连接点外面紧紧的缠绕，以保证平滑和牢靠。 Cable traction refers to draw cable into the wall pipeline, ceiling and floor pipeline by a drawing cable. The joint of the drawing cable and other cable shall be smooth, so electric tape shall be used to tightly wound outside the joint to ensure smoothness and reliability. （1）牵引多条4对双绞线： Traction of 4 pair twisted cable of multi-numbers
* 将多条线缆聚集成一束，并使它们的末端对齐； Gather several cables into a bundle, making the cable ends alignment; * 用电工胶带紧绕在线缆束外面，在末端外绕长5-6cm； Use electric tape to firmly wound the cable bundle at the outside, with 5-6cm extending from the end; * 将拉绳穿过电工带缠好的线缆，并打好结。 Pass the pulling rope through the cable wounded by electric tape and tie a knot. （2）如果在拉线缆过程中，连接点散开了，则要收回线缆和拉线重新制作更牢靠固定连接： If the joint breaks up during cable pulling, recover the cable and pulling wire and remake a more reliable joint connection: * 除去一些绝缘层暴露出5cm的裸线； Remove the bare wire whose insulating coat exposes 5cm outside; * 将裸线分成两条； Separate the bare wire into two strips; * 将两束导线互相缠绕起来形成环； Entangle the two bundles into a ring; * 将拉绳穿过此环，并打结，然后将电工带缠到连接点周围，要缠得结实和平滑。 Pass the pulling rope through the ring; tie a knot, and then wind electrician’s belt around the joint solidly and smoothly. （3）牵引多条25对双绞线 Traction of twisted 25 pair of multi-numbers * 剥除约30cm得线缆护套，包括导线上得绝缘层； Remove 30cm cable sheath, including the insulation layer of the cable; * 使用斜口钳将线切去，留下约12根； Cut off the cables with an oblique clamp with about 12 ones left; * 将导线分成两个绞线组； Separate the cables into two stranded groups; * 将两组绞线交叉穿过拉线得环，在线缆得那边建立一个闭环； Cross the two groups of twist wire and pass them through the ring of pulling rope. Set up a closed ring at the other side of cable; * 将双绞线一端的线缠绕在一起以使环封闭； Twine the wires on one side of the twist wire together to close the ring; * 将电工带紧紧地缠绕在线缆周围，覆盖长度约5cm，然后继续再绕上一段。 Tightly wind the electrician’s belt around the cable with 5cm of coverage length, and then continue to wind for some length.
（三）双绞线连接和信息插座的端接 III Twist pair connection and information outlet termination 双绞线端接的一般要求： General requirements for twist pair termination: * 线缆在端接前，必需检察标签颜色和数字的含义，并按顺序端接； Check the meanings of label color and numbers prior to termination and terminate in sequence; * 线缆中间不得产生接头现象； The cable shall be clear of joints; * 线缆端接处必需卡接牢靠，接触良好； Termination of cable shall be stably connected with good contact; * 线缆端接处应符合设计和厂家安装手册要求； Termination of cable shall comply with requirements of design and manufacturer’s installation manual; * 双绞电缆与连接硬件连接时，应认准线号、线位色标，不得颠倒和错接。 Check the cable number, position as well as the label color when connecting the twist cable to connecting hardwares to avoid overturn or wrong connection.
1. 超五类模块化配线板的端接 Termination of UTP-5E modular patch panels 首先把配线板按顺序依次固定在标准机柜的垂直滑轨上，用螺钉上紧，每个配线板需配有1个19U的配线管理架。Firstly, fasten the patch panels with screws to the vertical slide of the standard rack in sequence. Each patch panel shall be equipped with a 19U wiring management rack. （1）在端接线对之前，首先要整理线缆。用带子将线缆缠绕在配线板的导入边缘上，最好是将线缆缠绕固定在垂直通道的挂架上，这可保证在线缆移动期间避免线对的变形。 Organize the cables in order before termination of wire pairs. Wind the cables around the lead-in edge of the patch panel by belts. It is better to fix cables on the hanger of the vertical channel through winding in order to avoid deformation of wire pairs during movement. （2）从右到左穿过线缆，并按背面数字的顺序端接线缆； Cross the cable from right to the left, and terminate the cable according to the number sequence in the back; （3）对每条线缆，切去所需长度的外皮，以便进行线对的端接； Remove the coating off each cable so that the pairs can be terminated; （4）对于每一组连接块，设置线缆通过末端的保持器（或用扎带扎紧），这使得线对在线缆移动时不变形； Set up a retainer when the cable crosses the end for each group of connecting block (or bind with ties) to avoid deformation of cable during movement; （5）当弯曲线对时，要保持合适的张力，以防毁坏单个的线对； Maintain proper tension when bending the wire pairs to prevent damage to the wire pairs; （6）对捻必需正确地安置到连接块的分开点上。这对于保证线缆的传输性能是很重要的； The twist shall be correctly placed on the split points of the connecting block, which is quite crucial to guarantee the transmission performance of cables; （7）开始把线对按顺序依次放到配线板背面的索引条中，从右到左的色码依次为紫、紫/白、橙、橙/白、绿、绿/白、蓝、蓝/白； Start to put the wire pairs in sequence into the index slip at the back of the patch panel, the colors from the right to the left being purple, purple/white, orange, orange/white, green, green/white, blue and blue/white; （8）用手指将线对轻压到索引条的夹中，使用打线工具将线对压入配线模块并将伸出的导线头切断，然后用锥形钩清除切下的碎线头。 Slightly press with fingers the pairs into the clip of the index slip, press the pairs with termination tools into the distribution module and cut off the extending wire end, and then clear the broken thread ends cut off by a cone-shaped hook. （9）将标签插到配线模块中，以标示此区域。 Insert the labels into the distribution modules, indicating specific region.
2. 信息插座端接 Termination of information outlet （1） 安装要求：Installation requirements: 信息插座应牢靠地安装在平坦的地方，外面有盖板。安装在活动地板或地面上地信息插座，应固定在接线盒内。插座面板有直立和水平等形式；接线盒有开启口，应可防尘。 Information outlet shall be stably installed in level places with cover outside. Information outlets that are installed on moving floor or ground shall be fixed in the connection box. Socket panels can be horizontal or vertical, etc; the connection box should have an open mouth and be dust-proofing. 安装在墙体上的插座，应高出地面30cm，若地面采用活动地板时，应加上活动地板内净高尺寸。固定螺钉需拧紧，不应有松动现象。 Sockets installed on the wall shall be 30cm above the ground, and if it is moving floor, the inside clear height size shall also be added. Screw shall be tightened without loosening. 信息插座应有标签，以颜色、图形、文字表示所接终端设备的类型。本系统采用TIA/EIA 568A标准接线。 Information outlets shall be marked with labels, indicating the equipment types with the colors, graphics and words. This system employs TIA/EIA 568A standard wiring. （2） 信息模块端接 Termination of information module 信息插座分为单孔和双孔，每孔都有一个8位/8路插针。这种插座的高性能、小尺寸及模块化特点，为设计综合布线提供了灵活性。它采用了标明多种不同颜色电缆所连接的终端，保证了快速、准确的安装。 The information sockets consist of single-hole type and double-hole type, each hole having 8*8 pins. The high performance, small size as well as the modular features of the outlets provides flexibility to the design of integrated wiring. The employment of the connecting terminal labeling cables of different colors guarantees the quick and correct installation. a. 从信息插座底盒孔中将双绞电缆拉出约20-30cm；Pull out 20-30cm twist cable from the bottom case hole of the information outlet; b. 用环切器或斜口钳从双绞电缆剥除10cm的外护套； Remove 10cm outer sheath from the twist cable with central cutting device or oblique clamp; c. 取出信息模块，根据模块的色标分别把双绞线的4对线缆压到合适的插槽中； Withdraw the information module, and press the 4 twist cable pairs into proper slots according to the color code on the module; d. 使用打线工具把线缆压入插槽中，并切断伸出的余缆； Press cables into the slots with termination tools and cut off the extending cable; e. 将制作好的信息模块扣入信息面板上，注意模块的上下方向； Buckle the finished information module into the information panel, paying attention to the up and down direction of the module; f. 将装有信息模块的面板放到墙上，用螺钉固定在底盒上； Place the panel containing the information panel on the wall, and mount with screws on the bottom case; g. 为信息插座标上标签，标明所接终端类型和序号。 Label the information outlets, indicating the type and number of the terminal connected.
（四）光纤传输通道施工 Construction of Optical Fiber Transmission Channel 1. 光缆施工基础知识 Basic knowledge for optical fiber construction （1） 操作程序 Work procedure * 在进行光纤接续或制作光纤连接器时，施工人员必须戴上眼睛和手套，穿上工作服，保持环境洁净。 When connecting optical fiber or making optical fiber connector, workers shall wear glasses, gloves and overalls, keeping the environment clean. * 不允许观看已通电的光源、光纤及其连接器，更不允许用光学仪器观看已通电的光纤传输通道器件； Workers are not allowed to watch the energized light source, optical fiber and its connectors. Furthermore, they are not allowed to watch energized optical fiber transmission channel devices with optical instrument; * 只有在断开所有光源的情况下，才能对光纤传输系统进行维护操作。 Maintenance to optical fiber transmission system is allowed only after all light sources have been disconnected. （2） 光纤布线过程 Process of optical fiber cabling 首先光纤的纤芯是石英玻璃的，极易弄断，因此在施工弯曲时决不允许超过最小的弯曲半径。其次光纤的抗拉强度比电缆小，因此在操作光缆时，不允许超过各种类型光缆抗拉强度。在光缆敷设好以后，在设备间和楼层配线间，将光缆捆接在一起，然后才进行光纤连接。可以利用光纤端接装置（OUT）、光纤耦合器、光纤连接器面板来建立模组化的连接。当辐射光缆工作完成后及光纤交连和在应有的位置上建立互连模组以后，就可以将光纤连接器加到光纤末端上，并建立光纤连接。最后，通过性能测试来检验整体通道的有效性，并为所有连接加上标签。 Firstly, the fiber core of optical fiber is made of quartz glass that is broken easily, so the bending shall not exceed its minimum bending radius in construction. Secondly, the tensile strength of optical fiber is smaller than that of cable, so it is not allowed to exceed the tensile strength of various optical fibers in operation. After finishing cabling, tie the fibers together in the equipment room and floor wiring room, and then connect the fibers. Modular connection can be established through OUT, fiber coupler and fiber connecting panel. Fiber connector can be fixed on the fiber end to establish fiber connection when the radiation fiber work has finished, and fibers have cross-connected as well as have established interconnect module in proper positions. Finally, a performance test shall be implemented to examine the effectiveness of the overall channel, after which all connections shall be labeled.
门禁系统 Access Control System
控制器安装：Controller installation:
管理主机: Administrative host
RS485 屏蔽网络线至其它控制箱: RS 485 Shield network cables to other control boxes
主电源 AC220V: Main power AC220V
控制箱: Control box
电锁: Electric lock
门磁: Door magnet
进门主机: Access host
开门按钮: Door open button
控制器放置的地方做到通风良好； Controller shall be placed in place with good ventilation;
控制器与感应器之间的距离最好不要超过100米。 The distance from the controller to the sensor should better not exceed 100m.
电源插座最好专用一个带开关的，必要时能够比较方便的关闭电源； The power socket should better have a switch so that the power can be easily cut off when needed;
特别注意：网线、按钮连接线、感应头连接线在条件许可的情况下必须采用双绞线（四芯），并且在接线时注意双绞线的配对，一般两根按钮线用一对绞线，尤其注意感应头的接线为：信号线与电源地采用一对绞线，电源正与另外一对绞线的任意一根或两根连接。 Special attention: When conditions permit, network cable, button connecting wire and sensor connecting wire shall all apply twist cables (four cores), and attention shall be attached to the matching of twist pairs: generally, one twist pair shall be used for two button connecting wires. Besides, pay particular attention to the sensor cabling: signal cable and power ground shall use one twist pari, and the power positive shall be connected to one or two wires of the twist pair.
（2）电锁的安装 Installation of electric lock
电锁的安装：在相应的位置按照电锁的安装说明及图纸进行安装； Installation of electric lock: install in proper positions in accordance with the installation manual and drawing of electric lock;
电锁控制线定义：电锁一般都有5根以上的输出输入线，但一般都只是利用其中的两根电源输入线进行控制，其余辅助信号线是反映门锁开关状态的，用于监控，但要注意相互之间的绝缘。一般红线是电源正极输入，黑线是电源负极输入； Definition of power control lines: Generally there will be 5 input/output wires for each electric lock, but only two input wires will be used, the other auxiliary signal wires for reflecting the switch state of the lock and monitoring. However, the internal insulation shall be paid attention to. Normally, the red wire indicates positive input of power, while the black wire indicates negative input of power;
网线的屏蔽网一定与网卡的地线（网卡右边的细线为地线）相连接。 The screening network of cables shall be connected to the ground wire of the network card (the thin wire on the right side of network card is the ground wire).
电磁锁的安装步骤： Installation procedures of electromagnetic lock:
第一步：首先用螺丝刀打开盖板，再用六角扳手打边板， 准备安装； Step 1: Firstly open the cover with screw driver, and then wrench edge plate by hexagon wrench to prepare installation;
第二步：拿出安装纸板，将纸板沿着虚线折叠，把纸板放到所需装锁的位置,然后把需要打孔的地方做上记号后打孔； Step 2: Prepare the cardboard, fold it along the dotted line, put it at the lock position, mark at the positions where drilling is needed and drill;
第三步：.继铁板的固定将内六角螺丝插入继铁板中，把橡胶置与两片金属之间，然后套在内六角螺丝上；将继铁板插入门上打的三个孔中，同时把香菇头从门的另一面插入，利用六角扳手将继铁板锁在门上；边板的固定，注意不要将边板锁紧，让其能前后能移动以利于安位置的修正。修正边板的位置；固定锁主体与边板； Step 3: Plug hexagon screws into the relay iron plate to fix it, place the rubber between the two metals, and then cover it on hexagon screws; plug the relay iron plate into the three holes on the door, plug the mushroom head from the other side of the door at the same time, and lock the relay iron plate on the door by hexagon wrench; do not lock the edge plate when mounting to facilitate position updating by moving back and forward. Position updating of edge plate; mount the lock body and the edge plate;
第四步：按照说明书的指示接线；Step 4: Cabling in compliance with the instructions;
第五步：盖上盖板，把小铝柱体塞进锁主体的螺丝孔中； Step 5: Seal with cover, and plug the small aluminum cylinder into the screw hole of the lock body;
在安装继铁板的时候，不要把它锁紧，让其能轻微摇摆以利于和锁主体自然的结合。 Do not lock up the relay iron plate when installing so that it can naturally combine with the lock body by slight moving.
入侵报警系统 Intrusion Alarm System
系统概述 System overview
***临港风电项目采用入侵报警系统，生产和存储区分为10个分区，办公区分为10区。所有对外的门、窗都安装磁力开关，防止非法闯入，在所有的防护区域都设置移动探测器。 Intrusion alarm system is employed in *** Lingang Wind Power Project. The production and storage area consist of 10 subareas, and the office area consists of 10 areas. All external doors and windows are equipped with magnetic switches to prevent illegal intrusion, and mobile detectors are installed in all protective areas.
报警模块安装在探测器内部，以总线方式连接，所有的探测器经报警专用的电缆传输到监控中心报警控制主机。 The alarm modules shall be installed inside the detector through bus mode. All detectors are transmitted to the control host in the control center by dedicated alarm cable.
当有人非法入侵防范区域而触动探测器时，可联动现场摄像机，并联动厂区声光报警器，或发现紧急情况，手动按下紧急报警按钮，报警信号传输到声光报警器，发出声光报警信号，且显示入侵部位，以便于安保人员处警，提高技防的控制能力。在安保控制中心的大屏幕墙上显示入侵位置，保安值班人员随时观察入侵者动向，同时通知就近安保巡逻人员及时到达出事现场，并通过厂区CCTV系统随时切换入侵者的及时位置，有效的指挥人员进行处理。 In case of illegal intrusion into the protective area and the detector is activated, the scene camera and factory audible and visual alarm can be linked. Or in case of emergency, press the emergency alarm button, and alarm signal will be sent to audible and visual alarm and give audible and visual signal to indicate the intrusion position. In this way, the security personnel can dispatch the alarm and improve their control capacity of technical protection. The large screen-wall in the security control center will show the location of intrusion so that security personnel on duty can timely observe the intruder’s movement and inform the nearest security patrol officers to reach the scene. Meanwhile, they can effectively direct staff to take action through the CCTV system timely switching the position of the intruder.
方案说明 Program description
（一）移动探测器 I Mobile detector
厂区所有防护区域设置移动探测器。这些探测器沿周界的形状成对放置，考虑到衰减及不良气候的影响，每对之间的距离按其理论距离的60％－75％计算，例如：标称为100米的红外对射实际安装距离在60米到75米之间。 Mobile detectors shall be installed in all protective areas in the factory. These detectors shall be placed in pairs along the shape of the perimeter. For the consideration of the influence of attenuation and adverse climate, the distance between each pair shall be calculated 60％－75％ of the theoretical distance. For example, the actual installation distance for 100m nominal of infrared radial should be in the range of 60-75m.
移动探测器采用双束红外光，避免落叶、小鸟等造成的误报，同时移动探测器内设环境识别电路，在恶劣天气下可自动降低灵敏度，减少系统误报。 Dual-beam infrared light is employed in the mobile detector to avoid false alarm caused by fallen leaves or little birds. Meanwhile, the mobile detector is equipped with environment identify system so that it can automatically reduce sensitivity under poor weather to minimize systematic false alarms.
控制中心 II Control center
控制中心设置报警中央处理器主机一台，通过通讯接口模块，可实现所有防区与电CCTV系统的报警联动及报警录像功能。中央主机配置监控管理软件，通过中心监控软件提供电子地图管理，进行自动或手动的布防及撤防，在控制中心可以全方位观察。真正做到物防、人防、技防的结合，防范于未然。 The control center is equipped with an alarm CPU host. Through communication interface modules, alarm linkage with CCTV system and alarm recording can be realized in all protective areas. The central host is also equipped with monitoring and management software which can provide electronic map management. By automatical or manual arming and disarming, the control center can provide all-around observation, realizing in the true sense the combination of anti-matter, anti-person and anti-technology to nip accident in the bud.
当红外对射探测器探测到有非法翻越或行为时，探测器受到触发、发出报警信号。保安人员在经报警管理系统发出的声光提示后，相应位置的摄像机自动通过控制切换至大屏幕显示，随时监控警报点视频情况，指挥就近保安巡逻人员赶到现场，处理现场发生的紧急情况，并派出保安人员赶赴报警地点增援，或通过专线向区域公安110接警中心报警。When the infrared radial detector detects illegal climbing or actions, it will be activated and give out alarm signals. When the security personnel receives the acoustic-optical signal sent from the alarm management system, the camera in the corresponding place will automatically control the switch to the large screen so as to timely monitor the video in the alarm position. In this way, the nearest security patrol officers can reach the scene and handle the emergency there, and dispatching security personnel to the spot for reinforcement, or call regional 110 through special line.
CCTV系统方案 CCTV System Scheme
功能 Functions
CCTV闭路电视监控系统(闭路电视监控系统)是一种计算机控制的图像矩阵交换系统，利用CCTV系统控制台，操作人员可以选取各种摄像机，将其图像显示在所用的图像监视器上。CCTV系统可以自动地管理外部报警信号，可以由选定的监视器依照程序进行显示。系统能够监视摄像机的图像信号电平，如果摄像机出现故障，CCTV系统会及时作出报警反应并记录下故障。 CCTV系统的外围设备，可以通过系统辅助通讯接口进行联动控制。例如广播系统等都可以直接由CCTV系统控制台控制，本系统的设计使得它可以适应各种场合的应用，包括和智能保安系统联网完成联锁联动，或与其他的一些系统(防火系统)联网，录像部分采用数字硬盘录像方式，数字硬盘录像选用D1格式的16路全实时即30f/s的硬盘录像机。系统配置存储容量能使记录保存时间为30天。 CCTV system (Closed Circuit Television System) is a computer-controlled image matrix switching system. By use of CCTV system console, operators can select various cameras and present the images on the image monitor used. CCTV system can automatically manage external alarm signals and present pictures in the selected monitor according to program. The system can monitor the image signal level of the camera. And if there is camera failure, CCTV system will timely send out alarm and make record of the failure. The peripheral equipment of CCTV system can take linkage control by auxiliary communication interface system. The broadcasting system, for example, can also be controlled by CCTV system console. The system can also be used in other occasions, including interlocking joint with intelligent security system or networking with other systems (fire system). The video employs DVR which applies D1-format 16 30f/s totally real hardware video machine. The storage capacity of system configuration can allow 30 days of record-keeping time.
电视监控系统可与门禁系统、报警系统等系统进行有效的联动，通过前端探测器，触发报警主机，进而联动硬盘主机进行录像、报警声音输出。能够根据需要自动把现场图像切换到指定的监视器上显示，并自动录像和复核图像；电视图像带有编号、时间、部位、日期等信息，实行自动或手动切换，图像的记录及存储应采用数字模式；系统所有的控制集中在中心控制室管理。 Television monitoring system can be effectively linked with access control system and alarm system. The front detector can activate the alarm host, and further link with the hardware host for video recording and alarm signal sending. It can automatically switch the pictures to the designated monitor according to needs and automatically record the pictures and recheck them; the television pictures can present the number, date, location and date, etc, realizing manual or automatic switch. Digital mode shall be applied in picture recording and storage; all the system controls are centrally managed in the control center.
可将本地的硬盘录像主机的图像通过网络传输到有关部门进行远程监看。 The pictures on the local hard disk video host can be transferred to sectors related through network for remote monitoring.
原理示意图 Principle diagram
摄像机 Video camera
矩形主机 Rectangular host
电视墙 TV wall
中心主控工作站 Central control workstation
嵌入式 DVR Embedded DVR
麦克风 Microphone
耳机 Earphone
一体化摄像机 Integrated video camera
报警盒 Alarm box
警号 Alarm
红外探测器 Infrared detector
监控流程 Monitoring procedure
厂区摄像机前端的多路视频信号通过视频线缆送入至监控中心的视频矩阵及硬盘录像机。每路信号均经过视频分配器，分为2路，一路送往硬盘录像机进行录像，一路送往视频矩阵进行切换显示。摄像机由于距离中心机房较远，采用光纤传输方式，送至管理中心机房，并和周界系统具有联动功能。 The multi-channel video signal in the front of the factory video camera is transmitted to the video matrix and hard disk video machine of the monitoring center. Every channel of signal shall be separated into two lines by video distributor, one for recording in hard disk video machine and the other for switching in video matrix. For the reason that the video camera is far away from the central equipment room, optical fiber transmission is used to transmit it to the central equipment room, and it is linked with the perimeter systems.
电视监控系统采用视频矩阵，并配置多媒体图形监控软件。该矩阵系统具有超级中央微处理芯片，能实现自由切换、云台镜头控制、系统编程、多种权限操作等功能，如调用任一幅图像至屏幕墙上的任一台监视器上，控制云台或快球摄像机的横摇、俯仰、变焦、多个预定位、云台自动横摇及随机扫描等操作。 Television monitoring system employs video matrix and is equipped with multi-media graphic monitoring software. The matrix system has super central micro-processing chip which allows free switch, PTZ camera control, system programming and many action authorization, etc. For example, transfer any picture to any monitor on the screen wall, control rolling, pitching, zoom, several pre-positions, PTZ automatic rolling and random scanning, etc of PTZ or speed dome cameras.
该视频矩阵控制系统与防盗报警系统、门禁系统通过系统集成建立联动，无需配置大量的报警输入模块，一旦报警发生，该视频矩阵控制系统通过通讯接收报警后，根据程序设定，电视墙上的监视器将切换显示报警场所及与该场所相关出入口的视频图像，同时录像机对报警图像加以实时记录；在有多起报警连续发生时，依次在多媒体集成电脑上以列队形式进行实时显示再报警场所的多个图像，供值班人员以最快的方式获悉现场情况。 The video matrix control system is established linkage with anti-theft alarm system and access control system through system integration, not needing a lot of alarm input modules. In case of alarm, the video matrix control system receives alarm by communications, and the monitors on the television wall will show pictures of the alarm location as well as the related entrances by automatic switch, and meanwhile the video camera will keep a real time record of the alarm pictures; if more than one alarm happens at the same time, the multi-media integrated computer will real time show the alarm location pictures in parade so that the personnel on duty can be informed of the spot situation in the quickest way.
装饰工程 Decoration Engineering
装饰工程施工程序 Construction procedure for decoration engineering
按施工总体布署，主体结构验收后插入室内粗装饰施工。 Deploy comprehensively according to construction, and insert indoor rough decoration at the end of acceptance of the main structure.
室外装饰玻璃幕墙与外墙装饰同步施工，由上至下，由里至外。室外装饰施工采用外脚手架。 Outdoor decoration of glass curtain wall shall be constructed at the same time of outside wall decoration, from top to bottom and inside to outside. Outdoor decoration applies external scaffold.
室内粗装饰与门窗、楼地面工程从下而上组织流水施工。 Indoor rough decoration and door, window and floor project shall be constructed in flow process from bottom to top.
先粗后细的原则进行，合理安排好各道工序的衔接，做好成品保护，防止相互污染。 Decoration shall be in accordance with the principle of rough decoration to fine decoration. All procedures shall be reasonably converged, and the finished parts shall be under protection to prevent cross contamination.
内装修脚手架的搭设房间的层高情况，使用高低适中的活动马凳，铺脚手板或用钢管搭满堂脚手架。 Depending on the story condition of the erection room decorated inside with scaffold, mobile split heads of medium height, scaffold floor or full hall scaffold built by steel pipes shall be used.
等到室内抹灰完全干后，同时地面工程进行到一定程度，便可进行腻子与工程施工。 After the plaster inside has dried completely and the surface project has carried on to a certain extent, putty and project construction can be started.
屋面工程 Roof Engineering
根据施工总体布置，主体结构施工完毕经验收合格后，选择干燥，晴朗的季节，组织屋面工程的施工。彻底清理干净结构层表面的垃圾、杂物、砂浆及混凝土残渣等，排除积水。 According to the general arrangement of the construction, choose a dry and sunny season to organize roof engineering after the acceptance of the main structure construction. The clean structure surface shall be cleared of garbage, miscellany, mortar, concrete residues, etc, and be removed off water.
本工程屋面为，屋面为混凝土屋面板，防水卷材屋面，内天沟内排水，屋面坡度为3%，防水等级二级。门卫1 和门卫2 均为单层混凝土框架结构建筑，为民用建筑，耐火等级二级，抗震设防烈度7度，屋面为混凝土防水卷材屋面，屋面坡度为2％，内天沟，内排水。Roof in this project is concrete roof panel, water-proof membrane roof with inner gutter and inner drainage. The roof slope is 3%, and water-proof is of second grade. Entrance guard 1 and 2 are civil architectures of single-story concrete frame structure. The fire-proof is of second grade, and the seismic fortification intensity is 7. The roof is made of concrete water-proof membrane with inner gutter and inner drainage, and the roof slope is 2%.
三元乙丙丁基橡胶防水卷材施工 Construction of epdm butyl rubber water-proof rolling materials
三元乙丙丁基橡胶防水卷材施工前，应对基层加以清扫，待其清洁、干燥后方可进行卷材铺贴施工。 Before construction of epdm butyl rubber water-proof rolling materials, the basic course shall be cleared. After it is cleared and dried, the paving of rolling materials can start.
阴阳角、管子根部的周围容易发生渗漏的薄弱部位，在铺贴防水卷材之前，应用防水涂料涂刷，涂刷的宽度为距离中心200mm以上，厚度2mm左右为宜。 Weak regions around the internal and external angle and the pipe root that are prone to leakage shall be brushed with water-proof coating before being paved with water-proof rolling material, the width of brushing being above 200mm from the center and the thickness being about 2mm.
严格检查卷材防水层下找平层的质量，对局部的凹凸不平、起皮、起砂，裂缝等质量缺陷进行认真修补。 Strictly check the quality of the leveling course under the water-proof rolling layer, and carefully mend the quality defects of regional unevenness, peeling, dusting and cracking, etc.
冷底子油的涂刷要薄而均匀，不得有空白、麻点、气泡，涂刷时间控制在铺毡前1-2d进行，使油层干燥而又不沾染灰尘。 Adhesive bitumen primer brusher shall be thin and even, free of any margin, pock or bubble. The brushing shall begin 1-2d before roof felting so that the oil layer will be dried and free of dust.
在铺贴防水卷材时，为了减少阴阳角和大面的接头应将卷材顺长方向配置，转角处应尽量减少接缝。 When paving water-proof rolling material, it shall be fixed along the longer end and the corners shall be minimized with seams in order to reduce joints of the internal/external angles and the bedding face.
卷材铺贴时对准已弹好的粉线，在铺贴好的卷材上弹出搭接宽度线，第二幅卷材铺贴时，以此为准。 Aim at the chalk line drawn when paving the rolling material, and draw lap width line on the paved rolling material so that the second one can follow this way.
每铺完一幅卷材，应立即用干净而松软的长柄压辊从卷材一端顺卷材横向顺序滚压一遍，彻底排除卷材粘结层间的空气。 After each rolling layer is paved, roll a clean and soft long-handled pressure roller over the layer in horizontal sequence to get rid of the air inside the bonding layer of the layer.
排除空气后，平面部位卷材用重30-40kg包橡胶的大压辊从中间向两侧边移动滚压，使其粘贴牢固，排气彻底。 After the air excluded, the plane part shall be rolled over by a rubber-coated pressure roller of 30-40kg in weight from the middle to the two sides in order to solidly stick the layer and completely exclude the air.
平、立面交接处，先贴好平面，经过转角，由下往上粘贴卷材，并沿转角压紧压实，不得拉紧，再往上粘贴，排出空气，用压棍从上往下滚压密实。 For the joint of the plane face and the vertical face, the plane face shall be paved first; bottom-up pave the layer in the corner and solidly compact it and do not tense the layer; continue to pave upward, exclude the air and compact it by the pressure roller up to bottom.
卷材铺好压粘后，将搭接部位的结合面清除干净，用油漆刷均匀涂刷接缝胶粘剂。搭接缝全部粘贴后，缝口要用密封材料封严，密封时用刮刀沿缝刮涂，不能留有缺口，密封宽度不应小于10mm。 After the rolling layer has been compacted, clear up the lap face and evenly brush seaming adhesive with a paint brush. After the lap seam has been sticked up, seal the seams with sealing material, and coat with a scrapper in the sealing place without leaving any crack. The sealing shall not be less than 10mm in width.
抹灰工程 Plastering Engineering
抹灰前的准备：Preparations for plastering:
在抹灰前要立好门窗樘，做好嵌樘、嵌缝工作和阳角护角，打好灰饼，冲好筋。 Before plastering, erect the door and window frame, embed the frame, do the caulking work and protect the external angle, make ash cake and flush the muscle.
水电安装的各种线盒，电箱预留孔洞，预埋铁件等都要在抹灰前全部处理好。 Holes shall be reserved in wire boxes and electric boxes in water and electricity installation. And the embedded irons shall be all handled before plastering.
抹灰前还要做好结构层的清理工作，隔夜洒水湿润，刷素水泥浆一遍，天棚抹灰要隔夜刮糙，杜绝一次成活，防止空鼓、裂缝。 Do the clean-up work before plastering. Sprinkle with water overnight, brush neat cement mortar once, and the ceiling plastering shall be rough scratched overnight to avoid one-formed construction and prevent hollows or cracks.
施工顺序：基层处理(底层抹灰(中层抹灰(面层抹灰 Construction procedure: base course treatment( base plastering( middle plastering( surface plastering
施工方法： Construction method:
抹灰前,应检查门窗框位置是否正确，与墙连接是否牢固，连接处的缝隙应用水泥砂浆分层嵌塞密实，且对基底表面的灰尘、污垢、油渍、碱膜等均应仔细清除干净，并洒水湿润，混凝土表面应先刷一层JCTA界面剂。 Before plastering, check the position of the door and window frame and whether they are firmly connected with the wall. The junction seam shall be embedded and compacted by cement mortar. The base surface shall be cleared of dust, grime, oil stain and base film, and sprinkle with water. The concrete surface should be brushed with one layer of JCTA surfactant.
抹灰的工序流程一般按照“先上后下”的原则进行，以便做到减少修理，保护成品。 The work flow of plastering is generally from top to bottom so as to reduce repairs and protect the finished part.
在墙上用2m托线板进行挂线做塌饼，洒水湿润墙面，用1:水泥砂浆做好门窗及阴阳角的侧边和护角，然后做竖筋刮糙。 Ceiling with 2m plug for sink cake on the wall, sprinkle the wall with water, make the side edges and protective angles for window, door and internal/external angles, and then do rough scratching in vertical.
墙面基底凹凸不平或抹灰层较厚处，必须先用水泥砂浆分层抹平，每层厚度不宜大于20mm，必要时用钢丝网加固。 The base course of wall that is uneven or coated with thick plaster shall be stratifiedly smoothed by cement mortar at first. Each layer shall not exceed 20mm in thickness. Reinforce by steel mesh if necessary.
底层抹灰应压实粉平，使其粘结牢固，中层应待底层稍干后方能进行操作，并用刮尺和木槎搓压平整。 Base plastering shall be compacted and smoothly painted for solidly bind it. The middle layer shall only be operated after the base layer is dried and floated smooth by foot scrapper and wood twist.
罩面应待中层达到六七成干后进行，先从阴阳角开始，铁板压光应不少于二遍。 The overlay shall start after the middle layer has been 60%-70% dried. Start from the internal/external angles and pressure polish iron at least twice.
基层处理：清除墙面灰尘、污垢、碱膜、砂浆等附着物，洒水湿润，对钢筋混凝土墙柱面抹灰部分，采用混凝土界面处理剂处理，界面处理层厚度控制在2mm左右，一边抹界面剂，一边随后抹底灰，以增加抹灰层与基层的粘结力，防止空鼓。 Base course treatment: Clear the wall off dust, grime, base film, cement mortar and other attachments. Sprinkle with water; handle the plastered region of reinforced concrete wall cylinder with concrete interface treating agent. Maintain the interface layer thickness at about 2mm. smear interface treating agent while plastering in order to strengthen the adhesive force between the plastered layer and the base course and avoid hollowing.
套方、吊直、做灰饼：抹底灰前，必须先找好规矩，即四角规方，横线找平，立线吊直，弹出基准线、墙裙和踢脚线，用托线板检查每道墙柱表面的平整度、垂直度。在阳角方正度偏差过大（可用方尺规方）的地方，大致确定抹灰厚度后（最薄处不少于7mm），进行挂线打灰饼，而对于贴面砖和顶棚挂吊顶的房间，应现将房间规方，一般可先在地面上弹出十字线，作出基准线，并结合墙面平整度、垂直度大致确定抹灰厚度，进行挂线打灰饼。打灰饼时应先在左右墙角上各做一个标准饼，然后用线锤吊垂直线做墙下角两个标准饼，再在墙角左右标准饼之间拉通线，每搁左右及在门窗口阳角等处上下各补做若干灰饼。 Set of parties, hanging straight, make ash cake: find the custom before plastering, ., find the squares of the four corners, the level of the straight line, pop out the baseline, dado and skirting. Check the flatness and verticality of the wall cylinder by plug. In places where the squareness deviation of the internal angle is too big (can be regulated by square ruler), do the ceiling and make ash cake after approximately determining the plaster thickness (the thinnest being no less than 7mm). While for rooms of face bricks and ceiling roof, the room shall be squared first. Generally pop out cross line as the baseline on the ground, and then preparing ceiling for ash cake making after determining plaster thickness according to the flatness and verticality of the wall. Make standard cakes on the left and right wall corners when plastering, and then make standard cakes at the bottom corners by vertical line hanged by line hammer. Pull a pass line across the standard cakes between the right and left wall corner. Make up several ash cakes about each above and below the external angles of the door and window exit.
墙面冲筋：等灰饼结硬后，使用与抹灰层相同的砂浆，在上下灰饼之间做宽约30-50mm的灰浆带，并以上下灰饼为准，用压尺推平，冲筋完后应待其稍干后才能进行墙面底灰作业。 Flush the muscle on wall surface: When the ash cake solidified, make a mortar belt of 30-50m in width between the upper and lower ash cakes, and compact level by pressure bar according to the upper and lower ash cakes. Bottom ash work shall start only after muscle flushing has been finished and the wall has been dried.
做护角：根据灰饼和门框边离墙的空隙，用方尺规方后，分别在阳角两边吊直和固定好靠尺板，抹出水泥砂浆护角，并用阳角抹子推出小圆角，最后利用靠尺板，在阳角两边50mm以外位置以400斜角将多余砂浆切除、清净。Angle protection: Straight hang and fix the guiding rule on both sides of the external angle according to the gap between ash cakes and wall beside door frame after squaring by square ruler. Make cement mortar protective angles, and build a small round angle by external angle float. Finally, cut off and clean up the excessive mortar at an oblique angle of 400° 500mm outside the external angle sides.
抹底灰和中层灰：在墙体湿润的前提下抹底灰,对混凝土墙面应先批一层2mm左右的混凝土界面处理剂,并随抹底层灰,底灰厚度控制在5~7mm,待底灰稍干后,再以同样砂浆抹中灰,厚度宜为7-9mm,若中层灰过厚,则应分遍涂抹,然后以冲筋为准,用刮尺刮平找直,用木磨板磨平,中层灰抹完磨平后,应全面检查其垂直度、平整度、阴阳角是否方正、平、顺直，发现问题及时修补处理。 Base and middle layer plastering: Plaster the base layer on the condition that the wall is sprinkled. Smear the concrete wall with a coat of some 2mm concrete interface treating agent, and then plaster the base, maintaining the thickness at 5~7mm. after the base plaster has been dried, plaster the middle layer at the same way, maintaining the thickness best at 7-9mm. If the middle plaster is too thick, it shall be sufficiently smeared and then scratched to find squares and grinded by wood grinding board by scratcher according to muscle flushing. After the middle layer has been completely smeared and smoothed, exercise overall checks to the verticality, flatness and whether the internal/external angles are square, leveled or straight. Conduct remedial treatment if any problem is discovered.
抹面灰：待底灰约6~7成干后，即可抹面层灰，如停歇时间过长，底层灰过分干燥，则应用水湿润，涂抹时分两遍抹平、压实。待面层稍干后，“收身”时要及时收光，其表面不得有气泡、匙痕、接缝不平现象，天花板与墙边、梁边相交处阴角应成一条水平线，梁端与墙面、柱面、梁边相交处应成垂直线。 Surface plastering: Surface plaster can start after the base layer has been 60-70% dried. If the base plaster is too dried because the down time is too long, sprinkle with water, twice smear the plaster and compact it. When the layer has been slightly dried, timely close the light when “closing the body”. The surface shall be free of bubble, spoon mark or uneven joint. The internal angle converged by the ceiling floor, wall edge and side beam shall be at the same horizon, while the convergence of the side beam, cylinder and the beam edge shall be at one vertical line.
吊顶工程Suspended Ceiling Engineering
弹线定位 Snap Line Location
根据设计图纸，结合具体情况，将龙骨及吊点位置弹在楼板底面上。In light of concrete conditions, lay joist and suspension point on the undersurface of floor according to design drawings.
将楼、地面之标高基准线定出，用灰线弹于周边墙上。Determine elevation reference line of floor and ground and shake it in gray line to the surrounding walls.
与地、面标高基准为准，按具体设计顶棚标高定出，并用灰线弹于墙面上，水平偏差不大于±5mm。Determine ceiling elevation which is based on detailed design and subject to elevation reference line of floor and ground. Shake lines on the wall with horizontal deviation of no more than ±5m.
如果吊顶设计要求具有一定造型或图案，应先弹出吊顶对称轴线，龙骨及吊点位置应对称布置。Determination of ceiling symmetry axis and symmetrical arrangement of joist and suspension point should be done if the ceiling design requires certain shape or pattern.
按设计弹出楼、地面标高线，弹于房间四周。Shake elevation line of floor and ground in accordance with design around the room.
按设计弹出大型灯具、吊点位置。Shake big-size luminaries and suspension point in accordance with design.
固定吊杆Fixed Derrick
吊杆龙骨选材：龙骨为铝合金龙骨，龙骨尺寸15/16in，所有龙骨的品种、规格、花色等均符合具体设计要求。Material for derrick joist: aluminum alloy joist of 15/16in size, the variety, size and pattern of all joists all conform to detailed design requirements.
用冲击钻在楼底板打眼，用(10mm不锈钢膨胀螺将不锈钢吊环板固定在吊杆中心。吊环的位置必须准确，不得错位。吊环板固定后将(10mm不锈钢吊杆电焊于吊环上。吊杆下端须套螺纹。吊杆间距1200mm。吊杆距主龙骨的端部距离不得超过300mm，超过时应增设吊杆。Drill holes on the under plate of floor with percussion drill and fasten stainless steel lifting bail plate in the center of derrick with (10mm stainless steel dilating screw. The lifting bail should be located correctly without displacement. Weld (10mm stainless steel derrick onto lifting bail after the fixation of lifting bail plate. There should be screw thread at the bottom of derrick. The distance between derricks is 1200mm and the distance between derrick and the top of main joist should be no more than 300mm, otherwise there should be derricks added.
龙骨安装Joist Installation
安装U型主龙骨：通过与主龙骨配套的主挂件将主龙骨与吊杆连接，在主龙骨之间应用主龙骨连接件来连接，并加吊杆。在大房间内应中间部位起拱，起拱高度为短跨的1/200。U-shaped main joist installation: connect main joist with derricks using main hangs compatible with main joist. Connectors for main joist are used to link main joists with derrick added. There should be arc at the center part of main joists in a big house with the height of arc of 1/200 of short span.
安装T型主、中、小龙骨：用10号铁丝与主龙骨直接固定，固定时应错位锁定牢固。主龙骨间距为1200mm。然后将中龙骨与主龙骨纵向连接，中龙骨的间距为600mm。最后在主龙骨之间将小龙骨与中龙骨固定，小龙骨的间距为1200。T-shaped main joists, center keels and small keels installation: make sure the firm dislocation lockup when fastening main joist directly with No. 10 wiring with the distance between main joists of 1200mm. Connect center keels and main joists vertically with the distance between center keels of 600mm. At last, fasten small keels and center keels among the main joists with the distance between small keels of 1200.
龙骨调平：根据天棚的标高，在纵横方向拉通线，对龙骨进行调平。Joist leveling: pull flux line in crosswise direction based on ceiling elevation for joists leveling.
龙骨架中间部分应按具体设计起拱（一般起拱高度不得小于房间短向跨度的1/200）。There should be arc at the center part of joist skeleton according to detailed design (generally, the arc height should be no less than 1/200 of short span of the room).
矿棉吸音板吊顶工艺Techniques of Mineral Wool Board Ceiling
工艺流程 Process Flow
基层清理→弹线→安装吊杆→安装主龙骨→安装边龙骨→弱电、综合布线敷设→隐蔽检查→安装次龙骨及矿棉板→成品保护→分项、检验批验收 Base Layer Cleanup – Snap Line – Derrick Installation – Main Joist Installation – Side Keel Installation – Weak Electricity and Integrated Wiring Laying – Concealed Work Inspection – Secondary Joist and Mineral Wool Board Installation – Finished Products Protection – Inspection and Acceptance of Subdivision Work
天花板：Ceiling 主龙骨：Main Joist 副龙骨：Rider Keel
吊索：Sling 边龙骨：Side Keel 明架式：Exposed Type
施工工艺 Construction Process
弹线:根据吊顶设计标高弹吊顶线作为安装的标准线。 Snap line: Shake suspended ceiling line as reference line for installation based on designed elevation of suspended ceiling.
安装吊杆:根据施工图纸要求确定吊杆的位置,安装吊杆预埋件(角铁)，刷防锈漆,吊杆采用直径φ8 的钢筋制作,吊点间距 900～1200mm。安装时上端与预埋件焊接,下端套丝后与吊件连接。安装完毕的吊杆端头外露长度不小于3mm。 Derrick installation: determine the position of derrick according to drawings and install embedded parts of derrick (angle iron) with anti-rust paint. The derrick is made with steel bar of φ8 diameter and the space between suspension points is 900～1200mm. Weld the top of derricks with embedded parts and connect the bottom with hangers after thread rolling of the bottom. The exposed length of the derrick end after installation should be no less than 3mm.
安装主龙骨:一般采用 C38 龙骨,吊顶主龙骨间距为 900～1200mm。安装主龙骨时,应将主龙骨吊挂件连接在主龙骨上,拧紧螺丝,并根据要求吊顶起拱 l/2OO,随时检查龙骨的平整度。房间内主龙骨沿灯具的长方向排布,注意避开灯具位置；走廊内主龙骨沿走廊短方向排布。 Main joist installation: C38 joists are usually used with the space between main joists of suspended ceiling is 900～1200mm. Connect main joist hangers with main joists during installation and tighten the screws. Make arcs of l/2OO for suspended ceiling and check the flatness of joist at all times. Arrange main joists along the length-direction of lamps in the room and take care to avoid lamps. Arrange main joists in corridors along the width-direction of corridor.
安装次龙骨:配套次龙骨选用烤漆 T 型龙骨,间距与板横向规格同,将次龙骨通过挂件吊挂在大龙骨上。Secondary joist installation: choose painted T-shaped joist for supporting secondary joist with spacing as same as the horizontal size of plate. Hang secondary joist to main joist by suspenders.
安装边龙骨:采用L型边龙骨,与墙体用塑料胀管自攻螺钉固定,固定间距200mm。 Side joist installation: choose L-shaped side joist which is fastened to wall with self-tapping screw of plastic tube expanding with fixed space of 200mm.
隐蔽检查:在水电安装、试水、打压完毕后,应对龙骨进行隐蔽检查,合格后方可进入下道工序。 Concealed work inspection: after electric and water installation, water test and bulge test, concealed work test of joists should be carried out and passed before next step.
安装饰面板:矿棉板选用认可的规格形式,明龙骨矿棉板直接搭在T型烤漆龙骨上即可。随安板随安配套的小龙骨,安装时操作工人须藏白手套,以防止污染。 Veneer Installation: choose mineral wool board based on approved size and pattern and hang exposed joist mineral wool board directly on paint T-shaped joist. Operators should wear white gloves to prevent taint during installation of small joist.
吊顶工程验收时应检查下列文件和记录: Check the following documents and records during the acceptance of suspended ceiling engineering.
① 吊顶工程的施工图、设计说明及其他设计文件； work drawings, design specifications and other design documents for suspended ceiling engineering
② 材料的产品合格证书、性能检测报告、进场验收记录和复验报告；Certificate of Compliance of material, performance testing report, record of acceptance for entry and re-inspection report.
墙面、顶棚乳胶漆饰面Emulsion Varnish Surface of Wall and Ceiling
材料要求：所选材料质量必须达到有关材料验收标准要求。Material requirements: all material quality should comply with related material acceptance standards.
施工工艺：基层处理(涂刷稀乳液封底(刷第一遍乳胶漆(刷第二遍乳胶漆Construction process: base layer cleanup – paint emulsion for end-sealing – emulsion varnish painting for the first time –emulsion varnish painting for the second time
主要施工工具Main Construction Tools
基层清理工具：刮刀、钢丝刷、扫帚等。Tools for base layer cleanup: scraper, wire brush, broom etc.
涂刷工具：排笔、毛辊及其它辅助工具。Painting tools: combined pen brush, brush and other assistive devices.
操作方法：Operation Method
基层处理：应当特别注意，基层应表面平整，纹理质感均匀一致，否则会因光影作用而使涂膜颜色显得深浅不一致。基层表面不宜太光滑，以免影响涂料与基层的粘结力。Base layer cleanup: pay particular attention so as to make base layer level in surface, even in texture, otherwise the paint film will be uneven in color because of shadow effect. The surface of base layer should not be too smooth so as not to weaken binding power between painting and base layer.
涂刷稀乳液：为了增强基层与腻子或涂料的粘结力并防止墙面外渗，在涂刷涂料之前，先刷一遍与涂料体系相同或相应的稀乳液，这样稀乳液可以渗透到基层内部，使基层坚实干净，增强与腻子或涂层的结合力。Emulsion painting: in order to strengthen the binding power between base layer and putty/painting and to prevent wall exudation, paint emulsion which has the same or corresponding structure with paint before painting. In this way, the emulsion can penetrate into the inner base layer to make it solid and clean for reinforcement of binding power between layers and putty/coating.
刷第一遍乳胶漆：涂刷顺序是先顶板后墙面，墙面是先上后下。乳胶漆可用排笔涂刷或滚涂。涂刷前应将涂料搅匀，并将其稀释，以满足施工要求。施工时，涂料的涂膜不宜过厚或过薄。过厚时易流坠起皱，影响干燥和施工质量；过薄，由不能发挥涂料的作用。一般以充分盖底、不透虚影、表面均匀为宜。干燥后复补腻子，腻子干后用砂纸磨光，清扫干净。Emulsion varnish painting for the first time: paint the top plate and then the wall in the order of up and town. Emulsion varnish could be used for brushing or roll painting with combined pen brush. Mix well the varnish before painting and dilute it to meet the requirements of construction. The paint film of varnish should not be too thick or too thin during the construction. Thick paint film will have sagging and wrinkles exerting influence on dryness and construction quality while thin paint film will fail to play the role of varnish. The paint film is suitable in thickness when it can fully cover on the face with even surface and no blurring. Cover putty again after drying and use abrasive paper to polish and clean.
刷第二遍乳胶漆：第二遍乳胶漆的操作要求与第一遍相同。由于乳胶漆的涂膜干燥快，应连续操作，涂刷时从一端开始，逐渐向另一端，要上下顺刷相互衔接，后一排紧接前一排，避免干燥后出现接头。Emulsion varnish painting for the second time: the requirements for the second time of emulsion varnish painting are the same with the first time. Because the paint film of emulsion varnish is quick to dry, continuous operation of painting is required. Begin painting from one end and gradually come to the other in up-down order without missing. Paint row by row closely to avoid painted junction after dryness.
施工注意事项：Construction Points
注意检查环境条件是否符合涂料的施工条件。Remember to check whether the environmental conditions comply with construction conditions for varnish.
乳胶涂料干燥快，如大面积涂刷，应注意配合操作，流水作业。要注意接头，顺一方向刷，接槎处应处理好。As latex paint is quick to dry, remember to cooperate for line operation in large-scale brushing. Brush in the same direction and take care of the painted junctions.
如墙面有分格线，施工前应认真划好粉线，刷分色线时要靠放直尺，用力均匀，起落要轻，排笔蘸漆量要适当，从前往后刷。Draw chalk line carefully before construction if there is separation line on the wall. Brush color selection line along the straight rule with well-distributed strength and slow lift and fall. Dip appropriate quantity of coating for combined pen brush and paint from front to back.
涂刷带颜色的涂料时应配料适当，保证独立面每遍用同一批涂料，以保色泽一致。Put ingredients together in the right proportion for painting of colorful coatings and make sure to use the same coatings for individual walls of each time of brushing to keep consistent color.
乳胶涂料应贮存在0℃以上的地方，使涂料不冻，不破乳。贮存期已过的涂料须经检验后方可使用。Latex paint should be put in the temperature of 0℃ above to prevent its freezing and break. The paint which exceeds the storage time should be checked before being used.
施工的质量要求Quality Requirements for Construction
薄涂料表面的质量要求Quality Requirements of Thin Coating Surface
项次Item No.
项 目Item
普通级薄涂料Ordinary Thin Coating
中级薄涂料Middle-level Thin Coating
高级薄涂料High-level Thin Coating
1
掉粉、起皮Picking and Peeling
不允许Not allowed
不允许Not allowed
不允许Not allowed
2
漏刷、透底Missed painting and pervious spots
不允许Not allowed
不允许Not allowed
不允许Not allowed
3
反碱、咬色Calcium hydroxide generation and Biting Color
允许少量Small degree allowed
允许轻微少量Very small degree allowed
不允许Not allowed
4
流坠、疙瘩Sagging and Swelling
允许少量Small degree allowed
允许轻微少量Very small degree allowed
不允许Not allowed
5
颜色、刷纹
Color and Brushing Marks
颜色一致Consistent Color
颜色一致，允许有轻微少量砂眼，刷纹通顺Consistent color with a few sand holes and smooth brushing marks allowed
颜色一致，无砂眼，无刷纹Consistent color with no sand holes and brushing marks
6
装饰线，分色线平直Decorative rib is straight with color selection line
偏差不大于3mm
Deviation of no more than 3mm
偏差不大于2mm
Deviation of no more than 2mm
偏差不大于1mm
Deviation of no more than 1mm
7
门窗、灯具等Doors, Windows and Lighting Fixtures
洁净Clean
洁净Clean
洁净Clean
激光整平机施工厂房地坪Factory Terrace Construction by means of Laser Levelling Machine
本工程我司计划采用我司自有的Somero 激光整平机，我司在江西东元电机整体迁建工程（10万平米钢构厂房）实施中质量及进度获得当地质监部门、监理及业主的一致好评。采用Somero 激光整平机来铺注您的地坪，您将获得下列益处：For this project, our company plans to use our own Somero Laser Levelling Machine. The quality and progress of our implementation in Integral Relocation Project of Jiangxi Dongyuan Electric Motor (the factory of 100,000m2) has won good reputation within local quality inspection department, supervisors and owners. Somero Laser Levelling Machine will help you in the following respects:
施工质量更高——可达到激光级精度的地面标高，地面平整度和水平度是手工整平作业方式的2-3 倍，混凝土密实度提高20％以上，且适合干硬性混凝土、纤维混凝土及大骨料混凝土。Better construction quality: capable of reaching the ground elevation of laser-level accuracy; the ground planeness and levelness are 2 to 3 times of that by means of manual leveling; the concrete compactness is increased by over 20%; applicable to dry and hard concrete, fibre reinforced concrete and coarse aggregate concrete.
施工速度更快——作业工效提高100-300％（每小时可完成100-200 平方米的铺注工作，平均每天可完成1000-2000 平方米），并减少人工30％以上，特别适合工期要求紧、铺注面积大、质量要求高的工程项目。Higher construction speed: operation efficiency is increased 100-300% (placing of 100-200m2 can be finished per hour, and 1000-2000 m2 per day), saving over 30% manpower; especially suitable for the construction projects of short time limit, large lacing area and high quality requirement.
地面整体性更好——非常容易实现大面积整体铺注，这种整体铺注技术一方面可以避免地坪分层浇注带来的易空鼓、易开裂等问题，另一方面可以减少大量的施工缝，使地面的整体性更好。这是采用其它施工工艺不易做到的。Better ground integrity: easy to realize large area integral placing, which may on one hand avoid hollowing or cracking problems in layered terrace placing on the other hand reduce a great deal of construction joint, and consequently reach better ground integrity, which may not be possibly realized by means of other construction processes.
可减少地面的后期维护费用——由于大面积整体铺注可减少3 倍以上的施工缝——而施工缝是很容易受轮载作用而产生破损的，从而可减少地面的后期维护费用。Less expense for later ground maintenance: Large area placing may reduce over 3 times of construction joint, which may easily be damaged because of wheel load effect, and consequently reduce expense for later ground maintenance.
Somero 激光整平机简介
Introduction to Somero Laser Levelling Machine
神龙（ Somero ） 激光整平机是由美国神龙公司（ SomeroEnterprises Inc.）开发研制的。该公司生产专门用于水泥混凝土地面工程的激光整平机已有二十年的发展历史，拥有多项专利技术，是激光整平机的全球唯一生产厂商。 Somero Laser Levelling Machine is developed and produced by (.) Somero Enterprises Inc, which has over twenty years' experience in producing laser leveling machine that is specially used in cement concrete ground construction. As the only manufacture of laser leveling machine in the world, it has many proprietary technologies.
CopperHead XD 轻便型激光整平机主要特点简述如下。 Main features of CopperHead XD lightweight laser leveling machine:
（1） 激光整平机的找平原理是，利用精密激光技术、闭环控制技术和精密的液压系统，在电脑的自动控制下实现的，这是它有别于其它地坪施工工艺的最突出的特点。Levelling principle: Making use of accurate laser technology, closed-loop control technology and precise hydraulic circuit and realizing under automatic computer control, which is its most unique feature from other terrace construction processes.
（2） 激光整平机的整平原理是，依靠液力驱动的整平头，配合激光系统和电脑控制系统在自动找平的同时完成整平工作。整平头上配备有一体化设计的刮板、振动器和整平梁，将所有整平工作集于一身，并一次性完成。电脑控制系统每秒5 次实时自动调整标高， 均衡设计的振动器振动频率达3000-5000 次/分钟。Planing principle: Making use of hydraulically operated planing head coordinated with laser system and computer control system, realizing planning together with automatic leveling. The planning head is equipped with integrative drawing template, vibrator and levelling beam for one-time completion of all the processes. The computer control system makes automatic level regulation once every 5 seconds. The vibration frequency of vibrator in uniform design is 3000-5000 times per minute.
（3） 用来控制地面标高的激光发射器是独立布置的，这样，地坪标高不受模板控制，且不会产生累积误差。The laser transmitter used for controlling ground elevation is fixed up individually. In this way, the terrace elevation will not be affected by the moulding board, and no accumulated errors will appear.
（4） 设备重量只有约370 千克，并可配备ATV 车胎，适合单层或双层钢筋网的地面或楼面施工，移动也非常方便。 The equipment is only 370kg and can be equipped with ATV tyre, suitable for single or double layer steel bar grid ground or floor construction and easy for moving.
从以下几张在工地作业的图片可大致看出该设备工作时的状态。The working status of equipment is shown in the following pictures of construction site.
技术规格及要求Technical specifications and requirements
无论采用什么施工工艺，影响混凝土地坪施工质量的最重要的因素是混凝土。对平整度要求越高，对混凝土的质量要求就越严格，其中最重要的因素是，每一车送到地台的混凝土的坍落度与初凝时间应保持基本一致。简述如下。No matter what construction process is used, the most factor affecting terrace quality is the concrete. The higher planeness is required, the higher concrete quality is required One of the most important factors is that the slump and initial setting time of each truck of concrete delivered to the platform should be kept basically the same. See the following for details:
混凝土 Concrete
（1） 必须由商品混凝土搅拌站生产。It must be produced by commercial concrete mixing plant;
（2） 混凝土规格：C30 混凝土，28 天强度不小于30。 Concrete specification: C30 concrete; the strength should be no less than 30 Map for 28 days;
（3） 水灰比：不大于。送料过程中不得随意加水。Cement water factor: no higher than . Do not water at will during feeding.
（4） 水泥：采用不低于 标号的普通硅酸盐水泥。Cement: normal Portland cement no lower than Grade .
（5） 骨料：级配良好的骨料。粗骨料用破碎花岗岩或卵石，最大粒径不大于25毫米。细骨料采用洁净河沙，细度模数为宜。Aggregate: aggregate with good graduation. The coarse aggregate uses cracked granite or scree with a maximal grain diameter no larger than 25mm. The fine aggregate uses clean river-sand, and the modulus of fineness should be to .
（6） 混凝土配合比：水泥用量不小于350Kg/m3。为避免产生表面质量问题，砂率应控制在35-40％。Concrete mixing proportion: Concrete content should be no less than 350kg/m3. To avoid surface quality problem, the sand coarse aggregate ratio should be controlled within 35-40%.
（7） 混凝土坍落度：14±2 厘米，最大16 厘米。Concrete slump constant: 14±2cm, at most 16cm.
（8） 凝结时间：初凝时间3 小时左右。Time of setting: initial setting: around 3 hours.
（9） 其他要求：为避免地坪出现随机裂缝，切割缩缝的时间应在尽可能早的时间内（24 小时以内）进行。 Other requirements: to avoid random crack on the terrace, the cutting shrinkage crack should be as soon as possible (within 24 hours).
传力杆 Dowel steel
（1） 传力杆材料：直径及长度根据设计而定（如设计未做规定，建议采用直径25 毫米，长度400 毫米的光面钢筋），每300毫米布置一根。 Material of dowel steel: The diameter and length will be subject to design (if no regulation is made in design, it is suggested to use the smooth surface steel bar in the diameter of 25mm and length of 400mm), and fix up one steel bar every 300mm.
（2） 传力杆安装：一半锚固在混凝土内，另一半表面抹黄油，使能自由滑动。Installation of dowel steel: a half is anchored inside the concrete, and the other is applied with grease on the surface for free sliding.
模板 Moulding board
为避免影响接缝处的表面标高的偏差过大，宜采用钢质模板（槽钢）。To avoid too big deviation affecting the surface elevation of seam crossing, it is better to use steel moulding board (channel steel).
基本施工工序Basic construction process
混凝土地坪的基本作业工序如下图所示（不含耐磨骨料施工）。The basic process of concrete terrace is shown as below (excluding abrasive aggregates construction).
准备工作：Preparation 设分隔缝（边墙及立柱）：setting of separation joint （flank wall and upright post） 场地清理（基层）：side cleaning (basic level)
支周边模板（沿施工缝）：moulding board supporting the rim (along the construction joint)
砼浇注工作：concrete casting 设置激光系统及设备：setting laser system and equipment 混凝土送料：concrete feeding 激光整平机整平、振捣压实（配人工辅料工序）levelling by laser leveling machine, vibro compaction (integrated with manual feeding process)
表面修饰工作：surface decoration 抹光机圆盘搓面：disk finishing by toweling machine 圆盘抹压：disk compacting 机械刀片收光：finishing by mechanical blade
养护、切缝：maintenance and joint cutting 喷养护剂：spraying curing agent 切缝（24小时内）：joint cutting (within 24 hours) 地面二次养护：second ground maintenance
嵌缝打浇（如需要）Gluing of sealing (if necessary)
施工配合及注意事项 Construction coordination and precautions
有关施工过程中的一些施工配合方面的事项详述如下。Here are some instructions about coordination during construction.
墙边（如适用）放线及抄平：由于墙边激光整平机不能接触，离墙边200 毫米的范围内需要人工进行整平，所以需要放线，作为人工整平的参照。同时，一个车间内一次性设置2－3个施工期间不受干扰的水准基点（地面设计标高，即±）给激光整平机使用，要求相互能良好通视。水准点精度±1毫米。Wall (if applicable) setting out and leveling: As the wall cannot be contacted by the laser leveling machine, the part within 200mm from the wall should be leveled by manpower, for which setting out is needed for reference of manual leveling. Besides, inside a plant is one-time equipped with 2 to 3 bench marks which are not disturbed during construction (ground design elevation, . ±) for use of laser leveling machine requiring good intervisibility to each other. Accuracy of bench mark: ±1mm.
设置周边模板（钢模，位置根据设计要求而定），以便形成分隔缝。模板顶面标高应控制在+0 毫米及-2 毫米内，以免影响接缝处的平整度。Set peripheral moulding board (steel mould, the position is subject to design requirement) so as to form separation joint. The elevation of moulding board superface should be controlled within +0mm to -2mm in order to prevent planeness of seam crossing.
沿当天拟浇注的范围安装施工缝模板（建议采用钢模），模板应预留300 毫米间距的孔洞，以便传力杆插入（如适用）。模板顶面标高应控制在+0 毫米及-2 毫米内，以免不同仓的接缝处平整度出现较大偏差。Install the construction joint moulding board based on the scope of casting of the day (steel mould is advised), and the moulding board should be left with holes with the interval of 300mm for insertion of dowel steel (if applicable). The surface elevation of moulding board should be controlled within +0 to -2mm in order to prevent large deviation of planeness of different seam crossings.
沿墙身（如适用）设置聚苯乙烯薄片（厚度5 毫米左右），以留出分隔缝，使混凝土地坪与墙身分隔开来，以免混凝土开裂。 Set polystyrene slice along the wall (if applicable) (in a thickness of 5mm) to leave the separation joint, and separate the concrete terrace with the wall to prevent concrete cracking.
模板涂油，同时给一半长度的传力杆涂黄油，插入模板内。 Apply oil on the moulding oil, and apply grease on half length of the dowel steel, and insert into the moulding board.
激光发射器架设：拟架设在立柱上。具体位置要根据当天铺注量设在最佳位置。若立柱上无法架设，则应架设在设备自带的专用三脚架上。Laser transmitter mounting: It is planned to be mounted on the upright post. It will be mounted in the position based on the casting amount of the day. If is not capable to be mounted on the upright post, it should be mounted on the special tripod provided with the equipment.
输送混凝土进场：混凝土输送速度应保证约30 立方米/小时，且送料速度均匀，中间应尽量减少停顿间隔，以防止出现冷接头。若停顿时间超过1 小时，该处宜设置一道施工缝而不能连续施工。理想的情况是，混凝土由搅拌输送车直接送到地台上，以提高卸料速度。如混凝土供料速度能满足平均30立方米/小时，则8 小时铺注量将可达到1600 平方米。Conveying concrete into the site: The concrete should be conveyed at an even speed of 30m3 /h, and the pause should be reduced to minimum to avoid cold junction. If the pause exceed 1 hour, the place should be established with a construction joint without continuous construction. It is suggested that the concrete is conveyed to the platform by means of truck mixer to increase discharging speed. If the convey feeding speed can meet the requirement of 30m3 /h in average, the casting amount of 8 hours can be 1600m3.
为保证混凝土地坪铺注的质量，每组需要安排8-10 名工人配合，将摊铺在地面上的混凝土表面扒平，使堆料比设计标高略高（10-20 毫米左右）。同时，对靠墙边、露头管线及模板周边的部分，安排2 名熟练的混凝土工将离墙（模板）边20-30 厘米左右的混凝土料用人工抹平（用2 米刮杠配合铁抹子）。负责抹边的工人必须是受过训练的熟练的混凝土抹灰工。这些工人必须服从指挥，听从安排，以便保证施工的质量。To ensure the quality of concrete terrace casting, each group should be arranged with 8 to 10 workers, leveling the concrete surface on the ground and making the stacking a little higher than the designed elevation (about 10-20mm). Besides, for the wall-side, uncased pipeline and moulding board peripheral part, 2 skilled concrete worker are arranged to manually level the concrete which are 20-30cm from the wall (moulding board) (2m darby slicker combined with plasterer's trowel). The workers for side leveling must be well trained concrete plasterers, who should obey orders so as to ensure construction quality.
由于混凝土内配置有钢筋，为确保混凝土振捣密实，本项目需安排插入式振捣棒配合振捣，以保障充分的振捣密实度，确保地坪混凝土的质量。As the concrete is equipped with steel bar inside, this project needs plug-type vibro so as to ensure vibro compactness and quality of the terrace concrete.
要求每次铺到地台上的混凝土料按一定顺序进行，不得随意浇注。施工方向为从左至右（沿短边方向）、从前往后（沿长边方向）进行。每天铺注量建议800－1200 平方米。 The concrete is required to be paved on the platform each time in a certain order from left to right (along the short side) and from front to back (along the long side). The paving amount for each day is suggested 800-1200m2.
待初凝开始，人站立到混凝土表面只有约3 毫米深脚印时，使用抹光机（安装圆盘）进行作业，将表面沙浆层搓打均匀（提浆），紧接着用3-5 米长刮杠将局部有隆起的混凝土表面（特别是周边用人工抹平的部分）刮平。然后均匀撒布60％左右用量的硬化剂于压实后的混凝土表面上（如设计采用耐磨骨料）。When the initial setting starts and there is only 3mm depth’s footprint when a person stands on the concrete surface, use the toweling machine (equipped with disk) for operation; stir even the surface mortar bed (purifying syrup), then use a darby slicker in a length of 3-5 meters to strickle the partial ridgy concrete surface (especially the peripheral part leveled manually). Then evenly spread 60% hardener on the compacted concrete surface (use abrasive aggregates if it is required as designed).
由于使用人工撒布的硬化剂不可能十分均匀，需使用刮杠将硬化剂抹平，然后用抹光机（圆盘）压入混凝土内。接着再撒布剩余的40％左右用量的硬化剂。 As the manually spread hardener cannot be very even, it is necessary to use darby slicker to level the hardener, and then compact into the concrete with toweling machine (with disk). Then spread the left 40% hardener.
再用圆盘抹光机压光收光2 个纵、横向来回。 Use the toweling machine (with disk) to finish for 2 longitudinal and transverse roundtrips.
（说明：第11-13 步的具体施工说明，请按照硬化剂供应商的要求进行）(Note: for the detailed construction instructions of Step 11-13, please refer to the requirement of hardener manufacturer.)
最后抹光机改用刀片，进行最后的表面修整工作。实在没法用抹光机修整到的边缘部分（如靠墙边的部分），需要人工用特制不锈钢抹子来修整。Change toweling machine to blade and make the final surface finishing. If it is impossible to use the machine to finish the peripheral part (such as the part near the wall), do the finishing manually with special stainless steel trowel.
混凝土浇注后终凝前，应扭动传力杆，保证其在拆模前能自由拔出。Before final setting of casting concrete, twist the dowel steel and ensure that it can be easily pulled out before removal of shuttering.
喷洒养护剂。由于混凝土表面有硬化剂（如适用），不宜直接喷水养护。养护剂用量大约 每平方米（请按产品说明要求均匀喷洒）。Spray curing agent. As there is hardener on the concrete surface (if applicable), it is not proper to spray water for maintenance. curing agent is used for per square meter (please spray evenly as required).
拆模（包括立柱周边的模板），拔出传力杆，注意避免碰伤边角。Removal of shuttering (including the moulding board around the upright post); Pull out the dowel steel and avoid damaging the corner.
回装传力杆。Turn the dowel steel.
切割控制缝：按设计要求的间距及深度要求切割。为避免混凝土出现裂缝，切割应在最早可切割时间内进行（尽量在24小时内进行，但不能破坏混凝土表面）。为避免表面颜色不一致，切割后应立即将污水收集（如使用吸尘器）。Cutting of control joint: Cut based on the interval and depth as required in the drawing. To avoid crack appearing on the concrete, cut as soon as possible (better within 24 hours without damaging the concrete surface). To avoid inconsistent surface color, collect the filthy water immediately after cutting (. using vacuum cleaner).
清除沿墙边的聚苯乙烯填充片，28 天后用聚胺酯填补。Clean the polystyrene filler piece along the wall, and fill polyurethane after 28 days.
28 天后所有切缝及施工缝均使用聚胺酯填充。对于后浇式施工的立柱周边，浇注混凝土。 All the joint cutting and construction joint shall be filled by means of polyurethane after 28 days. For the periphery of upright post of alter-pouring construction, concrete shall be cast.
其它注意事项：Other precautions:
为保证地面平整度，需特别注意：To ensure ground planeness, it should be noted that:
每次送到地台上的混凝土坍落度必须一致。 Slump constant of concrete delivered to the platform each time should be consistent;
确保混凝土供料速度达到30 立方米每小时或以上，且每批混凝土的初凝时间必须一致。 Ensuring the concrete feeding speed at or above 30m3 per hour, and the initial setting time of each batch of concrete should be consistent;
每一车混凝土中间的间隔时间应尽量均匀，应避免一次性集中来多台车，然后较长时段内不来车的情形发生。此外，地台上前后两块搭接施工的混凝土，中间的间隔时间不允许超过一个小时。The interval between each truck of concrete should be as even as possible; try to prevent both concentrated conveyance within short period and no conveyance for a long period. Besides, for joining of two front and back concrete on the platform, the interval should be no more than 1 hour.
确保模板标高准确，且施工期间不能受到扰动。 Ensuring the moulding board is of correct elevation and cannot be disturbed during construction.
环境配合。刚施工完毕的混凝土地坪不能暴露于阳光、风吹、雨水等对混凝土养生不利的环境。Environment coordination. The concrete terrace right after construction should not be exposed to sunlight, strong wind, raindrop and other environmental factors which are bad to concrete maintenance.
为保证施工缝的平直，模板可适当外延20 毫米，待拆模后将这富余的20 毫米切除。详见下图。To ensure straight construction joint, the moulding board can be properly extended 20mm, which shall be cut after removal of shuttering. See the drawing below for details.
第一次浇注砼：First time concrete casting 切缝位置：joint cutting position
20mm 切除后二次重叠浇注区域：20mm of second overlapped casting are after cutting
第二次浇注砼：Second time concrete casting
施工缝位置：Construction joint position
室外绿化及道路工程 Outdoor afforestation and civil engineer
绿化工程概况 Introduction to afforestation project
整个厂区以普遍绿化为主，设置草坪和矮灌木，配以适量不飞絮乔木。 整个工程采用普遍绿化和重点绿化相结合，集中绿地注重规模和整体效果，注重其实用性，其点、线、面相结合， 体现了企业绿色建筑特性，提升企业形象。The entire plant is mainly provided with general afforestation, including lawn and undershrub combined with some catkin-free arbor. The entire project consists of general afforestation and key afforestation, concentrating on scale and entire effect, emphasizing on the practicability; the combination of point, line and plane shows the features of “green enterprise” and improves the enterprise image.
本工程以堆场为主，配以大量混凝土铺地用于货物装卸。沿主要建筑物周围设有环形通道，以满足消防和生产运输的要求。新建工程主要建筑物周围的道路呈环形布置，道路宽度均大于6m,且在卸货区前设有不小于12x12m 的回车场地。厂区道路主要分为一般轻型道路，重型卸货区道路以及堆场地坪。道路均采用混凝土道路。This project consists of mainly the stock dump and accompanied with large quantity of concrete paving ground for goods loading and unloading. Circular passages are paved along the periphery of main buildings to meet the requirements of firefighting, production and conveyance. The main buildings of new project have peripheral roads in circular arrangement, and the road width is over 6m. A returning plot no less than 12X12m is left in front of the loading dock. The plant roads are basically divided into light road, heavy loading dock road and stock dump terrace. The roads are all paved by concrete.
工程特点 Project features
本工程位于奉贤区临港新城，原系农田，估计当时水系较发达。因此施工时如何做好软基处理、增强基础承载力，同时做好施工排水工作是非常重要。The project locates in New Harbor City of Fengxian District, where used to be a farmland. It is predicted to be developed in respect of water system. Therefore it is very important to make good soft foundation treatment and reinforce ground bearing capacity and build up good drainage system.
本工程为整个***风电临港500MW叶片和机舱项目的一部分，在施工时如何与其他工程段配合协作也是不可忽视的问题。 This project is only a part of the Construction & Organization Design for *** Lingang 500MW Blade and Nacelle Project. It is very important to make good coordination and cooperation with other project sections during construction.
从本工程项目内容来看，分项内容并不多，主要分为，路面铺装、绿化和围墙大门等，但是，铺装的面积较大，铺装的内容较多，有道路、卸货区，堆场区、人行道及停车场，而每个部分的铺装要求各有不同。应次，必须做好各工种间的协调配合，以保证工程的顺利进行。Judging from the content of this project, there are not too much in the subitems, mainly including toad pavement, afforestation, enclosure and gate. However, the pavement is of large area and much content, covering the road, loading area, stock dump area, sidewalk and parking lot; each of which having different requirements for pavement. Consequently, it is essential to make good coordination between all the works so as to ensure successful project completion.
主要施工方案和技术措施Main construction program and technical measures
总体施工流程Entire construction process
根据现场的情况和本工程的工期要求，决定具体安排工序如下：Based on the construction site and time limit requirement of this project, the process is arranged as below:
(1).总体放样，对道路、人行道、停车场、卸货区、堆场区、种植区域等进行精确定位； Overall layout, accurate location for road, sidewalk, parking lot, loading dock, stock dump area and growing area, etc;
(2).土方运输及回填工作：多方落实土源，安排土方的运输、回填、造型、平整；Earthwork conveyance and backfilling: Settle the earth resource in many ways; arrange for conveyance, backfilling, molding and leveling of earthwork;
(3).地形整理、土方细平工作：根据施工图对地型的要求进行地型整理及土方细平工作；Topographic processing and earthwork refining: Make topographic processing and earthwork refining according to the requirement of construction drawing for the site type;
(4).土壤改良：根据所进种植土的质量和所用苗木对土壤的不同需求，在局部地区进行土壤改良工作，包括山泥置换、施基肥、掺沙等；Soil improvement: Make soil improvement in some areas based on requirements of different introduced planting soil quality and used seedling for the soil, including mountain clay replacement, basal dressing and sand mixing;
(5).苗木种植工作：在土方部分到位的情况下，即可开始苗木的种植：先种植高大乔木及中层灌木，严格按图施工放样，确保绿化设计的背景要求，再种植低矮的小灌木。根据工期情况，苗木的种植可随土方的进度同时进行。Seedling planting: When the earthwork is partially in place, the seedling planting may start. First, plant tall trees and medium shrub; strictly lay out according to the construction site to ensure meeting the background requirement of the afforestation design; then plant low undershrub. Seedling planting may be carried out together with earthwork process depending on the construction schedule.
(6).路面铺设：对道路、人行道、停车场、卸货区及堆场区的不同使用条件，严格根据施工图对不同场地的施工要求进行分块分段施工；Road surfacing: Road pavement: As there are different using conditions for road, sidewalk, parking lot, loading stock and stock dump area, the is necessary to make fragmented and staged construction for different sites in strict accordance with the construction drawing.
(7).围墙及大门的施工：根据现场放线实测的数据，按设计要求进行基础和围墙的安装。 Construction for enclosure and gate: According to the data of setting-out measurement in the site, implement installation for the foundation and enclosure as required in the design.
(8).养护工作：绿化养护管理的重点在于浇水、除杂草、预防及治疗病虫害，同时进行枝条修剪、整形，减少植物体内水分的过多蒸发。对因风吹或雨冲歪斜缺损的苗木及时进行扶正补充，以免局部的损坏而影响整体绿带景观。Maintenance: The key point for afforestation maintenance is watering, weeding, insect pest prevention and treatment; besides, branch pruning and trimming are needed for preventing over evaporation of moisture inside the plant. The seedling inclined and damaged due to wind or rain impact should be lifted up or replaced in order to prevent partial damage from affecting the entire green scenery.
整体测量放样 Entire survey layout
(1).施工控制网建立 Establishment of construction control grid
施工前要抓好路线复测这一工作环节，对修筑的路基线路根据设计文件中和领桩时确定的中心线进行重新测量，验证在定线时所测定的位置标桩、高程、转角点是否准确无误。Before construction, focus on route resurvey. Resurvey the foundation route in construction based on the central line in the design documents and that defined while piling. Check whether the position surveying stake, height and intersecting point tested at line laying are correct.
在路线复测过程中要特别注意对临时水准点、控制点进行复核。要注意对路线转弯处曲线、缓和曲线或超高、加宽缓和路段的转角点桩、曲线桩等进行复核。Attention must be paid to reexamination of temporary bench mark during route resurvey. Emphasize resurvey of route-turning curve, tempered curve or corner stake, curve stake of the super high and widened tempered road section.
对所有的复核测量要进行记录，并整理所有资料，然后将测量记录本及成果资料送交监理工程师审查签字认可。 Record should be taken for all the resurvey measurement. Sum up all the data, and then submit the survey result book and achievement data to supervisory engineer for signature and approval.
增设的水准点应设在便于观测的坚硬基岩上或永久性建筑物的牢固处，也可设在埋入土中至少lm深的混凝土桩上。 The added bench mark should be set on a hardy rock for easy observation or firm part of permanent building, or on the concrete stake which is embedded into the earth by at least 1m.
(2).曲线现场放样Curve spot layout
采用几何图法和数值坐标法进行曲线现场放样。为确定曲线现场放样的正确，对线路转角顶点，必须设置保护桩加以固定，固定的方法是可切线延长线上、施工范围以外，每隔20m钉木桩或设水泥在混凝土桩。 Use geometrical drawing and numerical coordinating method to make curve spot layout. To ensure correctness of curve spot layout, protection stake must be set up for fixing in respect of the route corner peak, using the method of arranging wood stake every 20m or cement concrete stake along the extension of cutting line outside the construction scope.
(3).平面、高程控制 Plane and height control
先测现状地形平面、高程，并对比设计地形平面、高程，定位标高桩和平面位置，每8-10m布置一点，局部2-3m一点，采用沿等高线走向布设，这样在操作上更具直观性，即在每圈等高线上以同种颜色彩旗竹竿（以适当密度）做标志，应注意密度不能过密过稀，一般等高线平面走向曲率大可密些，但在注意控制精度同时，还要求方便施工作业。 First, survey the current landform plane and height, and compare with the designed landform plane, height, preset elevation stake and plane position; arrange one spot every 8-10m or partially every 2-3m; lay out along the contour line so that it may be easily observed while operation, . to mark with flag poles of the same color on the contour line of each circle (with proper interval). Pay attention than the interval cannot be too large or too small. Generally it can be a little small for large curvature of contour line plane. However, convenience of construction operation should also be ensured together with accuracy control.
(4).沉降位移控制 Sedimentation and displacement control
沉降观测点和位移控制点，在堆筑范围内每4000㎡至少设置一个沉降观测点，观测点控制在100m左右一个，水平位移控制点设置原则为堆筑范围外一米的范围内沿边线，每200m设置一个。Sedimentation observation point and displacement control point: a sedimentation observation point should be set at least every 4000m2 within the piling area. An observation point shall be set about every 100m. A horizontal displacement control point will be set every 200m along the sideline within the area of 1m from the piling area.
(5).测量注意事项 Precautions for measurement
施工测量放样应贯穿于整个施工过程中。从场地平整、植物种植、道路铺装，到停车场及人行道的铺设等，都需要进行施工测量，才能使建筑物，构筑物各部分的尺寸、位置符合设计要求，体现设计意图。 Construction measurement layout should be carried out during the whole construction process. Construction measurement need to be implemented for site planeness, plant growing, road pavement, parking lot and sidewalk paving, etc so that the dimensions and positions of all parts of the building and construction may meet the requirement of the drawing.
由于本工程施工内容复杂，面积较大等，故在施工场区内根据业主给定红线桩点及通视良好原则，用导线法引测出绿化区域内道路侧石的平面控制网，平面控制网经两测回校核，测角中误差12"，测距中误差15mm时为合格，并作为绿化区域内定位放线的依据。 As this project is of complicated construction content and large area, it is needed to measure the plane control grid of the road curbstone within the afforestation area by means of leading method based on the principle of redline stake and good intervisibility by the owner. The plane control grid shall be double checked. The tolerance is 12" for corner measurement and 15mm for distance measurement, which shall be taken as the basis for fixing layout within the afforestation area.
主要分项工程施工技术方案 Construction engineering technical program for main subitems of the project
土方工程 Earthwork engineering
在进行土方工程之前，先进行土方计算、土方的平衡调配等。通过进行土方工程的计算可以明确地了解绿地内各部分的填、挖情况、动土量的大小。计算所得的资料可以为施工和下序提供依据，合理地安排人、财、物，做到土方的有序流动，提高工作效率，从而缩短工期，节约成本。 Before earthwork engineering, carry out first the earthwork calculation and balance preparation. Calculation of earthwork engineering may contribute to comprehension of filling, digging and moving amount of each part within the afforestation. The data from calculation may be taken as basis for construction and next process. It is necessary to reasonably arrange manpower, financial resource and material so as to achieve orderly earth moving, increase working efficiency, reduce the construction period and save cost.
(1).测量控制 Measurement control
依据绿地竖向设计图可选用城市坐标点及水准点用全站仪对整个施工场区进行控制测量。方格网控制点定为10m×10m间距，各施工区域再采用局部设临时加密控制桩，加密桩间距为5m×5m。 It is possible to make control measurement for the entire construction site with electronic speed measuring device based on city coordinate and bench mark according to the vertical design drawing of afforestation. The control point of square grid is set with the spacing of 10m×10m. Partial temporary encrypted stake is set up in each construction area with the spacing of 5m×5m.
场内高程的控制，用BM水准点引测，水准点可设在方格网控制桩顶部，作为微地形改造、小品各等高线的引测点。For the height control in site, use BM bench mark for leading measurement. The bench mark may be set on the top of the square grid control stake and act as the leading measurement point for micro-landform alteration and parergon contour line.
(2).种植土的改良与运输堆置 Improvement, conveyance and piling of planting earth
本工程的种植土将按设计文件的要求和《上海市绿化管理局“关于园林绿化工程本底土壤强制性检测的暂行规定”的通知》，以及有关检测部门对现场土壤检测后的改良意见，对本工程的土壤进行改良，改良土壤的采集、取样、检测我们将严格按照相关程序规定进行，待各方面的数据指标符合要求，并按要求经相关部门、人员确认后再进行实施。 Based on the requirements of design documents, Notice on Tentative Specifications on Compulsory Testing of Background Soil of afforestation project by Shanghai Municipal Afforestation Administration as well as the opinions of improvement after inspection on site soil by related inspection authority, the soil of this project shall be improved. We will implement soil collection, sampling and inspection of the soil strictly in accordance with related process. Construction will start only after all the parameters are confirmed qualified with the index number and approved by related authority and personnel.
土壤改良后，我们将按设计图的地形分布，安排科学合理的运输路线分块堆置，正确掌握临时堆放各分块的土方用量，减少二次搬运距离。堆置的土方应考虑连续下雨而造成土质劣化，应配置辅助机械设备对其平整、压平并设排水坡度。After soil improvement, we will arrange reasonable conveyance route for fragmented piling based on the topographic distribution and know the correct earthwork amount for each fragmented temporary piling so as to reduce the distance of second conveyance. In consideration of possible deterioration of soil quality due to continuous rainfall, the piling earthwork should be leveled, compacted and provided with draining gradient by means of auxiliary mechanical equipments.
(3).微地形Micro-landform
对用于整个场内的地形堆筑土方质量必须符合绿化种植规范的要求，确保苗木的成活率。其地形堆筑时的整体部分压实度达到80％以上（除表层外），且不允许含有块径超过10cm的石块。In respect of the landform of the entire site, the quality of piling earthwork must be qualified with afforestation plant standard, ensuring survival rate of seedling. The degree of compaction of integral part of piling should be above 80% (excluding the surface layer)
绿化种植施工 Afforestation planting engineering
本工程主要有草坪铺设、乔灌木种植等分项工程，这些分项分部的施工按《建筑工程施工质量检验评定标准》(GB50300—2001)标准实施。This project is divided into some subitems such as lawn paving, trees and bushes planting, which are to be implemented based on Assessment Standard for quality inspection of Building Engineering Construction (GB50300-2001).
(1).乔木Arbor
本工程所用乔木有广玉兰、香樟、日本樱和乌桕花。 The arbor used in this project includes southern magnolia, camphor tree, Japanese cherry and sapium sebiferum.
1).掘苗：对胸径3-10cm的乔木，可于春季新芽萌动前或秋季落叶后，在地面以胸径(距地面处的干径)的8-10倍为直径画圆断侧根，再在侧根以下40-50厘米处切断主根，打碎土球，将植株顺风向斜植于假植地，保持土壤润湿。运输时要将根部放在车槽前，干稍向后斜向安置。 Lifting: For the arbor with DBH of 3-10cm, it is advised to, before the young shoots sprout in spring or after the leaf fall in autumn, cut the laterals in a circle on the ground with the diameter of 8-10 times of the DBH (the trunk diameter above the ground), then cut off the main root 40-50cm under the laterals, break the soil ball, obliquely grow the plant down the wind in the temporary planting earth, and keep the soil wet. While conveyance, put the root before the vehicle groove and the trunk slightly inclined backward.
2).挖穴：依胸径大小，栽植穴直径应为40-100cm，土质疏松肥沃的可小些，石砾土、杂土应大些，但最小也要比根盘的直径大20cm，深则不小于50cm；穴壁要垂直，呈圆筒状，不能挖成锅底形，以免生根后根因伸长力不足而弯曲，遇雨倒伏。 Hole digging: Depending on the DBH, the planting hole should be in a diameter of 40-100cm, which may be less for loose and fertile soil and bigger for gravel soil or impure soil but at least 20cm bigger than the root diameter; the depth should be no less than 50cm; the hole wall should be vertical like cylindrical. It cannot be formed into the shape of pot bottom as that may lead to root bending due to lack of stretching force after rootage, which may result in falling over in case of raining days.
3).定植：于穴中先填15-20cm厚的松土，然后将苗木直立放于穴中，使基部略下沉5-10cm，以求稳固。在四周均匀填土，随填随夯实。填至距地面8-10cm时开始做堰，堰高不低于20cm，并设临时支架防风。Field planting: Fill in loose earth into the hole with a thickness of 15-20cm; then put the seedling upright into the hole and make the bottom sunk by 5-10cm for steadiness. Fill the earth around evenly while tamping. When filled to the level 8-10cm from the ground, start making the tree well with the height no less than 20cm. Besides, set up temporary bracket to prevent wind blowing.
4).浇水：定植后及时浇头遍水，至满堰，第三日再浇二遍水，第七日浇第三遍水，水下渗后封堰。天气过于干燥时，过10-15天仍需开堰浇水，然后再封口。Watering: Water for the first time right after field planting till the height of well; On the third day, water for the second time; the third time on seventh day; seal the well after infiltration. When it is too dry, it is still necessary to open the well and water after 10-15 days, and then seal again.
5).修剪：掘苗后进行。有主导枝的树种，只将侧枝短截至15-30cm，而不动主导枝；无主导枝的树种，可根据本项目用苗特点，为保留树形只稍做修剪，促生分枝；垂枝树种，留外向芽短截，四周保持长短基本一致，株冠整齐。Pruning: implemented after lifting. For the trees with main branch, cut short the lateral branches by 15-30cm but do not cut the main branch; for those without main branch, it is advised to, depending on the characteristics of the seedling, make little pruning to keep the tree appearance and accelerate offshoot generation; for the trees with weeping branch, leave the stub of outgoing shoot; the perimeter should be kept in the same length with orderly tree crown.
(2).灌木Shrub
本工程所用灌苏铁、火棘球、海桐球、小叶黄杨和金叶贞女等。Cycad, pyracantha, Buxus sinica and Ligustrum vicaryi are used in this project.
1).掘苗：植株一般高，但由于品种、规格复杂，通常留20-60cm，土球直径30-60cm。丛生株由边缘株向外15-20cm处裸根掘苗。 Lifting: The plant is generally tall. In consideration of species complexity, it is generally advised to leave 20-60cm, and the earth ball in a diameter of 30-60cm. For cluster plant, lift the seedling with bare root at 15-20cm from the surrounding plant.
2).修剪：单干类或嫁接苗，侧枝需短截；丛生类通常当时不做修剪，成活后再依实际情况整形。 Pruning: single-trunk or grafting, the lateral branch should be cut short; the cluster plant is generally not pruned at that time, but to be shaped based on actual condition after its survival.
3).挖穴：穴径依株高、冠幅、根盘大小而定，通常比土球直径大5-20cm。Hole digging: The hole diameter depends on plant height, crown diameter and root size, generally 5-20cm larger than diameter of earth ball.
4).其它与落叶乔木同。Others are the same with deciduous tree.
(3).施工测量放样 Construction measurement layout
工程的施工测量放样应贯穿于整个施工过程中。从场地平整、绿化区域、绿化苗木的定位等等，都需要进行施工测量，才能使各部分的尺寸、位置符合设计要求，体现设计意图。 The construction measurement layout should be implemented during the whole procedure of construction, including site levelling, afforestation area and seedling positioning, etc so that the size and position of each part can meet the requirements of the design.
由于树木载植方式各不相同，定点放线的方法也有很多种，根据本工程特点我方特制订以下3种：As the tree planting has many different ways, so does fixing layout method, we have made the following 3 special plans based on features of this project.
1).坐标定点法(方格网) Coordination fixing method (square grid)
依据本工程设计，高架轨道两侧设计为小规格乔木护林带，按3m株距种植，故按此方法进行定植。Based on design of this project, both the two sides of the carrier track should be planted with small size arbor belt with an interval of 3m, which shall be taken as the method for field planting.
根据植物配置的疏密度，先按一定的比例在设计图及现场分别打好方格，在图上用尺量出树木在某方格的纵横坐标尺寸，再按此位置用皮尺量在现场相应的方格内。According to the degree of closeness of the plant, first draw the square on the drawing as well as the site in a certain proportion; measure and longitudinal and horizontal coordinates or the tree in each square on the square with a ruler, then, based on the position, use metering band to measure the corresponding square in the site.
2).仪器测量法 Apparatus measuring method
用经纬仪或小平板仪依据地上原有基点或建筑物、道路将树群或孤植树依照设计图上的位置依次定出每株的位置。 Use transit instrument or traverse table to determine the position of each plant based on the position according to the original base point or building, road, tree mass or single tree.
3).目测法Visual measuring method
对于设计图上无固定点的绿化种植，如灌木丛、树群等可用上述两种方法划出树群树丛的栽植范围，其中每株树木的位置和排列可根据设计要求在所定范围内用目测法进行定点，定点时应注意植抹的生态要求并注意自然美观。定好点后，多采用白灰打点或打桩，标明树种，栽植数量（灌木丛树群）、坑径。 For the afforestation planting with no fixing point on the drawing, such as brushwood and tree mass, it is possible to use the two methods above to line out the planting area for tree mass and group, in which the position and arrangement of each plant can be fixed by means of visual measurement within the specified area as required in the design. During fixing, it is necessary to pay attention to ecological requirement and appearance of the plant. After fixing is finished, use lime for dotting or stake piling, mark the tree species, planting quantity (scrub mass) and pit diameter.
(4).乔灌木的施工 Construction of arbor and shrub
1).苗木准备 Preparation of seedling
苗木的选择，除了根据设计提出对规格和树形的要求外，要注意选择长势健旺、无病虫害、无机械损伤、树形端正、根须发达的苗木；而且应该是在育苗期内经过翻栽，根系集中在树蔸的苗木。育苗期中没经过翻栽的留床老苗最好不用，其移栽成活率比较低，移栽成活后多年的生长势都很弱，绿化效果不好。苗木选定后，要挂牌或在根基部位划出明显标记，以免挖错。In respect of seedling selection, beside meeting the requirement on specification and tree shape in the design, it is also necessary to choose the seedling in healthy and vigorous growing, free of plant diseases and insect pests, without mechanical damage, in proper shape and with developed root, and also those seedling having been replanted in nursery stage with root system concentrated in the butt. It is better not to use those having not been replanted during nursery stage, as they may be of low survival rate, and show poor growing vigor even after survival of transplanting, which lead to bad afforestation effect. After the seedlings are selected, put on a tag or mark on the root so as to avoid mistakes in lifting.
起苗时间和栽植时间最好能紧密配合，做到随起随栽。为了挖掘方便，起苗前1-3天可适当浇水使泥土松软，对起裸根苗来说也便于多带宿土，少伤根系。起苗时，常绿苗应当带有完整的根团土球，土球散落的苗木成活率会降低。土球的大小一般可按树木胸径的7-8倍左右确定。对于特别难成活的树种要考虑加大土球。土球高度一般可比宽度少5-10cm。一般的落叶树苗也多带有土球，但在秋冬季和早春起苗移栽时，也可裸根起苗。裸根苗木若运输距离比较远，需要在根蔸里填塞湿草，或在外包塑料薄膜保湿，以免根系失水过多，影响栽植成活率。为了减少树苗水分蒸腾，提高移栽成活串，掘苗后，装车前应进行粗略修剪。 The seedling lifting and planting time should be concordant in order to plant as soon as the seedling is lifted. For convenient digging, water to make the soil loose 1-3 days before the seedling lifting, in which way the bare-rooted seedling can carry more original soil and the root system may suffer less damage. While lifting the seedling, the evergreen plant should carry complete soil ball at root, or else scattering of soil ball will lead to low survival rate. The size of soil ball is usually 7-8 times of the DBH. For the trees particularly different to survive, it is suggested enlarge the soil ball. The height of soil ball is generally 5-10cm smaller than the width。 Normal deciduous seedling generally carries soil ball. For transplanting in autumn, winter or early spring, however, the seedling may be lifted with bare root. If the bare-rooted seedling is to be conveyed for a long distance, it is necessary to fill in wet grass in the butt or wrap plastic film outside to preserve moisture and prevent over water loss, which may lead to low survival rate. To reduce evaporation of seedling and increase the survival rate, rough pruning should be implemented after seeding lifting and before loading into the vehicle.
2).苗木假植 Temporary planting of seedling
凡是苗木运到后在几天以内不能按时栽种，或是栽种后苗木有剩余的，都要进行假植。所谓假植，就是暂时进行的栽植。假植有带土球栽植与裸根栽植两种情况。 If the seedling cannot be planted within several days after arrival, or some seedlings are left after planting, it is necessary to make temporary planting. Temporary planting is usually divided into planting with soil ball and bare-rooted planting.
①.带土球的苗木假植：栽植时，可将苗木的树冠捆扎收缩起来，使每一棵树苗都是土球挨土球，树冠靠树冠，密集地挤在一起。然后，在土球层上面盖一层壤土，填满土球间的缝隙；再对树冠及土球均匀地洒水，使上面湿透，以后仅保持湿润就可以了，或者，把带着土球的苗木临时性地栽到一块绿化用地上，土球埋入土中1/3-1/2深，株距则视苗木假植时间长短和土球、树冠的大小而定。一般土球与土球之间相距15-30cm即可。苗木成行列式栽好后，浇水保持一定湿度即可。Temporary of seedling with soil ball: While planting, enlace the crown and arrange all seedlings with soil ball touching soil ball and crown touching crown. Then, spread a layer of doras on the surface of the soil balls and fill in the gap between them; water evenly the crowns and soil balls for wet through, and keep them wet afterwards. Or, temporarily plant the seedling with soil ball on a green area with the 1/3-1/2 of the soil ball embedded into the earth. The space between plants shall depend on period of temporary planting as well as size of soil ball and crown. Generally the space between soil balls is 15-30cm. After the seedlings are planted in line, water the seedling to maintain a certain degree of moisture.
②.裸根苗木假植：对裸根苗木，一般采取挖沟假植方式。先要在地面挖浅沟，沟深40-60cm。然后将裸根苗木一棵棵紧靠着呈30°斜栽到沟中，使树稍朝向西边或朝向南边。如树稍向西，开沟的方向为东西向；若树稍向南，则沟的方向为南北向。苗木密集斜栽好以后，在根蔸上分层覆土，层层插实。以后，经常对枝叶喷水，保持湿润。 Temporary planting of bare-rooted seedling: trenching method is usually used for temporary planting of bare-rooted seedling. First, dig shallow trenches on the ground with a depth of 40-60cm. Then plant the bare-rooted seedlings one by one closely in a degree of 30°into the trench, making the treetop pointing west or south. If the treetop points west, the trench will be in an east-west direction; if the treetop points south, the trench will be in a south-north direction. After the seedlings are densely planted, cover soil by layer on the butt and ensure compactness. Afterwards, usually water the branches and leaves to maintain moisture.
不同的苗木假植时，最好按苗木种类、规格分区假植，以方便绿化施工。假植区的土质不宜太泥泞，地面不能积水，在周围边沿地带要挖沟排水。假植区内要留出起运苗木的通道。在太阳特别强烈的日子里，假植苗木上面应该设置遮光网，减弱光照强度。For temporary planting of different seedlings, it is better to carry out in different areas based on seedling species and specification for the purpose of convenient afforestation construction. The soil for temporary planting cannot be too muddy, and no seeper should be left on the ground. Dig trench around the periphery for drainage. Leave passages in the temporary planting area for seedling conveyance. In particularly sunny days, it is necessary to set up shading grid above the plants to weaken the illumination intensity.
3).挖种植穴 Planting hole digging
在栽苗木之前应以所定的灰点为中心沿四周向下挖穴，种植穴的大小依土球规格及根系情况而定。带土球的应比土球大16-20cm，栽裸根苗的穴应保证根系充分舒展，穴的深度一般比土球高度稍深些（10-20cm），穴的形状一般为圆形，但必须保证上下口径大小一致。Before seedlings are planted, it is needed to dig holes around with the determined breakmark as the center. The size of hole shall depend on soil ball and root system conditions. For the seedling with soil ball, the hole should be 16-20cm larger than the soil ball; for the bare-rooted seedling, the hole should allow the root system fully extended, and the depth is generally 10-20cm larger than the height of soil ball. The hole is usually in round shape, but the upper and lower bore should be the same.
种植穴挖好后，可在穴中填些表土，如果坑内土质差或瓦砾多，则要求清除瓦砾垃圾，最好是更换新土。如果种植土太瘠瘦，就先要在穴底垫一层基肥。基肥一定要经过充分腐熟的有机肥，如堆肥、厩肥等。基肥上还应当铺一层壤土，厚度5cm以上。After completion of hole digging, fill in some topsoil in the hole. If the soil inside the hole is of poor quality or containing much debris, it is necessary to clean away the debris or even replace with new earth. If the planting soil is infertile, place a layer of basic fertilizer on the bottom of hole. Organic fertilizer that is thoroughly decomposed must be used, such as artificial manure and stable manure. A layer of doras should also be placed on the basic fertilizer with a thickness of 5cm or above.
4).定植Field Planting
①.定植前的修剪Pruning before field planting
在定植前，苗木必须经过修剪，其主要目的是减少水分的散发；保证树势平衡以保证树木成活。修剪时其修剪量依不同树种要求而有所不同，一般对常绿针叶树及用于植篱的灌木不多剪，只剪去枯病枝、受伤枝即可。对于较大的落叶乔木，尤其是生长势较强；容易抽出新技的树木如国槐等可进行强修剪，这样可减轻根系负担，维持树木体内水分平衡，也使得树木栽后稳定，不致招风摇动。对于花灌木及生长较缓慢的树木可进行疏枝，短截去全部叶或部分叶，去除枯病枝、过密枝，对于过长的枝条可适当剪去部分。修剪时要注意分枝点的高度。灌木的修剪要保持其自然树形，短截时应保持外低内高。树木定植之前，还应对根系进行适当修剪，主要是将断根、劈裂根、病虫根和过长的根剪去。修剪时剪口应平而光滑，并及时涂抹防腐剂以防过分蒸发、干旱、冻伤及病虫危害。Before field planting, the saplings must be pruned in order to reduce water loss and ensure the trees balanced for their survival. The amount of pruning varies in relation to different trees during pruning. Generally, the evergreen conifer and shrub functioned as hedge can be pruned little, only cutting the dead, diseased and injured branches. For the larger deciduous tree, especially those in excellent growth condition and trees easy to branch out such as Chinese scholar tree can be pruned strongly, which is helpful for lightening the burden of root system, maintaining the water balance in the tree, and make the planted trees stable without nodding in the wind. The flowering shrub and trees growing slowly can be thinned out of branches, with all or partial leaves cut back, the dead, diseased and overstocked branches removed and too long branches cut off partially and properly. When pruning, pay attention to the height of branch point. The pruning of shrub requires to keeping the trees in natural shape as well as in the state of low exterior and high interior during short pruning. Before field planting of trees, it's also necessary to properly prune the root system, especially the cut, split, diseased and over-long roots. The pruning wound should be flat and smooth, with the preservative coated promptly to avoid over-evaporate, drought, frostbite as well as pest and disease.
②.定植方法Method of field planting
苗木修剪后即可定植，定植的位置应符合设计要求。The saplings can be transplanted to the definitive place after being pruned, and the position should be in conformity with the design requirements.
定植施工的方法是：苗木的土球或根蔸放人种植穴内，使其居中；再将树干立起，扶正，使其保持垂直；然后分层回填种植土，填土后将树根稍向上提一提，使根群舒展开，每填一层土就要用锄把将土插紧实，直到填满穴坑，并使土面能够盖住树木的根颈部位，初步栽好后还应检查一下树干是否仍保持垂直，树冠有无偏斜；若有所偏斜，就要再加扶正。最后，把余下的穴土绕根颈一周进行培土，做成环形的拦水围堰。其围堰的直径应略大于种植穴的直径。堰土要拍压紧实，不能 。The method of field planting construction is as follows: the earth ball or root of saplings put in the plant hole should be placed in the middle; make tree trunks straight, righted and upright; then backfill the planting soil layer by layer, after that, lift the treetop upward a little to make the root mass smooth out; compact the soil in every layer by the hoe till the hole is filled, and ensure that the root crown is covered by the soil surface. After the initial plant, check whether the tree trunk still remains upright and the tree crown is deflected or not; if it is deflected, right it again. Finally, earth up the root crown with the rest soil to form the ring-shaped water retaining cofferdam, with the diameter a little longer that that of plant hole. The soil should be tamped and compacted, but can't….
③.定植后的养护管理Maintenance management after field planting
栽植较大的乔木时，在定植后应支撑，以防浇水后大风吹倒苗木。When planting the larger arbors, set up a prop after field planting to prevent the watered saplings being blown down in the wind.
树木定植后24小时内必须浇上第一遍水，水要浇透，使泥土充分吸收水分，根系与土紧密结合，以利根系发育。树木定植后，每株每次浇水量可参考下表。Within 24 hours after field planting, the trees must be watered for the first time, with the water all over trees to make the soil fully absorb it and the root system connected closely with the soil to prompt the root development. Refer to the following table for the watering quantity at a time for each plant after field planting.
树木栽植后浇水量Watering Quantity after Tree Planting
乔木及常绿树胸径Diameter at breast height of arbor and evergreen
（cm）
灌木高度Height of shrub
（cm）
绿篱高度Height of green fence
（cm）
树堰直径Diameter of tree well
（cm）
浇水量Watering quantity
（kg）
—
1—
60
50
—
—
70
75
3—5
—2
—2
80
100
5—7
2—
90
200
7—10
110
250
10-13
120
300
树木栽植后应时常注意树干四周泥土是否下沉或开裂，如有这种情况应及时加土填平踩实。此外，还应进行及时的中耕，扶直歪斜树木，并进行封堰。封堰时要使泥土略高于地面，要注意防寒，其措施应按树木的耐寒性及当地气候而定。
After tree planting, much attention should be paid on whether the surrounding soil is sunk or split. If such circumstance occurs, promptly add the soil for filling and compaction. Additionally, the cultivation should be conducted timely to make the deflective trees upright, and then seal the tree well. The soil should be a little higher than the ground in this process. Please pay attention to winter protection, and the measures taken depends on the cold resistance of trees and local climate.
(5).地被、草坪工程施工 Cover Plant, Lawn Project Construction
本工程采用了马蹄金、肾蕨地被和四季青草坪植物。The project adopts the lawn plants such as dewdrop grass, tuber fern and folium ilicis chinensis.
在地被、草坪的建设，应按照既定的地被、草坪设计进行。在地被、草坪设计中，一般都已确定了草坪的位置、范围、形状、供水、排水、草种组成及草坪上的树木种植情况；而草坪施工的内容，就是要求根据已确定的设计来完成一系列的草坪开辟和种植过程。这一施工过程，主要包括土地整理、放线定点、布置给排水设施、铺种草坪草和后期养护管理等工序。The construction of cover plant and lawn should be conducted in accordance with the fixed design related to them. In the design of cover plant and lawn, the position, scope, shape, water supply, water discharge, grass species and tree planting condition of the lawn has been generally determined. The lawn construction is a process of a series of lawn opening up and planting according to the identified design. This construction includes land arrangement, setting-out point, layout of water supply and drainage facilities, lawn grass planting, maintenance management in later period, etc.
1).场地准备Site Preparation
铺设草坪和栽植其它植物不同，在建造完成以后，地形和土壤条件很难再行改变。要想得到高质量的草坪，应在铺设前对场地进行处理，主要应考虑地形处理、土壤改良及做好排灌系统。The lawn layout is different from other plants planting as the terrain and soil conditions are hard to change again after the formation. Site management should be carried out before layout if high quality lawn is to be obtained, primarily considering the terrain treatment, soil improvement and good irrigation and drainage systems.
①.土层的厚度Thickness of soil layer
一般认为草坪植物是低矮的草本植物，没有粗大主根，与乔灌木相比根系浅。因此，在土层厚度不足以种植乔灌木的地方仍能建造草坪。草坪植物的根系80％分布在40cm以上的土层中，而且50％以上是在地表以下20cm的范围内。虽然有些草坪植物能耐干旱，耐瘠薄，但种在15cm厚的土层上，会生长不良，应加强管理。为了使草坪保持优良的质量，减少管理费用，应尽可能使土层厚度达到40cm左右，最好不小于30cm。在小于30cm的地方应加厚土层。It is generally believed that the law plant is low herbaceous plant without well developed taproots and its root system is shallower than shrubs. Therefore, the lawn can still be built in the place where the shrubs can not be planted due to the thickness of soil layer. 80% root system of lawn plant is distributed in the soil layer of thickness more than 40cm, and above 50% is within 20cm below the ground surface. Some lawn plants are drought-resistant and barren-resistant, but fail to grow well if they are planted on the 15cm thick soil layer. So strengthening the management is necessary. In order to ensure the excellent quality of lawn and reduce the management cost, the thickness of soil layer should be up to about 40cm as far as possible, and may as well more than 30cm. The place of the soil layer less than 30cm should be added soil.
②.土地的平整与耕翻Land leveling and plowing
这一工序的目的是为草坪植物的根系生长创造条件。步骤是：The purpose of this process is to create the conditions for the root system growth of lawn plant.
ⅰ.杂草与杂物的清除，清除目的是为了便于土地的耕翻与平整，但更主要的是为了消灭多年生杂草，为避免草坪建成后杂草与草坪草争水分、养料，所以在种草前应彻底加以消灭。可用“草甘磷”等灭生性的内吸传导型除草剂[ of weeds and sundries: it is for the purpose of facilitate land plowing and leveling, but more importantly, in order to avoid the shortage of water and nourishment between weeds and lawn grass after building up the lawn, the weeds and sundries should be eliminated thoroughly. The sterilant translocated herbicide [ (element volume) ] such as ‘glyphosate’ can be used for 2 weeks, then start planting the grass. Moreover, the sundries such as tile fragment, gravel, etc should be cleared outside the site. The soil layer with many sundries like gravel should be sieved out in 10mm×10mm to ensure the elimination of sundries.
ⅱ.初步平整、施基肥及耕翻，在清除了杂草、杂物的地面上应初步作一次起高填低的平整，平整后撤施基肥，然后普遍进行一次耕翻。土壤疏松、通气良好有利于草坪植物的根系发育，也便于播种或栽草。Primary leveling, basic application and plowing: conduct the leveling of filling the low on the ground after the elimination of weeds and sundries, then the basic application and a plowing. Loose soil and excellent ventilation favor the root system development, sowing and grass planting.
ⅲ.更换杂土与最后平整。在耕翻过程中，若发现局部地段土质欠佳或混杂的杂土过多，则应换土。虽然换土的工作量很大，但必要时须彻底进行，否则会造成草坪生长极不一致，影响草坪质量。Replacement of miscellaneous soil and final leveling. During the plowing, if poor soil in partial areas or too much farraginous soil is discovered, the soil should be replaced. While the workload to replace the soil is heavy, it must be conducted thoroughly if necessary, or the lawn growth will be extremely inconsistent, which will affect the lawn quality.
为了确保新设草坪的平整，在换土或耕翻后应灌一次透水或滚压2遍，使坚实不同的地方能显出高低，以利最后平整时加以调整。In order to ensure the leveling of new lawn, after soil replacement or plowing, conduct water percolation once and roll extrusion twice to highlight the high and the low in different solid place for the adjustment in final leveling.
2).排水及灌溉系统Drainage and Irrigation System
草坪与其它场地一样，需要考虑排除地面水。因此，最后平整地面时、要结合考虑地面排水问题。不能有低凹处，以避免积水。做成水平面也不利于排水，草坪多利用缓坡来排水，在一定面积内修一条缓坡的沟道，其最低下的一端可设雨水口接纳徘出的地面水，并经地下管道排走，或以沟直接与湖池相联。理想的平坦草坪的表面应是中部稍高，逐渐向四周或边缘倾斜。建筑物四周的草坪应比房基低5cm，然后向外倾斜。As other sites, the ground water drainage needs to be considered on the lawn. Therefore, the ground water drainage should be taken into the consideration in the final ground leveling, no low cavity to avoid water-ponding. However, the horizontal plane is also adverse to the drainage. For the lawn, slight grade should be adopted for the drainage. Build a trench on the slight grade in a certain area, with a rainwater outlet at the lowest for absorption of ground water that is discharged through the underground conduit or the trench directly connected with the ponds and lakes. The ideal surface of flat lawn should be slightly higher in the middle, gradually titling towards the periphery or the edge. The out-sloping lawn around the building should be 5cm lower than foundation.
3).地被、草坪种植施工Planting Construction of Cover and Lawn Plant
草坪排水供水设施敷设完成，土面已经整平耙细，就可以进行草坪植物的种植施工。草坪种植方式主要有草籽播种、草茎撤播、草皮移植及植生带铺种等几种。The planting of lawn plants can be conducted after the laying of drainage and water supply facilities on the lawn and leveling of soil surface. The major methods of lawn planting are grass seed sowing, grass blade broad seeding, turf transplanting, cover planting in lawn nursery strip, etc.
本工程草坪采用四季青草坪，采用播散草籽法进行铺种。This lawn is designed as that of folium ilicis chinensis, adopting the method of grass seed sowing for planting.
①.选定优质草籽对今后的生长繁殖起着重要的意义。Selection of high-quality grass seed plays an important role in future growth and reproduction.
②.播前需要精细整地，提早l天深灌土地，次日在表土半湿条件下进行播种。如条件许可，耕翻土地时宜施入适量基肥，对草苗生长有利。四季青草种子发芽迅速，一般播后5-7天即可出苗，出苗后幼苗期应注意供给水分及拔除杂草。由于它的分蘖力极强，必须定期修剪，以控制其生长高度，并促进其基部增加分蘖密度，使其迅速覆盖成形。The land preparation and deep irrigation a day in advance should be applied before sowing on the surface soil under the semi-humid condition the next day. If conditions permit, apply an appropriate amount of basic fertilizer during land plowing, and that is good for grass growth. The folium ilicis chinensis germinates quickly. Generally seedling emergence occurs 5-7 days after sowing. During development of the seedling, pay attention to water supply and weeds control. Due to its strong tillering, regular pruning is necessary to control the growth height and promote the tillering density of its base for shaping fast by covering.
③.为了使四季青草形成草坪，经常保持绿色，喷施氮肥十分重要，长江流域一般于梅雨季节施用，用量为3kg/100m2。Spraying nitrogen fertilizer is very important to form the lawn with folium ilicis chinensis and always keep the lawn green, and it is generally applied in the rain season in Yangtze River valley, with the application rate 3kg/100m2.
④.地被种植要对土壤细平整，种植后要其与灌木、花坛等结合部切边，切边线要和顺，深、宽度一致，草皮切边既提高景观整齐性，又有利于排水。地被种植整齐均匀，按每平方米设计量种植。The land should be leveled when planting cover plants. After that, carry out the trimming cut for the joint portion with shrub, parterre, etc. The cut line must be smooth, with uniform depth and width. The turf trimming cut contributes to the improvement of landscape regularity and drainage. The cover plants that are planted as per square meter should be evenly and regularly arranged.
4).地被、草坪的养护管理Maintenance Management of Cover Plant and Lawn
地被、草坪的养护管理工作主要包括：灌溉、施肥、修剪、除杂草等环节。The maintenance management of cover plant and lawn mainly includes: irrigating, fertilizing, pruning, weeding, etc.
①.灌溉 Irrigating
灌溉可以改善草坪生长环境，补充草坪植物的水份，是草坪正常生育的保证。鉴于草坪生长季节内，草坪与环境均处于不断变化之中，水又是协调土壤肥力和改善小气候的中心环节，浇灌不能按某个固定的模式实施，一天之中，何时实施灌溉为好，首先要看怎样灌溉。理论上讲，只要灌溉水的量小于同期土壤的渗透能力，一天中任何时候都能灌溉。其次得看灌溉方式。如果应用间歇喷雾或间歇喷灌（雾化度较高），顶着太阳灌溉最好。不仅能补充水分，而且能明显地改善小气候，有利于蒸腾作用、气体交换和光合作用等，有助于协调土壤水、气、肥、热，有利于根系及地下部营养器官的扩展，同时可以带动整个植株物质的转运贮存，调整呼吸，促进草坪的繁茂。若用浇灌、漫灌等，需看季节，早春、晚秋均以中午前后为好，其余则以晨昏为多。每次灌水量应根据土质、生长期、草种等因素而确定。一般草坪生长季节的干旱期内，每周约需补水20-40mm；旺盛生长的草坪在炎热和严重干旱的情况下，每周需补水50-60mm或更多。通常，不论何种灌溉方式，都应多灌溉几次，每次水量少些，最大到地面刚刚发生径流为度。Irrigating, a guarantee of normal development of lawn, can not only improve the growing environment of lawn but supply water for lawn plants. Considering that the lawn and environment change continuously in the growing season and water is key link to harmonize soil fertility and improve the microclimate, the irrigation cannot be conducted in accordance with a fixed model. In a day, when to irrigate depends on how to irrigate. Theoretically, as long as the quantity of irrigating water is less than soil fertility in the current period, irrigation can be conducted at any time in a day. Second is the irrigation method. If adopt the intermittent spraying or sprinkler irrigation (in higher atomization), it had better to irrigate in the sun, which can meet the water supplement and remarkable improvment of the microclimate, promote the transpiration, gaseous interchange, photosynthesis, etc, contribute to the adjustment of soil condition such as water, fertilizer, gas and heat and extension of root system and underground vegetation organs, and drive the transit storage through the plant and breath adjustment for lawn flourishment. If adopt the flood irrigation, etc, the season should be taken into consideration. Around the midday is better in both early spring and late autumn, with the morning and evening in the rest seasons. The quantity of irrigation water each time relies on the soil, growing period, type of grass, etc. Generally, during the drought period of growing season, the lawn should be recharged water for 20-40mm once a week, while under the circumstances of heat and serious drought, the lawn in luxuriant growth should be recharged water for 50-60mm or more once a week. Usually, regardless of any irrigation, more irrigation is required, with less water each time, the maximum being subject to the point that the runoff has just occurred.
②.施肥Fertilizing
在建造草坪时应施基肥，草坪建成后在生长季需施追肥。寒季型草种的追肥时间最好在早春和秋季。第一次在返青后，可起促进生长的作用；第二次在仲春。天气转热后，应停止追肥。秋季施肥可于9、10月进行。暖季型草种的施肥时间是晚春。在生长季每月或2个月应追一次肥。这样可增加枝叶密度，提高耐踩性。最后一次施肥不应晚于9月中旬。草皮养护中，为使草坪生长健壮，要施缓释型复合肥要比单施氮肥好，其有效时间可长达15周左右，降低氮肥的渗漏和防止草坪的疯长，不灼苗。Conduct basic application during the lawn building, after that, top application is needed during the growing season. Top application for cool-season turf grass might as well in the early spring and late autumn, and the first time is after the green turning, which can promote the growth; the second time is in the mid spring. Stop the top application after the weather turns hot. The top application in the autumn could be conducted in September or October. The fertilization of warm-season turf grass is in the late spring, with a top application once a month or two months during the growing season, which can increase the foliage density in order not to be trampled easily. The last fertilization should be no later than mid-September. During the turf maintenance, in order to make the lawn grow well, it’s better to apply slow release compound fertilizer than nitrogen fertilizer as the effective time can be up to around 15 weeks, which thus reduces the leakage of nitrogen fertilizer and avoid the excessive growth of lawn and grass burning.
③.修剪Pruning
修剪是草坪养护的重点，而且是费工最多的工作。修剪能控制草坪的高度，促进分蘖，增加叶片密度，抑制杂草生长，使草坪平整美观。Pruning is the key of lawn maintenance, but time-consuming. Pruning can control the height of lawn, promote the tillering, increase the density of leaf blade, reduce weed growth and make the lawn leveling and beautiful.
一般的草坪一年最少修剪4-5次，修剪的次数与修剪的高度是两个相关的因素。修剪时的高度要求越低，修剪次数就越多。草的叶片密度与覆盖度也随修剪次数的增加而增加。应该注意根据草的留高度进行有规律的修剪，当草达到规定高度的倍时就要修剪，最高不得超过规定高度的2倍。Generally, the lawn pruning is at least 4-5 times a year. The two relevant factors are the frequency and height of pruning. The lower the height is, the more the frequency is. The density and coverage of leaf blade increase with the pruning frequency. The pruning should be regular in accordance with the grass height. When the grass height is times of the predetermined one, the pruning should be conducted, but the maximum height is less than 2 times.
修剪草坪一般都用剪草机。小面积草坪可用侧挂式割灌机，大面积草坪可用机动旋转式剪草机和其它大型剪草机。Lawn mower is often adopted when pruning. Lawn of small area can adopt shoulder-hanging brush saw, while revolving and other large lawn mowers for that of large area.
④.除杂草Weeding
杂草的入侵会严重影响草坪的质量，使草坪失去均匀、整齐的外观，同时杂草与目的草争水、争肥、争阳光，从而使目的草的生长远渐衰弱，因而除杂草是草坪养护管理中必不可少的一环。防、除杂草的最根本方法是合理的水肥管理，促进目的草的生长势，增强与杂草的竞争能力、并通过多次修剪，抑制杂草的发生。一旦发生杂草侵害，除用人工“挑除”外，还可用化学除草剂，如用-D类杀死双于叶杂草；用西马津、扑草净、敌草隆等起封闭土壤，抑制杂草的萌发或杀死刚萌发的杂草；用灭生性除草剂草甘磷、百草枯等作草坪建造前或草坪更新时防除杂草。除草剂的使用比较复杂，效果好坏随很多因素而变，使用不当会造成很大的损失，因此使用前应慎重作试验和准备，使用的浓度、工具应专人负责。Weed invasion can affect the lawn quality seriously, which leads to the lawn’s losing of uniform and orderly appearance. The weeds will absorb water, fertilizer and sunshine that had been obtained by target grass so as to make it weak. Therefore, weed control is indispensable to lawn maintenance management. Reasonable water and fertilizer management is essential for weed prevention and control, which can promote the growth potential of target grass, strengthen its competitiveness with the weeds and inhibit the growth of weeds by pruning several times. Once weed invasion occurs, besides the ‘selecting and screening out’ by hand, chemical herbicide such as -D type herbicide that can kill the dicotyledonous weeds can be used; seal the soil with simazine, prometryn, diuron, etc to suppress weed germination or kill the germinating weed; use steriland herbicide such as glyphosate, paraquat, etc for weed suppression before the lawn building or when turf reconditioning. The utilization of herbicide is very complex, and the result depends on many factors. Improper use will cause much loss. The test and preparation should be made carefully before use, and the concentration and tool shall be put in the charge of persons specially appointed therefor.
⑤.通气Ventilation
即在草坪上扎孔打洞，目的是改善根系通气状况，调节土壤水分含量，有利于提高施肥效果。这项工作对提高草坪质量起到不可忽视的作用。一般要求50穴/m2，穴间距15cm×5cm，穴径，穴深8cm左右，可用中空铁钎人工扎孔，亦可采用草坪打孔机（恢复根系通气性机）施行。It is to make holes on the lawn for improving the ventilation of root system and adjusting the content of soil water, which is helpful for the fertilization effect. It plays an important role in lawn quality improvement. Generally it requires 50 holes/m2, the interval between holes is 15cm×5cm, the hole diameter is and the depth is around 8cm. The hollow crooked chisel can be used for hole making, and the lawn punching machine (ventilation machine for restoration of root system) is also fine.
草坪承受过较大负荷或经常受负荷的作用，土壤板结，可采用草坪垂直修剪机，用铣刀挖出宽、间距为25cm、深约18cm的沟，在沟内填入多孔材料（如海绵土），把挖出的泥土翻过来，并把剩余泥土运走，施用高效肥料，以至补播草籽，加强肥水管理，草坪能很快生长复壮。The lawn of soil hardening due to too much load or frequent load impact can adopt the lawn vertical trimmer, with the trench of the width , the interval 25cm and the depth about 18cm by the milling cutter. Fill the porous material (such as mellow earth) into the trench, turn over the soil, and carry the remaining soil away. To apply the high analysis fertilizer is to resow the grass and to strengthen the fertilizer and water management, thus the lawn can grow and rejuvenate.
路面铺装工程Pavement Project
(1).厂区道路、卸货区及堆场区地坪施工Lawn Construction in the Plant Road, Loading Area and Storage Yard Area
1).施工流程Construction process
测量放线Measurement and Setting-out 地基处理Foundation treatment
侧石施工Curbstone Construction
砼施工 Concrete Construction 钢筋加工绑扎Steel Bar Processing and Binding 基层施工Base Construction
养护Maintenance 分割、伸缩缝处理Sectioning and Expansion Joint Treatment表面处理 Surface Treatment
2).测量放线Surveying and Setting-out
①.从整体的测量基准点，引入铺设现场，并在现场建立路面的测量控制网。In accordance with the whole datum mark, lead it into the laying construction site and set up the pavement surveying control network on the site.
②.基于已经建立的测量网，按照图纸进行场地放线，并在施工现场内布设相应的轴线控制点。控制点做法为用2m长钢管打入地下，地面上留200mm，上焊铁板并在铁板上划十字线。Based on the established surveying network, in accordance with the drawings, conduct the site setting-out and lay the relevant axis control point in the construction site. It is done by hammering a 2m long steel pipe underground but 200mm on the ground with iron sheet marked with cross line.
③.根据所设置坐标控制网，直接测放各道路及室外地坪的平面位置，但须同时用其它坐标控制点进行交汇复核，根据所设置各水准点可以方便进行施工高程测量。In accordance with the designed coordinates control point, directly set out the plan position of each road and terrace outside while crossing it by other coordinates control points and checking again to facilitate the altimetric measurement based on each designed bench mark.
④.在施工过程中，每次测量偏差要求不超过±3mm。During the construction, the measured deviation each time must be less than ±3mm.
3).地基处理Foundation Treatment
根据设计标高挖土至要求标高，然后进行夯实，填土部位进行打夯，压实系数不小于，经实验室环刀取样实验合格后方可进行垫层施工。Conduct the excavation to the required elevation based on the designed elevation, then tamp the part to be filled with earth, with the compress index no less than . The cushion construction can be carried out after the cutting ring sampling experiment.
4).侧石施工Curbstone Construction
人行道靠车行道一侧的立道牙和平道牙等，人行道旁的立道牙结构尺寸为745×320×120mm、平道牙结构尺寸为745×320×100mm，全部为C25预制混凝土构件。上述附属结构均为工厂预制构件，运至现场后进行安装施工。Curbstone and rectangular stone curb,etc nearby the side of roadway on the pavement. The structure size of curbstone next to the pavement is 745×320×120mm, with that of rectangular stone curb 745×320×100mm. All are C25 pre-cast concrete unit. All the above accessory structures that are factory-made components are installed after being moved to the construction site.
人行道两侧的侧、平道牙施工如下：The construction of curbstone and rectangular stone curb on both sides of pavement is as follows:
①.放线刨槽，按标准的路边桩，加钉边桩，直线部分10～15m，弯道上5～10m，路口园弧1～5m反复校核高程及曲线，以求园顺。立道牙平面刨槽时，应连同灰土的位置，一次刨出，按规定或设计做好灰土。Conduct the surveying and rabbet plane, add the side piling according to the standard pile on the road, with the straight line portion 10-15m, curved conduit 5-10m and circular arc at the crossing 1-5m. Repeatedly review the elevation and curved line to make it smooth. When carrying out the rabbet plane on the curbstones, the spodosol position should be digged out together at a time in accordance with the stipulation and design.
②.安砌：在刨好的槽面上或灰土面上要铺约2cm厚砂浆，按放线位置安砌道牙，用橡胶锤敲打做到平稳牢固，顶面平整，缝宽均匀（1cm），线条要园顺、平直。Laying: lay 2cm thick mortar on the groove or lime-soil face, and pave the curb in accordance with the setting-out position, beating it with plastic hammer for steadiness and firmness, that is, the top surface should be level with the seam width (1cm) being even and the line being smooth and straight.
③.安砌好混凝土侧平道牙后，内外槽在基层顶面以下者，应用砂浆填平至基层面。After laying the concrete rectangular stone curbs, the internal and external grooves under the base top should be filled with mortar and then leveled up to the base surface.
④.还土：立道牙后背应用C20混凝土夯实，夯实宽度不少于50cm，厚度不小于15cm，密实度在90%以上。Earth backing: tamp curbstones with C20 concrete, with the tamping width no less than 50cm, the thickness no less than 15cm and the compactness above 90%.
⑤.勾缝：先校核道牙位置高程，使其符合设计，且在路面完成后再进行勾缝。Joint pointing: to first check the position and elevation of curb is to make it in conformity with the design, and the joint pointing is to be conducted after the completion of pavement.
⑥.湿法养生5-7天，防止碰撞。5 to 7-day maintenance by wet method is to avoid the collision.
5).基层处理Base Treatment
砂石垫层应铺摊均匀，不得有粗细颗粒分离现象。由于土质为膨胀土所以压实前应适量撒水使砂石表面保持湿润；夯压时，每层虚铺厚度为150-200mm，最佳含水率为8％-10％，要一夯压半夯全面夯实。The mortar cushion should be laid evenly without the separation of coarse and fine particles. As the soil is swelling soil, an appropriate amount of water should be sprinkled to keep the mortar surface moist before compacting; the false thickness in every layer is 150-200mm when tamping and pressing, with the water ratio is 8% to 10% at best for the comprehensive compaction.
6).钢筋加工绑扎Steel Bar Processing and Binding
①.采用工地现场加工形式，钢筋原材料到场后，要认真做好验收，清点工作，并根据清单整理、分类堆放整齐。做好钢筋的检测复试工作。It is done by processing on the construction site. After the raw materials of steel bar enter into the site, do well in the acceptance and inventory. Make them sorted out and piled up orderly by category according to the list, then inspect and test the steel bar again.
②.钢筋搭接应符合规范和设计要求，当采用绑扎搭接时，搭接钢筋的位置应相互错开。The splicing of steel bar should be in conformity with the stipulation and design requirements. The position of steel bar should be staggered when they are spliced by binding.
③.钢筋绑扎完毕后，应根据设计图纸检查钢筋钢号、直径、数量、间距是否正确，钢筋接头位置及搭接长度是否符合规定，在浇砼前，应对钢筋及预埋件进行隐蔽验收，并做好记录。After steel bar binding, review whether the number, diameter, quantity and interval of steel bar is correct, the steel bar joint position and its length meet the stipulation or not. Before pouring, conduct the concealed acceptance of steel bar and embedded part and keep a record.
7).模板工程Template Engineering
模板工程是确保砼外形尺寸的首要条件，砼外形尺寸准确与否，是决定于模板支撑的牢固程度和模板拼装平整度来保证的。The template engineering is of prime importance to ensure the concrete overall dimension. Whether the concrete overall dimension is correct or not depends on the firmness and assembly planeness of template.
8).砼施工Concrete Construction
①.砼施工前应根据现场砂石含水率等实际情况，将设计配合比换算成施工配合比。施工过程中应严格下料计量，严格控制水灰比，加强坍落度的检查测试，按规定留设好试块。Before concrete construction, the designed mixing proportion should be converted to that of construction in accordance with the water ratio of site sandstone. During the construction, strictly measure the materials, control the water-to-cement ratio, reinforce the inspection and test of slump constant and set the test block according to the stipulation.
②.浇筑C30混凝土路面前先做好分格，用20-30厚的木板固定在基底上，缝宽20，固定应牢固，顺直。浇筑混凝土时应随时检查其位置，不得出现弯曲或浮出混凝土面，分格长度不大于6m。同时埋设固定传力杆和拉杆，间距均为300mm。Do well in mesh division before pouring C30 concrete pavement, and fix it on the base with 20-30 thick wood plates. That should be firm and smooth. Frequently check its position when pouring the concrete, without that of bending or above the concrete surface. The length of mesh division can be less than 6m. Besides, inbuilt the fixed dowel steel and pull rod, with the interval between them 300mm.
③.表面振捣器须放置于适当位置，而使整面混凝土可压实。使用多于一个振捣器时，它们须保持相距一个适当距离以免震动互相消减。The surface vibrator should be placed in an appropriate position so that the whole concrete can be compacted. When using several vibrators, make sure that they keep a proper distance from each other to avoid the vibration reduction from each other.
④.浇筑时，随捣随抹平。When pouring, conduct stirring while trowelling.
9).养护Maintenance
浇灌完成的混凝土须进行七整天的养护。以防止天气，水冲及风干的影响。The poured concrete should be maintained for 7 days to avoid the impact of weather, water-jet and air drying.
完成混凝土工序后，所有露光表面须以塑胶纸覆盖直至混凝土形成足够硬度后可准许进一步的养护。进一步的养护包括如下方法：After that, all the exposed surfaces must be covered by the plastic paper till the concrete is hardened enough for the further maintenance. The methods of further maintenance are as follows:
①.在覆盖罩下，利用水或水蒸气法保护湿气。Under the cover shield, keep moist by water or evaporate.
②.持续浇水保持混凝土面湿润，如此方法有可能带来混凝土很大的温度变化率，此方法就不可使用。Continue watering to keep the concrete surface moist. If such method may cause great temperature variation for concrete, it cannot be adopted.
③.移走覆盖罩后，铺设一层厚度最小30mm之细骨料、粗麻布、纸袋、帆布或其相似之吸水性物料。此等物物料必须持续保持潮湿状态。After the removal of cover shield, lay a 30mm thick layer with fine aggregate, gunny, paper bag, canvas or other similar absorbent materials, which must be kept moist.
④.若模板在七天内移去，混凝土的保护须按以上所述继续进行。If the template is to be removed within 7 days, the concrete protection must be conducted in accordance with the above steps.
⑤.液体养护膜不能用于将会接受新浇灌混凝土的表面，或将来会与混凝土接合的表面。养护膜须于水平表面的修整工序后立即喷上；对于垂直完成面须在模板移去后立即喷上。Liquid maintaining film cannot be applied on the concrete surface to be poured again or the surface to be connected with that of concrete. The maintaining film must be poured immediately after the horizontal surface finishing; the vertical completion surface must be poured after the removal of template.
⑥.应特别注意避免混凝土受到温度冲击。不可突然或间断地浇灌大量冷水。当灌注的厚度超出500mm，混凝土必须加以保护，使其温度差别不超越20℃。Special attention should be paid to prevent the concrete being affected by the temperature. Pouring plenty of cold water suddenly or discontinuously is not allowed. When the thickness of perfusion is above 500mm, the concrete must be protected so as to make the temperature difference less than 20℃.
10).分割、伸缩缝Sectioning and Expansion Joint
本工程道路较多，卸货区及堆场区面积较大，因此必须设置变形缝。在材料和平面布置形式变化处，或有树池、台阶、踏步等地方也应考虑设置变形逢。There are many roads in the construction, with larger area of loading and storage yard areas. Therefore, movement joint must be set where there is change in the material and plane layout, or places with tree cover pool, steps, etc.
①.缩缝Contraction joint
纵向缩缝的间距，一般为3-6m，施工气温较高时宜采用3m；横向缩缝的间距一般为6-12m，人行道地面或高温季节施工时宜采用6m。混凝土垫层分仓浇筑时，应与设置的纵向、横向缩缝的间距取得一致。The interval of longitudinal contraction joint is in general 3-6m, but 3m when the construction temperature is higher; the interval of horizontal contraction joint is in general 6-12m, but 6m on the pavement or in the high temperature during the construction. When conducting the block-divided pouring on the concrete cushion, it should be consistent with the interval of longitudinal and horizontal contraction joint.
纵向缩缝应做成平头缝，如垫层厚度大于150mm，亦可采用企口缝；横向缩缝应做成假缝。The longitudinal contraction joint should be made as butt joint. If the cushion is more than 150mm thick, the ribbet can also be adopted. The horizontal contraction joint should be made as dummy joint.
平头缝和企口缝的缝间不放隔离材料，浇筑时要互相紧贴。企口缝拆模时的混凝土抗压强度不宜低于3N/mm2。假缝的缝宽为5-20mm，缝深为垫层厚度的1/3，缝内应填水泥砂浆。No isolated material can be put between butt joint and ribbet, which would cling to each other when pouring. The concrete compressive strength should not be less than 3N/mm2 when conducting form removal of ribbet. The dummy joint is 5-20mm wide, with the depth 1/3 thick of cushion. The cement mortar should be filled in it.
②.伸缝Dilatation joint
伸缝的间距一般为30m。The interval of dilatation joint is in general 30m.
伸缝的缝宽一般为29-30mm，上下贯通，缝内填筑按设计要求的材料。The seam of dilatation joint is in general 29-30mm wide, throughout from top and bottom. The material filled in the seam is that in conformity with the design requirements.
(2).人行道地坪施工Terrace Construction on the Pavement
1).地基处理及基层处理方法与道路相同。The treatment methods for foundation and base are the same as that of road.
2).在基层施工完成后，浇筑100mm厚C30混凝土，随捣随抹平。After the completion of base construction, pour 100mm thick C30 concrete, stirring it while trowelling.
3).铺砌前对砌块尺寸进行检验，厚度及长度允许误差±2mm，缺边掉角长度不大于±5mm，同种表面颜色一致，无蜂窝、露石、脱皮裂缝等现象。按控制点定出方格座标并挂线，再分段铺砌（铺装样板条），且随时检查位置与高程。Before the pavement, verify the size of building block. The permissible error of thickness and length is ±2mm, and the length of unfilled corner should be no more than ±5mm. The color on the same surface must be uniform, without honeycomb, stone exposure, crack, etc. Fix the grid coordinates and hold the line in accordance with control point, then conduct paving sectionally (paving the sample batten), and frequently check the position and elevation.
4).铺装前先用水清洗砼表面，在混凝土基底上铺35mm厚粗砂，铺贴时在砖背面抹上7mm 厚的砂浆按拉线放好后，用橡皮锤或木锤（钉橡皮）敲打使砖下陷约4mm，以免空壳，砖抹上砂浆后要在30秒内铺贴，施工时不得损坏砖边角。砌块的伸缝要平正直顺，不能有弯曲不平现象，缝宽应符合设计要求，间缝宽度为10mm。Before the pavement, clean the concrete surface with water, lay 35mm thick coarse sand on the concrete base, place the bricks with 7mm thick mortar on the back in order according to wire drawing, and beat the brick to 4mm in depth with the rubber or wooden hammer (nail the rubber ) so as to avoid the vacant shell. Lay up 30 seconds after bricks are spread with mortar. No damage on the brick cover occurs during the construction. The stretching crack of bricks should be straight and smooth, without bending or being out-of-flatness. The seam width should be in conformity with the design requirements and the break joint is 10mm wide.
5).混凝土砌块铺完后应检查平整度，若发现有位移翘角、与相邻板不平等现象，应立即修正，最后用干沙掺1/10水泥拌合均匀将砖缝填满，并在砖面洒水使砂灰混合料沉实，直至灰砂灌满为度，同时要保持砖面清洁。同时要洒水养生5～7天，在此期间内不得有行人和其它机具在上面经过。Review the planeness after laying the concrete brick. If any displacement, rake angle or imparity with the adjacent plate is discovered, it must be righted. Finally fill the brick joint with mixer of dry sand and 1/10 cement, and sprinkle water on the brick surface to make the mixer of sand and lime solid. Moreover, it's necessary to keep the brick surface clean and conduct the 5to 7-day maintenance by sprinkling water. During this period, passers-by and other machines are not allowed to be on them.
(3).停车场地坪施工Parking Area Ground Construction
1).地基处理及基层处理方法与道路相同。The treatment methods of the foundation and base course are the same as the road.
2).满铺30厚种植土，整平压实。Put a layer of 30mm-thick planting soil, leveled and compacted.
3).铺砌前对植草砖进行检验，厚度及长度允许误差±2mm，缺边掉角长度不大于±5mm，同种表面颜色一致，无蜂窝、露石、脱皮裂缝等现象。按控制点定出方格座标并挂线，再分段铺砌（铺装样板条），且随时检查位置与高程。Before paving, check the grass-planting brick to make sure that the permissible error of thickness and length is ±2mm, the permissible error of the broken edges is not more than ±5mm, and the colors of the same kind of surfaces are consistent with each other and there is no honeycomb, exposed stone, scaling or crack. In accordance with the controlling points, determine the checker coordinates and pave the checkers in sections (paving the sample strips) and check the position and elevation from time to time.
铺镶绿色植草砖时，板块应预先浸湿晾干，拉通线，将植草砖跟线平稳后铺下，用橡皮锤垫木轻击，使缝隙、平整度满足要求后。注意锤击时不能砸边角，不能砸在已铺好的板块上。In paving the grass-planting bricks, the blocks shall be soaked and dried in advance; draw a reference line, the grass-planting bricks shall be aligned with the line and then paved, with rubber hammer tapping at the brick via a wood pad to make the seam and smoothness meet the requirements. Be noted that the hammer shall tap at neither the rim angle nor the well paved blocks.
4).植草砖铺设完成后，要及时在块间凹槽内填入种植细土，为撒播草籽做好准备。After paving the grass-planting brick, the planting fine soil should be timely filled in grooves between the blocks to prepare to broadcast sow grass seeds.
围墙施工Enclosing Wall Construction
(1).施工准备Construction Preparation
1).现场放线：根据现场放线实测的数据，根据设计的要求绘制施工放样详图。Field setting out: According to the data actually measured in the field setting out and the design requirements, work out the detail drawing of the construction setting-out.
2).对围墙金属部分的材料选定，选择合格的原材料，一般大立杆的管壁厚度不宜小于。根据设计图纸进行定制。Select qualified raw material for the metal part of the enclosing wall, and generally speaking, the shell thickness of the large vertical pole should not be less than .
(2).基础Base
1).材料要求：凡是采购来的钢筋、水泥、砂、石材料，均应有出厂合格证，并抽样试验合格后方可使用。对砼的本身应根据现场材料送试验室，根据砼设计强度要求，提前做好设计配合比试验。Material requirements: any purchased steel bar, cement, sand, and stone material should be provided with the leaving-factory certificate of approval and they shall be qualified in the sampling test before they are applied. In terms of concrete, send the field material to the lab and well perform the design mixing proportion test in accordance with the concrete design strength requirements.
2).钢筋加工绑扎：钢筋加工前应根据设计施工图进行钢筋放样，然后根据钢筋放样图表进行下料和加工。下料时应根据同规格的钢筋和数量进行统筹计划，做到先长后短，长短结合，力求减少钢筋的消耗率。对加工好的成品钢筋应分类挂牌堆放整齐。基础钢筋绑扎前，应将垫层表面打扫干净，将基础边线、梁柱的位置按设计图纸准确地用墨斗弹线在砼垫层上，然后根据设计图纸配筋的要求，先绑扎底板钢筋，后绑扎梁柱钢筋。底板筋绑好后，应根据保护层的要求，将事先浇筑好的水泥砂浆垫块按照梅花形将底板钢筋垫高、垫平、垫牢。为防止柱筋移位，应将柱子的主筋与梁筋和底筋进行适当的点焊，立稳。对基础上层钢筋应用粗钢筋或角钢等焊接成马凳，将上层筋支撑牢固，符合设计图纸要求。Steel bar processing and binding: before processing the steel bar, perform the steel bar setting out according to the design constructional drawing, and then prepare the material and perform the processing according to the steel bar setting-out chart. In preparing the material, make an integrated planning in accordance with the steel bars of the same specifications and the quantity to use first the long steel bars and then short ones and combine the long ones with short ones to try best to reduce the consumption rate of the steel bars. The finished steel bars should be piled up regularly and classified using labels. Before binding the foundation steel bar, the surface of the bedding course should be cleaned up, and foundation borderline and beam column position should be accurately marked on the concrete cushion by Chinese ink in conformity to the design drawing, and then according to the steel bar arrangement requirements of the design drawing, first bind the bottom floor steel bar and then the beam column steel bar. After the bottom floor steel bars are bound, use the poured cement mortar cushion blocks poured beforehand to underlay in quincunx the bottom floor steel bars to level up the steel bars according to the requirements of the protective course. To avoid travel motion of the column steel bar, the reinforcing bar and beam bar of the column should be properly spot-welded with the bottom bar and placed steadily. The upper steel bar of the foundation should be welded into a bracket by thick bar or steel angle and supported fast in conformity to the requirements of the design drawing.
3).模板工程：模板工程是确保砼外形尺寸的首要条件，砼外形尺寸准确与否，是决定于模板支撑的牢固程度和模板拼装平整度来保证的。Formwork Engineering: The formwork engineering is prerequisite to the guarantee of the concrete boundary dimensions, and the accuracy of the concrete boundary dimensions lies in the supporting fastness and assembling smoothness of the formwork.
4).砼施工：砼施工前应根据现场砂石含水率等实际情况，将设计配合比换算成施工配合比。施工过程中应严格下料计量，严格控制水灰比，加强坍落度的检查测试，按规定留设好试块。整个基础和柱应尽量做到连续浇筑不留设施工缝。为确保砼振捣密实，砼震捣手必须分段分块挂牌施工，做到责任到人。砼的震捣方法可采取斜坡断面分层浇捣密实。浇好后砼应按规范规定，派专人做好砼的养护工作。Concrete Construction: Before the construction, the design mixing proportion should be converted into the construction mixing proportion according to the actual conditions on site like water content of the sandstone. In course of the construction, carry out strict measurement for material feeding, strictly control the water cement ratio, strengthen the inspection and test of the slump constant, and reserve the test block as required. Try best to give a continuous placing for the whole foundation and column, leaving no construction joint. To ensure the concrete is vibrated compactly, the concrete vibrating worker shall perform the construction in sections and blocks, and the responsibility shall be identified individually. The concrete may be vibrated compactly in courses in terms of the slope sections. After the concrete placing is completed, the concrete curing shall be carried out by specially-assigned personnel.
(3).围墙安装Installation of Enclosing Wall
1).检查预埋件是否齐全、牢固。如果基础结构上有遗漏的预埋件，则应按照设计要求补做。Check the embedded parts to make sure they are complete and arranged fast. In case of missing embedded parts for the foundation structure, they should be supplemented according to the design requirements.
2).将工厂定制的金属材料运至现场进行安装，一般应先竖立直线段两端的立柱，检查就位正确和校正垂直度，然后用拉通线方法逐个安装中间立柱，顺序焊接其他杆件。施工时要注意管材间的焊接要用满焊，不能仅点焊几点，以免磨平后会露出管材间的缝隙。Transport the custom-built metal material to the construction site for installation. Generally, erect first the columns at both ends of the straight segment, and check the position to make sure they are correctly in place and align the verticality, and then install the middle columns one by one using the method of “drawing a reference line” and sequentially weld other members. In the construction, be noted that the full weld should be applied in the welding between the tubular products, and spot-welding is inadvisable to avoid exposure of seams between the tubular products after the welding spot is worn flat.
旗杆Flagpole
本工程采用的旗杆高度12m，由3m长φ159×8钢管、4m长φ133×8钢管、5m长φ108×6钢管组成。旗杆基础为钢筋混凝土独立基础，垫层为100mm厚C10混凝土，基础为现浇C15混凝土基础，内配φ8@200双层双向钢筋，基础内预埋φ180×8钢管，管长1100mm，旗杆后插入。基础中部两侧900mm高处分别填525mm宽粗砂。The flagpole in this project is 12m in height and consists of 3m-long steel pipes (φ159×8), 4m-long ones (φ133×8) and 5m-long ones (φ108×6). The flagpole foundation is the independent foundation of reinforced concrete, with a C10 concrete cushion course of 100mm thick, cast-in-situ C15 concrete foundation provided with double-layer and two-way steel bar (φ8@200) inside, and the foundation embedded with steel pipes (φ180×8, 1100mm in length); and the flagpole will be inserted later. The places of 900mm high on both sides of the middle part of the foundation will be respectively filled with coarse sand (525mm in width).
施工要点：Key points for construction:
(1).为防止空气侵入焊接区域而引起焊接金属产生裂纹或气孔，应采用短弧焊。To prevent the air from entering the welding area to bring crack or blow hole to the welding metal, short arc welding should be applied.
(2).热影响区在高温停留时间不宜过长，以免晶粒粗大。The heat affected area should not be kept at high temperature for too long to avoid coarse crystal grains.
(3).多层焊时，应连续焊完最后一层焊缝，每层焊缝金属的厚度不大于5mm。 In case of multi-layer welding, the last layer of welding seam should be continuously welded and the thickness of every layer of welding seam metal shall not be more than 5mm.
(4).当焊件的刚性增大时，焊件的裂纹倾向也随之增加，故焊接刚性大的焊件宜采取焊前预热和焊后消除应力的热处理措施。When the rigidity of the welding pieces increases, the cracking inclination of the welding pieces increases accordingly; therefore, it is advisable to take the heat treatment measures of preheating before the welding and eliminating the stress after the welding when welding the pieces with high rigidity.
(5).焊接角缝时，对接多层焊的第一道焊缝和单层单面焊缝要避免深而窄的坡口形式。In welding the angle seam, deep and narrow grooves shall be avoided for the first welding seam butting the multi-layer welding and single-layer and one-side welding seam.
与分包协作和管理 Cooperation with Subcontractors and Management
选择和管理好专业分包队伍是有效组织社会资源，按照总包要求发挥作用的一项十分重要的工作。从一定意义上说，选择好的专业分包队伍是总承包工程按目标要求实施管理的基础；而如何对专业分包队伍实行有效的管理则是总承包能否取得成功的关键。It is important to select and mange the specialized subcontractor in effectively organizing the social resources and working in accordance with the requirements of the general contractor. In a way, selection of the specialized subcontractor is the basis for managing the generally contracted project in conformity to the target requirements; and effective management of the specialized subcontractor is the key to the success of general contracting.
为了保证能实现项目管理目标，必须坚持对专业分包队伍实行有效管理，以确保总包的管理意图变成专业分包的实际行动。我们在对专业分包的管理上始终坚持八个字∶管理、帮助、促进、监督。围绕这八个字，我们的主要做法是：To achieve the project management objective, the specialized subcontractor teams must be effectively managed to guarantee that the management intentions of the general contractor can be turned into the actual act of the specialized subcontractor. In managing the specialized subcontractor, we always adhere to managing, assisting, promoting and supervising, centering on which we mainly take the following measures:
（1）对专业分包队伍的主要管理人员进行必要的培训，使他们全面理解和掌握总包的各项管理要求，以保证其管理活动均纳入我们的质量体系运行的轨道上来。例如对专业分包队伍宣传、培训单位的质量方针、项目的质量目标、单位的质量体系程序文件、施工组织设计及现场管理要求等。Make necessary trainings for the main management personnel of the specialized subcontractor teams to enable them to comprehensively understand and grasp the various management requirements of the general contractor so as to enable their management activities to integrate with our quality system operating. For instance, offer trainings to the specialized subcontractor and publicize the quality policies, quality objectives of the project, quality system program files, construction organizational design and field management requirements.
（2）在签订专业分包合同时，我们就对相应工程的工期、质量、技术资料以及安全与文明施工管理等方面提出明确的要求，要求各专业分包遵照执行。对于专业分包努力实施并取得规定效果的，我们就给予奖励，反之予以处罚。In signing the specialized subcontract, the requirements in relation to the construction period, quality, technical data, and safety and civilized construction management of the corresponding works should be clearly specified to ask each specialized subcontractor to accord with the requirements. Those subcontractors that seriously perform the construction and achieve the specified effect will be rewarded, or otherwise, they will be penalized.
（3）为了确保专业分包能有效地履行专业分包合同，我们坚持实施保函（投标保函、预付款保函和履约保函）的制度。要求专业分包队伍在合同签订后，及时向我单位或业主方提出保证其按期、按质、按量履行承包合同的书面文件，以确保在其一旦违约或无力履行合同时，我单位或业主方可向担保银行索取赔偿，以此限制专业分包方可能发生的违约行为，降低总包乃至业主的风险。To guarantee that the specialized subcontractors can effectively fulfill their specialized subcontracts, we adhere to implementing the guarantee (including bid bond, advance payment guarantee, and performance guarantee) system. After signing the contract, the specialized subcontractor teams are required to timely provide us or the employer with the written documents that guarantee they will fulfill the contract on schedule and in conformity to the given quality and quantity to enable us or the employer to demand compensations from the bank giving the guarantee in case of their violation of the contract or inability to fulfill the contract so as to restrict the possible violations of the specialized subcontracting parties and reduce the risk of the general contractor or even the employer.
（4）在开工初期，总包编制起宏观控制作用的施工组织总设计，或编制施工大纲，以此为依据，在具体施工过程中，总包的责任工程师在每个分项工程开工之前编制详细的施工方案，并向专业分包交底；同时要求专业分包在我单位技术交底的基础上编制更详细的作业指导书，并向操作者交底。In the initial stage of the commencement, the general contractor is responsible for working out the general design of the constructional organization that plays a macro-control role or working out the construction outline, on the basis of which the responsible engineer of the general contractor will in course of the actual construction work out the detailed construction schemes before the commencement of each item project and inform the specialized subcontractors of the related details; and at the same time request the specialized subcontractor to work out more detailed operational guide book on the ground of our technical clarification and present the technical clarification to the operators.
（5）随时监督检查专业分包队伍落实质量计划、施工技术方案及技术操作规程的情况，并要求他们及时填写各种施工记录和检查记录。总包设专门的技术资料室，及时收取、审核专业分包发生的质量记录。对于不符合要求的质量记录，总包监督专业分包及时返工至合格，以保证工程的各项技术资料的齐全、完整和及时。Supervise and check the specialized subcontractor teams in terms of the implementation of the quality planning, construction technical schemes and regulations for technical operation and ask them to timely make various construction records and inspection records. The general contractor should set up a special technical data library and timely collect and examine the quality records of the specialized subcontractors. The unqualified quality records should be reworked by the specialized subcontractor under the supervision of the general contractor till they meet the requirements to guarantee that the technical data of the project are complete, integral and timely.
（6）要求专业分包的现场管理全部纳入总包管理轨道。除材料、机械设备、施工计划、技术、质量管理、安全管理等方面工作外，我们还对项目的文明施工及单位形象的管理作出统一规定，要求各专业分包执行，以统一整个项目的外部形象，从而确保了现场的管理始终是井然有序。The field management of all the specialized subcontractors should be included in the management of the general contractor. Besides the aspects of material, mechanical equipment, construction plan, technology, quality management, and safety management, we also make unified stipulations for the management of civilized construction of the project and unit image and all the specialized subcontractors are required to implement these stipulations to unify the external image of the whole project and guarantee an orderly field management.
质量、安全、文明施工保障措施Section 2 Quality, Safety and Civilized Construction Guarantee Measures
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
质量保证措施Quality Guarantee Measures
安全保证措施 Safety Guarantee Measures
文明施工措施 Civilized Construction Measures
周边防护措施 Peripheral Protection Measures
环境保护措施 Environmental Protection Measures
质量保证措施Quality Guarantee Measures
总承包质量管理组织机构Institutional Framework of Quality Management Of General Contractor
质量控制过程与阶段Quality Control Process and Stage
（1）质量控制过程Quality Control Process
施工项目的质量控制是从工序质量到分项工程质量、分部工程质量、单位工程质量的系统控制过程；也是一个由对投入原材料的质量控制开始，直到完成工程质量检验为止的全过程的系统工程。The quality control of the construction project is a system control process from the process quality to the item project quality, part project quality, and unit project quality; and it is also a system project of the whole process from the quality control of the raw material input to the completion of the inspection of engineering quality.
（2）质量控制阶段Quality Control Stage
为了加强对施工项目质量控制，明确各施工阶段质量控制的重点，可把施工项目质量分为事前控制、事中控制和事后控制三个阶段。To strengthen the quality control of the construction items and identify the keys to the quality control of various construction stages, the construction item quality can be divided into three stages, namely pre-construction, mid-construction and post-construction control stages.
1）事前质量控制Pre-construction Quality Control
A、指在正式施工前进行的质量控制，其控制重点是做好施工准备工作，且施工准备工作要贯穿于施工全过程中。It refers to the quality control before the formal construction and its controlling key is to well perform the construction preparation, which is supposed to be executed throughout the construction process.
B、施工准备的内容：Construction Preparation Content:
技术准备：熟悉和审查设计图施工图纸，进行设计图纸会审，编制项目施工组织设计。
Technical preparation: Familiarize and examine the design drawing and construction drawing, make a joint checkup on the design drawings, and work out the constructional organization design of the project.
物资准备：材料准备、施工机具准备等。
Material preparation: Prepare the material and construction equipment and others.
组织准备：建立项目组织机构、集结施工队伍、对施工队伍进行入场教育等。
Organizational preparation: Set up the project institutional framework, gather the construction teams and give mobilization education to the construction teams.
施工现场准备：测量控制网、水准点标桩的测量、“五通一平”、生产、生活临时设施等的准备，组织机具、材料进场；拟定有关试验、检验和技术进步项目计划；编制季节性施工措施；制定现场管理制度等。
Construction site preparation: Measure the control network and benchmark marking stake, prepare for the “five-supplies and one leveling”, production and living temporary facilities, and mobilize the equipment and material; work out the plans of the relevant test, inspection and technical progress projects; draw up the seasonable construction measures; and formulate the field management system and others.
2）事中质量控制Mid-construction Quality Control
事中质量控制是指在施工过程中进行的质量控制。事中质量控制的策略是：全面控制施工过程，重点控制工序质量，具体措施是：
It refers to the quality control implemented during the period of construction. The strategy of the mid-construction quality control is: thoroughly control the construction process, and emphatically control the process quality, and the actual measures are:
工序交接有检查；质量预控有对策；施工项目有方案；技术措施有交底；图纸会审有记录；配制材料有试验；隐蔽工程有验收；计量器具校正有复核；设计变更有手续；钢筋代换有制度；质量处理有复查；成品保护有措施；行使质控有否决；质量文件有档案（凡是与质量有关的技术文件，如水准、坐标位置，测量放线记录，沉降、变形观测记录，图纸会审记录，材料合格证明、试验报告，施工记录，隐蔽工程记录，设计变更记录，调试、试压运行记录，试车运转记录，竣工图等都要编目建档）。
The process handover will be checked; the quality precontrol measures will be prepared; each construction project will be provided with construction schemes; the technical measures will be clarified to the concerned parties; the joint checkup on the drawings will be recorded; the prepared material will be tested; the concealed works will be checked before acceptance; the calibration of measurement instruments will be double-checked; the design alteration will be gone through the relevant formalities; the steel bar replacement will be in conformity to the relevant system; the quality treatment will be double-checked; the finished works will be protected; the quality control can put a veto upon the project construction; and the quality documents will be kept on file (all the quality-related technical documents like records of bench-mark, coordinates, and measurement and setting-out, settlement and deformation observation records, record of joint checkup on the drawings, material certificate, test report, construction record, concealed works record, design alteration design, debugging and pressure test operation record, trial run record, and completion drawing should be cataloged and kept on file).
3）事后质量控制Post-construction Quality Control
指在完成施工过程形成产品的质量控制，其具体工作内容有：
It refers to the quality control in completing the construction process and constituting the products, and the actual work content is as follows:
A、组织联动试车；
Organize the linkage trial run;
B、准备竣工验收资料，组织自检和初步验收；
Prepare the final acceptance data and organize the self checking and initial acceptance;
C、按规定的质量评定标准和办法，对完成的分项、分部工程进行质量评定；
Make a quality evaluation on the completed item and part projects in accordance with the given quality evaluation standards and methods;
D、组织竣工验收，其标准是：
Organize the final acceptance, and the standards are as follows:
①按设计文件规定的内容和合同规定的内容完成施工，质量达到国家质量标准，能满足生产和使用的要求；
In accordance with the design documents and contract, complete the construction to make the quality meet China’s national quality standards and satisfy the need of production and application;
②各系统主要设备已经安装配套，联动试车合格，达到设计能力；
The main equipment of various systems has been installed and matched, and the linkage trial run is qualified to meet the design capacity;
③交工验收的建筑物要窗明、地净、水通、灯亮、制冷及通风设备运转正常；
The structures for acceptance shall be cleaned up, provided with water supply and power supply, and the refrigerating and ventilating equipment shall operate normally;
④交工验收的工程内净外洁，施工中的残余物料运离现场，临时建筑物拆除；
The projects for acceptance shall be cleaned up, the material residue in the construction shall be removed from the construction site, and the temporary buildings shall be demolished; and
⑤技术档案资料齐全。
The technical archives shall be complete.
质量因素控制Quality Factor Control
影响施工项目的因素主要有五大方面，即4M1E，指：人（Man），材料（Material）、机械（Machine）、方法（Method）和环境（Environment），如下图所示。事前对这五方面的因素严加控制，是保证施工项目质量的关键。
There are five factors influencing the construction projects, that is, 4M1E, referring to: Man, Material, Machine, Method, and Environment, shown in the following figure. Strict control over these five factors beforehand is the key to guarantee the quality of construction projects.
（1）人的控制Man Control
人，是指直接参与施工的组织者、指挥者和操作者。作为控制对象是要避免产生失误；作为控制的动力，是要充分调动人的积极性，发挥人的主导作用。为此，除了加强政治思想教育、劳动纪律教育、职业道德教育、专业技术培训，健全岗位责任制，改善劳动条件，公平合理地激励劳动热情以外，还需根据工程特点，从确保质量出发，在人的技术水平、人的生理缺陷、人的心理行为、人的错误行为等方面来控制人的使用。总之，在使用人的问题上，要从思想素质、业务素质和身体素质等方面综合考虑，全面控制。
Men are the organizer, director and operator who directly get involved in the construction. As a control object, errors shall be avoided; as a motive power for control, bring men’s enthusiasm into full play and give play to the leading effect of men. Therefore, besides strengthening the political and ideological education, labour discipline education, professional ethics education and professional skill training, perfecting the job responsibility system, improving the labor conditions and impartially and reasonably encouraging men’s work enthusiasm, we should also, with a view to guarantee the quality, control the employment of men from the aspects of men’s technical level, physical defect, psychological behavior, and improper behavior according to the engineering features. All in all, in terms of the employment of men, we should make comprehensive consideration and overall control from the aspects of mental, professional and physical calibers.
（2）材料的控制Material Control
材料控制包括原材料、成品、半成品、构配件等的控制，主要是严格检查验收，正确合理地使用，建立管理台帐，进行收、发、储、运等各技术环节的技术管理，避免混用和将不合格的原材料使用到工程上。
The material control includes the control over the raw material, finished products, semi-finished products, components and matching parts, and the control content mainly involves making a strict check and acceptance, correctly and reasonably using and establishing the machine account of management, and performing the technical management for various technical links like collecting, delivering, storing and transporting so as to avoid misapplication and applying unqualified raw material to the construction.
（3）机械控制Machinery Control
机械控制包括施工机械设备、工具等控制。根据不同工艺特点和技术要求，选用合适的机械设备、正确使用、管理和保养。为此要健全“人机固定”制度、“操作证”制度、岗位责任制度、交接班制度、“技术保养”制度、“安全使用制度”、机械设备检查制度等。确保机械设备处于最佳使用状态。
The machinery control includes the control over the construction machinery and equipment and instruments. Select proper machinery and equipment and properly use, manage and maintain the machinery and equipment on the ground of different process features and technical requirements. Therefore, it is necessary to establish and better the “man-machine combination” system, “operation certificate” system, job responsibility system, shift system, “technical maintenance” system, “safe application system”, and machinery and equipment checkup system to ensure the machinery and equipment is in good condition.
（4）方法控制Method Control
包含施工组织设计、施工方案、施工技术措施、施工工艺等的控制，使其结合工程实际、能够解决施工难题、技术可行、经济合理，有利于保证质量、加快进度、降低成本。
The method control includes the control over the constructional organization design, construction schemes, construction technical measures, and construction process, integrating all of which with the actual construction so as to solve the knotty problems of construction, make technologies practical, and enable the construction to be economical and reasonable to help guarantee the construction quality, accelerate the progress and reduce the cost.
（5）环境控制Environment Control
影响工程质量的环境因素较多，如工程地质、水文、气象等；工程管理环境，如质量保证体系、质量管理制度等；劳动环境，如劳动组合、作业场所、工作面等。根据工程特点和具体条件，对影响质量的环境因素，采取有效的措施严加控制。尤其是施工现场，要建立文明施工和文明生产的环境，保持材料设备堆放有序，道路畅通，工作场所清洁整齐，施工程序井井有条，为确保质量创造良好条件。
There are many environmental factors influencing the project quality, for example, engineering geology, hydrology and meteorology and others; engineering management environment, for instance, quality assurance system and quality management system and others; labor environment, for instance, combination of labor, operational field, working surface, etc. Effect measure shall be taken to strictly control the environmental factors that influence the quality on the ground of the project features and actual conditions. In particular, the construction site shall be provided with civilized construction and production environment, the material and equipment shall be stored orderly, the roads shall be unobstructed, the workplace shall be clean and orderly, and the construction procedures shall be in apple-pie order so as to facilitate the quality guarantee.
质量控制方法 Quality Control Method
项目质量控制的方法，主要是审核有关技术文件、报告和直接进行现场检查或必要的试验等。
The project quality control method is mainly to examine and verify the relevant technical documents and reports and directly make the field inspection or necessary tests.
（1）审核有关技术文件、报告或报表。具体内容有：
Examine and verify the relevant technical documents, reports or statements. The actual content includes the following:
1）审核有关技术资质证明文件；
Examine and verify the relevant documentary evidences of technical qualification;
2）审核施工方案、施工组织设计和技术措施；
Examine and verify the construction schemes, constructional organization design and technical measures;
3）审核有关材料、半成品的质量检验报告；
Examine and verify the quality testing reports of the relevant material and semi-finished products;
4）审核反映工序质量动态的统计资料或控制图表；
Examine and verify the statistical data or control diagrams reflecting the dynamic state of the process quality;
5）审核设计变更、修改图纸和技术核定书；
Examine and verify the design alteration, drawing modification, and technical ratification letter;
6）审核有关质量问题的处理报告；
Examine and verify the reports dealing with the related quality problems;
7）审核有关应用新技术、新工艺、新结构、新材料的技术鉴定书；
Examine and verify the technical appraisal certificates in relation to the application of new technique, technology, structure and material;
8）核有关工序交接检查，分项、分部工程质量检查报告；
Examine and verify the inspection on the working procedure shift, and quality inspection reports of the item and part projects; and
9）核并签署现场有关技术签证、文件等。
Examine and verify and sign the technical evidences and documents and others.
（2）现场质量检查 Field Quality Inspection
1）现场质量检查的内容Content of Field Quality Inspection
A、开工前检查。目的是检查是否具备开工条件，开工后能否连续正常施工，能否保证工程质量。
Inspection before the commencement: It aims to check whether it is ready for the commencement, the normal and continuous construction can be carried out, and the project quality can be guaranteed.
B、工序交接检查。对于重要的工序或对工程质量有重大影响的工序，在自检、互检的基础上，还要组织专职人员进行工序交接检查。
Inspection on the working procedure shift: on the basis of self-checking and mutual inspection, the full-time staff shall be also organized to make the inspection on the working procedure shift in terms of important working procedures or those bringing significant influence on the project quality.
C、隐蔽工程检查。凡是隐蔽工程均应检查认证后方能掩盖。
Inspection on the concealed works: The concealed works shall not be covered before they are inspected and certified.
D、停工后复工前的检查。因处理质量问题或某种原因停工后，需复工时，亦应经检查认可后方能复工。
Inspection after the construction stoppage and before the construction resuming: In case of construction resuming after the construction stoppage caused by quality problem or for a certain reason, the construction resuming shall not be performed before the construction site is inspected and accepted.
E、分项与分部工程完工后，应经检查认可，签署验收记录后，才许进行下一工程项目施工。
The next construction project shall not be allowed before the completed item and part projects are inspected and accepted and the acceptance record is signed.
F、成品保护检查。检查成品有无保护措施，或保护措施是否可靠。
Safety inspection on the finished products: check the finished products for protective measures or check out them to make sure the protective measures are reliable.
G、现场巡视检查。深入现场，对施工操作质量进行检查。必要时，还应进行跟班或追踪检查。
Field patrol inspection: Go to the construction site and inspect the constructional and operational quality. If necessary, it is also supposed to make follow-up inspections.
2）现场质量检查的方法Methods for Field Quality Inspection
采用目测法、实测法和试验法进行检查。
The visual method, actual measurement method and test method will be adopted in the inspection.
工程材料、设备控制Engineering Material and Equipment Control
（1）工程材料设备的报批与确认Engineering Material and Equipment Approval and Acknowledgment
工程材料设备的质量直接涉及到工程质量。除业主指定的供应商外，总包对工程材料设备实行报批确认的办法，其程序为：
The quality of the engineering material and equipment directly involves the project quality. Except the suppliers specified by the employer, the general contractor adopts the acknowledgment method of “reporting for approval” in respect of the engineering material and equipment, and the procedures are as follows:
1）编制工程材料设备确认的报批文件。总包和分包事先编制工程材料设备确认的报批文件，文件内容包括：制造（供应商）的名称、产品名称、型号规格、数量、主要技术数据、参照的技术说明、有关的施工详图、使用在本工程的特定位置以及主要的性能特性等。报批文件附上总包商统一编制的《材料设备报批单》，送业主、监理和总包。
Work out the reporting document to acknowledge the engineering material and equipment. The general contractor and subcontractor should, in advance, work out the reporting document to acknowledge the engineering material and equipment, and the document content includes: manufacturer (supplier) name, product name, model and specifications, quantity, main technical data, reference technical description, relevant construction details, specific positions and main functional features in this project. The Material and Equipment Reporting Sheet unifiedly prepared by the general contractor will be annexed to the reporting document, and submitted to the employer, supervisor and general contractor.
2）提出预审意见。总包在收到报批文件后，提出预审意见，报业主确认。
Give the pre-examination opinion. After receiving the reporting document, the general contractor gives his pre-examination opinion and submits it to the employer for acknowledgment.
3）报批手续完毕后，业主、总包、分包和监理各执一份，作为今后进场工程材料设备质量检验的依据。
After the formalities of “reporting for approval” are gone through, the employer, general contractor, subcontractor and supervisor respectively holds one copy of the reporting document, which will serve as the grounds for the quality inspection on the engineering material and equipment mobilized in the future.
（2）材料样品的报批和确认 Material Sample Approval and Acknowledgment
按照工程材料设备报批和确认的程序实施材料样品的报批和确认。材料样品报业主、监理、设计院确认后，实施样品留样制度，为日后复核材料的质量提供依据。
The material sample approval and acknowledgment will be implemented in accordance with the procedures of the engineering material and equipment approval and acknowledgment. After the material sample is reported to and acknowledged by the employer, supervisor, and design institute, the sample will be reserved to provide grounds for double-checking the material quality in the future.
（3）加强工程材料设备的进场验证和校验 Strengthening the Examination and Verification on the Mobilized Engineering Material and Equipment
对于进场工程材料设备的质量验证和检验，将制定材料设备进场验收的办法，其程序是：
The mobilization acceptance measures for the material and equipment will be worked out for the quality examination and verification on the mobilized engineering material and equipment, and the procedures are as follows:
1）工程材料设备进场后，由分包进行自检并填写总承包统一编制的《材料清单》和《材料验收单》，报总包。
After the engineering material and equipment is mobilized, the subcontractor will perform the self-checking and fill out the List of Material and Material Acceptance Sheet unifiedly prepared by the general contractor and submit them to the general contractor.
2）总包收到分包的资料后，在2天内会同监理前往验收。需取样的，按规定将样品送到总包设置的工程材料陈列室。
After receiving the data from the subcontractor, the general contractor shall, jointly with the supervisor, perform the acceptance within two days. If in need of samples, the samples shall, as required, be sent to the engineering material exhibition room established by the general contractor.
3）在材料验收中实施《材料取样标签》，经总包和监理验收合格后，在《材料取样标签》上加盖“取样合格”章，然后当众贴在取样实物上。贴有《材料取样标签》的取样材料，作为今后对各分包进行材料验收对照的依据。
The Material Sampling Label will be adopted in the material acceptance. If the material is qualified and accepted by the general contractor and supervisor, “SAMPLING QUALIFIED” will be printed on the Material Sampling Label, and then the label will be affixed to the sampling object. The sampling material with a Material Sampling Label will serve as the contrast grounds for the material acceptance in relation to each subcontractor.
4）总包会同监理对进场材料设备进行全面的验证和检验，拒收与规定要求不符的材料设备，同时对相关的分包商予以警告。确保使用或安装的设备和材料符合质量规定的要求。
The general contractor jointly with the supervisor will make a comprehensive verification and test on the mobilized material and equipment, and reject the material and equipment not satisfying the given requirements, and at the same time the related subcontractor will be warned so as to guarantee that the equipment and material applied or installed will meet the given quality requirements.
施工工序的质量控制Quality Control of Construction Procedure
工程项目的施工过程，是由一系列相互关联、相互制约的工序所构成，要控制工程项目施工过程的质量，首先必须控制工序的质量。
The project construction process consists of a series of working procedures that are correlated to each other and restricted by each other; in order to control the quality of the construction process of the project, the quality of the working procedure shall be first controlled.
工序质量包含两方面的内容：一是工序活动条件的质量；二是工序活动效果的质量。从质量控制的角度来看，这两者是互为关联的，一方面要控制工序活动条件的质量，即每道工序投入品的质量（即人、材料、机械、方法和环境的质量）是否符合要求，另一方面又要控制工序活动效果的质量，即每道工序施工完成的工程产品是否达到有关质量标准。
The working procedure quality includes two aspects: first, the quality of the procedure activity conditions; second, the quality of the working procedure activity effect. Seen from the quality control, the two are correlated to each other. On the one hand, the quality of the procedure activity conditions, namely the quality of inputs (. quality of man, material, machinery, method and environment) of each procedure shall be controlled to meet the given requirements; on the other hand, the quality of the working procedure activity effect shall be controlled to make the engineering products completed in each procedure meet the relevant quality standards.
工序质量控制的原理是：采用数理统计方法，通过对工序一部分（子样）检验的数据，进行统计、分析，来判断整道工序的质量是否稳定、正常。若不稳定，产生异常情况，必须及时采取对策和措施予以改善，从而实现对工序质量的控制。
Principle of the working procedure quality control: The method of mathematical statistics is adopted to take statistics and analysis of the testing data of part of the working procedure (sample) so as to judge whether the whole working procedure is stable and normal. If it is not stable and there is any abnormal phenomenon, measures must be timely taken to improve the procedure so as to achieve the control over the quality of the working procedure.
（1）施工工序质量控制程序Quality Control Procedure for Construction Process
1）检查各工序是否按程序进行操作；
Check out each process to make sure they are all operated according to the procedures;
2）检查测量定位是否准确；
Check out the measuring position to make sure it is accurate;
3）检查“自检、互检、交接检”是否真实；
Check out the “self-checking, mutual check and shift inspection” to make sure they are authentic;
4）检查《分项工程评定表》是否符合实际情况；
Check out the Item Project Appraisal Form to make sure it accords with the actual conditions;
5）检查隐蔽工程验收是否按程序进行；
Check out the acceptance of concealed works to make sure it is carried out in conformity to the procedures; and
6）检查特殊过程是否按作业指导书进行施工。
Check out the special processes to make sure they are constructed in accordance with the operational guide book.
（2）过程控制的主要做法Main Measures for Process Control
1）全过程全天候进行跟踪监控 Overall-process and all-weather Follow-up Monitoring
总包派专人对分包单位的过程质量展开全过程、全天候的监督与认可，凡达不到质量标准的不予签证，并责成期限整改。
The general contractor will specially designate a person to make the overall-process and all-weather supervision and appraisal on the process quality of the subcontracting units, and those failing to meet the quality standards will not be signed and certified, and will be requested to be rectified and improved within a given time.
2）抓住关键过程进行质量控制Quality Control by Grasping the Key Processes
根据施工进度节点，突出重点，抓住关键过程进行质量控制。为了控制关键过程的工程质量，要求分包商编制施工方案，组织质量技术交底，下达作业指导书，对施工全过程实施质量检验。总包加强对关键过程的检查和监督，使得关键过程施工质量始终处于受控状态。
According to the construction progress node, highlight the keys and perform the quality control through grasping the key processes. To control the engineering quality of the key processes, the subcontractor is required to work out the construction schemes, organize the quality technical clarification, issuing the operational guide book, and make quality tests on the whole construction process. The general contractor shall strengthen the inspection and supervision over the key processes to make the construction quality of the key processes is always under control.
3）接受工程监理、进行督促整改Accepting Construction Supervision and Urging Rectification and Improvement
在自检的基础上，提请监理工程师检验签字认可，未有监理师签字认可的，不得在工程上使用或安装或进入下一道工序施工。对监理单位在监理过程中开具的施工安装不符合设计要求、施工技术标准和工程合同约定，或者存在的测量、质量、安全等隐患方面的整改通知，总包商予以及时落实、跟踪和督促相关分包商限时予以整改，直至监理验证签字认可为止。
On the ground of self-checking, the process arrangement shall be reported to the supervising engineer for signature and acceptance, and any process arrangement shall not be applied or any equipment shall not be installed or enter the next procedure before they are signed and accepted by the supervising engineer. In terms of the rectification and improvement notice that is given by the supervising unit in course of its supervision and describes the construction installation is not in conformity to the design requirements, construction technical standards and engineering contract provisions, or there are hidden dangers in measurement, quality and safety, the general contractor shall timely follow up and supervise the related subcontractor to perform the rectification and improvement within a given time till it is signed and accepted by the supervising engineer.
4）严格把关，进行过程检验Strict Check and Process Inspection
总包在施工过程中抓好过程检验。首先审核分包单位在施工方案中制定的检验和试验计划，验证检验和试验人员及检测单位的资质；其次进行分项分部工程的质量复验，在分包单位自检的基础上，对分项分部工程的质量进行复验认可；第三，对隐蔽工程采取连续或全数的检验和试验方法，对分包单位的隐蔽工程验收记录进行复验认可，并在监理核验签证后方可进入下道工序施工；第四，组织主要分部工程质量等级的的核验。总包制订基础、结构和装饰工程质量的核验计划并报质监站，当上述分部工程分阶段完成时，经分包单位自检、总包复验、监理验收签证后，由质监站组织人员前来进行质量等级的检验。通过过程的质量检验，使工程质量始终处于受控状态。
The general contractor shall well perform the process inspection in course of the construction. First of all, examine and verify the inspection and testing plans in the construction schemes made by the subcontracting units, and verify the qualification of the inspection and testing personnel and testing organizations; secondly, recheck the quality of the item and part projects on the basis of the self-checking of the subcontracting units; thirdly, use continuous or in-full inspection and testing methods to recheck the acceptance records of the concealed works of the subcontracting units, and the next procedure shall not be started before it is verified and signed by the supervising engineer; fourthly, organize the verification on the quality grades of the main part projects. The general contractor works out the verification planning of the foundation, structure, and decoration project quality and report it to the quality supervision station. After the said part projects are completed in stages and undergoes the self-checking of the subcontracting unit, recheck of the general contractor, and acceptance signature of the supervising engineer, the quality supervision station will organize the relevant personnel to make the test of quality grades. The project quality will be always under control through the process quality inspection.
5）针对产品保护进行系统管理System Management Oriented toward Product Protection
对分包单位已完成并形成系统功能的产品，经总包验收后，即组织人力、物力和相应的技术手段进行产品保护，直至形成最终产品交付业主使用为止。
After accepted by the general contractor, the products that have been completed by the subcontracting unit and constitute systematic functions shall be protected through organizing corresponding human and material resources as well as technical means till the said products are turned into the final products and handed over to the employer for use.
安全保证措施 Safety Guarantee Measures
安全目标 Safety Objective
安全目标：杜绝重大伤亡事故，年度事故负伤频率控制在1‰以内。Safety target:avoid big hurt and death accident,year hurt accident rate is not more than 1‰
安全实施依据 Safety Implementation Reference
依据管理公司制度安全体系、***风力发电叶片（上海）有限公司安全管理程序、中建四局第五建筑工程有限公司安全制度、国家《建筑施工安全检查标准》—JGJ59-99实施。按照招标文件执行美国绿色建筑委员会颁布的LEED绿色建筑认证要求和上海市文明工地的要求来实施。
The safety measures will be implemented on the ground of the safety system of the management company polices, safety management procedures of *** Wind Electric Power Generation Blade (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., safety system of the Fifth Construction Engineering Co., Ltd. of China Fourth Construction Bureau, and the “Safety Inspection Standards for Building Construction (JGJ59-99)” in China. The safety measures will be also in conformity to the LEED issued by the US Green Building Council and the requirements in respect of civilized construction site in Shanghai.
依据管理公司制度安全体系实施Implemented Based on Safety System of Management Company Policies
在浇混泥土支模板的时候，在脚手架下方---2米的地方满铺安全网。
For formwork to concrete pouring, erect full safety net about underneath scaffold. Workers shall be tied-off on the lifelines at all time.
脚手架铺板必须采用5×25应每隔公分的全厚木材或同等材质的脚手架材料。这些铺板每个米采用横档进行支撑。
Scaffold planks must be timber of full thickness at least 5X25 cm or similar graded equivalent. Scaffold planks must be supported by a transom at .
在建筑物的外边搭建双排脚手架，脚手架上满铺至少5厘米厚的跳板并安装好踢脚板。
Use timbers at least 5cm in thickness as plank and proper toe board forexternal scaffold.
何所有情况的下脚都手不架能的超设载计。都要保证能够承受最大预计载荷四倍的重量，脚手架在任何情况都不能超载
All scaffolds shall be adequately designed to carry, without failure, four(4) times the maximum intended load. At no time shall any scaffold beoverloaded;
所有脚手架均需踢脚板。踢脚板至少应10上。公分高，且应绑置在每个角的立杆
Toe boards of 10cm in height are required as a minimum for all
scaffolds. Toe boards shall be tied to the vertical up-right/rail at each corner.
脚手架铺板必须采用5×25应每隔公分的全厚木材或同等材质的脚手架材料。这些铺板米横档进行支撑。
Scaffold planks must be timber of full thickness at least 5X25 cm or similar graded equivalent. Scaffold planks must be supported by a transom at .
所有脚手架（无论施工地点设在何处）都必须配置15×15础板。宜采用可调节的支撑。公分的内插接口钢基
All scaffolds (regardless of the location) must be equipped with a15X15 centimeter steel base plates with an internal fixing spigot. Theadjustable type supports are preferred for use.
劳防用品安全 PPE requirements:
安全帽需提供质量保证书，年的期限。
Safety helmet: quality guarantee shall be at least years.
所有工种需提供安全眼镜。
Safety glasses are required for all site work.
安全鞋必须是钢板防穿底和包脚趾。
Anti-puncture steel insole/toe safety shoes are required.
腐蚀性工种需戴安全手套
Wear safety gloves in any corrosive atmosphere, such as painting, concrete pouring, which is subject to the decision by site safety manager.
安全带：米以上工作的所有人员必须佩戴五点式双绳大钩的全身式安全带。
Safety harness: full body harness with double lanyards and two big hooks forany work above high.
脚手架，提供五点式,双绳大钩带防震包。
For scaffold, provide full body harness with double lanyards, two hooks as wellas shock absorber.
安全反光背心：管理人员和工人需穿两种不同颜色的安全背心以便区分。
Safety reflective vest. Management staff and workers shall wear Safetyreflective vest in different colors in order to distinguish easily.
安全、消防保证总体措施 General Safety and Fire Control Guarantee Measures
建立、健全各级安全生产责任制，职责明确，落实到人。Set up ,finish every grade safety produce responsibility ,assure every people with detail responsibility .
在各项经济承包合同中有明确的安全指标和奖罚措施。严格按照中华人民共和国行业标准《建筑施工安全检查标准》—JGJ59-99执行。In each economic contract clear safety guideline and award –pinish measure should be contain .strictly comply with The People's Republic of China industry standard <building construction safety check standard >
严格按照上海市建设工程施工现场安全标准化管理标准执行。Strictly comply with construct engineering site safety standard management in Shanghai city to execute .
严格按照中建四局安全生产管理措施执行。建立并严格执行定期安全检查制度，对于检查出的安全隐患应及时定人、定时、定措施整改完毕。Strictly comply with China construction No. 4 engineering safety produce management measure to execute
专业性较强、操作工艺较特殊的项目，应编制单独的、专项的安全施工组织设计。对于各分部分项工程应进行书面的安全技术交底，交底应根据建筑物的不同部位、不同的施工环境、不同的操作工人班组进行有针对性的交底，交底应全面并应履行签字手续。Strong speciality ,project with special operate technics ,should work out single ,special safety construction organise plan .for each sub section,subentryproject,needwrittensafetycommunicateion .commuication should be pertinency according to different part of building ,different construct enviroment ,different operate workers .
新入场工人应严格进行三级安全教育，安全教育的内容应全面而富有针对性。对于特种作业人员，应经过培训合格后方能从事特种作业，在操作时应做到持证上岗。
New workers who enter the site should accept 3 grade safety eduction .for special workers ,should train to acceptable ,then can engage special work ,when operating ,should take certificate .
现场应布置按安全标志指示牌。There should set up safety guideline on site
安全生产管理组织机构 Organization Chart for Management of Safety in Production
安全设施及其管理措施 Safety facilities and other control measures
防火措施 Fire control measures
根据消防、防火的总平面布置图，配备足够数量、种类合适的消防灭火器材。According to the total lay out drawings of firefighting ,fireproofing ,prepare enough quantity and kinds of right firefighting facilities .
工地应设防火安全管理人员，建立三级防火责任制，施工现场应配备足够的消防器材，指定专人维护、管理。
Fireproofing manage worker should be the on site ,set up 3 grade fireproof responsibility system .there should be enough firefighting equipments ,point out special people to maintenance and management .
严格执行三级动火审批制度，操作时带好两证一器，落实好监护人，严格执行“十不烧”制度。
Stickly execute 3 grade uesing-fire approval system ,when operate ,should take two certificates and one firefighting equipment ,prepare guardian ,stickly execute “ 10 no fire ” system .
焊割作业点与氧气瓶，乙炔气瓶距离不得少于10m，与易燃易爆物品的距离不得少于30m；氧气瓶、乙炔气瓶应设专用仓库，空瓶必须进库，不准乱放。
Weld-cut work site should keep more than 10M from oxygen battle and acetylene gas battle ,keep more than 30M from tinder and explosive material .
加强电源管理，防止发生电器火灾。
Reinforce manage electrical source ,prevent to electrical facilities catching fire.
机械设备安全措施 Equipment safety measures
严格执行机械设备验收制度。Stickly execute machine facility check and accept system
严格执行机械设备的保养规程和定期保养制度，作好操作前、后的设备清洁、润滑、紧固、调整的防护工作。cmachine facility maintain rules and period maintain system, before and after using facility, clear ,lubricate,fasten,adjust it to protect the facility.
严格执行机械设备安全操作规程，机械设备应按原有的技术性能的规定正确使用，严禁机械设备超负荷使用和带病运转。machine facility safe operate rules for machine facility ,should rigth use it according to it’s technical function .stickly prohibit operate the machine in spite of illness and overwork .
中小型机具，如：砂浆机、木工平刨、电焊机等机械须设操作棚，各类离合制动器、防护罩必须安全、可靠、有效，各类机具应有良好的接地保护。Mid-machine and small machine ,such mortar machine , flat plane ,welding machine must set up operating canopy ,all kind of clutch brake ,shield must be safe ,effect ,all machine should have effective grounding protect
塔吊的“三保险”、“五限位”必须齐全、灵活、可靠，严格执行“十不吊”的规定，吊具和锁具应符合国家有关标准，塔吊使用应设专职指挥。
“3 insurance ”, “5 limit place ”of tower crane should be all ready .stickly execute “10 no sling ”,sling tool and lock tool should comply with Chinese relative standard ,tower crane using should be derected by professional
脚手架安全措施 Scaffolding safety measures
脚手架的基础应坚实平整，并应有良好的排水措施。
Scaffold foundation should be stability and level off ,and have well dewater measure .
脚手架应按规定设置防雷接地装置，接地电阻不大于10(。
Comply with rule , should set up prevent thinder grounding setting for scaffold,the grounding resistance is less than 10(.
脚手架立杆的横、纵距，架体的步距均应符合规范要求。
The level distance and vertical diatance of scaffold should comply with specification
脚手架扣件的预紧力矩应(40N(m。
fastener ‘s pre-tight moment of scaffold should be (40N(m
施工操作层应满铺脚手笆，并应与架体绑扎固定，操作层外侧应设置二道扶手栏杆。
On construction Operating layer ,there should be full of scaffold fence ,and bind with scaffold body ,outside operating layer ,should have two railings .
脚手架应按分部、分段、施工进度进行验收，挂牌后使用，并有验收记录。Checking and accepting the scaffold should base on subsection ,sagment ,construction progress ,use after hang card ,and should have acceptive record
脚手架的拆除应遵循后搭先拆，先搭后拆的原则。
Remove the scaffold should comply with remove the later seted scaffold first ,then remove the earlier seted scaffold .
临边与洞口安全防护设施 Near edge and opening safety protection
悬空作业处有牢靠的立足处，并视情况配制防护栏网，栏杆或其它安全设施。Impending work should have firm foorhold ,and have protective web ,fence and other safeguard if need
悬空作业所用的脚手架（板）、平台、索具等设备，经技术签定合格，书面验收合格后方可使用。The scaffold (panel ),flat roop ,rigging etc. facilities used in impending work ,after technical checkup to acceptance ,and get the paper acceptance ,then can use them .
各工种进行上下立体作业时，不准在同一垂直方向操作，下层作业的位置必须处于根据上层作业高度确定的可能坠落的半径范围之外，并设置安全防护棚。
When doing the solid works from top to bottom,can’t operate in the same vertical line ,down work place must be out of the semidiameter of up-work may downfall something,and should set up safe protective canopy.
边长或直径在20－50cm的洞口，可用钢筋混凝土板内钢筋或固定盖板防护；50－150cm的洞口，可利用钢筋混凝土板内钢筋贯穿洞构成防护网，网格大于20cm，要另外加密；150cm以上的洞口，四周应设防护栏，洞口下张小眼安全网。
The hole with 20－50cm border length or diameter ,should ues the rebar in reinforce concrete or fixed cover panel to protect , The hole with 50－150cm,should ues the rebar in reinforce concrete to perforate the hole form a web
楼梯梯段边，阳台临边均应设置临时栏杆。Stair sect-side ,terrace critical-side should set up temporary baluster .
“三宝”应用经有关部门按国家标准检验合格的，“三宝”的配载及安装应符合规定要求。
“ Sambo "application by the relevant national standards by qualified," Sambo "and stowage and installation should conform to the requirements.
施工用电安全 Construction electrical safety
专用电源中性点直接接地系统中应采用TN(S三相五线制接零保护系统，接地电阻值(4(。
Neutral point grounding system of special electricity should adopt TN-S three-phase five-wire system ,the grounding resistance rate is (4(
配电箱体颜色应醒目、有门、有锁、有商标、有编号、有单位名称。The color of power box should be striking ,door ,lock ,mark ,number ,and company name should be on it .
配电箱应设在干燥、通风处，并有良好的防雨措施。The power box should be seted on dry ,ventilative place ,and have waterproof measure .
严格执行“一机、一闸、一漏、一箱”的用电原则。Stickly execute of “one machine ,one shaft ,one leakage protector ,one box ” principle.
电缆的架设或埋设应符合要求。Setting and pre-burying the cable should comply with require
闸具、熔断器参数与设备容量应相匹配，不得用其它金属丝代替熔断丝。用电应有专人管理，电工巡视维修记录应如实填写。Shaft ,fuse parameter should match with capability of facility ,prohibit using other metal instead of fuse .should have professional to manage ,when electrician patrol ,repair ,should write down actually .
各级安全生产责任制 Safety in production responsibility at all levels
项目经理安全生产职责 Project manager responsibility for safety in production
项目经理是项目安全生产工作的第一责任人，对其负责的工程项目的安全生产工作负全面责任。
Project manager is the main responsible person of safe production responsibility ,he will undertake the full responsibility to the project
对其负责的工程项目的安全生产全面负责，保证国家安全生产法规和企业安全生产规章制度在项目上贯彻落实；在编制施工计划时，必须将安全防护设备、设施的实施同时纳入计划。
he will undertake the full responsibility to the project ,ensure the country safe prodution rule and company safe production bylaw to execute on the project ;when workout the construction plan ,must bring safe protective facility ,establishment into the plan .
负责按照国家和企业安全的有关规定，建立和完善项目安全生产管理和责任体系，并领导其有效运行。贯彻执行企业制订的安全生产管理目标，确保项目安全管理达标；
accoring to country and company safty rules ,he will found and perfect the project safe production management and responsibility system ,and lead them run effectively .execute safe production management target worked out by company ,ensure reach the safe management standard .
组织对项目各类人员进行安全思想、安全知识和安全技术教育；
organize all worker in project to train for security thinking ,safety knowledge and safety and technical education .
组织项目安全生产检查，落实隐患整改，保证生产设备、安全装备、消防设施、防护器材和急救器具等处于完好状态；organza production safety inspection ,carry out potential reform ,ensure production equipment ,installation equipment ,firefighting equipment ,protective equipment and first aid equipemnt ,etc .in good condition .
及时报告项目发生的安全事故，负责安全事故现场保护和伤员救护工作，配合有关部门进行事故调查和处理。
Report the happened security accidents in project in time ,responsible for protecting the accident site and save the Casualty
项目主管安全生产副经理的安全生产职责 Vice project maanger responsibility for safety in production
协助项目经理，对项目的安全生产负直接领导责任。Assist the project manager ,he is responsible for the safe production of project the direct leadership .
认真落实安全生产的法规、标准、规范及规章制度，定期检查落实情况。Seriously execute safe production codes ,standard ,specification and bylaw system ,termly check the execution .
组织实施各项安全技术措施，检查指导安全技术交底与安全设施验收工作。Organize to carry out each safe technical measure ,check safe technical communicate and acceptance work for safety facilities
组织参与每天的现场安全巡视，组织有关人员定期进行安全生产和文明 施工检查工作，并对发现的问题组织整改。Organize everyday safe patrol on site ,organze tirmly inspect the safe production and civilization construction ,and deal with the problem .
加强对项目管理人员的安全教育，提高管理层的安全意识。Enhance to eduction for managers and improve manager’s safety thinking .
发生伤亡事故时组织抢救人员、保护现场，并及时上报。If happened security accidents in project , protect the accident site and save the Casualty
项目技术负责人对项目的安全生产职责 Project technical principal responsibility for safety in production
项目技术负责人对项目的安全技术负全面责任。The technic leader will undertake safe production responsibility for the project
在施工生产过程中，认真贯彻执行安全生产法规，严格落实安全技术标准规范。In construction production , Seriously execute safe production code ,stickly execute safe technical standard specification
组织安全防护设施的交底工作，检查施工组织设计或施工方案中安全技术措施落实情况。Organize communicaon of safeguard ,check construction organization or safe technical measure execution in construction plan
组织安全防护设施的交底与验收，履行验收手续。Organize communicaon of safeguard and acceptance ,carry out acceptance procedure
对施工方案中安全技术措施的变更或采用新材料、新技术、新工艺等要及时上报，审批后方可组织实施，并做好培训和交底。The change of safe technical measure execution in construction plan or adopt new material ,new technic ,new technics , apply in time ,after approve ,can execute ,and well done the train and communicateion.
参加安全检查工作。Take part in safe check work
参加伤亡事故调查处理，分析技术原因，制定防范措施。Take part in investigating the safe accidents ,analyse the technical reason ,make out the preventive measures ..
项目安全员的安全生产职责 Project safety officer responsibility for safety in production
在项目经理的领导下负责项目的安全生产工作，协助项目经理贯彻上级安全生产的指示和规定，检查督促执行。
Under the direction of project manager ,he is responsible to safe production work ,assist with project manager to execute superior indication and rule of safe production ,check supervise the execution .
负责或参与制订项目有关安全生产管理制度、安全技术措施计划和安全技术操作规程，督促落实并检查执行情况；
he is responsible for or make out manage system for safe production ,safe technical measure plan and safe technical operation rules ,supervise execution and check the execution .
负责纠正和查处违章指挥、违规操作、违反安全生产纪律的行为人员；正确分析、判断和处理各种事故隐患，负责组织编制事故安全隐患整改方案，并及时检查整改方案的落实情况；对施工现场存在重大安全隐患的专业性较强的项目，有权下达停工整改决定；
he is responsible for correct and search peccancy direction , peccancy operation ,and the pereson who offend the safe production discipline
负责组织项目人员的安全意识、安全技术教育与考核工作，督促检查班组、岗位三级安全教育；
he is responsible for organize all the workers’ safe thinking ,safe education and safe technic assess ,supervise check group and post 3 grade safe eduction .
负责项目安全设备、防护器材委急救器具的管理；
he is responsible for safe facilities ,protective equipment and first aid equipment management .
如发生事故，要正确处理，及时、如实地向上级报告，并保护现场，作好详细记录；参与安全事故的调查和处理。
If happen accidents ,should deal with right method in time ,and apply to superior ,protect the site ,make the detail record ,take part in investigation and disposal of the safe accident .
项目施工员安全生产职责 Project construction supervisor responsibility for safety in production
认真执行上级有关安全生产规定，对所管辖班组(分承包方)的安全生产负直接领导责任。
Seriously execute superior relative safe production rules , he is responsible for the group ‘s(sub-contractor ) safe production
认真履行安全技术措施及安全操作规程，针对施工生产具体特点，对各班组（包括分承方）进行书面安全技术交底，履行签字手续，并对规程、措施、交底要求执行情况经常检查，随时制止和纠正违章作业。
Seriously execute safe technic measure and safe operation rules, in allusion to construction production specialty ,take the safe techic communication to each group (sub-contractor ),carry out signed procedure ,and regularity check the rules ,measure and communication request execution ,prevent and correct the wrong work at any moment ,
经常检查所辖班组（分承包方）作业环境，对各种电气、设备、脚手架、设施，尤其是人货电梯和塔吊的安全防护都要组织验收，符合安全技术要求后方可使用，在使用中发现问题及时纠正解决，对重点特殊部位施工，必须检查作业人员及各种设备、设施动技术状况是否符合安全要求，严格执行安全技术交底，应有针对性地落实安全措施，并监督其执行，做到不违章指挥。regularity check the working surrounding for managed presidial group (sub-contractor ),check and accept electric-gas ,facilities ,scaffold ,especially the safe defend of man –cargo elevator and tower crane ,make use of them after match the technical request ,when using ,correct the problems as soon sa discovering .for important part construction ,check the workers and facilities whether they can comply with the request .
定期或不定期地组织所辖班组（分承包方）学习安全操作规程，开展安全教育活动，接受安全部门或人员的安全监督检查，及时解决提出的安全问题。Periodical or aperiodically organize the presidial group (sub-contractor ) to learn safe operation regulation ,safety eduction activity ,accept the safe check from safe the safe problems in time .
对分管项目应用的新材料、新工艺、新技术严格执行申报、审批制度，如发现问题要及时停止使用，并上报有关部门或领导。
For new material ,new technic ,new technics used in sub-management project ,should stickly execute declare ,examine and approve system ,if discover problem ,must stop using in time ,and notify relative dept. or leaders .
发生因工伤亡及未遂事故要保护现场，并立即上报。
If someone hurted by work or abortive accidents ,need protect the site .and notify the superior .
班组长安全生产职责 Team and group leader responsibility for safety in production
认真执行安全生产规章制度、安全操作规程，合理安排班组人员工作，对本班组人员在生产中的安全 和健康负责，对不符合生产实际情况及没有可靠安全措施、设备的任务，应积极提出意见，必要时可以越级上报，并可拒绝接受任务。
stickly execute the safe production bylaw, safe operation regulation,reasonable arrange work for workers , he is responsible for the safety and heathy of workers ,he should bring out his own attitude when production have not complyed with practicality or no safety measure and facilities .he can notify the higher leaders skiping a grade .and can reject the works
坚持班组安全日活动，经常组织班组人员学习安全操作规程，监督班组人员正确使用劳动用品，不断提高自保能力。
Persist on safeday activity ,and organize the group workers to learn safe operation regulation,and supervise the workers to use the PPE correctly .
认真落实安全技术交底，做好班前 “三上岗一讲评”活动，不违章指挥、冒险蛮干。
stickly execute safety technic communication ,do well “3 on work and 1 comment and appraise ”activity before begin the work ,no direction out of the line ,no take a risk .
经常检查班组作业现场安全生产状况，发现问题及时解决并及时上报有关领导。
Regularly check the safe production status ,if discover problems ,resolve in time and notify relative leaders in time .
认真做好新工人的岗位教育。Do well job eduction for new worker .
发生因工伤或未遂事故，保护好现场，并立即上报有关领导。
If someone hurted by work or abortive accidents ,need protect the site .and notify the superior .
班（组）兼职责安全员职责 Team (group) part-time safety man responsibility
在班（组）长的领导下和专职安全员的指导下，模范在遵守执行上级有关安全生产的规程、制度，协助班（组）长做好本班（组）的安全思想教育，积极开展安全活动。
Under the direction of monitor and safety officer，exemplar should assist the monitor to do well safety thinking education ,arrange safety activities ,and he must comply with safe production regulation and rules .
负责本班（组）内各种生产设备和作业场所的安全、卫生检查，发现问题及时解决，并有责任组织工人研究解决，督促本班（组）人员正确使用安全设备和一切防护用品、用具。
he is responsible for various producing facilities and the safety in work site ,check the sanitation ,if discover problems ,resolve in time ,and organize workers to trash out ,supervise the group worker to ues safety facilities and all PPE and tool correctly .
对无安全措施的任务和设备，有责任提出意见，对违章冒险作业者，应说服和制止，并向领导报告。
he should bring out his own attitude while no safe measure and facility ,he should persuade or stop the person who work out of line or take a risk ,and notify the superior .
对不安全隐患，以及发生的已、未遂事故，有责任向领导及时报告，参与调查，分析原因，协助领导实现防止事故的安全措施。
For the insecurity hidden troubles ,and when accomplished ,not accomplished accident happened , he is responsible to notify leaders ,and take part in investigation ,analyse the reason ,assist leaders to carry out safety measure .
督促本班（组）人员严格执行安全制度、安全技术操作规程，积极推广安全生产先进经验，表扬好人好事。
Supervise group worker to stickly execute safety system , safety technic operation regulation, actively spread safety production experience ,praise good person and goods
员工安全职责 Staff and worker safety responsibility
自觉遵守劳动纪律和安全生产规章制度，认真执行安全技术交底，不违章作业，有权拒绝违章指挥。正确使用劳动防护用品和安全防护装置，注意爱护、保养好工具设备。
Consciously comply with labor discipline and safe production bylaw , stickly execute safety technic communication,no work out of line ,have power to reject to directing out of line , ues all PPE and safeguard correctly .
进入施工现场必须戴好安全帽，不穿高跟鞋，高空作业拴好安全带，听从指挥，遵守纪律，坚守岗位。
When entering the constructing site ,make sure wear helmet ,no high-heel shoe ,tie fasten the safe tie while aerial work ,listen to direction and abide discipline ,hold his ground
发扬团结友爱精神，对新工人要积极传授安全生产知识，维护安全设施和用品、用具，做到正确使用，发现已、未遂事故立即报告组长。
Carry forward unit and friendly spirit ,teach the new worker the safe knowledge ,protect the safe facility and tool ,make sure use correctly ,if saw accomplished ,not accomplished accident happened ,notifu the monitor immediately .
对不安全作业，有责任提出意见和拒绝接受。
Responsible to put forward comments and reject acceptance in case of non-safety operation.
认真做好“不伤害自己，不伤害他人，不被他人伤害”的原则。
Do not hurt one’s own body, and hurt others and will not be hurt by others.
时刻牢记“安全第一，预防为主”的方针。
Safety first, prevention first
各项安全管理措施 Safety Control Measures for Each Work
落地式外脚手架管理措施 Management measures of floor-type external scaffolding
严格按脚手架规范（JGJ130-2001，J84-2001）和审批施工方案中的要求进行搭设。Stickly comply with scaffold specification （JGJ130-2001，J84-2001）and the request of examine and approve construction plan to set up
立杆基础：立杆必须放置在坚实的基础上。立杆纵横设置扫地杆。Pole foundation :pole must lay on the stability foundation .
架体与建筑结构拉结：架体与建筑结构拉结，按规定要求竖向间距二步，水平间距三跨设置一个刚性连墙件。Frame body and structure architecture joint : Frame body and structure architecture joint,according to discipline ,require two feets longitudinal , horizontal ,set a rebar connect piece each 3 strides .
杆件间距与剪刀撑pole spacing and bridging
搭设架手时立杆纵距为立杆横距为，大横杆间距为，小横杆间距为，小横杆离墙距离为10cm。立杆搭接用接头扣件连接，同一平面立杆与立杆必须错开距离不小于500mm。大横杆搭接用接头或旋转扣件。When seting up the hand pole ,longitudinal distance of pole is ,and the horizontal distance is ,small rail space is ,the distance from the wall is 10cm,connect the pole with joint and fastener .on the same plane ,two poles can’t cross each other ,the least distance is 500mm. connecting big rail with joint or rotary fastener .
剪刀撑严格按照施工方案和规范（JGJ130-2001，J84-2001）进行。剪刀撑设置也地面夹角度45(－60(每9米为一组，连续设置一直到架体的高度。杆件搭接采用3个旋转扣件固定，搭接长度为1m，端部扣件盖板的边缘至杆端距离不应小于100mm。bridging should stickly comply with construction plan and specification （JGJ130-2001，J84-2001）,bridging seting should have a angle 45(－60( with
脚手板与防护栏杆：foot-hand sheet and safety railing
脚手板用铺至少5厘米厚的跳板并安装好踢脚板。Paving foot-hand sheet with 5CM gangplank ,and install washboard
脚手架外侧用(6m密目式安全网全封闭。 Scaffold outside use (6m dense hole web to mantle
脚手架外侧设置高防护栏杆，并设置18cm的挡脚板。Scaffold outside should set high safety railing,and set 18cm baseboard .
脚手架内侧每隔四步用平网全封的隔离一道。Each 4 step of Scaffold inside should set a web isolate wall
交底与验收：脚手架搭设前必须先由施工员对班组操作人员进行交底。脚手架搭设完毕后，经验收达到合格办理验收和移交手续后，方可使用。Communication and acceptance :before set up the scaffold ,constructor must give the technic communication to operator ,after finish seting up the scaffold ,and check to acceptance ,transact acceptance and hand over procedure ,then can use the scaffold .
通道：架体的上下设置单独人行斜道坡度为1:3，宽度为1m，脚手板上每隔300mm设置一道防滑木条，木条厚度为20mm。channel :frame body up and down should set single walding chute ,the gradient is 1:3,width is 1m,each 300mm of foot and hand sheet set a no-slip batten .the thickness of batten is 20mm
土方开挖 Earth excavation
施工机械进场设备部门必须验收合格后，并且司机持有效的操作证。Construction machine enter the site ,it should be quality ,the driver should hold the effective operation card .
挖土机作业位置必须牢固、稳定。The place of excavator must be steady and fasten
严格按规定程序挖土并且预留300作为人工挖土，严禁超挖。Stickly comply with regulated process to excavae and leave 300MM for worker’s excavation .prohibit exceed excavation
作业环境 Working environment
基坑内作业人员必须站在安全的地方进行操作。Worker in foundation pit must stand on safe place to operate .
垂直作业上下必须用钢管防护棚作为隔离防护措施。Vertical operation from top to bottom must set safety canopy as isolation safety measure ,
夜间施工应设置足够照明。When construct in night ,enough light should be seted
模板工程安全管理措施 Safety Control Measures for Formwork
施工方案 Construction plan
模板工程严格按审批施工方案进行施工。Formwork engineering should stickly comply with approved construction plan to construct .
本工程采用泵送混凝土输送方法，泵送管道设置单独的支撑安全措施。This project adopt pumping concrete delivery methods pumping piping should set single support safety measure .
支撑系统 Supporting system
现浇混凝土模板的支撑系统严格按施工方案的要求。The support system of Cast-in –place concrete formwork should strickly comply with the request of construction plan .
立杆稳定：fix the pole
支撑模板的立柱采用钢管，间距为80-100cm。the pole of support formwork mainly adopt steel pipe ,distance is 80-100cm.
立柱底部混凝土楼板上用木垫板垫。The concrete floor of pole’s bottom use timber panel as bedding
按规定立杆纵横设置扫地杆两端设置纵横向剪刀支撑。Vertical and horizontal of Pole should set sweep pole ,both ends should set vertical and horizontal scissors support .
施工荷载：construction load
模板上设计的荷载是预计荷载的4倍。施工中严格控制荷载模板上堆料必须均匀，严禁超过规定堆放。The design load of formwork is 4 time as predict load ,when constructing ,strickly control the load ,and pile the material equality ,prohibit exceed pipe .
模板存放：formwork store
大模板存放要有防倾倒措施。store for big formwork should prevent to dumpage
各种模板存放必须整齐、堆放最高为，确保安全要求。Store of various formwork should be in order ,the height is no more than to ensure safety
支拆模板：erect and remove the formwork
以上高处作业必须铺设跳板，无法铺设跳板时，下方必须兜安全平网。Up high to work ,must lay gangplank ,if unable to lay gangplank ,must set safety web under.
模板拆除区域必须设置警戒线且有专人监护人。严禁留有未拆除的悬空模板。The remove area of formwork must set guard line and have professional to supersive .prohibit leaving impending formwork.
模板验收：acceptance for formwork
模板支拆前有木工长和安全员进行安全技术交底。Before erecting and removing the formwork ,the woodworker monitor and safety officer should communicate together .
模板拆除前木工长必须书面提出拆模申请经技术主办和安全员同意批准后。并且混凝土强度必须达到拆模强度后，而且，安全措施和监护人到位才能拆模。Before removing the formwork, woodworker monitor must hold written application ,after get approval from technical safety officer ,and the concrete intensity is enough to remove the formwork .safety measure and supervisor must be prepared .
模板工程支拆模板完成后，经班组自检互检合格后，再由工长、质安、班进行验收合格，报请监理复查，复查合格后才进行下一道工序的施工。After finished erecting and removing the formwork,after the group monitor check to accept ,then worker leader ,and QC check again ,and let the supervision to check ,after the last check is acceptanct ,then to next progress construction .
混凝土强度 Concrete strength
模板拆除前混凝土强度报告必须达到拆模强度要求。严禁混凝土未达拆模强度规定的强度提前拆模。Before removing the formwork,the report of concrete intensity must meet the require of formwork removing intensity .prohibit removing before concrete intensity have met the require of formwork removing intensity
运输道路：transport road
浇捣混凝土时在模板上架设小马凳上铺跳板作为操作人员作业通道。走道垫板必须平稳、固牢。When pouring the concrete mixes ,on the formwork ,set up pangplank as the channel for workers .the walkway panel must be fasten and steady.
作业环境：work environment
作业面孔洞采用自身的模板作为防护，作业面的临边主要采用爬架作为防护措施。The hole on operating surface adopt formwork as protection ,the critical side of operating surface mainly adopt climb stair as safety measure .
垂直作业采用钢管防护棚作为隔离防护措施。Vertical work adopt steel safety canopy as safety measure .
夜间施工有足够的照明。严禁使用小太阳取暖。When constructing in night ,prepare enough light ,prohibit using solar light to warm .
楼梯口防护
采用钢管双防护栏杆立杆间距为，高度为防护措施。Adopt steel pipe as double safety railing ,the distance between is ,height is .
临边与洞口作业的安全防护 Safety protection of working at near edges and openings
在未安装栏杆或栏板的内天井与挑平台等周边，用钢筋或钢管设置栏杆防护，其高度不得小于。on the surrounding of internal dooryard and platform which havenot installed railing or safety sheet use rebar or steel pipe as safeguard ,the height is not less than .
临边防护栏杆必须自上而下设立安全网或挡脚板。根据洞口尺寸大小，采取相应的防护措施，详见下图 safeguard railing of critical side must set safe web or block feet from top to bottom .according to the size of hole ,adopt relative safeguard .
悬空作业处有牢靠的立足处，并视情况配制防护栏网，栏杆或其它安全设施。There should be foothold while impending working ,if it’s possible ,set protective web ,railing or other safety facility .
悬空作业所用的脚手架（板）、平台、索具等设备，经技术签定合格，书面验收合格后方可使用。The scaffold ,platform ,sling tool used in impending work must be checked by technical dept. use after get the quality certificate .
各工种进行上下立体作业时，不准在同一垂直方向操作，下层作业的位置必须处于根据上层作业高度确定的可能坠落的半径范围之外，并设置安全防护棚。电梯口也设置相应的防护棚。When doing the solid works from top to bottom, can’t operate in the same vertical line ,underlayer work place must be out of the semidiameter of up-work may downfall something,and should set up safe protective canopy. Set the relevant canopy at elevator door.
楼梯梯段边，阳台临边均应设置临时栏杆。Temporary railing should be seted at left section side and terrace critical side .
“三宝”应用经有关部门按国家标准检验合格的，“三宝”的配载及安装应符合规定要求。
通道口防护 Access opening protection
通道口采用双层防护棚,防护棚顶层高度为5m,防护棚宽度为6m，两层防护棚的间距,立杆间距为,大横杆的间距为。两侧用密目式安全网封闭。Road opending adopt double layer canopys ,the height of canopy is 5m,and width is 6m,the space between two canopys,the diatance between poles is ,the big rail’s distance is both side use dense hole web to mantle
防护阳台、楼板、屋面等临边 Protection of balcony, floor slab, roof
阳台、楼板、屋面等临边采用钢管双栏杆，高度为，立杆间距为2m，下横杆离地高度为50，上横杆为，并且用密目式安全网封闭。Critical side fo safety terrace ,floor ,roof adopt steel pipe double railing ,height is ,distance between two railing is 2m,the below rail is 50MM from the fround ,the uper rail is ,and use dense hole web to mantle
施工用电安全措施 Safety Measures for Construction Electricity
外电防护 Protection of outside electricity
本工程在搭设架子时必须满足最小安全距离并且有防护措施。（安全距离见下表）：when setup frame in this project ,must meet the least safe distance ,and have safeguard .
在建筑工程（含脚手架）的外侧边缘与外电架空线路的边线之间的最小安全操作距离
the construting building outside (include scaffold )and out electrical frame line the safe operating distance between two line
外电线路电压
1kV以上
1-10kV
35-110kV
154-220kV
330-500kV
最小安全操作距离
（m）
4
6
8
10
15
施工现场的机动车道与外电架空线路交叉时的最小距离
外电线路电压
1kV以上
1~10kV
35kV
最小垂直距离
6
7
7
防护措施必须符合要求、封闭严密。Safety measure must meet request ,strickly sealed
接地与接零保护系统 Earthing and neutral protection system
本工程采用三相五线制TN—S系统。This project adopt three-phase five –wire system TN-S system .
采用PE黄/绿双色专用保护零线，保护零线必须做重复接地，工作零线禁止做重复接地。施工现场的电力系统严禁利用大地作为相线或零线adopte yellow /green two colors PE to protect the zero line .to project zero line ,must adopt double grounding .prohibit working zero line adopting double grounding ,strictly prohibit power system in site using ground as zero line
严禁保护零线与工作零线混接。strickly prohibit mix connect protective zero line with working zzero line .
配电箱开关箱 Distribution box and switch box
施工现场用电必须是三级配电两级保护。Electricity in construction site must be 3 grade electricity and 2 grade protection
开关箱（末级）必须有漏电保护器，漏电保护装置的动作电流不大于30mA，动作时间不大于。switch box (the end )must have leakage protector , acting electric current of leakage facility is less 30mA,and acting time is less than .
电箱内必须是隔离开关，达到“一机、一闸、一漏、一箱”的要求。There is only one isolative switch in power box ,Make sure “one machine ,one shaft ,one leakage protector ,one box ”
安装位置分配电箱与开关箱的距离为30m，开关箱与其控制的固定式用设备的水平距离为3m。周围无任何等杂物，道路畅通，便于操作。固定式配电箱、开关箱的下底与地面的垂直距离为；移动式分配电箱，开关箱的下底距离地面大于60cm，小于 the diatance between the power box and switch box is 30m, the horizonal diatance between the switch box and controled machine is 3m,there is nothing around,road is smooth , convenient for operation ,the vertical distance between bottom of fixed power box and switch box is , the vertical distance between bottom of unfixed power box and switch box is more than 60cm
配电箱内多路配电必须有明显标记。Multi-channel Distribution in power box should marked distinctly
电箱下引进出线必须排列整齐，在导线的进、出口处加强绝缘，并将导线卡固。Indraught coming line Under the power box and squeue in order ,at entrance and exit of lead wire ,reinforce insulation ,and fix lead wire
电箱必须有门锁、有防雨、防尘、等措施，箱体应严密、端正、箱门、关松紧适当，便于开关。Must provide lock ,prevent water ,dusty measure for power box ,box body should be sealed ,correctitude ,and close box door suitable
端子板放在箱内配电板下部或箱内底侧边，分别标明“N”，“PE”。Teiminal board lay in the bottom of distribution board ,and marked with “N”，“PE”.
现场照明 Site lighting
单项回路的照明电箱内必须设置漏电保护器。In Each loop’s lighting box should provide leakage protector .
室内线路及灯具安装高度大于。灯具金属壳必须作接零保护。The height of indoor circuitry and lamp installation is more than ,lamp metal must disposaled
潮湿作业和手持照明灯都使用36V以下安全电压。If moist operation and hold a floodlight ,should use under 36V safe voltage .
接头处必须用绝缘布包扎。The tie-in need disposal with insulated cloth
配电线路 Distribution line
严禁使用老化、破皮电线，线路过道的保护采用架空或埋地。Prohibit using aging wire 、broken wire ,protection for crossed the road wire should adopt rack in air or bury in earth
电杆、横担必须符合要求。Pole、horizontal stick must comply with request
架空线路必须符合要求。Racking line must comply with request
严禁使用四芯电缆外加一根线替代五芯电缆。Prohibit using a line bind with 4 core cable instead of 5 core cable
电缆架设或埋设必须符合要求的。Racking in air or burying in earth for cable must comply with request
电器装置 Electrical devices
闸具、熔断器参数与设备容量必须匹配、安装必须符合要求。parameter of gate tool ,fuse must match the capability of facility ,installation must comply with request
严禁用其他金属丝代替熔丝。prohibit using other metal instead of fuse
配电装置 Distribution devices
配电装置符合安全规定。Distribution facility must meet safe regulation
用电档案 Electrical utilization file
严格按照JGJ46-88《施工现场临时用电安全技术规范》和专项用电施工组织设计进行布线及设备安装。Strickly comply with JGJ46-88and distrubute the lile and install the facility according to special electricity consummation construction organization
电气设备外壳与大地连接的保护接地，阻值小于4(，阻值摇测记录齐全。The crust of electric facility should connect with earth to protect ,the resistance is less than 4(，,and record the resistance .
电工巡视维修记录或填写真实和规范。Record of electrician patroling and repairing should be true and specification .
施工临时用电安全技术档案（①.临时用电施工组织设计全部资料；②.修改临时用电施工组织设计资料；③.技术交底；④.临时用电工程检查验收表；⑤.电气设备的试、检查凭单和调试记录；⑥.接地电阻测定记录表；⑦.定期检（复）查表；电工维修工作）归入质安部施工现场安全管理台帐中、由专人负责管理。Temporary electricity consummation safety technology record (①.all data of Temporary electricity consummationconstruction organization design , ②.modify data of Temporary electricity consummationconstruction organization design, ③.communication, ④.the form of check Temporary electricity consummation engineering, ⑤. The checking record for electric facility, ⑥.checking record for ground resistance, ⑦.periodic check ,electrician’s repair work )record in the account ,and managed by special man .
施工机具 Construction Equipment and Tools
平刨 Planer
平刨安装后必须验收合格后，并办理手续，方可使用。After install the flat plane ,must check to acceptance ,use it after get the certification .
平刨的护手安全装置，传动部位防护罩必须齐全可靠。Safety setting of flat plane armguard ,shied of drive part should be safe .
做好保护接零、电箱内设有漏电保护器，并且完好。Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding .
无人操作时切断电源锁好电箱。If no one operate the power box ,turn off the eletricity ,and lock the box .
严禁使用平刨和圆盘锯合用一台电机的多功能木工机具。Prohibit using flat plane binded with disc saw as mult-function timber tool .
圆盘锯 Disc saw
电锯安装后必须验收合格后，并办理手续，方可使用。After install the electric saw ,must check to acceptance ,use it after get the certification
圆盘锯的护罩、分料器、防护挡板安全装置和传动部位防护必须齐全可靠。Shied and distributor and safe baffle of disc saw and driving part must be safe .
做好保护接零、电箱内设有漏电保护器，并且完好。，Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding .
无人操作时切断电源电源锁好电箱。If no one operate the power box ,turn off the eletricity ,and lock the box .
手持电动工具 Hand power tools
做好I类手持电动工具保护接零。使用I类手持电动工具必须穿戴绝缘用品。Grounding protection of no. 1 hand-held electric tools ,when use it ,insulative cover should be prepared
严禁使用手特电动工具随意接长电源线或更换插头。Prohibit connecting the electric resource or replace the socket with hand-held electric tools
钢筋机械 Reinforcing steel machinery
机械安装后必须验收合格，办理手续，方可使用。After install the machine ,must check to acceptance ,use it after get the certification
做好保护接零、电箱内设法有漏电保护器，并且完好。Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding .
钢筋冷拉作业区及对焊作业区的栏杆防护措施。Safety measure should be prepared for cold-drawn reber operation area and operation butt welding
传动部份防护安全防护装置齐全可靠。shied of drive part should be safe
电焊机 Electric welding machines
电焊机安装后必须验收合格办理手续，方可使用。After install the electric welding machine ,must check to acceptance ,use it after get the certification
做好保护接零、电箱内设有漏电保护器，并且完好。Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding .
采用二次空载降压保护器或触电保护器。Adopt second no-load step-down protector of electric shock protector
一次线长度为3m，焊机尽量靠近电箱，穿管保护。Thelength of line is 3m,welding machine should be side the power box ,sleeve as protection
电源必须使用自动开关。The electric resource should be recloser
焊把线为30m，接头处应做好绝缘包扎，严禁使用不绝缘老化的焊把线。Welding line is 30m,the joint should be binded with isolative material ,prohibit using the aging and non-isolative welding line .
露天的电焊机必须有防雨罩。Outdoor welding machine should be protected with waterproof canopy .
搅拌机 Mixers
搅拌机安装后必须验收合格，办理手续，方可使用。After install the mixer ,must check to acceptance ,use it after get the certification
做好保护接零、漏电保护器Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding
搅拌机离合器、制动器、钢丝绳必须达到要求。Clutch ,brake ,wire rope of mixer must comply with request .
操作手柄必须保险装置。Operating handle must have safety setting .
搅拌机必须防雨棚和作业台，作业平台平稳、牢固。Waterprof canopy and operating flat of mixer must be prepared ,and should be fasten and balanced .
料斗必须保险挂钩严禁不使用挂钩。Safety hook should be prepaerd for chute ,can’t have no hook .
传动部位防护罩必须齐全可靠。Driving part should have protection
气瓶 Gas cylinders
各种气瓶采用明显标准色标。Various gas bottle should be marked with different color
气瓶间距不小于5米、距明火不小于10米又并有隔离措施。The distanct between gas bottles is more than 5M ,distance from flame is more than 10M and with isolation measure .
乙炔瓶使用或存放时不准平放. can’t lay flat when use with acetylene bottle or storage bottle
气瓶不能存放在住宿区和靠近油料、火源的地方。存放区配置足够灭火器材。bottle can’t be stored side by residential areas and near the oil ,fire source place .storage areas should have enough firefighting equipment .
气瓶必须有防震圈和防护帽。Gas bottle must have earthquake ring and protective cap .
翻斗车 Dump trucks
翻斗车必须取得准用证。制动装置灵敏。Dump truck must have permits ,the driving equipment is sensitive
司机必须经过培训合格，持有操作证驾车。Driver should be train to acceptance ,and hold the operating permit to drive the truck .
严禁行车载人或违章行车。Prohibit using truck to carry persons or unsafe driving .
潜水泵 Submergible pump
做好保护接零、电箱内设有漏电保护器，并且完好。Leakage protector should be in power box ,protect the grounding
保护装置必须灵敏、严禁不合理使用。Protective equiment must be sensitve ,prohibit using the pump illogicality
防台防汛 Typhoon and Flood Control
建立防汛防台工作机构 anti-flood control units
项目部建立防汛防台工作机构和应急救险队伍, 防汛防台工作机构由项目部生产经理和书记负责，组员由动力材料设备部负责人、技术部负责人、质安部负责人及应急班组人员组成。Set the anti-flood control units organization and first aid team .
防汛防台工作组职责Organization responsibility of anti-flood control units
理顺指挥决策系统、信息传递系统,层层落实责任;understand command and decision systems, information transmission system, at various levels to implement the duty
加强对施工现场的设施安全检测和巡查,督促整改,完善应急预案、救险措施和信息网络；reinforce safety inspectionand patrol for facilities in construction site ,supervise change the wrong ,complete the emergency preparedness ,recover measure and information network .
重点列出施工现场脚手架、大型机械设备、施工用电和施工用电设备和临星材料及施工临时设施等检查表；list scaffold, Large-scale machinery and equipment, construction of electricity and electrical equipment and temporary construction materials and temporary facilities checklist
在防汛防台季节，加强安全防范措施;in anti-flood season ,reinforce safeguard measure .
预防防汛防台措施 Measures to prevent Typhoon and Flood
明确主要领导负责制，建立施工现场设置安全督促责任制；clearly the main leadership responsibility system, the construction site set up supervision and the provision of a safety responsibility system
做好应急准备，落实值班人员和施工设施抢修队，做好各类交通工具和通讯器材的准备及修缮调试工作；emergency preparedness, define the person on duty ,facilities and construction team, do a good job in various modes of transport and communications equipment preparation and repair job debugging.
提高和完善防台防汛期间施工设施检查的整改措施；enhance and improve the checking work and rectification measure for anti-flood control .
落实台风侵袭之前施工现场用电设备的电源切断等应急措施。Make sure turn off all the electric resource before the typhoon on construciton site .
管理部门尤其提醒有关施工班组，当预报台风风力达到12级时，项目部各施工部门及施工班组必须提前列出施工现场脚手架、大型机械设备、施工用电和施工用电设备和临星材料及施工临时设施等检查表，并及时采取拉布、撤板、透空及根基加固等必备措施，以防止坠落事故的发生。Management Department in particular to remind the construction team, when a typhoon wind forecast to reach 12 grade,, the project department and construction department of the construction team must be listed ahead of the construction site, scaffolding, large machinery and equipment, construction of electricity and construction of electricity equipment and Pro Star Materials and construction of temporary facilities such as check lists, and to take timely check, remove plate, through space and an essential foundation of reinforcement, such as measures to prevent falling accidents.
项目部各管理部门坚持“以防为主、抢防结合”，做到不疏、不漏，严禁瞒报或漏报事故情况，尽最大努力杜绝安全事故的发生。 All management project shuld persist on “To prevent the main combination of anti-robbery”,make sure be careful, do not leak, is strictly prohibited concealed or failed to report the incident to do their utmost to put an end to the occurrence of safety accidents
项目部防台防汛指挥部组织防汛、防台设施、设备、队伍的落实，措施落实等检查。负责并组织制定防汛防台应急预防工作。Headquarters in project should organzie facilities,equipment for anti-flood,organzite the team ,measure and check .
对施工现场的临时设施进行摸底工作。组织、督促对各类违章、违法临时设施和生产设施进行加固处理，并实施督办。Do the diagnostic work for temporary facilities on construction site . Organize and supervise various types of peccancy regulations, illegal temporary facilities and production facilities to reinforced handle, and the implementation of supervision
项目部安全检查制度 Project management safety inspection system
由分公司分管领导或当月值班领导组织有总工、工会、各职能部门负责人参加，对项目部每月进行一次质量、安全、文明施工等综合检查，项目经理部每周对本工程进行一次质量、安全、文明施工等综合检查，对分承包方和劳务队应每天进行自查。项目经理部由项目经理组织有主任工程师、质安、材料、技术、施工、总务等参加的检查。organize the total workers and trade unions by filiale leaders or leader on duty at that mouth,each management dept. should attend,the leader check the safety ,quality ,civilization on site every week ,project manager check the safety ,quality ,civilization on site every week,for sub-constructor and working team should check themselves every day , Project manager for the Department by the project manager, director of the Organization have engineers, quality security, materials, technology, construction, general, etc. take part in the inspection.
检查时项目部严格按《建筑施工安全检查标准》JGJ59-99进行检查，并由安全部门提出安全隐患和不符合项整改通知单。When checking ,the project department should comply with"Construction of building safety inspection standards", JGJ59-99 to check ,and point out safety inconsistent and the rectification notice. by the security department
项目部在检查中发现重大隐患和险情，应立即停工进行整改，并由检查组指定专人负责跟踪整改，对整改结果随时报告项目经理，并书面报告分公司领导及主管的职能部门，经复查合格方可复工。整改的书面情况由安全部门存档备查。When checking and discovering major inconsistent and risk,should stop the working and rectificate immediately ,and notify the project manager with recitication report ,and writen report to filiale leaders ,after check again ,then can go back to work ,stored by safety department .
对安全部门发出安全隐患和不符合项整改通知单，由项目经理及栋号工长负责安排操作人员进行整改，项目技术主管拟定整改措施及方案，班组负责措施实施和安全隐患的整改，整改完毕达到合格后。由项目施工员和安全员负责验收，并将书面整改情况交质安部门存档。For safety inconsistent and rectification to un-correct item sended by safety department ,execute rectification work by project manager and headman ,the project total technical charge make out the rectificaton plan ,group monitor excute the plan ,and hand up the writen form status safety department and saved by safety department
项目部安全检查领导小组名单list of safety check leaders
为了确保施工现场安全生产的正常进行，加强项目安全、文明施工的检查，针对每周一次的安全检查，特成立检查领导小组；For insuring safe productiona on construction site can normally carry on, strengthen check for item safety,civilization construction, aim at once a week of safety check, establish check to lead a group especially
工人进场三级安全教育严格按下列内容进行交底：communication of grade 3 safety education for entering site workers
进行现场规章制度和遵章守纪教育；educate them the bylaw on site and compliancy
本工程施工特点及施工安全基本知识；characteristics of this project and basic knowledge of construction safety
本工程（包括施工生产现场）安全生产制度、规定及安全注意事项；production safety regulation and safety notice system of this project ,
工种的安全技术操作规程；safety techincal operation regulation of type of work
高处作业、机械设备、电气安全基础知识；basic knowledge of impending work ,machine facility ,electricity
防火、防毒、防尘、防爆及紧急情况安全防范自救；fireproof ,antivirus, dust-proof, explosion-proof safety precautions and emergency self-help
防护用品发放标准及防护用品、用具使用的基本知识。Distribution standard for protective equipment ,basic knowledge for using the protective equipment .
进行本工种岗位安全操作及班组安全制度、纪律教育；education for safety operation ,safety regulation ,discipline
本班组作业特点及安全操作规程；characteristics of this group’s working and safety operation regulation
班组安全活动制度及纪律；the group leader organize the activity regulation and discipline
爱护和正确使用安全防护装置（设施）及个人劳动防护用品；take good care of and proper use of safeguard and PPE
本岗位易发生事故的不安全因素及其防范对策；easy happen factor on this post and it’s countermeasure
本岗位的作业环境及使用的机械设备、工具的安全要求。The safety of working surrounding and used machine ,tool
文明施工措施 Civilized construction measures
场容场貌 Field appearance and image
本工程采用硬地法施工，建筑物四周浇混凝土散水坡，散水坡侧设排水明沟，保持场地平整，不积水。This project adopt hard construction , Poured concrete buildings scattered around the slope water, bulk water surface drainage ditch side slope, to keep the venues formation, not water
建立场地排水系统，主要道路，施工便道等一侧须设排水沟，排水沟上设铁栅盖板。Set up drainage system on site ,set up drainage ditch beside main road ,construction road ,set the steel canopy under the ditch .
经项目经理审定后，在施工现场设置“七牌二图”以及安全宣传标语和警告牌，并架设一板，上书工程、发包方、工程监理及有关单位等的名称。After get the namager’s approval , Set up “7 board and 2 drawings ” dsafety declare motto and warning board on site ,and set a panel ,notify the total contractor ,supervisior .
设置垃圾站，生活垃圾、施工垃圾、即使清理保持现场整洁。set garbage stations, garbage, construction trash, the clean-up immediately to keep the site clean
施工现场布置临设、设备等按平面布置图搭设，若在不同施工阶段需调整时，需征得项目经理同意后，合理调整临时布置。Erecte the temporary facilities complying with construction site layout, equipment layout plans, if need construction adjustment at different stages , after get Project Manager’s approval ,making reasonable adjustments to the interim arrangements
材料堆放管理 Material laydown management
砂、石料（零星）分别堆放，底脚料随用随清，灰池砌筑符合标准，布局合理，安全整洁，做到灰不外溢，渣不乱倒。Separately pile the sand and stone (scatered ),clean up the floor after had used the material ,ash pond masonry should meet the standard . Rational layout, security, clean, do not spill ash, mis-dump slag
对钢筋（已制作）、砖、竹笆、架料等材料运到现场应分类堆放，分别挂标牌。For rebar (has produced), brick, bamboo fence , aircraft materials etc. transport to the site and should be classified stacking, hanging signs, respectively,
只要负载不超过设计负载力，并且不会阻碍工程的进展，不会阻碍进入工程已完成的部分，经项目经理同意后，物料也可以贮存于工程已完成的部分。as long as the load does not exceed the design load force, and will not hinder the progress of the engineering and will not hamper access to some works have been completed,after get the project manager's approval , materials can also be stored in the site where the works have been completed some
所有工地上或建筑物内的物料必须整齐存放，并挂牌进行标识。All the materials on the site or in building will be neatly stored, and hang the card to identify .
易燃品贮藏必须分别建在许可的地区。易燃物品如油漆、煤油、烯释剂、硝化纤维、清漆、沥青类等的产品，不许贮藏在建造的建筑物内。
storage for flammable goods must be built separately in licensed areas. Flammablegoods : such as paint, kerosene, Triazene release agents, nitrocellulose, varnishes, asphalt products, etc., are not allowed stored in the construction
文明建设措施 Civilized construction measures
经业主和项目经理同意后，在工地四周的围墙建筑物、办公室外墙等地方，依照公司CI战略，设置反映企业精神。
after owners and project managers’s agree, the wall at the site around the buildings, places such as office walls, in accordance with the company CI strategy, set up to reflect the spirit of enterprise
工地现场做到道路畅通、平坦整洁，不乱堆乱放，无散落物，建筑物四周保持洁净，地面平整，不积水，场地排水构成系统，并畅通无阻。建筑工人在规定的区域内工作和活动，尽量做到不影响罗氏厂区风貌和员工工作生活。
the road on site is smooth, flat and clean, do not piel misplacing, no falls, the surrounding of buildings shoud maintain cleanliness, ground leveling, non-stagnant water, site drainage constitute system and smooth. Require construction workers to work and act stated place , do not affect the Roche factory outlook and the staff of life and work as far as possible
开展文明教育，要求广大施工和管理人员遵守上海市的文明行为规范。civilization to carry out education, require all the construction staff and management comply with norms of civilized behavior in Shanghai
加强班组建设，搞好三上岗一讲评的安全活动，有良好的班容班貌。strengthen team-building, three posts do a good job in one of the security evaluation activities, there is good tolerance classes classes Maung
加强工地治安综合治理，做到目标管理，制度落实，责任到人。施工现场治安防范措施有力，重点要害部位防范设施有效到位。
order to strengthen the comprehensive management on site ,do well the target management, systems implementation, duty to the people. Construction site, a strong law and order preventive measures, focusing on vital targets in place to prevent facilities effective
现场施工人员按不同单位佩戴不同颜色的安全帽，现场施工人员均佩戴胸卡，胸卡以工作部门、单位为依据，据一定规则统一编号。 construction staff in site in different units in different colors to wear helmets, on-site construction personnel need to wear badge, badge work department, unit-based, according to the rules of unification must Number.
了解施工现场的外包队伍人员组织，建立其档案卡片与分包队伍签订治安防火协议书，对分包队伍人员加强法制教育。
know the ranks of the construction site of the outsourcing organization, set up its file card with the security sub-team fire agreement signed on the sub-team members to strengthen legal education
混凝土浇捣时，混凝土搅拌车必须在场内清理干净，否则不准出场，在场内所散落的砂浆应做到随落随清理。pouring concrete mixes, the concrete mixer at the venue must be cleared, otherwise not allowed to play in the field scattered by the mortar should be charged with cleaning up to do with
混凝土浇灌施工时，商品混凝土搅拌车出入口应组织专人负责指挥，并组织其合理停靠，防止堵塞交通，并与交通部门做好协商工作，以争取其支持，维护好交通安全。watering concrete construction, the merchandise import and export concrete mixer should organize staff for command, and the organization of its reasonable docked to prevent traffic congestion and traffic department to properly carry out consultations in order to win their support, the maintenance of good road safety
强化工地卫生建设 Strengthening of field sanitation building
工地现场设有环境卫生宣传标牌和卫生责任包干图，现场达到无大面积积水。site with sanitation and hygiene promotion signs lump Figure duty, on-site to achieve without a large area of stagnant water
现场设置医务室。做好对职工卫生防病的宣传教育工作，针对季节性流行病、传染病等，利用黑板报等形式向职工介绍防病、治病的知识和方法。clinic set up at the scene. Health workers do a good job of propaganda and education on disease prevention efforts against seasonal epidemics, infectious diseases, using blackboard, such as introduction to the workers against the disease knowledge and methods.
防止蚊蝇孳生，落实各项除四害措施，工地内做到排水畅通，无污水外流或堵塞排水沟现象。prevent mosquitoes breeding,除四害implement various measures, site drainage and with the achievement of smooth, non-sewage drainage or blockage of the outflow phenomenon
地下管线及周边防护措施 Underground pipeline and peripheral protection measures
根据对该工程地下综合管线的了解，成立环境保护监测组，由项目主管负责，负责施工期间对周边环境、地下管线的观测和保护工作，负责建筑物的测量和沉降观测工作。
主体施工期间每增一层检查一次.the main construction period by a layer of each check.
施工期间周边环境、地下管线、邻近建筑物等出现异常情况或出现裂缝、不均匀沉降等现象，应及时与设计单位联系，共同提出处理方案，具体落实处理结果，确保安全、万无一失。surrounding environment during construction, underground pipeline, adjacent structures, such as abnormal or cracks, uneven settlement of such a phenomenon, it is timely to design units with the contact, co-sponsored treatment program, the specific implementation of the outcome of treatment, ensuring safe and secure from loss.
室外总体工程施工期间，应认真熟悉原基地“综合管线”图，搞好图纸会审工作，施工前，认真探明地下管线实际情况，发现问题及时与设计单位一同处理决不盲目施工。Outdoor overall project construction period, should be carefully with the original( base, "General pipeline" maps, drawings joint hearing good job, pre-construction, underground pipeline seriously proved the actual situation, identify problems and design of units with timely treatment will never blindly Construction
建立以项目部工程师为首的安全管理小组，负责施工全过程的安全管理及安全防护和安全检查工作。Engineer set up a project led by the Department of Safety Management Group, responsible for the entire process of construction safety management and safety protection and job security check
建立特殊环境和特殊条件安全管理、安全防护制度，施工期间24小时管理，全过程监护。建立安全值班、安全管理记录，由项目主管定期检查和工作情况。set up special environment and special conditions of security management, security system, 24 hours during the construction period, management, and the whole process of care. Set up security on duty, security, records management, regular inspections by the project director and the work of
主体工程施工期间除按上海市有关高层建筑施工安全管理条例、法规执行外，要求所有外架、机具使用密网安全封闭施工。对建筑物外侧的门、窗洞口，每施工一层及时用胶合板封闭。Except during the main construction in Shanghai on the high-rise building construction safety regulations, enforcement, requiring all foreign aircraft, machinery and the use of secret security Nets closed construction. Outside the building door and window openings, each with the timely construction of a layer of plywood closed
对主体建筑周边30m范围的人行通道，施工场地内的施工通道、临时设施搭设钢管防护架，设两层木质防护层，木板选用厚的胶合板，防护层的间距大于50cm。surrounding the main building 30m wide pedestrian access, construction site within the channel construction, temporary facilities, pipe erection protective frame, two-story wood-based protective layer, choose wood thick plywood, protective layer spacing is greater than 50cm
对主体结构邻近30m范围内的高压电线、电信设施用竹木材料按规定搭设安全防护架。30m adjacent to the main structure within the scope of power lines, telecommunications facilities using wood materials in accordance with the regulations erection aircraft security
对塔吊的使用制定特殊机械使用制度，定专人负责管理。塔吊运转半径应在安全范围内。起吊物长度在3m以内的装在用钢筋制作网状容器内吊运，严禁装载物超过容器的上沿。长度超过3m以上的必须有特殊安全加固措施，指定专人（除固定吊装指挥外）监护吊装。起吊物的重量应严格控制在塔吊允许的安全范围内。The use of tower crane use of special mechanical systems, will be responsible for the management of personnel. Radius of crane operation should be in a safe range. Lifting objects less than 3m in length mounted on a production network with the reinforced container lifting, carrying objects more than is strictly prohibited on containers along. A length of more than 3m above must have special security reinforcement measures, to designate a person (other than fixed hoisting outside command) Hoisting guardianship. Lifting the weight of material should be tightly controlled at crane permit safety limits.
安全防火措施要求工程安全管理小组与市119指挥中心取得联系，建立管理网络，请专家到现场对职工针对性的进行安全防火教育，增强防火意识。
security measures required to fire safety management group and the city made 119 contact center, set up the management of networks, invited experts to the scene of the workers targeted for fire safety education, enhanced awareness of fire prevention
加强施工人员的安全宣传、安全教育工作， 对所有本工程的施工人员，包括所有分包队伍，进场前必须进行入场安全教育，建立“罗氏扩建工程施工安全管理制度和奖惩制度”，除坚持分部分项工程安全交底工作外，并要求坚持班前安全交底，班后安全总结活动，做到施工人员人人懂安全、人人讲安全，使整个工地成为一个“不伤害他人，不被他人伤害”的安全文明工地。
personnel to enhance construction safety publicity, security, education, for all the works, including all sub-team approach must be carried out prior to admission Safety Education, set up "Roche expansion project construction safety management system and reward and punishment systems," , with the exception of sub-part of the project insist the security communication work, and requests that the former securitycommunication classes, classes, after summing up the activities of security so that everyone understands the safety of construction staff, everyone talk about security, so that the whole site into a "do not harm others, others are not hurt "the safe and civilized construction site
项目人员配备
Section VII Mobilization of Project Personnel
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
项目组织管理体系 Project Organization Management System
项目主要管理人员配备 Provision of Key Project Management Personnel
施工队伍的组建和劳动力的配备 Establishment of Construction Teams and Mobilization of Labor Force
项目组织管理体系 Project organization management system
项目施工组织架构图如下：Project construction and organization chart as follows
`
`
项目主要管理人员配备 Provision of Key Project Management Personnel
项目管理班子配备情况表
List of Provision of Project Management Team
姓名name
职务duty
主要项目名称main project name
林开元
Lin Kaiyuan
项目经理project manager
见简历see resume
张启胜
Zhang Qisheng
项目顾问project counselor
见简历see resume
屈修禄
Qu Xiulu
生产经理producttion manager
见简历see resume
陶 磊
Tao Lei
项目技术主管technical chief charge
见简历see resume
张玉明
Zhang Yuming
安全经理safety manager
见简历see resume
张迎春
Zhang Yingchun
施工经理construction manager
1、上海永空实业有限公司新建厂房
Newly built workshop of Shanghai Yongkong Industry Co., Ltd.
1、江西东元电机整体迁建工程
Relocation Project of Jiangxi Tecomotor Co., Ltd.
2、南京IC设计园2#研发楼项目
Project of R&D Building 2# of Nanjing IC Design Park
金正平
Jin Zhengping
质量经理quality manager
1、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
2、Wuxi Shunchi Project
无锡顺驰项目
3、Kunshan East Lichi Project
昆山东方丽池项目
曹毅
Cao Yi
安装经理installation manager
1、Shanghai Dover Elevator Factroy 上海多快电梯厂
2、Richina Leather Factory Expansiion 上海富国皮革有限公司厂房
3、Shanghai Songke Instrument Production Building 上海松科电子厂房
4、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
5、***制造中心有限公司上海办公区装修工程
Decoration Project for the Shanghai Branch Office of SMEC
李森
Li Sen
材料经理material manager
1、Shanghai Songke Instrument Production Building 上海松科电子厂房
2、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
3、***制造中心有限公司上海办公区装修工程
Decoration Project for the Shanghai Branch Office of SMEC
苏贵勇
Su Guiyong
商务经理busines manager
1、上海永空实业有限公司新建厂房工程
Newly built workshop of Shanghai Yongkong Industry Co., Ltd.
2、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
3、***南京 SPPA 装饰工程
*** Nanjing SPPA Decoration Project
4、南京IC设计园2#研发楼工程
Project of 2# R&D Building in Nanjing IC Design Zone
徐建国
Xu Jianguo
动力科长section chief of power
1、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
2、 南京IC设计园2#研发楼工程
Project of 2# R&D Building in Nanjing IC Design Zone
张月云
Zhang Yueyun
技术员technician
1、昆山宗仁卿纪念医院工程
KunShan ZongRenqing Memorial Hospital Project
2、 SanDisk Semiconductor (shanghai) Co.,Ltd. Project 2007 晟碟半导体(上海)有限公司项目工程 2007
陈伟
Chen Wei
取样员sampling worker
1、江西东元电机整体迁建工程
Integral Relocation Project for Jiangxi Dongyuan Motor
2、晟碟半导体(上海)有限公司项目工程 2007
SanDisk Semiconductor (shanghai) Co.,Ltd. Project 2007
林长坚
Lin Changjian
测量员measure man
1、江西东元电机整体迁建工程
Integral Relocation Project for Jiangxi Dongyuan Motor
2、昆山宗仁卿纪念医院工程
KunShan ZongRenqing Memorial Hospital Project
3、晟碟半导体(上海)有限公司项目工程 2007
SanDisk Semiconductor (shanghai) Co.,Ltd. Project 2007
廖春
Liao Chun
资料员date worker
1、Shanghai Lujiazui Central Apartment
上海陆家嘴中央公寓
2、Wuxi Shunchi Project
无锡顺驰项目
3、Kunshan East Lichi Project
昆山东方丽池项目
项目经理简历表 Project manager resume
姓名name
林开元Lin Kaiyuan
性别gender
男male
年龄age
38
职务duty
项目经理project manager
职称title
高级工程师
学历eduction
大专junior college
参加工作时间 take part in working hour
1993
从事项目经理年限 Number of years engaged in the project safety manager
13年
项目经理资格证书编号 the number of engineer
贵152050800633
在建和已完工程项目情况 status pf under project or completed project
建设单位
Construction company
项目名称project name
建设规模construction scale
开、竣工日期start time and complete time
在建或已完under construction or finished
工程质量project quality
中海发展（上海）有限公司zhonghai developing co. ,ltd
上海海兴广场综合写字楼工程
65000
已完 Finished
上海市白玉兰奖
Shanghai White Yulan Award
Shanghai Dover Elevator Factory
上海多快电梯厂
Shanghai Dover Elevator Factory
上海多快电梯厂
3000
已完 Finished
合格
Qualified
Richina Leather Factory Co.,Ltd.
上海富国皮革有限公司
Richina Leather Factory Expansiion
上海富国皮革有限公司厂房
14102
已完 Finished
合格
Qualified
KunShan Zongrenqing Memorial Hospital Co., Ltd
昆山宗仁卿纪念医院有限公司
KunShan ZongRenqing Memorial Hospital Project
昆山宗仁卿纪念医院项目
68010
已完 Finished
Excellent Steel Structure Project、Civilization Construction Site、National Excellent Project市级优质结构工程、市级安全文明工地、全国优秀项目管理成果二等奖
项目顾问简历表 Project Counselor Resume
姓名name
张启胜Li yonghong
性别gender
男
male
年龄 age
46
职务duty
项目顾问Project Counselor
职称title
工程师engineer
学历eduction
本科bachelor
参加工作时间 take part in working hour
1982
从事项目经理年限 Number of years engaged in the project safety manager
20年
项目经理资格证书编号 the number of engineer
贵152000800234
在建和已完工程项目情况 status pf under project or completed project
建设单位
Construction company
项目名称project name
建设规模construction scale
开、竣工日期start time and complete time
在建或已完under construction or finished
工程质量project quality
中海发展（上海）有限公司zhonghai developing co. ,ltd
海悦花园haiyue garden
56061㎡
竣工
鲁班
白玉兰 Luban
yulan
上海陆家嘴联合房地产有限公司shanghai lujiazui unit realty co. ,lt
上海陆家嘴中央公寓center apartment house
220000㎡
竣工 completed
白玉兰 yulan
上海市优质结构
上海市文明工地 Quality Structure in Shanghai
上海国际汽车城颖奕高尔夫俱乐部有限公司shanghai international car city,yinyi golf club co. ,lt
上海国际汽车城颖奕高尔夫俱乐部会所shanghai international car city,yinyi golf club chamber
55541㎡
竣工 completed
合格 accept
安博昆山保税物流仓储有限公司Anbo hunshan Bonded Logistics Warehousing co. ,lt
安博昆山保税物流仓储中心 Anbo hunshan Bonded Logistics Warehousing
21087㎡
竣工 completed
合格 qualified
项目技术主管简历表 Technical Chief charge resume
姓名name
陶磊 Tao Lei
性别gender
男male
年龄age
32
职务duty
项目技术主管 Technical Chief charge
职称title
高级工程师
学历eduction
大专junior college
参加工作时间 take part in working hour
1999
从事项目技术主管年限
6年
项目经理资格证书编号 the number of engineer
BZ-002623
在建和已完工程项目情况 status pf under project or completed project
建设单位
Construction company
项目名称project name
建设规模construction scale
开、竣工日期start time and complete time
在建或已完under construction or finished
工程质量project quality
Shanghai Dover Elevator Factory
上海多快电梯厂
Shanghai Dover Elevator Factory
上海多快电梯厂
3000
已完 Finished
合格
Qualified
Richina Leather Factory Co.,Ltd.
上海富国皮革有限公司
Richina Leather Factory Expansiion
上海富国皮革有限公司厂房
14102
已完 Finished
合格
Qualified
KunShan Zongrenqing Memorial Hospital Co., Ltd
昆山宗仁卿纪念医院有限公司
KunShan ZongRenqing Memorial Hospital Project
昆山宗仁卿纪念医院项目
68010
已完 Finished
Excellent Steel Structure Project、Civilization Construction Site、National Excellent Project市级优质结构工程、市级安全文明工地、全国优秀项目管理成果二等奖
安博昆山保税物流仓储有限公司Anbo hunshan Bonded Logistics Warehousing co. ,lt
安博昆山保税物流仓储中心 Anbo hunshan Bonded Logistics Warehousing
21087㎡
竣工 completed
合格 qualified
项目安全经理简历表 Project safety manager resume
姓名 name
张玉明 Zhang Yuming
性别 gender
男 male
年龄 age
35
职务duty
安全经理safety manager
职称title
工程师engineer
学历education
大专junior college
参加工作时间 take part in working hour
1997
从事项目安全经理年限 Number of years engaged in the project safety manager
10
工程师资格证书编号the number of engineer
黔建安 00200730108
在建和已完工程项目情况 status pf under project or completed project
建设单位
Construction company
项目名称project name
建设规模construction scale
开、竣工日期start time and complete time
在建或已完under construction or finished
工程质量project quality
中海发展（上海）有限公司zhonghai developing co. ,ltd
海悦花园haiyue garden
框高层frame aircraft 20F-30F
5幢
56061㎡
竣 工 completed
鲁班奖
Luban
白玉兰yulan
上海陆家嘴联合房地产有限公司 shanghai lujiazui unit realty co. ,ltd
上海陆家嘴中央公寓center apartment house
剪力墙shear wall 12F-20F
220000㎡
竣 工 completed
白玉兰
yulan
上海市优质结构Quality Structure in Shanghai
上海市文明工地
无锡顺池地产有限公司wuxi shunchi realty co. ,ltd
无锡天鹅湖项目wuxi swan lake project
24、9/框剪
41134㎡
竣 工 completed
合格 accept
广州 guangzhou
广州西塔guangzhou west tower
斜交网格结构 Diagonal grid structure
103层 103floors
451926㎡
结构竣工 structure completed
施工队伍的组建和劳动力的配备 Establishment of construction team and mobilization of labor force
施工队伍组建 Establishment of construction team
为优质高效地完成本工程施工任务，确保对发包方各项承诺的实现，我司将选派具有类似工程施工经验的和有较好创优经验的专业施工队伍。对整个工程的各项施工任务负责，该专业施工队伍敢于吃苦、技术娴熟，特别是在细部操作上技术更为精湛。
For high quality and efficient completion of the construction mission to ensure the implementation of the commitments发包方, I will send a similar experience in engineering excellence and have good experience in the professional construction team. Of the whole project is responsible for the construction mission, the construction of the ranks of professional courage to endure hardship, highly skilled, especially in the details of the operation on more sophisticated technology
要重视工人的培训以开会形式，现场的形式对安全、技术、质量分期分段重点培训
Attention should be paid to workers in order to meet the form of training, on-site form of security, technology, quality focus of the training sub-phases
劳动力人员动态分布图 Labor personnel dynamic distribution chart
根据本工程规模、工程进度、技术特点等要求拟定配备如下工种及数量的劳动力。
According to the project scale, project progress, technical characteristics, such as prepared at the request with the following types of work and quantity of labor
劳动力配备 Provision of Labor Force
施工阶段construct phase
工种
Type of work
按工程施工阶段投入劳动情况
施工准备阶段construction prepare phase
基础施工阶段foundation construction phase
主体及钢构施工阶段
装饰阶段
竣工收尾阶段
架子工
rack worker
5
10
25
25
5
钢筋工
reber worker
10
60
60
20
10
木工(结构)
timber worker
5
80
80
20
10
混凝土工 concrete worker
5
40
40
30
20
水电安装工
Hydropower installation worker
5
20
40
80
30
防水工 waterproof worker
2
0
0
20
2
机操工
operating worker
4
6
8
8
4
机修工
repairman for machine
2
5
5
5
2
测量Surveyor
6
10
10
10
3
电 工electrician
5
5
5
5
2
电焊工welder
3
10
40
20
3
其它工种
30
40
50
150
40
小 计total
87
286
363
393
131
序号
工种
2009年
2010年
10月
11月
12月
1月
2月
3月
4月
5月
6月
7月
timber worker
木工
5
30
80
80
80
50
20
20
10
0
reber worker
钢筋工
10
20
60
60
60
30
20
20
10
0
concrete worker
砼工
5
20
40
40
40
40
30
30
20
Hydropower installation worker
安装工
5
10
20
40
40
80
80
80
30
0
rack worker
架子工
5
5
10
25
25
25
25
25
5
0
Surveyor
测量工
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
3
0
electrician
电工
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
0
waterproof worker
防水工
0
0
0
0
0
20
20
0
0
0
welder
电焊工
3
10
40
40
40
40
20
20
3
0
repairman for machine
机修工
2
2
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
0
operating worker
机操工
4
4
6
8
8
8
8
4
4
0
laborer
其它工种
30
30
50
50
50
50
150
150
40
0
total
合计
80
146
326
363
363
363
393
369
132
LEED项目施工实施方案
Section VIII LEED Project Construction Execution Plan
本章内容提要 Headlines of this Section：
LEED 项目施工实施方案 LEED Project Construction Execution Plan
节能型工地实施方案 Energy-saving Site Execution Plan
LEED项目施工实施方案 LEED Project Construction Execution Plan
根据招标文件要求，本工程要按照美国绿色建筑委员会的LEED认证来实施，因此，本工程施工过程中我们将严格执行美国绿色建筑委员会颁布的LEEDTM绿色建筑认证要求和环境管理标准GB/T2400idtISO14000的要求的内容。
In accordance with the requirements of tender documents, the works in accordance with the United States Green Building Council's LEED certification to implement, therefore, the construction process, we will strictly enforce the United States Green Building Council's green building certification requirements LEEDTM environmental management standards and the requirements of GB/T2400idtISO14000 content
具体内容为：营造绿色建筑，确保施工现场场界噪声达标，减少施工现场粉尘排放，污水主要污染物均达标排放，建筑垃圾及废弃物实行分类管理，可回收废物及时回收，杜绝物料灰土遗洒。确保建筑废物利用/回收达到50%，力争达到75%；确保材料再利用成分达到10%，力争达到20%；确保地主/地区物资10%当地提取、冶练和制造，争取达到20%；切实采取措施提高室内空气质量。 Specific content as follows: to create a green building, to ensure that the construction site boundary noise standard to reduce construction site dust emissions of major pollutants of sewage are discharged, trash and waste building exercise classified management and timely recovery of recyclable waste to eliminate lime residual materials sprinkling. To ensure that the use of construction waste / recycling reached 50%, and strive to achieve 75%; to ensure that the material re-use components to achieve 10%, and strive to achieve 20%; to ensure that the landlord / region supplies 10 percent of local extraction, smelting and manufacturing practice, to achieve 20%; practical take measures to improve indoor air quality
节水 Water Conservation
施工现场采用节水工艺、节水设备和设施；
the construction site, the use of water-saving technology, water-saving equipment and facilities;
混凝土养护采用雨水回收再利用进行养护；
concrete curing using rainwater recycling conservation
施工现场
construction site
加强节水管理，施工用水进行定额计量。
strengthen water-saving management, the construction of water for a fixed measurement
建立节能与节水的管理机制；
set up energy-saving and water management mechanism
节能 Energy Saving
通过改善能源使用结构，有效地控制施工过程中的能耗；
by improving energy use structure, effectively control the construction process of energy consumption
根据具体情况合理组织施工、积极推广节能新技术、新工艺；
Organize according to the specific circumstances of reasonable construction, and actively promote energy efficient new technologies and new techniques
制定合理施工能耗指标，提高施工能源利用率；
reasonable construction of the development of energy consumption indicators, improve energy efficiency construction
确保施工设备满负荷运转，减少无用功，禁止不合格临时设施用电，以免造成损失。
ensure full capacity operation of construction equipment to reduce useless work prohibit unqualified temporary facilities of electricity, so as to avoid loss
节材 Material Saving
临时设施充分利用旧料和现场拆迁回收材料，使用装配方便、可循环利用的材料；
make full use of temporary facilities and on-site demolition of the old material recycled materials, the use of assembly convenience Materials recycling
周转材料、循环使用材料和机具应耐用、维护与拆卸方便、且易于回收和再利用；
working materials, recycling materials and equipment should be durable, maintenance and demolition of Convenience, and easy recovery and reuse;
采用工业化生产的成品，减少现场作业与废料；
used in industrial production of finished products, reduce site operations and waste
选用可循环、可回用和可再生的建材；
selection can be recycled, can reuse and renewable building materials;
减少建筑垃圾，充分利用废弃物；
building to reduce the garbage, make full use of waste
减少不可再生资源的使用。
reduce the use of non-renewable resources
使用绿色建材 Utilization of green building materials
按照国家、行业或地方管理部门对绿色建材做出的法律、法规及评价方法，选择建筑材料；
in accordance with the country, trade or place of green building materials management department to make the laws, regulations and evaluation methods, selection of building materials
就地取材，充分利用本地资源进行施工，减少运输对环境造成的影响。local materials, full use of local resources for construction, reduce the transport impact on the environment
选用蕴能低、高性能、高耐久性和本地建材，减少建材在全寿命周期中的能源消耗；
Yun can choose low, high performance, high durability and local building materials, reduce the building materials in the whole life-cycle energy consumption
选用可降解、对环境污染少的建材；
choose biodegradable, less environmental pollution materials
使用原料消耗量少和采用废弃物生产的建材；
use less raw material consumption and waste production of building materials used
使用可节能的功能性建材。
use of energy-saving building materials functionality
垃圾管理 Rubbish and wastes control
根据LEED认证的要求，我司将会对施工现场的主要出入口及现场材料加工附近设置垃圾站，并分为生活垃圾和施工垃圾、可回收利用垃圾。将统一存放、统一规划利用、统一运出场外。
In accordance with the requirements of LEED certification, I will be on the construction site of the main entrances and exits and on-site material processing garbage near stations, and is divided into living garbage and construction garbage, recyclable garbage. Will be a unified storage, the use of unified planning, unified appearance transported outside the site
我们在本工程整个施工全过程中，对产生的渣土垃圾将严格按照《上海市建筑垃圾和工程渣土处置管理规定》要求施工，做好对施工过程中产生的渣土和建筑垃圾的规范堆放和运输工作，杜绝物料灰土遗洒；减少施工现场粉尘排放，施工现场道路硬化率100%，水泥等易飞材料入库率100%；施工污水达标排放，废弃物分类管理率100%，所有外出车辆必须冲洗干净管理率100%。加强对垃圾运输车辆的车况检查，做到持证运营，不偷倒、不乱到垃圾。成立卫生责任包干区，要求对办公区和施工区（建筑物四周）设置专人进行卫生清扫和保洁工作。
We are in the works throughout the construction throughout the entire process of garbage generated will be in strict accordance with the "Shanghai architecture and engineering garbage disposal regulations" require the construction and do a good job on the construction process and building generated by the garbage standardize job stacking and transportation, to eliminate residual sprinkling of lime-soil material; reduce dust emissions from the construction site, construction site, road hardening rate of 100 percent, cement and other material easy to fly inbound rate of 100%; Construction of the sewage discharge standards, waste management classification rate of 100%, all vehicles are required to rinse out the management of the rate of 100%. Strengthen the garbage transport vehicles to check the condition so that the holder operations, do not steal down to the trash chaos. The establishment of a lump sum duty hygiene area, called for the office area and construction area (surrounding buildings) set up to carry out hygiene cleaning personnel and cleaning job
施工阶段各班组必须严格按照文明施工的要求做到工完料清，搞好落手清工作。施工过程所产生的建筑垃圾，责成班组在指定地点堆放整齐。the construction phase of the team must be in strict accordance with the requirements of civilized construction workers be expected End-ching, ching hand job to do a good job down. Construction produced by the process of building rubbish, instructed team stacked neatly at designated locations
泥浆、渣土采用密闭容器装运，严禁遗漏。mud渣土shipping containers used in confined strictly prohibited omission
现场门口设专人清洗进出车辆，禁止带泥车辆驶出现场。site located at the entrance of vehicles into and out of hand washing to prohibit vehicles exiting the site带泥
对材料转运，堆码等产生的废渣必须责成相关人员严格按照施工平面图要求，在指定地点堆放整齐。transhipment of materials, stacking and other residues resulting from the relevant staff must be held in strict accordance with the construction plan requirements, stacked neatly at designated locations
定期进行检查，对责任人和班组实行奖罚处理。regular checks are carried out on duty and the team deal with the implementation of reward and punishment
建筑装修及维修期间，对建筑垃圾实行容器化收集，避免或减少建筑垃圾遗撒；
building decoration and repair during the implementation of building trash containers of the collection, to avoid or reduce litter building
建立垃圾管理制度，对垃圾流向进行有效控制，防止无序倾倒和二次污染；trash management system set up for effective control of the flow of garbage to separation and collection of(prevent dumping and secondary pollution disorder;
垃圾分类收集、回收和资源化利用。
garbage, recycling and resource utilization
节能型工地实施方案 Energy-saving Site Execution Plan
节能组织机构 Energy-saving Organization Chart
组织措施Organization Measures
进场前由项目经理组织节能降耗的整体策划，成立专门的节能领导小组，明确各成员的职责分工；
approach by the project manager prior to Organize saving energy and reducing consumption overall planning, setting up a special leading group for energy conservation, a clear division of responsibilities of various members
工程开工前，应按设计要求对本项目节能降耗的重点和难点进行评审，必要时应就节能降耗内容与业主、设计、监理等相关方进行协商和沟通，达成一致意见；
Pre-trip should be the design requirements of this project the focus of saving energy and reducing consumption and difficult to carry out assessment and, if necessary, should be on saving energy content with the owners, design, supervision and other stakeholders for consultation and communication, consensus
节能策划应全面，内容至少包括：节能降耗对象、节能降耗目标（定额）、节能降耗施工方法和途径、节能降耗所需资源、节能降耗效果评估等；energy planning should be comprehensive, the contents of at least include: energy saving and consumption reduction targets, energy saving targets (fixed), energy saving construction methods and means of saving energy resources required to assess the effect of saving energy and reducing consumption, etc.
采取节能降耗基本知识培训、“四新”宣传、典型安全教育等形式，强化各级领导和员工的建筑节能降耗意识；taken a basic knowledge of energy saving training, "four new" propaganda, the typical form of safety education, and strengthen leadership at all levels and staff awareness of energy saving building
在工程施工过程中严格执行三级交底制度，交底内容应包括节能降耗的主要方法和措施，并在施工过程中严格按交底内容组织实施；
works at the course of strict implementation of the three-tier system should include major energy saving methods and measures, and in the course of construction in strict accordance with the contents of交底organization
定期组织检查各项节能降耗目标的落实情况，对于检查中发现的问题或不足，应分析原因并制定专项措施予以纠正，防止再次发生，同时应制定预防措施，消除类似问题的发生。
Organize periodic inspection of the energy saving goal of the implementation, for the problems found in inspection or part thereof, should analyze the causes and to develop specific measures to correct and prevent recurrence, at the same time the development of prevention measures to eliminate the occurrence of similar problems
特殊工种人员按相应要求在规定的期限内复审换证，避免因操作人员资格或能力不足造成质量、安全、环境事故，产生损失或形成浪费。
special trades personnel in accordance with the corresponding requirements in the review period provided for the replacement to avoid the qualifications of the operators or the lack of capacity caused by the quality, safety, environmental accidents, resulting in the loss or the formation of waste
技术措施 Technical Measures
一般措施 General measures
学习国家及地方有关节能降耗的法律法规文件；
learn the country law, rules documents about saving power
施工过程应按设计要求采用节能型的建筑结构、材料、器具和产品，积极推广使用节能新技术、新工艺、新设备和新材料，限制和淘汰能耗高的老旧技术、工艺、设备和材料；
according to request in construction design ,adopt saving building structure, implement ,material ,and products, actively spread use the new saving technology, new technics, new facilities and new material, limit use high exhausting old technology, technics, facilities and material
进行施工工艺节能策划时应优化网络计划，采取合理流水段施工，实施技术创新，配置充分、适宜的资源，加强现场协调，强化分包控制，加快施工进度，以促进节能降耗的目标实现；
when make out the construction technics saving plan, should optimize the net plan, adopt reasonable construction in current segment, bring the technology innovation into effect, distribute resource equally ,reinforce cooperation on site ,reinforce sub-contract controlling, quicken the progress, to reach the saving target
根据施工组织设计或施工方案对材料工艺、性能要求，采取货比三家、招投标、第二方审核等方法，从合格供应商中选择适宜的供应商采购满足工艺和性能要求的材料，以保证所购材料质优、价廉、环保，避免采购材料不合格或不适宜造成浪费或污染；
according to the request for material technics ,capability in construction organization design or construction plan, adopt compare more suppliers ,invite bid and tender, choose eligible supplier ,then buy material from the eligible supplier. Ensure the material good quality ,cheap ,environmental ,avoid buy the unqualified goods or waste or pollution.
在技术经济合理条件下，选用满足设计要求和节能降耗的建筑材料，禁止使用《淘汰落后生产能力、工艺和产品目录》所限制或淘汰使用的材料与产品，降低能源资源的消耗和对环境的污染；
while a reasonable technology and economic status, choose the construction material complied with design request and saving power, reducing the material. Prohibit to use the material and products which is limited or eliminated to use,reduce the sources exhaustion and pollution to environment .
所有进库材料按验收规定进行外观、质量、性能、规格、型号等检查或复验，并严格进行计量、检查，避免因各种缺陷造成浪费，或出现数量不准、钢筋直径误差等问题，影响节能与降耗。
all the material entering the warehouse should accept appearance inspect, quality inspect, capability inspect, specification and style inspect, and accept countercheck. Strictly record, check, avoid any problems as objection and waste, or quantity is not correct, the diameter of raber is wrong, effect saving power
所有材料执行限额领料制度，按领料单控制发放，避免发料无控制或控制不严，产生超料发放形成浪费或可能产生丢失、盗窃等现象；
all material execute limitation receive regulation, control distribution by receiving list, prevent to non-control distribution.
各种钢筋、电线、电缆、管道、电配管等材料的下料长度，进行现场实测实量后准确下料，下料后进行有效复核，避免长料短下造成余料增加，或下料尺寸足造成浪费；
the using length of various rebar, wire, cable , pipeline, electric distribution pipe ets, lay the material after actually measure on site ,after lay the material ,seriously check again, avoid to waste.
开工前应绘制《能源计量网络图》，建立能源消耗台帐，制定节能控制措施，并根据能源计量网络图按生产、生活、分包等方面分别独立设立经校准的水、电、汽计量或检测器具，改变按直接费分摊计算水电费的传统管理方法，从而使节能降耗责任更加落实到位。
Before start the project, <energy sources metering net drawing> should be made out. set up energy exhaustion account, make out control measure for saving energy ,according to energy sources metering net drawings, set single and independence water metering, power metering, gas metering from production section, living section, sub-contract section, Change the traditional method as separately payment for water rate and electricity rate. So everyone has his the saving responsibility .
用电节约措施 Electricity-saving measures
通过性能和耗能比较，进行大型设备选型（包括塔吊和人货两用电梯），采用满足施工需要且耗能低的设备；through compare with capability and exhaustion, then choose the machine,(include tower crane and double use elevator ),adopt the machine which can meet the request of construction and low exhaustion.
采用节能型灯具和光控开关等节电设备，降低电能消耗；adopt facilities for example: saving power lamp and light controlled switch etc.
制定施工现场和生活区用电管理制度，加强节电教育，控制长明灯现象；Set down the management system for construction local and living area,enhance the educate for wasting electrical,control the circs of use the light everytime.
现场用电设施在不用时及时断电，工程设备避免无功空转；Turn off the electrical of equipment in time when it not in work,avoid equiment wasting energy
施工中安排专人对供电系统及其配套设施进行检查、维修，保持正常完好，避免产生短路引发火灾或其他安全、环境事故造成损失。In the construction,arrange specialist inspect the power supply system and accessory,keep in gear,avoid lead to catch fire and other safety and environment wasting as short.
油、燃料节约措施 Oil Fuel saving measures
加强对用油车辆、设备的维护和保养，以免造成耗油、漏油；对修理替换下来的废机油要
综合利用，以降低油耗。
Enhance the maintenance for voiture and equipment,avoid result in waste make use of oil which the substitution after repair,reduce the consumption of oil.
用水节约措施 Water saving measures
采用循环水系统节约用水：将雨水、施工废水、生活废水由排水沟收集到沉淀池内，经三
Adopt the water cycle system to save water: collect the rain water ,liquid water of construction,liquid water of life,through barrel-drain get into the deposition pool
级沉淀处理后，由水泵抽至室外循环水箱内，在利用循环水冲洗场地 、出场车辆、厕所、并
After the thirdly disposal of deposit,take out the water to the water tank by water pump ,then use circular water to wash floor,voiture,wash room,and promise the
落实专人负责循环水箱的管理运作。见流程图如下：
Specialist take charge the management and movement of circular water tank See flow chat as follows。
现场车辆冲洗处必需设置相应规模的排水设施和废水沉淀池，将洗车、刷罐用水回收沉淀后二次利用于搅拌混凝土，或用于搅拌站现场道路的降尘洒水等；Site vehicle washing Department of scale necessary to set the appropriate drainage facilities and wastewater sedimentation tanks, will be car washing, Brush Recycling cans of water after the precipitation of secondary use in mixing concrete, or for mixing station sprinkler at the scene of road dust, etc
基坑施工时，降水井抽出的水予以再次利用，如用于降尘、降温、车辆冲洗，厕所冲洗、混凝土养护等；Foundation construction, dewatering well be once again out of water use, such as for dust, temperature, vehicle washing, toilet flushing, concrete curing, etc
收集并合理利用自然雨水，雨水经雨落管进入初期弃流装置后，用于冲洗车辆、厕所或用绿化等；Collection and the rational use of natural rainwater, rainwater through downspout pipes into the early disposable flow devices for washing vehicles, toilet or green, etc
混凝土养护期内，设专人负责对混凝土表面覆盖木刨削、草袋、草帘或其他保湿材料，按湿度蒸发量和季节温度适当洒水保湿，洒水尽量使用回收水；Concrete curing period, the person responsible for covering the surface of concrete cutting wood, bags, or other moisturizing gunny bags materials, according to moisture evaporation and seasonal temperature appropriate moisturizing sprinkler, spraying water to make full use of recycled water
施工材料节约措施 Construction material saving measures
钢筋连接采用直螺纹套筒连接技术、钢筋电渣压力焊及闪光对焊技术等；Reinforced straight thread connection used to connect the sleeve technology, reinforced stress electroslag welding and flash butt welding technology
充分利用废旧钢筋，主要用作马镫、拉钩等制作；Make full use of scrap steel, mainly used for the stirrups, and so on拉钩production
模板施工中加强管理，文明拆卸，涂刷脱模剂，增加模板的周转使用率，在地下车库施工中采用旧模板拼接，充分利用旧材料；Template construction management, demolition of civilization, brushing release agent, an increase of working capital usage of templates in the underground garage construction splicing use the old template, make full use of the old material
使用方木对接机将短木枋对接再利用，避免“长枋变短枋，短枋当柴烧”的浪费现象；The use of square wooden butt machine will be a short wooden dock Fangde reuse, to avoid "long shorter Fang Fang, short Fangde when firewood" wasteful
通过控制模板尺寸，预留涨模空间减少混凝土浪费；Template by controlling the size and set aside up to reduce the moduli space of concrete waste
混凝土浇注完毕后剩余少量余料用于修补路面。After pouring concrete over the remainder of a small amount of material used to repair the road
节能降耗监测 Energy-saving and consumption reducing monitoring
建立节能降耗监测台账，台账如实反映客观情况，包括用水、用电、油、燃料消耗及材料消耗台账；
Establish the record of energy saving,that the record could react impersonal water,electricity,oil,consume fuel and material.
不定期现场检查各项节能降耗措施的执行情况，杜绝一切浪费事件的发生；
Inspect the items of execute emergency saving and reduce wasting,stop the wasting for every event.
对照节能策划和实际情况，分析造成浪费的原因，制定整改措施。
According to energy saving plan and actual circs,analyse the reason of lead to waste,set down the correctional measure.
PAGE
PAGE 16
第 页
桩预制
桩运输
进场检查验收
桩起吊
插桩
桩基就位
桩位测定
验收检查
桩垂直度检查
打下节桩
记录
接桩
接头验收
打上节桩
桩垂直度检查
连接承台
桩起吊
冲厕所
循环 水箱
施工废水
生活废水
冲洗场地、防止扬尘
冲洗车辆、车辆不带泥
雨水
其他废水
三级沉淀池
